Home Blog Page 2

991 | Louisiana Redfish with David Phelps – Moccasin Fly Club, Saltwater Fly Fishing, Trip Planning

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Every destination has a season when the fishing feels just right, and along the Louisiana Coast, clear water, moving tides, and sight fishing are what make Louisiana redfish fly fishing so special.

David Phelps from Southbound Fly Expeditions talks about seasonal redfish movements, changing weather, sight-fishing tactics, casting, flies, and tackle. We also dig into the three-day Louisiana trip we’re putting together with Moccasin Fly Club.

You’ll hear how David sets up the fly for different redfish behaviors, why the 20- to 40-foot cast matters more than the 70-foot cast, and the biggest mistake he sees from trout anglers.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.southboundflyexpeditions.com/bio

Show Notes with David Phelps on Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing

David Phelps takes us through the Louisiana marsh and the fall-winter redfish fishery, from seasonal movements and cold fronts to fly placement, strip sets, boat positioning, and casting. We also cover rods, lines, flies, black drum, sheepshead, alligator gar, jack crevalle, sharks, New Orleans, and what to expect on a Moccasin Fly Club three-day trip.

From New Mexico and Alaska Trout to Louisiana Redfish

(01:45) David is originally from Louisiana and later moved to Texas, while his dad lives in Louisiana. He got his start fly fishing on the San Juan River in New Mexico at about 19, where he also landed his first guide job.

He later spent a couple of summers in Alaska, fishing a river near Lake Iliamna and the Naknek River in King Salmon. Later in the season, rainbow trout fishing became a swing game after the salmon dropped their eggs and began dying, with rainbows feeding on flesh patterns.

David also worked seasonally in Louisiana before making the move full time. He has now been guiding there full time for the past two years and spends most of his time in the salt.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Moccasin Fly Club Trip and the Fall-Winter Redfish Fishery

(03:40) David has been working with John and Moccasin Fly Club for nearly three years. The trip includes three nights and three days of fishing, with a shrimp boil, fresh oysters, and an oyster-cracking lesson on the first night.

David considers three fishing days the minimum because fall and winter cold fronts can make the first day tough. On the backside of a front, redfish move from deeper water back onto the flats and can feed aggressively.

Louisiana redfish fishing is year-round, but Moccasin trips focus on fall and winter, when fish are on the flats and the water usually clears. The coming season is expected to run from October through February, with about nine trips planned.

Seasonal Redfish Behavior from Summer Through Winter

(06:36) Late April through June can be slower for redfish, though fish are still around and jack crevalle offer another powerful target. From July into late September, big bull redfish begin schooling in an almost pre-spawn mode.

These schools can hold around 100 redfish over 35 inches, often along the ocean front and in deeper water. Late summer brings topwater opportunities, running and gunning, and searching for birds diving on shrimp.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

As fall cold fronts arrive, the schools begin breaking into singles and doubles on shallow flats. Fish may tail, belly crawl, feed on crabs, or chase shrimp along shorelines.

Cold fronts can push redfish into deep marsh trenches until the water warms. Winter can range from bone-chilling 40-degree weather to shorts and flip-flops around Christmas, though David says the fishery remains consistent even with windier conditions in January.

Louisiana Marsh, Redfish Movements, and Bull Redfish

(10:50) Anglers fly into New Orleans, with the fishing area south of Houma, about an hour to an hour and a half west. Moccasin Fly Club guests typically stay near the boat ramp, with fishing starting around 8:00 a.m. in fall and winter and 6:30 a.m. in summer.

Southern Louisiana’s coastal marsh stretches for miles, with interconnected waterways extending toward the ocean. Juvenile redfish live farther back in the interior marsh.

Larger redfish move offshore to spawn and can return to the exterior marsh. In fall, they follow shrimp moving from the marsh toward the Gulf.

David considers anything over 30 inches a bull redfish. His average fish is around 34 inches or larger, with some pushing 45 inches and the bigger fish often being females.

Big reds fight differently depending on the water. On shallow flats, they may run for deeper water before settling into a bulldog-style fight. In deeper canals they tend to dive, while very shallow fish may rub their faces in the mud trying to dislodge the fly.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Redfish Sight Fishing and Fly Presentation

(16:50) David’s approach is entirely sight fishing, with the presentation based on how each redfish is feeding. For slow-moving fish looking for crabs, he places the fly about two feet ahead, strips it across the nose, and lets it sit before giving it a small pop.

For reds chasing shrimp along shorelines, he casts well ahead and uses long strips as the fish approaches. Belly crawlers are harder to feed because they are extremely shallow and wary, so he lets them find the fly naturally.

When the fly isn’t visible, David watches the fish’s reaction as it approaches. A strip or pop can trigger a tail kick and help confirm the fish is on the fly. Once it eats, he uses a long strip set, not a trout set.

Redfish Fly Fishing Gear and Strip-Set Technique

(20:15) David wants anglers to make a long, hard strip set and keep the rod down until the line clears and the fish is on the reel. With around 30-pound leader, there’s plenty of room to put pressure on a big redfish.

His typical Louisiana setup includes:

David likes redfish lines with a heavier front taper because many shots happen at just 30 feet, not 60 or 70. The goal is to load the rod quickly and turn over a larger fly at short range.

He says the exact pattern usually matters less than the presentation. Get the fly close to the fish, move it like something it wants to eat, and be ready for the strip set.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Redfish Casting Practice and Other Louisiana Species

(23:31) David positions the boat to make casting easier, keeping the sun behind anglers and using tall marsh grass for wind protection when possible.

Before a Louisiana trip, he recommends practicing quick 20- to 40-foot casts instead of focusing on 70-foot distance. A few false casts should be enough, and practicing the backhand cast can create more opportunities when wind or boat position changes.

Other species anglers may encounter include:

  • Black drum: Big, heavy fish that pull hard.
  • Sheepshead: Wary fish that may follow a fly without eating.
  • Alligator gar: A fall and early-winter target.
  • Jack crevalle: Powerful predators found around deeper water, bait, birds, barrier islands, and nearshore oil rigs.

Louisiana Jack Crevalle and Topwater Fly Fishing

(31:04) Jack crevalle are one of David’s favorite fish to chase. They’re usually found in deeper water around birds and bait, barrier islands, and nearshore oil rigs.

David also mentions the American Saltwater Guides Association’s Jack Project, which uses tagging and tracking to study jack crevalle.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.saltwaterguidesassociation.com/jacks/

David often targets them with an 11-weight and topwater flies. Jacks aggressively compete for a popper, and some fights can last around 45 minutes.

Jacks can show up in March, though fishing is hit or miss early. They come into full swing around August and can usually be found through mid-October before disappearing for the winter.

Sheepshead, Sharks, and Other Louisiana Targets

(34:09) Returning anglers sometimes switch things up after catching plenty of redfish, with jack crevalle and sharks among the other species David targets on fly.

Sheepshead can be especially challenging. On one Moccasin Fly Club trip, an angler decided to target one on his final day and landed a sheepshead on his first cast.

Of the Louisiana species discussed, David considers sheepshead and sometimes alligator gar the hardest to hook once spotted.

Redfish Fly Placement and Spook ’Em or Hook ’Em

(36:19) David’s first advice when a redfish appears is to stay calm and avoid leading the fish too far. Nervous anglers sometimes place the fly 10 feet ahead, where the fish may never see or react to it.

Most fish are first spotted around 40 to 50 feet away, leaving little room to slowly work the fly into position. If the cast lands too far ahead, David recommends stripping it away and making another cast rather than waiting too long. David has a simple approach.

“Spook ’em or hook ’em.”

For a cruising redfish, he likes the fly about two feet in front of the fish and a foot long, allowing the first strip to bring it across the fish’s face.

David’s next major reminder is to avoid the trout set and use a proper strip set when the redfish eats.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Guide Coaching and What to Pack for a Louisiana Redfish Trip

(38:19) Many first-time anglers still trout set, though David says they sometimes get away with it when a redfish eats aggressively. His main advice is to listen to the guide on the poling platform throughout the shot.

Guides tell anglers when to strip, stop, or move the fly and explain their terminology before fishing. If a guide says “bump the fly” or “long strip,” anglers will already know what movement they want.

For fall and winter trips, David recommends preparing for quickly changing Gulf weather, even when the forecast calls for sunshine and 70 degrees. Key gear includes:

  • Cold-weather gear: Pack it regardless of a warm forecast.
  • Footwear: Comfortable sneakers work well; David wears XTRATUF deck boots in winter.
  • Rain gear: Bring rain pants, bibs, or a waterproof suit to stay dry from rain and boat spray.
  • Waders: Not necessary since anglers generally remain in the boat.
  • Polarized glasses: Copper or amber lenses are a good all-around choice.
Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Moccasin Fly Club Guides and New Orleans Trip Planning

(42:33) David handles the shrimp boil and oysters on the first night, when guests can also meet some of the guides. After that, guests generally handle their own meals, with options at the Cocodrie marina and in Houma. A Moccasin Fly Club host helps organize the trip, rig rods, and keep things running smoothly.

Trips are usually six anglers with three guides, with anglers often rotating between guides. David describes his style as calm and mellow, but says guides need to adjust to each angler because guiding is as much about customer service as fishing.

David recommends adding an extra day or two in New Orleans. He suggests Café du Monde for beignets and coffee, exploring the French Quarter, and checking out Bourbon Street or Frenchmen Street for live music.

Another option is a roughly three-hour paddle-wheel boat tour on the Mississippi River with music and dinner.

The Louisiana Marsh Is More Than the Fish

(48:44) David reminds anglers to look around and enjoy the Louisiana marsh, not just focus on fishing. He describes it as one of the biggest marsh systems around, with an incredible ecosystem that includes roseate spoonbills and many other birds. The wildlife and boat ride are all part of the experience.

Weather can occasionally make fishing impossible. David recalls a day when it was 30°F with 30-mph winds out of the north. Instead of fishing, the group headed to New Orleans, visited the National WWII Museum, and still made a great day out of it.

For anglers interested in the redfish trip, Dave points listeners to Wet Fly Swing Pro. Pro members will get first shot at the trip being put together with Moccasin Fly Club.

Dave closes with one of David’s key lessons:

“I’d rather you spook the fish than lead it too long. Spook or hook it.”

When that redfish shows up, don’t be afraid to take the shot. David’s advice is to get the fly close, commit to the cast, and give yourself a chance to hook the fish.

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

About David Phelps

David Phelps is a Louisiana fly fishing guide specializing in sight fishing for redfish. His background includes the San Juan River in New Mexico and Alaska’s Lake Iliamna and Naknek River. He now guides the Louisiana saltwater marsh and works with Moccasin Fly Club on redfish trips.


Connect with David Phelps of Southbound Fly Expeditions

Website: Southbound Fly Expeditions

Instagram: @southbound_fly

This episode is brought to you by Moccasin Fly Club. Check them out here:

Website: Moccasin Fly Club

Instagram: @moccasinflyclub

Facebook: Moccasin Fly Club

Interested in the Louisiana Redfish Trip?

We’re putting together a Louisiana redfish trip with Moccasin Fly Club. Wet Fly Swing Pro members will get first shot at the trip.

For more information about the trip, send me an email.

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
WFS 991 Transcript 00:00:00 Dave: Every destination has a season when it feels just right along the Louisiana Coast. That season brings clear marshes, moving tides and some of the best redfish sight fishing of the year. Today, we’re heading into one of the largest marsh systems in North America to talk about what makes this fishery so special, how changing conditions shape the fishing, and the simple adjustments that can turn a missed opportunity into a fish to the net. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast, where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, and what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Our guest today is David Phelps from Southbound Fly Expeditions. David’s path has taken him from guiding the trout waters of New Mexico to chasing fish and giant rainbows in Alaska. And today, we’re going to be spending an hour here talking about the seasons and where he helps anglers experience Louisiana’s incredible redfish fishery. You’re gonna find out David’s simple system for placing the fly where redfish actually want to eat it. The casting mistake he sees more than any other and how you can avoid it. We’re also going to find out about tackle Flies, the setup he recommends. If this is your first trip for redfish, plus the surprising variety of species you might encounter, including black drum, sheepshead, jack crevalle and alligator gar, just to name a few. On the flats here, we’re going to be talking about some of these other opportunities, not just redfish today. And if you’re interested in putting this trip together, we’re going to be doing this with Moxon Fly Club. We’ve got a big one coming here and we’re going to be focusing on this. So this gives you a little little taste of the upcoming trip. All right here he is David Phelps. You can find him at southbound Fly expeditions dot com. Here he is. How you doing David? 00:01:44 David: Doing good. How are you doing? 00:01:45 Dave: I’m doing great. I’m doing great. Always good to talk fly fishing. Uh, and get started. Especially when we talk about some areas that we, uh, we’ve been thinking a lot about. And I think redfish is one of those places that for sure is on most people’s lists if they haven’t done it yet. And then and you’re in this part of the area, I think we’re going to talk about maybe doing, you know, more sight fishing and some of the other species out there. But before we jump into that, maybe just give us a heads up on, you know, how you came into fishing for redfish. Is this something you’ve been doing a while or you get started a little bit later? 00:02:15 David: I it’s been something I’ve been doing for a while. I’m originally from Louisiana area and kind of moved to Texas. And then my dad lives in Louisiana. So. But I got my start fly fishing on the San Juan River in New Mexico. Um, I moved up there when I was about nineteen and got my first guide job up there. And then I’ve been kind of seasonally working down in Louisiana, but I’m full time for the past two years now. Oh, cool down here. 00:02:40 Dave: Right on. So you’ve done a lot of trout fishing then over the years. 00:02:44 David: Yes, sir. There. And then spent a couple summers up in Alaska. 00:02:47 Dave: Oh. In Alaska. Okay. And what part of Alaska? All over the place or just one place? 00:02:51 David: I was on the river for a little bit off of Lake Iliamna. Oh, yeah. And then I was on the Naknek River in King Salmon for a while. 00:02:58 Dave: Yeah, two of the big ones for rainbows, right? You guys get that’s the both of those are kind of a swing game, right? Is that what the focus is? 00:03:05 David: Yeah. Later in the season. Definitely a swing game after kind of all the eggs have kind of dropped out and the salmon are dying and the rainbow starts getting on the flush patterns and etc.. 00:03:15 Dave: Wow, that’s pretty awesome. So you’ve got really three spots, Alaska, that area. You’ve got New Mexico, which we’ve been talking a lot about. We’ve been, you know, we’re actually talking about putting a trip down there as well. And then redfish really three kind of top locations, destinations is this, it sounds like now in the salt, is this kind of where you spend most of your time? Are you still getting out and doing some trout? 00:03:38 David: Uh, I spend most of my time in the salt now. 00:03:40 Dave: Yeah, yeah. Good. Okay, nice. Well, maybe start there on, you know, getting into this trip. And we first connected, uh, through Mox and Fly club. John through some of the stuff he’s doing. Maybe just start us there. What’s your, um, maybe talk about the trip with moccasin? Because I think we’ve been talking about planning something there. Describe what that trip typically looks like and you know, and what people might expect heading down there. 00:04:02 David: Yeah. Of course. So started with John’s an amazing guy. He puts together great trips and stuff like that. Um, so his trip is he approached me. I think we’ve been working together for going on. This will be the third year and, uh, it’s just been getting bigger and bigger every year with more trips. Um, he’s put together a great program where gets you down to do saltwater fly fishing for a cheaper rate than normal, which is great. Uh, he focuses more on the fishing rather than all the other stuff that some of these bigger name lodges, you know, charge you all that extra money for. Yeah, which is good. So the first night they come in, it’s a three night trip. So you fish three days and you’ll stay for three nights. And the first night we kind of worked out a deal where I actually come down and I will meet all the guests that are coming down and cook a shrimp boil for everybody. 00:04:51 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:04:52 David: So that’s a little. Yeah, bring fresh oysters. Teach everybody how to crack the oysters and all that good stuff, and then we’ll fish for three days. And I mean, it’s a great trip. The marsh is a special place. 00:05:04 Dave: So yeah, yeah, it feels like we do a lot of these. And I think John’s on to something here because it feels like, you know, obviously if you add more days, it costs more money, but it feels like three days is a decent amount of time to kind of, you know, get down there three days on the water. How do you feel, you know, on that? Does it feel like that’s a good shot to get some redfish, some, some action there? Uh, you know, sight fishing? 00:05:26 David: Yes, sir. It is, uh, you know, three days is what I would tell the minimum, you know, people do two days and stuff like that. But with that fall winter time fishery, we will get cold fronts that blow in and those cold fronts can really kind of mess with the fishing for the the first day of the cold front. If you’re lucky, you know, you’ll hit a backside of the cold front. And those are the days we dream of in the winter is the backside of the cold front. The fish move out of the deep water back on the flats, and they want to eat everything in their way. 00:05:55 Dave: Right? And is that the timing on the trip? Is the the fall winter the best time? The only time. What do you recommend there? Or is that the one Moxon’s doing? 00:06:04 David: Uh, that’s kind of what moxon’s doing. This is a year round fishery down here for sure. Um, everybody knows it. It’s kind of this fall and winter fishery and that’s a great time to be here. You know, the fish are on the flats, the water usually clears up a little bit and stuff for the summertime. And spring can come with a lot of great fishing as well. But the moccasin club trips are usually, I think the first one we’re doing this year is in October, and the last one we’re doing is in February. So we got, I think, nine total trips this coming fall and winter season with moccasin. 00:06:36 Dave: Amazing. Yeah, yeah. So that’ll be so fall winter. So let’s just take that to that fall. So is it typically are people on you know the first trip they’re coming in on like a weekday weekend. What does that look like? Or is it kind of vary? 00:06:50 David: It kind of varies. You know, I get everything, you know, once, uh, October rolls around, it’s full swing till about end of February, where we’re working almost every day. 00:06:59 Dave: Okay. And what is going on? And talk about the fish species a little bit on summer into the fall. What are they doing? When’s the kind of the spawn. Like what? You know, what, how are the fish changing as you go summer to fall? 00:07:13 David: You know, so kind of that early summer, that late April, May, June, it’s a little slow around here. It’s not great. Um, there’s still fish to be had. You know, there’s Jack Gravel’s around. If anybody knows a lot about Jack’s, they’re they’re big. They’re mean. They’re very powerful. Really, really fun fish to chase. Um, and then when we move into like about this time of the year, this is when it really, really kind of starts kicking off, in my opinion, we start getting these fish that are kind of getting almost pre-spawn mode and stuff like that. And these big bulls are starting to school up together and get on the ocean front and a little deeper water. And we have nice weather this time of year where it’s pretty flat calm for most days. So we’re chasing schools mostly. So that will go from about beginning of July all the way into late September. We will be kind of focusing on big schools of redfish. So in my opinion, easier fishing. If you get on a school, it’s pretty much just throw it in. There could be a school of one hundred redfish that are all thirty five plus inches, and you just got to get it in there and move it and something’s going to eat it. 00:08:22 Dave: Yeah. 00:08:23 David: Um, great. Topwater action, stuff like that. Once we move into more of the fall, then we start getting those first cold fronts and stuff like that. They kind of break off out of those schools. We still do find schools that time of the year, but it starts getting into more like singles and doubles moving in across flats, you know, up in the foot of water tailing, belly crawling, do that kind of stuff, you know, focusing on crabs or coming down a shoreline busting shrimp up and stuff. 00:08:49 Dave: Gotcha. 00:08:50 David: So it’s a little bit of both. So you’re following winters, more of your shallow water flats, fishing, and then your, you know, late summer time is more of your, uh, school fish in running and gunning and running the boat, looking for birds, diving on shrimp and, you know, chasing schools. 00:09:08 Dave: Wow. Yeah. So there’s so really, it all comes down to, yeah, a big part of it is the, is the food, right? What’s going on? And temperatures, I guess that’s a big part of it. Like you’re saying, if a front comes through, it might change the fish for a little bit. And then what do they do when that happens? When the cold front comes, they just go deeper. Or what happens when that cool water or the cold weather comes. 00:09:27 David: You know, they’ll just go deep. They’ll go hide in a deep trench of the march, sit down there, kind of go lockjaw for a while. Once that water warms up again, then they’ll start feeding. And those cold fronts we get down here, everybody thinks we’re, you know, southern Louisiana. It’s going to be warm and stuff like that during the winter. It is not. It is by far. You know, if we get a cold front blowing in with one hundred percent humidity and it’s forty degrees outside and you’re running that boat in there. It’s bone chilling and that water temperature drops, right? 00:09:55 Dave: Yeah. Forty degrees is not warm. Yeah. When it gets down there and wind and everything, it’s it feels like winter. 00:10:01 David: Yes. Yes sir. 00:10:02 Dave: Right, right. But at the same time, you could have, uh, like summertime weather, right. I mean, in October, could you have what’s the high, what could the high be like mid nineties. 00:10:12 David: Yeah. You know, last Christmas I got on Christmas Day, but in between Christmas and New Year’s I had a charter and we were out there in shorts and flip flops. Wow. I mean. 00:10:20 Dave: Yeah, yeah. That’s why it’s awesome. You never know what you’ll get. Do you find with kind of changes in climate or weather patterns and stuff that things are changing, or is it still pretty consistent? You kind of. Is it predictable? 00:10:31 David: It’s still pretty consistent. Yeah. You know, um, especially with the winter, I mean, it’s pretty standard. You know, we’ll go, we’ll get some nice days. Cold front will blow in. Yeah. Hit the back side of the cold front. It’s a little windier sometimes during like January and stuff like that. But the fish are happy and you just got to push through it. 00:10:50 Dave: Yeah, just get through it. And where are you located? Exactly? Where would the people be coming in and where are you located? And then where would we be flying into? 00:11:00 David: So you fly into New Orleans and we’re about an hour west of New Orleans, an hour and a half west, so kind of south of Houma, Louisiana, which is just west of New Orleans. 00:11:10 Dave: Okay, just west of New Orleans. And then and what is the, um, like where people will be staying kind of the accommodations. What does that look like? 00:11:18 David: Uh, there’s plenty of different options, you know, with the Fly Club group, uh, he rents this really nice Airbnb on the water. It’s right next to the boat ramp. Um, so a lot of my people will stay Airbnb. There’s a Marina that you can, uh, excuse me, rent rooms at, and then there is hotels up in Houma, Louisiana, but it is about a thirty minute drive down to the Marina from those hotels. So a lot of people end up doing Airbnbs. 00:11:44 Dave: Yeah. Airbnbs. Okay. And then people will be there and then you just pick them up on on day one. Is that how it looks like? What is the first day look like on the water? 00:11:54 David: Well, day one we meet at the Marina and jump on the boat and we get rolling right there. Um, you know, time in the morning kind of depends on what the fishing are doing, what the water temps are. All that stuff and what the plan is for the day. So usually in the fall and winter we do start eight. You know, in the summer times we’re usually on the water by six thirty to get out of the heat earlier. 00:12:14 Dave: Gotcha. And where are you guys going? Maybe without giving any full secrets, what’s the general area where we’re going to be fishing. 00:12:22 David: So the marsh. So pretty much, uh, if you look at a map of Louisiana, um, the southern part of the state, I mean, it is just marshland for miles and miles and miles, which makes it so incredible of a fishery. You will know one person will ever learn this total marsh. I mean, there’s so much water to fish. It is amazing. There’s there’s always the next pond over the next creek. Over. 00:12:46 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:12:47 David: And that. So it’s pretty crazy. You know, it just runs for miles. 00:12:50 Dave: And are they all connected out there? Is it all connected? 00:12:54 David: Pretty much. Yes, sir. 00:12:55 Dave: It is. So you can pretty much hit one marsh and then go through a canal or something and get to the next one just all the way to the ocean. 00:13:02 David: All the way to the ocean. 00:13:02 Dave: Yep, yep. That’s right. Yeah. Because that’s exactly what these fish maybe is that kind of what they’re doing? Maybe you can describe that a little bit on the life kind of history of the fish they’re coming in from as juveniles describe that. When do they start coming into that area or are they going out and then coming back? 00:13:18 David: They’re going out and coming back. So the juvenile redfish, which I believe is spawning size is about twenty five inches on these fish. So okay, the juvenile redfish will live way back up in the interior marsh where there’s a lot of kind of brackish water, okay. 00:13:34 Dave: Like where places you guys aren’t fishing, you’re not fishing like way up high. 00:13:38 David: So we will fish up there if we’re looking for those smaller fish. Mhm. Um, and we’ll do that at like late spring and stuff like that. in summertime sometimes. Uh, but yeah, so the juveniles lived there. Once they get to spawning size, they spawn offshore. And a bull redfish is a fish that, you know, everybody has kind of a definition for them. I think a bull redfish is a small sized redfish. So those redfish will move offshore to spawn. And a lot of places that have redfish like Texas, South Carolina, all those places, those bull redfish, usually once they go off their spawn in the Gulf or the ocean, they’ll just kind of stay out there. Our bull redfish will come back into the marsh very freely. So a lot of times we’re fishing that exterior marsh for those bigger fish so they can go from deep water to shallow water very easily. 00:14:29 Dave: Oh, I see so and down where you’re fishing, they’re coming in, they’re kind of going in and out to chase, uh, to, to what are they doing? Just kind of get food and then heading back out. 00:14:38 David: Yes, sir. Yeah. Gotcha. Chasing shrimp. Um, when that fall, when the shrimp start moving out of the marsh into the Gulf. Uh, those redfish are chasing them. 00:14:48 Dave: I see. Okay. And you said so. Twenty five inches is your kind of what you use as the cut off to the bull red, which is basically a big male redfish. Is that what we’re talking about here? 00:14:58 David: Yeah. So they’re females too. 00:15:01 Dave: Oh they are. 00:15:01 David: Bigger ones are going to be the females. And you know twenty five inches is kind of spawning size. I consider a bull redfish. Anything over thirty inches. Okay. Um some people consider bull redfish. Anything over twenty pounds. Um it’s a preference in my opinion. It’s a big redfish. 00:15:17 Dave: Yeah. Right. Doesn’t really matter. It’s big. 00:15:20 David: It’s big you know. 00:15:21 Dave: Yeah. Exactly. Yeah. If it’s twenty five inches or thirty or twenty pounds, I mean I think especially for somebody maybe new or that hasn’t caught a big one probably isn’t critical. Right. I’m guessing a fifteen pounder probably is a pretty good fight too. 00:15:34 David: It’s a great fight. I mean, you know, and our average fish size is usually around thirty four inches and bigger. And we’ll see a couple that are pushing forty five inches every year. And I mean, these days they just pull they don’t give up really. 00:15:50 Dave: What is that like when you get you hook into a redfish, one of these big ones, let’s just say it’s in that twenty pound range. What’s that first minute or so feel like with redfish. 00:15:59 David: So it varies by what fish you hook and what type of water you hook them in. Um, you hook them in a really shallow flat. A lot of times he’s gonna take off running for deep water. 00:16:09 Dave: Oh, right. 00:16:10 David: You know, very, very, not very often do I see us get into backing. A lot of times they’ll make that big burst and they’ll stop. And then the fight is more. You gain some and he’s going to take it right back out. It’s more of a bull dog fight like a big brown trout in a deep hole. You know he’s not going to make a scream and run. It’s the first run. Might be a scream and run, but after that, it’s gonna be a very bull doggy fight. 00:16:32 Dave: Oh, nice. 00:16:33 David: You hook him in deep water and a deep canal or something. You’re chasing schools or something. A lot of times they’re going to dive deep on you, and you’re just pulling straight up on them and they’re running. And it’s a pretty hard fight in deep water. And shallow water is cool because they’re just flipping their tail up and, you know, trying to rub their face in the mud to take the fly out. 00:16:50 Dave: Oh, wow. That’s cool. Right on. Yeah. So they’re pretty much just Bulldog. You said at bull Red right there dogging you. They’re kind of just boom like a bulldog going for it. Um, and then maybe talk about a little bit on, you know, so that’s after you hook them. But what is the typical, I think the sight fishing is one thing that’s pretty cool. I always feel like when we get into these conversations, no matter the species, whenever you’re talking about seeing the fish or on the surface, it’s always like a next level. Is that kind of what the game plan is in the fall with a good opportunity? 00:17:18 David: Yes, sir. So all we do is sight fishing. Um, when we’re searching for them in the flats and stuff like that, we have a couple different type of well they’re all redfish obviously, but a couple different types of way. They’re moving way, they’re feeding and stuff. And that depends on how we throw the fly at the fish. 00:17:35 Dave: Okay. 00:17:35 David: So, you know, if we’re moving along the flats and we got a fish and he’s kind of just, you know, kind of moving around slowly every once in a while, tipping his tail and stuff like that. He’s really looking for crabs and stuff like that. So then we’re gonna, we’re gonna get that fly about two feet in front of that fish and then a little long on our casts. Usually you make that first strip, try to get it right across his nose and kind of let it sit for a second. Let him find that because he’s looking for crabs. And a lot of times the crabs don’t necessarily run right away when the fish sees them. So he’s gonna kind of eyeball that thing, and then you kind of give it a little strip, pop it a little bit, get his attention, and that’s usually when he’s going to attack it on the bottom. He’s going to tail on it, grab it, and then a good long strip set, no trout set and we’re good. Um, wow. And then we have fish that are like bust and shrimp on the bank. They’re moving down the bank, going a million miles an hour, blowing shrimp up to the surface. And that fish, we need to throw that out way in front of them and just wait. And then as soon as they get within like three feet, we need to start moving long strips, making that fly look like a shrimp with a long moves, and then usually they attack it pretty fast. The fish. These fish aren’t they’re not permit. They’re not tarpon. They’re hungry. They want to eat a fly. 00:18:51 Dave: Yeah. 00:18:52 David: So you know, just depending on how we’re what the fish is doing, we get a lot of belly crawlers. Those are the hardest ones to feed in my opinion, because they, you know, you got this fifteen, twenty pound fish with half his back out of the water. He’s so shallow. He’s going to be a little wary of everything. So we like to throw those flies way out in front of those fish and kind of let them find it on their own. 00:19:11 Dave: Cool. So you got the you mentioned the start of the how do you know when the fish sees that fly? When you’re ready to start moving on the when it’s the first part, eyeballing it, when it’s sitting down there. 00:19:22 David: Um, just the way he’s working, you know, our water is not extremely clear. So a lot of times we’re not seeing that fly on the bottom. There’s occasionally times during the winter where our water is crystal clear or we’re out way out on the barrier islands and we’re fishing that in the waters, you know, nice green, clear water. Uh, but for the most part, you kind of have an idea where your fly is. And once he approaches to about two feet, then you give it that strip and give it that pop, and then he’ll react to it. And that’s when you know that he’s kind of on that thing. And the way he reacts to it is whether or not we make another strip, or we just wait to tail him to tail on and eat it, a lot of times we’ll pop it again, and then he’ll make one tail kick and stick his face right in the mud on it. 00:20:02 Dave: Oh, right. So even if you can’t see the fly because it’s on the bottom, you make your little move and then he’ll tail and he’ll pound on it and you’ll see his tail. 00:20:11 David: Exactly. So we kind of watch the fish for his reaction to see what’s gonna happen. 00:20:15 Dave: Gotcha. And is the strip set on that. Do you want to do it more of a you know, if you’re not sure, more of a subtle strip set or because then you have another chance or you still want to just do a strip set. 00:20:27 David: I like a kind of a long, hard strip, not like a big like pull and a jab, but a nice long strip and slide into him and you can feel him. And a lot of times when you hit them there, they’ll either run and turn, or you’ll have them for a second and you can reach back down and get another good strip on them. And then I tell my anglers usually don’t ever lift that rod till that fly line is cleared and you’re on the reel, and then you can lift that rod. And that way we can kind of just stay tight to them all the way and make sure we’re jabbing that hook in really good. We’re not. We’re a lot of times fishing thirty pound test here. You have to make a really big mistake to break thirty pound. Right. 00:21:08 Dave: So yeah thirty pound. Okay. So basically yeah, make that nice long strip set. You feel it, you make sure it’s set and then you want to get your line on the reel before you start lifting your rod up, that sort of thing. 00:21:20 David: Yes. Yeah. A lot of times he’s going to clear it himself. He’s going to take off running. That line is going to go shooting through. We’re going to be on the reel within fifteen 20s and then we’re good to go. 00:21:30 Dave: Okay, cool. And what is the on the reel and the gear, the fly rod and stuff like that. What’s your typical what’s your recommendation? Is there one rod that’s good, one length and weight. 00:21:40 David: Uh, I like a nine weight personally. Nine or ten weight. Uh, sometimes an eight weight will do the job. An eight weight for these big fish are just a little under-gunned. We want to have that nice backbone to really pull on them. Um, like a good redfish line. I usually use Cortland, their winter redfish line or summer redfish line. Okay. Depending on the time of year. It’s nice with a big front taper on it because a lot of our shots, it’s not like we’re throwing out sixty, seventy foot shots. A lot of these shots are there’s a fish right there at thirty feet. Let’s make one false cast and get it there. So a good fly line that will load that rod well is what I like. 00:22:18 Dave: So you want something with a front taper that’s not too long. Kind of a shorter tapered on the front. 00:22:23 David: Yes sir. Yes. 00:22:24 Dave: And so you can turn over turn over some of the flies and it sounds like the, the crab flies or what’s your common in the fall. What will be the if we put together a selection of flies, what should be in our box? 00:22:35 David: Those are a couple good flies. Um, I like, uh, tied on one or two odd hooks, um, a couple ones to look at. Redfish, crack, um, Hopedale, crab, stuff like that. Just a lot of like craft for tail with like a EP fiber brush for the head, little flash in there, throw a little rubber legs in there about anywhere from like three to five inches long, three to five. 00:23:01 Dave: Okay. 00:23:02 David: And dark colors a lot of times black and purple. Um, if the water is dirty and then your neutral kind of tan olive colors. 00:23:09 Dave: Gotcha. Okay, so pretty standard there. Like a lot of trips, right? Fly. Seems like sometimes the fly isn’t critical on this. It’s more critical getting that fly with the presentation and the strip and all that stuff. 00:23:21 David: Yes, definitely get it in front of their face, move it the right way. Like I said, they’re not too picky. They want to eat. It just needs to move in front of their nose in the right way. 00:23:31 Dave: Gotcha. When you’re setting up kind of, you know, trying to find the fish. How do you set up for redfish? So, you know, you’ve got the sun and the wind and things like that. Are you are you do you have time to get that all perfect or do you just kind of you see the fish and take your shot when you get it? 00:23:47 David: Um, it depends on the day. You know, it goes every way. We always, uh, I always pull the sun to my back or try to at least. So, you know, in the morning I’m always pulling west or pulling north with the sun coming over on my on the east side with wind wise, we try to fish leeward side banks, you know, we fish a lot of ponds and creeks and stuff like that. So there’s always going to be kind of like a leeward side. So that that winds coming from the north, you know, I’m fishing a north bank of a pond and trying to get a little bit of a, you know, a break from the wind. The marsh grass is an extremely tall out here, but it’s enough to get a little break from the wind. I see for, uh, shots, you know, if I can see this fish coming. Most of my anglers are right handed. Um, but if vice versa goes for left handed too. Um, I try to turn that boat so they can have a forward hand cast. Not always. Will there be an opportunity to make a forward hand cast. Sometimes you’re going to have to make a backwards hand backhand cast. But most of the time I’m trying to turn that boat to get you that forward hand cast to make it easy as possible. 00:24:52 Dave: That’s something that I guess you could work on, right? If somebody’s getting ready for this big trip, practicing that not only the forward hand cast, but the backhand cast being, do you feel like you can get as accurate with the backhand as you can the forward hand cast? 00:25:06 David: Yeah. So if you practice it enough, the backhand cast is honestly just as easy as the forward hand cast. You just gotta imagine yourself forward hand casting to the like. If you want to cast to the right and you’re throwing a backhand cast, just imagine you’re throwing a forward hand cast to the left and then on your back cast. You just let go of the line and it’s going to shoot out at backhand it. You know, everybody makes it a little more complicated than it really is. Yeah. But for practicing casting for this trip, I. I always tell people, um, don’t go out there and try to shoot as far as you can. Don’t go out there throwing seventy, eighty foot shots. You’re not going to need it. You need your practice, your twenty to forty foot cast and making it happen as quick as possible with minimal false casts. 00:25:50 Dave: Yep, twenty to forty feet. So basically you’re sitting there on the boat and it’s just come back once and shoot it out and you’re on where you need to be. 00:25:58 David: Yep. A lot of our casts will be like that. There’s some times where we can’t set up on them. You know, if I see that fish from sixty feet, we can set up and get proper and wait for them to approach to forty feet. And then we can make that cast. But a lot of times it’s like, oh, there he is right there. And drop a cast in there. 00:26:15 Dave: Yeah. Gotcha. Okay. And when you were out there, it sounds like so day one, you know, and you’re obviously out there all year round. So you’re kind of going to already know what’s going on. And so, you know, I’m guessing we’re going out to a place that we think we’re going to see some redfish. Maybe we get a lot of action. Maybe we get into a few redfish on the first day. Um, do you tend to sometimes if people only had three days, would they maybe use one of those days to find some other fish out there? Is that something that there’s interest in, or do most people just want to stick on redfish? 00:26:44 David: Oh, definitely interested into it. Um, the cool thing about the marsh here is where we’re chasing redfish is where a lot of our other species are going to be anyways. So on a given day, I mean, you’re gonna have shots at usually the big three species here for flats fishing is your redfish, your black drum and your sheepshead. And you can find all three of them on the same flat. 00:27:05 Dave: Oh you can. 00:27:06 David: Yes. So where we fish for those redfish, there’ll be black drum mixed in. There’ll be sheepshead and also occasionally big alligator gar moving around. Nice. All these fish are they’re a blast to catch. You know the main target is the redfish. 00:27:19 Dave: Yeah that’s right. How is the redfish different than say you know those other two say sheepshead and black drum because they’re kind of similar body morphology. Right. Or kind of more similar. What’s the biggest difference? How is a redfish different? Why is that the one that people tend to are going for? 00:27:36 David: You know the big difference between the redfish and black drum. We’ll get into sheepshead in a second because they’re kind of a different style. Um, one, the redfish are so much more prettier. The black drum are the ugly stepsister. 00:27:50 Dave: They are right. 00:27:51 David: They’re not the prettiest thing. The redfish fights a lot harder than the black drum, but the black drum are still don’t pass up on them. They pull hard. I mean they get huge. I mean massive. 00:28:05 Dave: Bigger, bigger than redfish or about the same. 00:28:07 David: They get taller, taller. 00:28:09 Dave: Okay. You know. Right. Like bigger, thicker. 00:28:11 David: Yeah. Thicker. And, uh, and they still pull extremely hard, you know, they’re just kind of some people just kind of pass up on them. I, I don’t, I mean, they all pull, they’re all fish. Um, but yeah, the redfish just prettier and they fight better. 00:28:26 Dave: Okay. 00:28:26 David: So that’s kind of why everybody likes them better. Um, the sheepshead, the sheepshead, one of my favorite, honestly, we call them Cajun permit around here. 00:28:33 Dave: Oh, nice. 00:28:34 David: Um, they’re very tricky to feed. They’re not nearly as big as the redfish and black drum. They’re kind of smaller fish. Kind of like an oval looking fish. They’re black and white striped. They got these crazy human teeth on them. 00:28:47 Dave: Yeah. The human teeth. Right. They got the crazy human teeth. 00:28:50 David: So that’s what kind of makes them hard to feed, to catch. Because a lot of times they’ll eat your fly and you’ll set the hook and you’ll just bounce right off that tooth. 00:28:57 Dave: Oh, right. 00:28:59 David: But they’re very tricky. They like to follow your fly a lot. All the way to the boat. They’ll kind of like tip on and look like they’re eating it, but they’re just staring at it. So they’re really tricky. We have a whole tournament down here, uh, called the Sheepy. 00:29:12 Dave: Oh. No kidding. 00:29:12 David: Trying to catch sheepshead? Yeah. 00:29:14 Dave: It’s called the sheepy. 00:29:16 David: Yes, sir. Yeah. 00:29:17 Dave: Cool. So that’s the sheepshead in there. And they have the crazy teeth. And what are the teeth? The differences. What are they just eating something that’s harder. Why do they have those human teeth? 00:29:26 David: They’re cracking crabs with um, they’re, uh, chewing on like post and stuff for pulling off barnacles and stuff like that. 00:29:35 Dave: So yeah, I gotcha. Gotcha. Wow. This is going. And what’s on the sheepy tournament. When do you when do you do that? What time of year is that? 00:29:42 David: That’s in March. I’ve never done it personally. I’ve thought about doing it, but I’ve always been kind of guiding and just never got around to doing it. Maybe one of these years. 00:29:49 Dave: Yeah. Gotcha. So you got the sheepshead and then. And then the other one, the alligator gar, which is a totally different fish, right? That’s doesn’t look anything like these other three. 00:29:57 David: Yeah, a totally different game. Um, get massive. They’re long, they’re prehistoric looking. They’re wild fish and they have teeth on them like alligators. I mean they’re nuts up there during the fall and winter, early fall. They’re they’re pretty easy to fish for. You find them. You cast it in front of them, you kind of strip it in front of them. Just kind of like a snapping motion. Oh, they are down on the floor. 00:30:20 Dave: So during this time of year, when we’re there in the fall, we might have a good shot at one of these. 00:30:24 David: Yes, sir. Yeah. Uh, towards the winter. You don’t see him, you see him, but they’re kind of lethargic move and they don’t really like that cold water as much. Into the summertime, though, the summertime, they get moving pretty good and they’ll actually chase a fly down. 00:30:37 Dave: Wow. And they have the big teeth as this one where you have to do some sort of, um, you know, tangled in their teeth to hook them. Or do you just hook them like a normal fish? 00:30:47 David: I just hook them like a normal fish. I know there’s people that do do the tangle and the teeth with these fish. Um, I’m usually not like straight target. Yeah. I’m not targeting them. I’m usually targeting redfish and then one, you know, floats up or there’s one on the bank and then we just throw the redfish fly at them. 00:31:04 Dave: Gotcha. Yeah yeah, yeah. So you’re still looking for. Yeah. You got the redfish out there. Okay. So that’s a few other. And I feel like that would be pretty cool to be able to come there and, and get a shot at some of these other fish. So you go away, you know, with, with not just the redfish, but you got a bunch of these other ones. And, and I feel, and it sounds like maybe if you had three days, of course, conditions could always change, but it sounds like you’ll probably have a pretty good shot at, you know, some redfish, if you know, unless some crazy storm rolls in. Right. And and that’s just fishing. Is that kind of the case? Do you kind of feel like there’s usually a pretty good shot at finding some redfish out there? 00:31:36 David: There’s a pretty good shot of finding some redfish on any given day. Unless, like you said, crazy weather happens. Um, it’s the ocean. It’s a big ocean out there. They can move any which direction. 00:31:46 Dave: Yep. That’s it. 00:31:48 David: Yeah. The one other species that I’ll talk about a little bit is, uh, the jack Jack Crevalle. I mentioned them earlier, um, by far one of my favorite fish to chase. Um, they’re not in as shallow water a lot of times they’re usually finding them underneath birds blowing up bait. Um, but they’re big. They don’t get a great rap for being a sport fish for some reason. 00:32:12 Dave: Yeah. Why is that? Because they look like an amazing fish. They look like something, you know, like any of these other amazing permit or these fish, right? They look like a sport fish, but they’re just like, just they don’t get the love as the other ones. 00:32:24 David: Yeah. I’m not sure why they don’t. There’s some programs trying to change that. They’re doing a lot of research on them now. Um Saltwater Guide Association I think is doing it, um, where they’re tagging Jax and stuff. Um, but for pound for pound fighters, I mean, and a lot of times we’re throwing top water at them, which just makes it cooler. Um, they will crush a popper if you throw it into a school of one of those. They will be hitting each other sideways trying to eat this popper. And then you hook up into them. And a lot of times I’m throwing eleven wait for these fish. And when they hit that fly and you set that hook, you are in your back and in no time. Yeah. And it is just and a lot of times, you know, if you’re not used to pulling on big fish and know how to really use the backbone of those big rods, I mean, I’ve had guys hooked up to them for about forty five minutes before we land them. I mean, they pull and pull and pull. 00:33:15 Dave: Wow. And are you in the same areas as you’re fishing for redfish, or is this out in the deeper water? 00:33:20 David: This is usually out in the deeper water or out towards the barrier islands, or even oil rigs will run out to near shore oil rigs. And that’s mostly your kind of they start showing up the first in March and then kind of hit or miss. And they really kind of last one we caught, I had a guy from, uh, Colorado, actually no New Mexico, but he was here in June and we caught some in June. And then they go full swing right about this time of the year into August. And then you usually see them all the way till about middle of October, and then they’ll kind of disappear for the winter. 00:33:58 Dave: Mhm. Gotcha. So then you will get a shot maybe earlier in the in the Or. Well, I guess a little bit later in the fall. But that October, early October, you might have a shot at them there. 00:34:08 David: Yes, sir. Yeah. 00:34:09 Dave: Gotcha. Well, I think the cool thing is, is as you as we talk about this, I think you start to feel like, man, doing a trip would be great. But this is something I could see just making an annual. Right. Making this an annual thing. So you could kind of hit, you know, hit all these species as much as you need to. Is that something you find when people come back? They’re always going for redfish, or do they? They think, well, let’s go for some jacks this time, a little harder. 00:34:30 David: Yeah, I got people that definitely want to come down and do jacks. Uh, I’ve caught a lot redfish. They want to change it up a little bit. Uh, there’s lots of sharks to be caught too. So I have guys that want to be like, let’s go catch a shark on the fly. I’m like, all right, let’s. 00:34:42 Dave: Go do it. 00:34:42 David: Yeah. So I still have people coming down that need to catch a sheepshead. John actually needs to catch a sheepshead. 00:34:49 Dave: Oh he does. Oh, there we go. 00:34:50 David: Yeah. They’re tricky. And then you get people. I had a guy, uh, with a moccasin fly club group actually, and he caught a lot of redfish. We had a great three day trip. Um, and he last day he was like, let’s just try and catch a sheepshead. And I was like, okay, well, you know, we’ll try. They’re pretty tough. And then I go to the spot where I know there’s probably going to be one. We show up there he is right there. One cast hooks up, lands it, and he’s like, well, that was kind of easy. And I was like, yeah, well, yeah. 00:35:18 Dave: That’s how. 00:35:19 David: It. 00:35:19 Dave: Goes. That’s exactly that’s how it should work. Yeah. It shouldn’t always be super hard, right? You you get the right the right conditions, right. For any of these species. And it’s probably not super hard. It sounds like even with redfish, right? If the conditions are right and you make a cast that’s within a pie plate and the right, you probably have a good shot at hooking it. 00:35:37 David: Yes, sir. Yeah. 00:35:37 Dave: Yeah. Not like permit. Like that’s a whole different thing. Right. Some of these other species permit, and I’m not sure what other ones are out there that are the really hard ones. Well, maybe. What do you think out of the species you mentioned are the hardest to hook up into? Once you see them. 00:35:49 David: Uh, here in Louisiana? 00:35:50 Dave: Yeah, yeah. In Louisiana. 00:35:53 David: Um, it’s probably the sheepshead, the sheepshead and sometimes the alligator gar. 00:35:58 Dave: Yeah. Yeah. That’s it. Wow. So that gives us a good background on kind of everything. Any maybe let’s go into the redfish again. Let’s take it back to we’re there. We’re getting ready for our shot. What are a couple of tips you’re telling us to make sure we you know, maybe hook into that fish? If we’re sitting there, we see it. We’re getting ready. What’s the coaching beforehand? You tell us. 00:36:19 David: Uh, so before the shot, we just try to stay calm. Don’t shoot too. Don’t lead him by too much. I get a lot of people that get nervous and they don’t want to mess it up, so they put it ten feet in front of this fish and, um, he’s not going to see it, nor is he going to care about it. 00:36:35 Dave: Yeah. And you can’t strip that thing into him slowly to the right spot. If you go too far. 00:36:40 David: You can on certain given conditions. Um, but a lot of times we got so little distance to work with unless it’s a flat calm day on a crystal clear flat, the sun’s right in the right level. And we see this fish from one hundred feet away, which doesn’t happen very often. A lot of times, you know, we see the fish at forty feet, fifty feet, and we can’t really lead them by that much. Um, yeah. So if you do lead them by too much instead of waiting, I always suggest you strip it and go again. Okay. But I always tell my anglers I’d rather you spook that fish than lead them too long, spook em or hook em. 00:37:13 Dave: Right. Yeah. Don’t be afraid to make the. That’s kind of the cool thing about fly fishing, too, right? Like, or any sport, really. It’s like you take the shot and you just go for it. You know, you might mess it up, but you know, you might not. You might hit it right on the spot and like a grand slam, right? 00:37:28 David: Exactly, exactly. 00:37:30 Dave: Yeah. That’s cool. Okay. So hit the spot so you know where you need to go. You need to lead it by what? Like you’re saying a foot or something like that. You get it right there and then it drops in. 00:37:39 David: Exactly. Yeah. I like about two feet in front of the fish and about a foot long. So that way our first strip comes and if he’s cruising, that fly is going to get stripped in front of his nose at about a foot. 00:37:49 Dave: Okay, so two feet. Yeah, two feet past him and then a foot in front of him sort of thing. 00:37:54 David: Yeah. Like two feet in front of his nose, but like a foot long that way you’re stripping the fly across his face. 00:37:59 Dave: The opposite. Yeah. So two feet in front of the fish and then a foot long. That way when you strip it, he’s maybe moving right into it. Yes. Yeah. Okay. Good. So that’s a that’s a great tip to remember. So hit your spot. What else would you throw out there as another coaching tip to give us there. 00:38:13 David: Do not try out set. Yeah. 00:38:15 Dave: Don’t try set. That’s the biggest one. 00:38:17 David: That’s always a good one. 00:38:19 Dave: And what percentage of people when you’re out here, you got some new people on the boat. You’ve already told them don’t trout set. You know they’ve heard it before. How many people? What percentage of people still trout set on their first time? 00:38:29 David: Quite a bit, to be honest. 00:38:30 Dave: It’s still a lot. Quite a bit. Yeah. 00:38:32 David: Yeah. But, you know, sometimes you get away with it with these fish are in their mood and they just clobber it. I mean, you can do anything and you’re still going to hook them and they eat it so hard sometimes. Um, but yeah, other than that, uh, just really kind of listen to whoever’s on the poling platform, whoever your guide is that day, you know, if you’re talking about the moccasin trips, you know, it’ll be either me or several other different guides that I work with down here. Um, and, uh, they’re going to tell you how to strip that fly, when to leave it and all that stuff. So if you just listen to them, you hit your spot. They’re going to tell you to strip. They’re going to tell you to stop that fly. Everybody’s kind of have their own lingo for what they want you to do, and they’ll talk to you about it in the morning like, hey, if I say bump the fly, I want you to move the line like this. If I say long strip, I want it to look like this. And that way we’re all kind of on the same page. 00:39:25 Dave: That’s it. So listen to your guide. So they’re going to be coaching you just the full thing right into the fish until you hopefully hook up. 00:39:32 David: Exactly. Yep. 00:39:33 Dave: Okay, cool. Well, what else should we be like? We’re getting ready for this thing. What’s the other gear? We got a rod. What else should we be having on the boat for? You know, um, it’s pretty straightforward, right? Because the weather is not going to be too bad. Although it sounds like you want to be prepared with your have some extra stuff in case the weather comes in. Describe that. What’s some important gear that we should be having that you, you know, we don’t want to forget. 00:39:54 David: You know, if you’re coming during the fall and winter, definitely bring the cold weather gear. Um, yeah, you know, it might say sunny and seventy, but that can all change. I mean, we’re down here on the Gulf. All that weather can change really quick. So pack the cold weather stuff. Um, pack good shoes. Uh, you’re gonna be standing on the bow. 00:40:14 Dave: Yeah. What shoes should we be packing for this trip. 00:40:17 David: You know, if it’s nice and hot, you know, flip flops are fine. Um, but a lot of times I suggest wearing a good shoe you’re comfortable in. Um, a lot of guys wear in me particularly where, um, the, uh, extra tough boots during the winter. 00:40:32 Dave: Oh, really? Okay. 00:40:33 David: Yeah. So they’re nice waterproof. Uh, keep your feet warm, uh, comfortable to stand in all day. 00:40:39 Dave: Like the full extra tough that go up your calf all the way. The full boots or like the half. 00:40:44 David: No, the deck boots, those ones that come a little over your ankle. 00:40:47 Dave: Okay, so maybe a pair of sandals and the deck boots. Or maybe just bring a pair of sounds like you don’t need like, necessarily you don’t need wading boots or you don’t really need those water boots either. Right. It sounds like just a regular pair of shoes would be fine because you’re not really getting out in the water. 00:41:01 David: Yeah. Regular pair of sneakers. Uh, good comfort on your feet. All that. That is perfectly fine. Um, definitely bring, uh, rain gear, whether it’s raining or not. You want rain gear? Especially if we have a windy day. Some of these bays that we have to cross and we’re in Poland. Gifts. You know, my boat’s a seventeen footer. Um, it’s got a good feel to it, so it cuts through waves. Nice. 00:41:21 Dave: But you’re out there. 00:41:23 David: You’re out there. And I mean, it’s gonna you’re gonna take some chop. And if it’s really windy and we have to cross an open bay to get home or get to the spot, I mean, you’re going to get some spray. So bring rain gear just to keep yourself dry. 00:41:35 Dave: Yeah. Bring rain. So I’m picturing then you don’t need waders. You just wear bibs. Is that your lower part of the rain gear. 00:41:41 David: Yeah. Bibs, rain pants, anything to keep you dry. You know, even those cheap frog tog suits from, you know, your local sporting store? 00:41:50 Dave: Yeah, even the free, uh, the frog togs, the lighter stuff, even that stuff. Whatever. Just to keep the wet off you. 00:41:55 David: Yeah, just keep that water off you. Those morning runs sometimes can get a little wet. You don’t want to be sitting there wet all day. Um, it’s humid down here. Want to, you know, keep yourself dry. Have a good day. 00:42:07 Dave: Yeah. And what about glasses? What is that a critical part here. Being able to have the right lens there. 00:42:13 David: Yes of course polarized. Just like any fly fishing, you need a good polarized lens. Um, a standard copper amber lens will be good. Uh, I kind of vary through a couple different lenses depending on light conditions, but a good, you know, standard copper, amber polarized lens will be fine. 00:42:33 Dave: Okay. Yeah. And that’s pretty standard. Okay. It sounds like, yeah, actually a lot of stuff you would be using if you were out on a, you know, really a winter steelhead trip even, right. Or something like that. Just having, bringing that gear just to stay, you know, your wet gear and your glasses and kind of all that stuff. Um, what does it look like? So we talked about getting, let’s just say we’re coming in on a Sunday flying in. So people, it sounds like flying into New Orleans and then grabbing a ride out to the, you know, to the lodge or the Airbnb, whatever. And then you’re going to have this bake kind of a boil shrimp boil out there. What is the, you know, the next I think the nights with the way John does is I think you kind of grab your own food, right? Go out and eat is that sort of thing. Are you kind of seeing the the just the first night? Is that the main part of the trip? 00:43:17 David: Yeah. The first night is kind of the only night that I do. Um, you know, I’ll do the shrimp boil and the oysters for everybody kind of meet everybody. Sometimes the other guides will come as well to meet everybody. Um, and then from there, I think he just kind of has some kind of working on their own. Um. 00:43:33 Dave: Oh, okay. 00:43:33 David: You know, whether it’s, you know, getting their own food and cooking it there, um, usually there’s a host with them. So there’s a kind of a host from Moccasin Fly Club that will go with these groups to kind of line everything up and all that good stuff, which is great to have because he’ll, you know, help you rig up your rod for the trip. You just make sure everything goes smoothly. You know, it’s a good point of contact for me to talk to him and. Yeah. But, uh, if you know, you’re staying in Cocodrie the Marina down there, um, it’s got a restaurant and a bar, so that’s always an option. Like if you guys, you know, that second night you don’t want to cook, you know, there’s a restaurant and bar you can go to. There’s great places to eat up in Houma, so there’s options if you for that kind of stuff. 00:44:18 Dave: Yeah, I think that’s what’s cool. And that’s part of the way to keep the price down a little bit, right? Obviously getting your own food, you’re cutting that out, but you still get the guides and on the guides, is it something where you typically are mixing it up, you know, switching guides each of the three days, or do you tend to stay with the same guide for the whole, the whole three day? 00:44:36 David: Usually everybody’s kind of switching it up. Just kind of depends on what your group wants to do. But a lot of times, you know, those trips are always, uh, usually six people, right? So we have three guides. Um, so it’ll be me and then two other guides. You know, there’s mostly guys I work with down there are great. You know, I find whoever’s open and available and then we’ll go from there. But yeah, a lot of times we’re just kind of switching through everybody. So everybody kind of gets a different, you know, personality. Every guy’s got a different personality, right? You know, not the same. You know. 00:45:06 Dave: Exactly. 00:45:07 David: Me personally, I’m very kind of calm on the platform. I don’t get very excited. I try to keep everything kind of mellow where other guys like that a little more energetic style. Yeah. So it just kind of based on your preference. 00:45:19 Dave: Yeah. Right right right. Yeah. I feel like that’s the, you know, the guide is what makes a great guide. I feel like, you know, this is I’ve heard this quite a bit. I’ve seen it where the good guides know when to, you know, adjust to their client. Right? Some clients like more talking, some clients don’t need any talking, right. You know, and I feel like that’s something you kind of do, you get a feel when you have your clients out there, you kind of get a feel for who they are and what they want. 00:45:43 David: Exactly. Yeah. You kind of just you morph to what you need to be that day. Yeah. You know, to make sure they have a good time. You know, as much as it’s about the fishing, it’s also about customer service. And that’s what we do. 00:45:55 Dave: So nice. Well, a big part of this too, I think is flying into New Orleans, right? All the cultural and all that stuff does it. I’m guessing some people would stay maybe a couple extra days or on the front end or back end just to experience that. Is that have you spent some time in New Orleans? Is that a. Obviously, there’s a lot going on there. Is that worthwhile to spend a couple of days to get some nightlife there? 00:46:17 David: It definitely is. I was actually born in New Orleans and, uh. 00:46:20 Dave: Oh no kidding. 00:46:21 David: My dad moved back to New Orleans. Yeah, my dad moved back to New Orleans kind of when I was, uh, in my teenage years. So I spent a lot of times down there. Um, I used to love to go in my early twenties. I don’t go as much anymore. Right. 00:46:34 Dave: Right. 00:46:34 David: For the cultural food, nightlife and just seeing it, it it’s definitely worth spending an extra day or two. Uh, there’s a lot to do. Really cool. If you’ve never been there, definitely check it out. 00:46:48 Dave: Yeah, yeah. And we could, and that’s a cool thing about you. We could hit you up. If we do. We put this together. We could kind of figure out what to do. Maybe what would be fun to get out? I mean, what would be do you think is something in New Orleans? It seems like, you know, there’s just the culture, the food, the stuff like that. I’m sure there’s lots of music and things. What do you think is the one thing? If you were to go there, you’d want to definitely hit up if you went a night or two there. 00:47:09 David: You know, I kind of start, you know, if you were there like in the morning, you can go to the French Quarter and go to the famous cafe du Monde where they do the beignets and coffee and all that stuff. And then walking around the French Quarter is cool. A bunch of shops, kind of a little touristy, but there’s a lot of local artists on the sidewalks and stuff selling art. And then if you’re into it, Bourbon Street’s always an option in the evenings. Um, it’s interesting to see. It’s definitely worth walking down Bourbon Street at like nine, ten o’clock to see what’s going on. Right? Yeah. But if you’re into more of like the jazzy kind of live music, there’s a street called Frenchmen Street, which is kind of down there in that downtown area, and it’s kind of like the more local version of Bourbon Street, so it’s a little smaller, not as much like rowdy bars and more kind of like jazz bars. Yeah, yeah, the live music, checking that out. Um, there’s a lot of good tours and stuff. Um, but that just kind of that downtown area where a lot of artists, a lot of good music, good food. 00:48:08 Dave: So yeah, it’s got it all it’s got and it’s got the Mississippi River, which is pretty amazing, right? You got this massive river that’s actually flowing out, right? It flows down through into the ocean down south of there, right? 00:48:21 David: Yep. Down south in Venice. So it goes right through New Orleans and then jumps out right there at Venice to make the Mississippi Delta. But yeah, it’s cool. There’s a, I had a buddy that just did like a, like a paddle boat, one of those old school paddle boats, uh, tours. And they, he went, there’s music and they did dinner and it was like a three hour tour. And he was like, it was really, really cool. So that’s something to check out if you’re there. 00:48:44 Dave: Yep. There you go. I think see, we’re starting to get the tourist stuff. That’s what’s always fun about the trips, right? Is that if you can get some extra time, doing the touristy stuff is pretty cool on top of the trip already that you’re getting there. So cool. Well, I think this has been a good start. Um, you know, kicking this off on what we talked about today, maybe anything else we missed on just kind of the trip, the experience you want to shed light on before we head out here today. 00:49:08 David: Yeah. You know, we always talk about the fishing and stuff like that in the marsh, but you just gotta remember when you’re out there on the boat to kind of just look around a little bit, the wildlife, the birds, all that stuff. I mean, this is yeah, this is one of the biggest marsh systems there is. I mean, the ecosystem down here is crazy. So I mean, we got these beautiful roseate spoonbills, all different types of birds flying around. I mean, just not always about the fish and just kind of, you know, remember to look around and enjoy it a little bit and enjoy the boat ride, enjoy all that good stuff. And, and we’ll have a good time no matter what. 00:49:41 Dave: So exactly. Yeah, that is it. It’s, it’s the, the fishing. I kind of think of it as like the, um, you know, kind of the bonus, right? Almost to the thing because you’re experiencing everything we’ve talked about today and the wildlife. But yeah, and then when you get a shot at the redfish and maybe you catch one and land it, you know, it’s like, wow, okay, now it’s all come together. I mean, and again, it’s, you know, the fish and fishing, you know, if a weather pattern comes in and you’re blown out for a few days, right? I mean, again, one of the cool things that would be terrible to happen, but you’re in a pretty cool spot. If that was to happen, you’d still probably make a trip of it, right? 00:50:15 David: Yeah. If you’re in a great spot, you can always jump to New Orleans. Not that far away. You know, we’ve had that happen where a group of guys, they’re like, all right, well, we can’t fish today because it’s thirty degrees and blowing thirty miles out of the north. You know it’s not happening. So they go check out the World War Two museum or something like that in New Orleans, and they go do that and they still can make a great day out of it. 00:50:34 Dave: Exactly. Yeah. Cool. Nice. David. Well, I think we could, uh, leave it there for today, and we’ll definitely be keeping in touch with you here with John at Moccasin and talking more about what this looks like as we kind of get closer to putting something together here. But we’ll send everybody out to southbound fly expeditions dot com, or they can check with you at southbound underscore fly. And yeah, thanks again for all the time and the wisdom here. Looking forward to staying in touch. We’ll talk to you soon. 00:51:01 David: Yes, sir. Thank you for having me on. 00:51:04 Dave: All right. Uh, I hope you enjoyed that one. And, uh, maybe grab a few tips. Got a few, uh, excitement and ready to go for this one. If you’re interested in this trip or want to learn more, you can check in with us. Wet fly swing Pro, go to wet fly swing dot com slash pro. Uh, if you’re already in pro, you will get first shot at this trip that we’re putting together here with moccasin to fish for redfish. Uh, that’s the easiest way you can. Also, if you have any questions, send me an email, Dave at webflow dot com and just put redfish in the subject line. Let me know. We’re going to be, uh, building this one out as we go here. So I’m excited to get down and experience this a little nightlife in, in town and get it all going here. So as always, check in with me anytime. We’ve got lots of events, lots of trips coming this year. Here’s one quote we want to leave you with today from David. He said, I’d rather you spook the fish than lead it too long. Spook or hook it. Get it close. All right, so we’re gonna remember that. Don’t be afraid to take the shot. That’s what it’s all about out here. When we’re fly fishing. You want to make that, uh, go for the glory shot here when you’re fishing. And don’t be afraid to go for perfection or going for perfection today. Not always progress on the cast. So I want to thank you again for checking in. I hope you can check in with me if you’re interested in this trip and learning more and want to hope and wish you. Have a great morning, afternoon, or evening. Uh. Maybe you are out flying across the country right now. Maybe you’re doing your own redfish trip. Uh, if that’s you listening to this, I hope you’re excited to hear more from David and the crew down there in New Orleans. And until then, we’ll talk to you and see you on the next episode. Have a good one. 00:52:39 Dave: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing Show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.

 

Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing with David Phelps
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/southbound_fly/

Conclusion with David Phelps on Louisiana Redfish Fly Fishing

David Phelps gives us a look at Louisiana redfish fly fishing, from seasonal movements and shallow-water sight fishing to the wildlife and other species that make the marsh unique.

Success comes down to making quick, accurate casts, getting the fly close, and using a proper strip set. David’s advice keeps it simple: Spook it or hook it.

     

990 | Bitterroot River Fly Fishing with Robert Prince: From Quigley Cripples to the Drag-and-Drop Cast

Robert-Prince-Bitterroot-River-Fly-Fishing.

Bitterroot River fly fishing offers an unusual mix of water, from mountain-stream fishing in the headwaters to wide, technical flats closer to Missoula. Robert Prince spends about 90 percent of his guiding and fishing days on the Bitterroot, and he joins Dave to break down the river’s major hatches, dry flies, nymphs, and presentations that help anglers find trout year-round.

The conversation covers Skwalas, March Browns, PMDs, Tricos, fall drakes, and the Quigley Cripple, one of Robert’s favorite mayfly patterns. Robert also explains how the reach cast and his drag-and-drop technique allow anglers to fish extremely close to wood while maintaining control of drift.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Bitterroot-River-Fly-Fishing-with-Robert-Prince.webp

Show Notes with Robert Prince on Bitterroot River Fly Fishing

Robert Prince discusses a detailed look at Bitterroot River fly fishing, from the river’s diverse sections and seasonal hatches to the flies and presentations Robert uses while guiding. He discusses Skwalas, PMDs, Quigley Cripples, Brindle Chutes, Frenchies, stonefly patterns, indicator setups, reach casts, and the drag-and-drop technique for fishing tight to wood. The conversation also covers the proposed rare earth mine near the Bitterroot headwaters, Robert’s background growing up near Oregon’s Deschutes River, and some of the history that shaped Montana fly fishing.

The Bitterroot River’s Diverse Water

[00:03:24] Robert describes the Bitterroot as an unusually diverse freestone river in western Montana. The river flows north toward Missoula, and its character changes considerably along the way, from mountain-stream fishing and pocket water higher in the system to wider, shallower water farther downstream.

Near Missoula, the river becomes much lower gradient and more technical. Robert compares some of their lower sections to spring-creek-style fishing, with long leaders, glassy flats, and large numbers of mayflies. For anglers interested in Bitterroot River fly fishing, that means the same river can offer very different fishing depending on where you are and what time of year you visit.

https://www.instagram.com/bumtrout/

The Bitterroot’s Long List of Hatches

[00:05:29] One of the defining characteristics of Bitterroot River fly fishing is the number of different insects that appear throughout the season. Robert mentions a long list of hatches, including Skwala, March Browns, blue-winged olives, salmon flies, golden stones, PMDs, Green Drakes, Tricos, Callibaetis, caddis, crane flies, and several fall mayflies.

By September, Robert expects Tricos during the morning before anglers switch over to terrestrials such as ants, beetles, and hoppers. Higher sections can also produce fall drakes, mahogany duns, and blue-winged olives, giving anglers plenty of opportunities to continue fishing dry flies into autumn.

Spring Stoneflies and the Nemoura Hatch

[00:15:08] Spring fishing on the Bitterroot includes Capnia, Nemoura, Skwalas, March Browns, and spring blue-winged olives. Robert points out that anglers sometimes focus so much on Skwalas that they overlook Nemoura, even though trout sometimes feed heavily on the smaller stoneflies.

That is an important lesson in Bitterroot River fly fishing: don’t assume the most famous hatch is the only one that matters. Robert recommends paying attention to what is actually happening on the water and changing patterns when trout tell you something different.

Nemoura-Carlson.
Photo via https://www.missoulianangler.com/pages/top-2-nemoura-fly-patterns

Water Conditions and the West Fork

[00:16:28] Like many western trout rivers, the Bitterroot can experience high water temperatures during the summer. Robert explains that late July can bring peak water temperatures and trout-fishing restrictions, while the river’s West Fork offers another option because of the cold water from the bottom-release reservoir.

During August, irrigation releases keep the West Fork particularly cold. Robert says it can remain fishable when other rivers are becoming too warm, giving Bitterroot River fly fishing another advantage because anglers have different sections to consider as conditions change.

The West Fork and 110 Miles of Floatable Water

[00:18:38] The West Fork flows about 26 miles from Painted Rocks Dam to the confluence where it meets the East Fork and becomes the main stem. Robert says the West Fork is floatable for much of the summer.

Altogether, he estimates there are about 110 miles of floatable water on the Bitterroot. That variety gives guides and anglers the ability to move between different sections depending on water conditions, hatches, and the type of Bitterroot River fly fishing they want to experience.

Bitterroot-River-fly-fishing-1.
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/bumtrout/

Skwalas and Fishing Tight to Wood

[0019:38] Robert describes the Skwalas as roughly a size 10 to 8 fly with a dark olive body and dark gray wings. Unlike a salmon-fly hatch, anglers generally won’t see hundreds of Skwalas in the air. Instead, they may see one here and another there, but that can still be enough to get trout focused on them.

The key is often structure. Robert says trout love log piles, woody banks, and downed trees during the Skwala period. Fishing a Skwala tight to wood becomes a major part of the presentation, making accurate casting and fly placement especially important.

Bitterroot-River-fly-fishing-Skwala.
Photo via https://www.yellowdogflyfishing.com/products/skwala

March Browns, BWO, and Reading the Rise

[00:21:54] As spring progresses, March Browns and blue-winged olives become part of the mix. Robert explains that anglers can move between Skwala and mayfly patterns depending on what they see happening on the water.

He also discusses the life forms. Mayfly eats tend to be quieter, while stonefly takes can be more explosive. Paying attention to how trout feed can help anglers make better decisions about which insects to imitate.

Big Brown Trout on Dry Flies

[00:25:38] Robert says the final two weeks of March can be an especially productive period for big brown trout on dry flies. He estimates that more 20-inch browns are caught on dries during those two weeks than during the rest of the year combined. For anglers interested in Bitterroot River fly fishing, that makes the early spring window particularly interesting. But Robert also highlights the PMD hatch later in the season as another favorite opportunity.

Bitterroot-River-fly-fishing-brown-trout.

PMDs and the Quigley Cripple

[00:26:22] PMDs typically arrive in mid-to-late June, and Robert describes days when a pool can hold dozens of rising trout. He says the hatch can provide consistent quality fishing throughout the day, with both large and small trout feeding on the mayflies. This is where the Quigley Cripple becomes especially important.

Robert says there can be a week or two when he fishes a Quigley Cripple and little else. He likes the way the fly sits partly in the surface film and says trout eat it confidently.

Why Robert Likes the Quigley Cripple

[00:27:24] Robert repeatedly comes back to the Quigley Cripple because of the way it sits in the water. He describes it as a cripple-style fly and explains that its profile sits partly below the surface film, giving trout a presentation that looks like a vulnerable insect.

For Bitterroot River fly fishing, the Quigley Cripple is particularly useful when trout are feeding on mayflies and are willing to eat an emerger or cripple rather than only fully formed adults. The pattern becomes one of the central dry flies in Robert’s approach.

Quigley-Cripple-Gray-Drake.webp
Photo via https://www.johnkreft.com/quigley-gray-drake-cripple/

How Robert Ties His Quigley Cripple

[00:29:16] Robert gives several details about how he ties his Quigley Cripple. He prefers elk hair with shorter tips and makes the wing approximately one and a half times the length of the hook. He positions the wing straight up and uses his thumbnail to flare the hair while tightening the thread. Robert also uses a few strands of marabou for the body and does not add a tail, giving the fly the specific profile he prefers.

Brindle Chutes and Other Mayfly Patterns

[00:32:54] The Quigley Cripple isn’t the only mayfly pattern Robert relies on. He also discusses the Brindle Chute, a pattern associated with Chuck Stranahan, along with Parachute Adams and other dry flies. When trout are focused on emergers, Robert says a small soft hackle or pheasant tail dropped below a parachute can be extremely effective. He also discusses a split-back or split-case nymph that can be fished just below the surface.

Brindle-Chute-Dry-Flies.
Photo via https://www.johnkreft.com/stranahans-brindle-hackle-multi-colored-body-parachute/

Nymphs: Frenchies, Pat’s Rubber Legs, and Stoneflies

[00:32:54] For nymphing, Robert’s go-to pattern is a size 14 or 16 Frenchie. He likes using larger beads because he often fishes from a boat and wants the fly to sink quickly during shorter drifts. Pat’s Rubber Legs, black Coffee patterns, and Golden Stone patterns also have a place in his box. Robert notes that stoneflies are present throughout the year, making Pat’s Rubber Legs paired with a Frenchie a setup that can work across many conditions.

Bitterroot-River-fly-fishing-frenchie.
Photo via https://darkskiesflyfishing.com/fishing-and-tying-the-frenchie/

Indicator Setup and Balsa Tabs

[00:38:57] Robert has been using small balsa tabs because they allow him to fine-tune the amount of flotation. His goal is to make the indicator buoyant enough to stay on the surface without making it so buoyant that subtle strikes are difficult to detect. He generally keeps his droppers relatively short, around 18 to 24 inches. He avoids longer droppers because of the wood and debris found throughout much of the Bitterroot.

The Reach Cast

[00:43:55] Robert considers the reach cast one of the most useful casts an angler can practice. He says it is particularly valuable when fishing small dry flies and can help anglers create a better drift without needing to make what he calls a “hero cast.” For Bitterroot River fly fishing, the reach cast becomes especially useful around the river’s woody structure. Being able to control where the line lands can make a big difference when a fly needs to travel near a log.

The Drag-and-Drop Technique

[00:44:17] Robert’s “drag-and-drop” technique is designed to solve a common problem when fishing close to wood. Instead of landing the fly beside the log and then mending it into position, he plans the cast ahead of time and intentionally overshoots upstream of the target.

If the fly goes too far inside, he lifts the rod tip and drags it outward until it reaches the desired position. He then drops the rod tip and follows the fly with the boat. Robert says the technique can help even a beginner fish structure extremely close, while an experienced angler can place the fly within a centimeter of the log.

Reading Water: Find the Chop, Wood, and Foam

[00:46:22] Robert says the Bitterroot is relatively easy to read from a trout’s perspective. He looks for riffles flowing into pools, chop, wood, foam lines, and inside bends. His advice is simple: find the water that looks fishy. In Bitterroot River fly fishing, those obvious pieces of structure and current can help anglers narrow down where trout are likely to hold instead of randomly covering water.

Bitterroot-River-Fly-Fishing.
Photo via https://dontpollutetheroot.com/

Conservation and the Bitterroot Headwaters

[00:48:11] The conversation then turns to a proposed rare earth mine near the Bitterroot headwaters on the Montana-Idaho border. Robert describes the proposed project and raises concerns about potential effects on the watershed, while also discussing claims made about the deposit and concerns about mine tailings.

Robert points listeners toward the “Don’t Pollute the Root” effort, which includes fact sheets, a mailing list, and a template for submitting public comments. Trout Unlimited and the Bitterroot Water Partnership are also mentioned in the discussion.

The Upper Bitterroot’s Native Trout

[00:51:53] Robert emphasizes the importance of the upper Bitterroot as habitat for westlope cutthroat and bull trout. He explains why the condition of the headwaters matters to the larger river system and the fish that depend on it.

The conservation discussion adds another dimension to Bitterroot River fly fishing. The fishery’s quality depends not only on hatches, flies, and presentations, but also on the watershed that supports the trout.

Rapid Fire: Deschutes Steelhead and Montana Fly-Fishing History

[00:53:49] Robert grew up in Madras, Oregon, with the Deschutes River only about ten minutes from his home. He spent plenty of time fishing for steelhead and says the Deschutes remains personally meaningful to him.

The conversation also turns to Montana fly-fishing history, mentioning Dan Bailey, Craig Mathews, and Paul Ruth. Robert shares a story about meeting Craig Mathews on the Stillwater River and discusses Mathews’ influence on the growth of fly fishing in Montana.


Connect with Robert Prince here:

Instagram: @bumtrout

Website: https://dontpollutetheroot.com/

Dont-Pollute-the-Root-Logo.

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Bitterroot River Fly Fishing Resources Noted in the Show

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
00:00:00 Dave: On the Bitterroot River. A dry fly landing several inches from a log can already be too far away. Today’s guest explains how he uses the reach cast and his drag-and-drop technique to place a fly within centimeters of wood without sacrificing the drift. Today, we’re heading into western Montana to explore the Bitterroots dry fly fishing, its long list of hatches, and the techniques you can use to find more trout this season. Robert Prince, a Montana fly fishing guide, fly tyer, and lifelong angler who spends about ninety percent of his fly fishing days guiding the Bitterroot, is here, and today, you’re gonna find out why swallows can bring some of the river’s largest brown trout to the surface. How Robert uses the drag-and-drop presentation, and how a trout’s rise form can reveal whether it’s eating mayflies, stoneflies, or other aquatic insects. We’re also going to talk about how he adjusts his indicator buoyancy to detect subtle strikes, and why you need to get involved right now to protect the Bitterroot headwaters from a proposed rare earth mine. This is a big thing right now. You got to get involved. You can find Robert at Boom Trout on Instagram, and you can go to https://dontpollutetheroot.com/ to check in and support protecting the Bitterroots headwaters. All right, let’s get into it. Here he is, Robert Prince. How are you doing, Robert? 00:01:14 Robert: Hey. I’m good. 00:01:15 Dave: Great, great, great. This is going to be a fun one. Today we are diving into the Bitterroot. Uh, we’re going to talk about that area. We’re going to talk about some dry fly fishing. Um, we’re going to get into a little bit of everything. We were recently on with Skip Morris on the podcast, and we’re just planning our boot camp, which is coming up too. We’re doing this really cool event in a couple of months. And so we’re kind of getting speakers and stuff lined up. So I always love hearing you take a deep dive into an area, and we’re going to do that today. But before we get there, talk about that. How did you get into becoming an outfitter in Montana? It sounds like you work for a few different outfitters out there. 00:01:52 Robert: Yeah, well, I became a guide. Gosh, it’s probably been twelve, thirteen years now. And I grew up fly fishing like, you know, like it’s the typical guide story. I think I grew up fishing, you know, like, what am I going to do for a job in the summertime? You know, it started out in college, like, hey, what am I going to do in the summers? And, and like, just like every other trout bum in my town, I’m going to be a fishing guide. Right? 00:02:17 Dave: So you’re in Montana when you were in college. 00:02:20 Robert: Yeah. So I went to school in Missoula. Yeah, at the University of Montana. Mhm. And, uh, yeah, I started guiding like towards the end of college and right out of college. And, uh, um, I’m also a school teacher, so guiding was just a kind of perfect fit for June, July, and August. I guide pretty much full time and then, and then do some spring and fall trips as well. So. But yeah, it creates a nice kind of flow to the year, I would say. 00:02:48 Dave: Yeah, yeah. We just had, uh, Tim Camisa on and he’s been on a few times. He’s on the other side of the country, but he’s the same thing. He’s got his school, but then he goes hard in the summer and it makes it it’s a it’s a nice fit because you’ve got time off to do that. Um, yeah. And then the Bitterroot that seems like that’s the river you’re spending a lot of time on. Is that one that you’re on more than others in Montana? 00:03:10 Robert: Yes. I live here in the Bitterroot Valley. Um, I’d say ninety percent of my work and fishing days are here in the Bitterroot. 00:03:19 Dave: Yeah. Where is the Bitterroot Valley? For those people that don’t know, how would you describe it? 00:03:24 Robert: Yeah. Missoula. You know, Western Montana here. Um, if you head straight south of Missoula, the Bitterroot River basically skirts the eastern Idaho border and it flows for eighty five miles, um, due north. Uh, meets up with the Clark Fork River in Missoula. 00:03:43 Dave: So that’s it. So that’s one of the big rivers that I always think of. Missoula. You’ve got the Clark Fork, the well, the Bitterroot. And what’s the other one? There’s a couple of big ones, right? 00:03:52 Robert: Yeah. You got the Blackfoot. Blackfoot, of course. And then. And then Rock Creek. 00:03:56 Dave: And Rock Creek is the other one. Yeah. And that’s the one we’ve spent more. I’ve spent more time on Rock Creek than any of them. It’s kind of a a smaller stream, right. Is the Bitterroot quite a bit bigger than rock or is it similar? 00:04:07 Robert: It is on the main stem. Yeah. But the Bitterroot is such a diverse system for a Freestone River. Uh, you know, you can go up in the headwaters and have mountain stream fishing and, uh, small tributary, uh, you know, pocket water and, and then you get down towards Missoula and it really becomes like a spring Creek, uh, technical dry fly flats and, uh, long leaders and, and for being a freestone, it has just about every kind of fishing you could imagine, which is really unique, I think, among rivers. 00:04:39 Dave: Why does it change into like, more like a spring creek down in that lower section? 00:04:43 Robert: Yeah. The gradient becomes very low towards Missoula. It’s, uh, it really spreads out, becomes a very wide, Mostly shallow river and, you know, a lot of bug life, a lot of mayflies and the fish pot up and, uh, you know, fishing some flats on the Bitterroot, you’d swear you’re on like the Missouri River. You know, it’s like that kind of glassy technical, you know, you got to have your a game, right? Especially this time of year. Trichos. Those fish are as hard as any fish anywhere. 00:05:15 Dave: Yeah. That’s perfect. I love that you mentioned Trichos because that we just fished the Missouri for Trichos earlier this year. And yeah, it was not easy. You know, it’s, uh, and we got some nice fish, but it was not easy. What are the big hatches that get you fired up on the Bitterroot? 00:05:29 Robert: Oh, man, that’s a big question because we have so many. That’s another thing that makes the Bitterroot kind of cool is like, we get almost every kind of bug you can imagine. 00:05:40 Dave: No kidding. Because you have that mix, you have that higher gradient stuff, and then you get the lower grade. 00:05:45 Robert: Exactly. Yeah, exactly. So depending on which section you’re on, you know, you can have multitudes of different insects. And so it starts early in the spring. Most people know about our famous squash hatch. It’s that size ten. All of Stonefly hatches March twentieth to April twentieth is that window. Um, so that’s some of the best fishing of the year. You know, if the weather if the weather cooperates and and then you get runoff like a typical freestone. And then gosh, we got salmon flies up on the, the forks and upper river. And then that rolls right into Golden Stone’s, uh, pmd’s green drakes. We have a little, um, golden that we call the Bitterroot Stone. That can be insane fishing. When that hatch comes off, that’s actually probably my favorite hatch. And then, gosh, trichos, I’ve seen Calabasas. I’ve seen, you know, we have caddis, we have crane flies. We have. I mean, there’s just kind of everything, honestly. 00:06:51 Dave: That’s crazy. Wow. That’s really cool. And are you are you floating or walking weight or doing a little bit of everything? 00:06:59 Robert: Like most of our guided trips are floating to cover water and, you know, the bitter, it’s big enough that it’s usually tough to wade. 00:07:07 Dave: Yeah it is. Right. So you’re floating. Do you do a lot of the fishing? Most of it out of the boat. If you’re on a dry fly hatch or you hopping out and covering things. 00:07:15 Robert: A little bit of both. I, um, certainly a lot from a boat. And, uh, part of what makes the Bitterroot fun for at least for me, is it just has so many braids and side channels and little sneaky spots. And, and I’m a person who loves all that and loves to explore it. So if I have people that are a little adventurous, like we’re going to poke in some side channels and we might hop out of the boat and, you know, go find some fish that maybe don’t see, you know, a hundred flies a day. 00:07:43 Dave: Yeah, definitely. Yeah. Looking at the map, the Bitterroot, kind of like you said, it flows from south to north. It goes under the highway and then keeps heading north, kind of past Missoula. But then the Clark Fork comes in there, or I guess, I guess the opposite. The Bitterroot flows in the Clark Fork and the Clark Fork just spread out. Looks like there’s a maze of side channels. And like, what is that lower Clark Fork or that where the Bitterroot comes in, that confluence is that kind of a unique area? 00:08:09 Robert: Yeah, that is a unique area. So that’s around the Kelly Island fishing access. And there’s a, there’s a big chunk of public land there. And it is really, um, an interesting part of the system hydraulically. Um, so when the Clark Fork enters the Missoula Valley, it actually loses a lot of its flow. It goes underground. And then Kelly Island is kind of where that water starts to come back to the surface. And so like that maze you’re talking about, it’s just tons of groundwater like springs. Wow. So it’s, there’s a ton of like cool little almost pseudo spring creeks through there and, um, yeah, below Kelley Island, you know, the river really picks up volume. A lot of that is just groundwater returning, you know, to the surface. 00:08:57 Dave: Wow. That’s cool. So are you. So are people fishing that maze of that area in the Kelley Island area? 00:09:03 Robert: People do. Yeah, absolutely. And I would go there in college a lot too and, and poke around and yeah, there’s there’s some nice fish through all of that. They’re, they’re not always easy. Yeah. 00:09:13 Dave: They’re not easy. 00:09:14 Robert: You know, because it is kind of pseudo spring creek. It like it’s tough. 00:09:18 Dave: Yeah. Right. And then so and you fish the from the Bitterroot once it flows into the Clark fork, do you fish that downstream or how far do you cover the water? 00:09:27 Robert: Yeah, absolutely. So I’ve spent quite a bit of time on the Clark, I mean, all the way down to, you know, Superior and Saint Regis even way down there. Um, guiding wise, I don’t do a ton of that anymore. Uh, just from where my house is. It’s two, you know, it’s like a two hour drive just to almost get to the river, right. You if you go way down the Clark Fork. 00:09:51 Dave: So yeah, but. 00:09:54 Robert: Yeah, but it’s a great river and big fish and you know, those, those rainbows are hot. They’re legendary for. 00:10:00 Dave: Are they, is that the species? Is it mainly rainbows in their. 00:10:03 Robert: Rainbows, big browns and a lot of pike too, if you. 00:10:06 Dave: Oh, Pike. 00:10:07 Robert: Yeah. If you like pike fishing, the Clark Fork is I mean, there’s forty inch fish in there and. 00:10:12 Dave: No kidding. 00:10:13 Robert: Oh, yeah. Yeah. 00:10:14 Dave: Dang. So what are they? So are they out there? Uh, how are they working with the other species? Are they, uh, having an impact on the trout? 00:10:22 Robert: Oh, they have to. 00:10:24 Dave: Yeah, yeah. How long have they been in there? Have they been in there a while? Because I don’t remember. I don’t remember like in Rock Creek ever hearing about Pike in Rock Creek. 00:10:32 Robert: Mhm. Yeah. Because they wouldn’t probably. That water’s too fast and cold, right. Yeah. But you know, the Clark Fork has had them for a long time. I mean, gosh, probably since the seventies or 80s. No kidding. I would guess. Yeah. And it and it’s got enough slow, you know, sloughs back channels, you know, places where those fish can sit even during runoff, you know, places they can hold. And then in when in the summer, when the river drops and warms, they, they just move into the main channel. And we, we catch pike, you know, in surprisingly fast water in the summer, like water, water that you’d almost think of as trout water and. 00:11:10 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:11:11 Robert: Yeah. Because they’re, they’re, they’re feeding, you know. 00:11:13 Dave: They’re feeding. Yeah. What’s the on the pike? Is that, are they pretty easy to catch out there? Or is it easier to catch a pike or a trout? 00:11:20 Robert: Uh, probably a trout, honestly. Yeah. I’d say like twenty years ago, the pike were easier. And but a lot of guys are targeting them now and more guys are guiding for them, especially on fly rods, you know, especially like hoot owl, low water, you know, when it gets hot. Right. And, And quite a few trout guys will switch over to Pike to, you know, to take it easy on the trout. 00:11:44 Dave: Oh that’s crazy. Are you fishing? Uh, are you guiding for Pike? 00:11:48 Robert: No, I am, I haven’t done any pike trips. I. Yeah. Um, it’s just not my it’s not in my wheelhouse. 00:11:54 Dave: It’s not your wheelhouse. Yeah. It’s interesting because we’re coming off a really big pike trip up to we went up to northern Saskatchewan. I mean, just to show you how cool it is that they’re in Montana because we went all the way up. I mean, multiple plane trips, you know, flew up to, you know, through Canada, to the Northwest Territory. And, you know, that’s what’s cool about fishing is it’s not just about the fish. You know, the experience of getting up to that lodge was amazing. Just that. And but the funny thing was, is, I mean, we were catching pike, forty inch pike, some, even the thirty eight thirty seven inch pike were amazing. Yeah, right. But the crazy thing is, is you’re talking right here in Montana, right down here where people are at. You can go catch those fish on the Bitterroot on the Clark Fork. 00:12:33 Robert: Yeah, yeah. Oh, yeah. Absolutely. And not just one or two. You can. On a good day, you can catch a dozen. You know and I know a popular thing to do, and I. I’ve done it for fun. And. Is that the track? We call it Tricho Piko in the morning you fish the spinner fall and you fish trout and then. And then the rest of the day, once you know the fish stop rising, you just target pike and. 00:12:56 Dave: Yeah, there. 00:12:57 Robert: You go. 00:12:57 Dave: Get the best of both worlds. 00:12:59 Robert: Yeah, that’s a pretty fun day. 00:13:00 Dave: Chico. Paco. There you go. That’s really cool. Nice. Well, as we’re speaking, I mean, we could. I think right now it’s September, you know, September, you know, October is going to be coming quick. What does it look like right now? Are you like, if you were going to go out today or this in September, what would be happening with dry flies right now? 00:13:18 Robert: Yeah. So well, we and fortunately, we’ve been getting a lot of rain the last few days, which is that’s good. Just beautiful. You know, putting the fires out. Um, but on a typical early September you’d, you’d be expecting tricos to spin mid morning, uh, that ten to noon kind of time sometimes later in the day, depending on how cold the morning is, of course. Um, and then you’d switch over to terrestrial ants, beetles, uh, hoppers, that sort of thing. Up higher on the system. So, um, south of Hamilton, the river has more gradient. And we get these um bigger fall drakes. Green drakes. So they’re called hecuba’s just a little shade lighter than a than your summer green Drake. And sometimes those hatch in quite large numbers large enough to get the fish really excited. And that’s like a size ten. So um, usually you only see like you might see a handful of them, but the fish certainly know they’re out there. So rolling a big like Quigley cripple can be really exciting. So but yeah, that’s kind of what we’re doing right now. Um, later on in the month, we’ll get our mahogany duns and that can be spectacular. It’s like a size fourteen brown mayfly, and that rolls right into bluing olives. And I mean, heck, I’ve, I’ve seen mayflies hatching as late as the first week of November here, which for Montana freestone is pretty, pretty incredible, you know? 00:14:52 Dave: Yeah. That is incredible. Wow. So yeah, you got a lot going then and then back to the other side. You mentioned the all the stoneflies and it’s that’s the first one. Is that the first stonefly that comes out in the. I guess you’ve got other little smaller, like probably black Stone stuff like that too. 00:15:08 Robert: Yeah. Yeah. We have the Capnia and the Nomura’s and Nomura’s can be a big player as well. Um, I’ve. 00:15:16 Dave: Are those the little black stones? 00:15:17 Robert: They’re kind of a brownish size fourteen, a little bigger than the, the little black capnia stones. Um, and a lot of people overlook those Nomura’s and just focus on that scoala. But some days like you’ll see thousands of those Nomura’s and. And they almost won’t touch a squall sometimes. And, you know, it’s really like I tell people, if you’re coming here, don’t just throw a squall. Like if you’re not getting bit put on a Nomura. It can be a game changer. So but numerous squall is. That’s our big spring hatch and and then that in April we get we call them March Browns. But they almost always hatch in April. Yeah. 00:15:54 Dave: March Browns. Right. 00:15:55 Robert: Yeah. And we get our spring blue wings and oh okay. So spring fishing here again. As long as the water and weather cooperates can be really incredible. 00:16:05 Dave: Yeah. Right. Because you got the whole thing that since it’s a freestone, if you get a big, uh, well, eventually the snow is going to melt and the river’s going to blow out for a period of time sometime in the spring. Right? 00:16:16 Robert: Yeah, exactly. 00:16:17 Dave: And then once it clears up or once that clears up, then you’re into summer and then you’ve got the heat issue, right? That potentially, if it’s too hot that you’ll have hoot owl conditions potentially. 00:16:28 Robert: Yeah. And that’s as probably every trout fisherman in America can attest to. That’s becoming more and more common with climate change. And, you know, our our runoff happens earlier and our snowpack, you know, our snow season starts later. So huddle is a is a thing like in later July. That’s kind of our peak water temps. Um, it’s been pretty common to get huddled anymore, you know, but the cool thing about the Bitterroot is we have a reservoir up on the West Fork, um, which is kind of the main branch of the river. And throughout August when they’re releasing water for irrigation, uh, that West fork is incredibly cold because it’s a bottom release dam. So even when most other rivers are, are hot and not fishing, well, you know, you can go up the West Fork and have great fishing. So it doesn’t make it a true tale water in the typical sense, but it has a big influence. 00:17:30 Dave: Check out Sullivan Fly Rods if you’re looking for a rod made in the USA. Every rod is handcrafted using American made components with blanks. They design. After years of working with top guides and they offer different actions built for different styles of fishing, from dry flies to streamers and saltwater and beyond. Check out Sullivan Fly Rods dot com right now and build a rod you’ll be proud for years to fish. That’s S u l l I v a n Sullivan fly rods dot com. Check them out today. If Belize is on your bucket list for a trip. Take a look at Blue Bonefish Lodge. You’ll be fishing more than four hundred square miles of flats right along the Belize Barrier Reef. Clear water and endless opportunity. They offer all inclusive packages. Whether you’re focused on fishing every day or planning a trip with the family. You can learn more right now and start planning your trip at Blue Bonefish, Belize dot com. That’s blue Bonefish Belize dot com. Check them out right now. Where does the West Fork flow meet the main. Is there a town nearby there? 00:18:38 Robert: Yeah, it’s a little town called Connor. 00:18:41 Dave: Connor, Montana. And then in there. So you’re saying. I mean, it is essentially it’s a it’s a small tail out, I guess is what you’d call it. Yeah. 00:18:49 Robert: It’s yeah, yeah. The West Fork flows twenty six miles from painted Rock dam to the confluence, where it meets up with the East Fork and makes the main stem. And we float the West Fork. It’s floatable most of the summer. 00:19:03 Dave: Oh it is. Okay. So you do have that. So that’s pretty awesome. 00:19:06 Robert: Yeah. So all told, we have, if you count that we have about one hundred and ten miles of floatable water just on the border, it. 00:19:14 Dave: That’s amazing. Yeah. So you got so you can sounds like you can pick and choose depending on, you know, because as you said, it’s pretty diverse. You’ve got the higher gradient and the lower stuff. So depending on what you want to fish or what’s happening. You can hit different hatches. What is the. The squall. The hatch on that one. Describe that a little bit. These are bigger bugs. They’re not quite as big as the the big Goldens. Is that true? Maybe describe the squall hatch, how you’re fishing that. 00:19:38 Robert: Yeah. So a squall is about, uh, a standard like size ten to eight hook. Um, it’s a, it has a dark olive body, dark gray wing. You’re never going to see hundreds in the air like you would on a salmon fly hatch. You’ll see one or two here and there some, some days you see a bunch, but usually it’s like there’s one here, there’s one there, there’s one there. You’ll see one on the water once in a while. But being that first big hatchet, it doesn’t take many to get those fish really locked in. They like warm afternoons in that spring. I almost don’t like starting fish until noon or one in the afternoon. Let it warm up. Uh, they love woody structures. So, you know, the bitter yet we have lots of like log piles and woody banks and downed trees and. And we fish those flies tight to any wood you can find. They really love, uh, log piles. And, uh, it’s that time of the year where you want, you want the rubber legs of your dry fly scrape in the wood. 00:20:43 Dave: Okay. Is that because the, the bugs are just kind of crawling out onto the wood or are they falling in or why is the wood or just because that’s where the fish are. 00:20:52 Robert: Both. Yeah. Uh, both. Um, yeah. The females, you know, when they’re going to lay their eggs, they’re coming off those log piles and they’re not good fliers. So, you know, they’re very clumsy. So they’ll fly a little ways or they’ll sometimes just kind of walk off the log into the water and, uh, you’ll see them kind of like skittering, like running across the surface of the water. And those fish, you know, they just, they know, they know that’s where the bugs are. And they’ll sit under those logs and just wait for squalls to, to come by. So, um, you know, the old adage would is good is really, really, really true. And, uh, I tell people like, you can’t be close enough to the bank. You can’t be close enough to a log pile. Like, yeah, you know. 00:21:33 Dave: Like if you could hit the log pile and knock it off, drag it off into the water. That’s good. 00:21:38 Robert: Exactly. 00:21:38 Dave: Yeah, yeah. Okay. That’s so and then, and like I said, it’s pretty, it’s open. I mean, it’s going for a month. It sounds like a pretty decent period there. And then, and then what’s the then after that you blend into what are you doing after the squalls are starting to calm down a little bit. 00:21:54 Robert: Then we get our spring mayflies, like, uh, you know, April, start of April, uh, you get your March browns and some blue wings, uh, spring blue wings. So like, you’ll have days where you can, you’ll start out with a squall and then you’ll get that those March browns will start popping. You’ll switch over fish and mayfly for a couple hours and then go back to the scoala. And you’re just, you know, just cycle kind of between patterns, depending on which bank you’re on and where you’re seeing bugs and. And those are really fun days when you can just, you know, it’s April and you can fish a dry from boat ramp to boat ramp. It’s pretty awesome. 00:22:31 Dave: Yeah, that is awesome. Are you doing multi, are you fishing ever like the squall with a smaller dry on there. Yeah yeah. 00:22:39 Robert: Yeah. When you’re trying to figure out yeah. Are they eating smaller today. Are they eating in the Nomura today. Are they are they eating the march brown. You know. Yeah. Just to kind of. 00:22:47 Dave: Right. How do you figure that out. If you see you know how do you figure out what they’re eating? Is that is that something where if you just showed up on a day, you know, how would you know? 00:22:57 Robert: Yeah. Good question. Yeah. Ideally, you know, you see, you see a bug float down the river and you see a fish eat it, right? Yeah. 00:23:03 Dave: You see a little. Yeah. It’s the eat between a squall, I guess. Yeah. If you saw him eat, that’d be really obvious because it’s a bigger bug. But some of these smaller ones, like, uh, you know, you mentioned the March Brown or BWO, those are a little bit smaller, so it might be harder to tell if they’re eating that right. BW oh, versus blowing it off or versus a march. 00:23:21 Robert: Brown yeah, and yeah, good. Good question. And I was I was leading into that is if you if you can’t really see them actually eating right, the insect, you can often tell by rise form how efficient, you know, eats and its behavior. So a mayfly eats is going to be generally pretty quiet. Uh, right. You’ll just see that sometimes you’ll see the nose tip up, or maybe you won’t even see the nose. You’ll just see some rings, generally like a when a trout eats a stonefly, it’s a little more explosive, right? Because that generally that bug is moving. It’s, uh, they tend to just like hammer them. Right? So like a lot of times, you know, swallows or goldens or salmon flies, you’ll, you’ll hear a splash, you’ll see water. I mean, sometimes it’s like a rock hits the water, like they eat them very aggressively. Not always. I’ve seen fish eat swallows just the same as they would a mayfly. Just tip up, sip them, you know. But but in general, you can kind of tell like, oh, that fish just ate escolar because it’s a much more aggressive take than they would eat a mayfly. 00:24:24 Dave: Definitely. What is your, when you’re fishing your set up like your leader? Is it. What does that look like for the squall to set up? 00:24:31 Robert: Really simple. Yeah. And here on the Bitterroot, like you don’t have to get fancy and we can fish pretty heavy stuff. Like a nine foot three X leader is perfect. Three to four X is our bread and butter. You rarely have to get smaller than that. 00:24:46 Dave: Yep. Yeah. And then if you go to the the blue, I guess, what are the PMD or the PMD or the March brown sizes typically. 00:24:53 Robert: Yeah. March. They’re they’re in that fourteen sixteen inch range. Yeah. 00:24:58 Dave: Yeah. So you dropped down a little bit on those. 00:25:01 Robert: Yeah. Yeah. Like four x. It’s fine. 00:25:04 Dave: Okay. Yeah. This is it. I mean that’s the thing like you said at the start, there’s just so many different things you could cover. I mean, are you out there pretty much trying to cover a lot of these hatches? Are you fishing throughout the year. Um, you know, if you had to pick, you know, a couple that you could hit during the year, what would those be? 00:25:20 Robert: Oh, oh gosh, that’s a hard one. 00:25:22 Dave: Um, a tough one. 00:25:23 Robert: Yeah. I would say. 00:25:26 Dave: Yeah. 00:25:27 Robert: And that’s when like our really big brown trout eat dry flies. Like there’s a, there’s a two week period in the spring when those big fish just get kind of stupid. 00:25:38 Dave: No kidding. 00:25:38 Robert: Yeah. And uh, so more I’d say more twenty inch browns are caught on dries on the Bitterroot in that in the last two weeks of March. Then probably the rest of the year combined, like they’re just out eating. So if you are lucky enough to hit that window. Yeah. Then you can find some really wonderful fish on dries, which is cool. I also I love Pmd’s, I would say that’s boy, that’s right up there. That might almost be my favorite hatch. 00:26:08 Dave: What is it about Pmd’s pale morning Duns. And there’s also are there also pale Evening Duns. 00:26:13 Robert: Or we do get those as well. 00:26:15 Dave: Yeah, yeah. What is it about the pale morning dun that that hatch and that’s and that’ll be in that time. When is that. When is that happening. 00:26:22 Robert: So that’s usually mid to late June. Well we got a lot of them. And uh there’s days where you swear every single fish in the river is eating them. And, uh, you know, you can roll into a good pool on a good day during pmd’s and you’ll see fifty trout rising and you can catch everyone. It feels like that. And, uh, it’s just for consistent quality fishing all day long, ramp to ramp. It’s hard to beat a PMD. Like there’s a week or two in the summer where I can fish a Quigley cripple and nothing else for literally two weeks. So as a guy, that makes my life easy. But, uh, I mean, just the big fish are eating them. Small fish are eating them, all the fish are eating them. And, uh, you know, it’s, it’s rewarding because you see a fish rise, you make a good cast, you catch them, you know, and it’s just, it’s just, um, I just love fishing mayflies. I love how fish eat them. And it’s yeah, on the bitter, it’s just one of my favorite hatches. 00:27:24 Dave: How does the, uh, and I’ve heard a lot about the Quigley cripple. What is it about, you know, the maybe that pattern or just choosing the right mayfly, you know, in general, how do you go about that? Are there different styles that you use throughout the summer? 00:27:36 Robert: Yeah. Well, I, I come back to that Quigley over and over and over again. It’s either like a twig or a parachute. Um, if people have a hard time seeing, I tie my own twigs and the, I make the wing like three times the size of like a shop tie because I really think the fish don’t care about the wing. And just the way that thing sits, you know, half in the water, like sticking down like to the fish, that’s a dead bug. That thing’s not going anywhere. And they just they eat that thing so confidently. 00:28:10 Dave: Right? What’s. I don’t know what that style. I guess it’s the cripple style. I mean, are there other patterns out there other than the Quigley, that there are a lot that are tied like that. And what is that style? Is that the style? What is it called? 00:28:21 Robert: Yeah. Just a as far as I know, that’s a cripple. Yeah. Bob Quigley in California. 00:28:27 Dave: Yeah. Do you know that history there a little bit on the on who he was and all that stuff. 00:28:31 Robert: A little bit, yeah. 00:28:32 Dave: Bob. So and I think there was he had a few patterns that he fished, but the Quigley cripple seems to be the one you hear a lot about. 00:28:38 Robert: Mhm. Yeah. And you look at so many flies, like I think of a lot of Renee Harrop’s flies that are very much in that same like stylistically construction wise, you look at it, it’s like, oh, that’s a, that looks kind of like a quig like, like there’s something about that, you know, having the wing coming out like that, getting that fly to sit down in, you know, below the surface film. 00:29:04 Dave: Yeah. 00:29:04 Robert: It’s like magic. 00:29:06 Dave: How do you tie that when you describe. it, it looks like it’s got a normal body, a tail. Body. And then the front is where it gets a little bit different, you know? How do you describe that front part? 00:29:16 Robert: Yeah. So elk I use elk and not all elk is created equal. I’m pretty like I if you go into a fly shop, see if you can open the bags up and really dig through you want like kind of shorter tips on those. And I tie that, I tie that wing long. So probably a one and a half times the length of the hook. 00:29:40 Dave: Oh yeah. So the, the deer or the elk hair that’s sticking out. You want one and a half times the hook length. Yeah. So it’s sticking way out. It’s not just a little tuft. 00:29:49 Robert: Yeah. Exactly. 00:29:50 Dave: Right. And do you want it sticking parallel to the water or more like ninety degree. Like what’s your angle you want on that? 00:29:56 Robert: Yeah. Straight up like ninety degrees. 00:29:58 Dave: Straight up. Okay. 00:29:59 Robert: Yeah, yeah. And then I tie it down. If you kind of put your thumbnail like as you’re cinching, you kind of push with your thumb, nail down into the air and pull straight toward you. It’ll flare that wing almost one hundred and eighty degrees, so it’ll fan that wing out more, which also helps your flotation a lot, right? 00:30:17 Dave: Yeah. So you want it fanned out? That’s good. The bigger, the better. 00:30:20 Robert: Mhm. And also I like a for body. I’ll use, uh, just a couple strands of marabou, spin it on the thread and wrap it. And that those little micro marabou fibers, you know, when they get wet, they just have that little bit of undulation to them. It looks alive. I think it’s much better than a thread body or a. 00:30:40 Dave: Oh yeah. So that’s your body. That’s your basically your abdomen, the back part of the body. 00:30:44 Robert: Mhm. Yeah. No tail. 00:30:46 Dave: Oh no tail. You don’t do no tail. 00:30:48 Robert: No. Just a couple strands of marabou. Wrap it. And then, uh, that little dubbing ball, then tying your wing and you hackle and, and that’s it. 00:30:58 Dave: Yeah. Does the hackle go and then does the, the elk hair go on top of the hackle. 00:31:02 Robert: Uh l care first. 00:31:04 Dave: Car first, and then the hackle spins over over that. 00:31:07 Robert: Mhm. Exactly. Yeah. 00:31:09 Dave: Right. Yeah. It’s really interesting. It’s like a I don’t even know. Yeah. It’s a unique fly. I mean, it doesn’t look, it looks totally different than any other dry fly. 00:31:16 Robert: Mhm. 00:31:16 Dave: So okay, so that’s squiggly. And so that one is definitely in your box. Was there another couple of go to styles that you like in other than that one for Pmdis or any other mayflies. 00:31:27 Robert: Yeah. For us, you know, parachute is hard. There’s a, there’s a local fly tied by a guy named Chuck Stranahan here. He had a fly shop for a long time, an amazing fly tyer. Uh, there’s a pattern called the Brindle chute and you can find it commercially through Montana Fly Company now. And it’s the body is hard to describe. It’s kind of almost orangey color. Like, uh, in the dubbing. There’s olive orange and brown like hairs here, but that color combo just works for almost every mayfly hatch. 00:32:01 Dave: Oh no kidding. 00:32:02 Robert: It’s it’s almost like a, you know, like an Addams kind of works for everything. The brindle shoot works. The brindle shoot is like Adams two point zero. I think it works better. 00:32:11 Dave: Oh it is okay. Yeah. Because the Adams kind of has the a lot of times you know the standard the gray right. It’s just got that gray body. But it’s got the the alternating hackles right. That make it look. But this one has the body. That color combination is just looks like it’s got every color, every natural color mixed in. 00:32:28 Robert: Yeah. And according to Chuck it like it reflects all these different, you know, he’s very scientific about his flies, but I just, I know if you talk to any local guides, local fly shops in the Bitterroot and say, give me a dozen flies, somebody’s going to hand you a brindle shoot. Oh, I guarantee almost any time of year in every river I’ve ever fished it on for a mayfly. It’s worked. It’s a good bug. 00:32:54 Dave: So Brindle shoot. And is that all you need? Pretty much now. Quigley Brindle shoot and a parachute. Adams. Or would you add any more to that? 00:33:01 Robert: I mean, really like that’s. 00:33:03 Dave: That covers it. 00:33:04 Robert: That pretty much if you want to get, if you want to get really technical, like I’d say, you know, lower bitrate where it’s more of those like flats and the fish can be snootier like swinging a small soft tackle like pheasant tail or running that back off a back of a parachute can be a game changer too, when those fish are just, you know, eating emergers, which they will, they will key on emergers sometimes. So having a small soft tackle, having a yeah, a captive done. Or usually you don’t have to get that fancy. 00:33:38 Dave: No, you don’t, you know, but that would be a good way if, if you are, if they are getting picky, you could run. If you want to throw a nymph on and then you still have it off the dry, which we’ve heard that before, that it’s nice to have a little. Not a giant dry fly, but the little subtle one, because that way any little take you’re going to see that dry fly drop down. Is that kind of what you see out there when you’re fishing the dry dropper? 00:33:58 Robert: Yeah, absolutely. So yeah. And like when you got fish potted up eating mayflies, the a small parachute will float, you know, like a soft tackle, for example, that soft tackle is only a half inch below the surface, but that’s all it takes when those fish are keyed on emergers, you know, and you’re just seeing their backs, you know, you’re not seeing their heads come up like that magic inch below the water is all you need. Or a, you know, another one is that split back nymph. Oh, split back. That’s money everywhere. 00:34:29 Dave: I yeah it is split back. What is that. Is that just what it’s called. The split back nymph. 00:34:33 Robert: Yeah. Split back or split case two. Yeah. The unweighted. You don’t need any weight on those. Just again like just an inch or two below the surface is all you need. 00:34:44 Dave: And what is this split black back. Does that have a is that on the case or what does it makes it split back. 00:34:50 Robert: Yeah. Yeah. So and if you Google search, you’ll see lots of pictures of them. But it’s basically think of like kind of like a pheasant tail, Um, where? The wing case. There’s a little piece of, like, yellow razor foam that shows through that the middle of that wing case, hence the split case, uh, title. And in that is supposed to imitate like the adult insect just starting to break out of the nymphal shuck, right? 00:35:17 Dave: Oh, right. Sure. Yes. Just starting to peel out. 00:35:20 Robert: Mhm. Yeah. All I know is that that fly works. 00:35:23 Dave: The yellow. Yeah. The yellow. It’s kind of almost like a hot spot sort of thing. 00:35:27 Robert: Yeah, exactly. Yeah, yeah. We could talk nymphs too. 00:35:30 Dave: Uh, yeah. Let’s go on. We got, we got our good. We got a good, uh, dry fly selection, I think for mayflies. What is the what’s your nymph? You talked about the split back. What would be a few other ones. 00:35:39 Robert: Yeah. Uh. Oh, a Frenchie. 00:35:41 Dave: Oh, Frenchie. Yeah. 00:35:42 Robert: Like size fourteen sixteen. That is my go to bug. I tie hundreds of them a year. I lose hundreds of them. 00:35:51 Dave: Right. 00:35:52 Robert: But that that fly is just tried and true. I tend to I put really big beads on mine. Um, bigger than what you find in a shop I, I find from fishing from a boat, you know, where you have shorter drifts, like having bigger beads, having heavier flies that sink quicker is really valuable. 00:36:12 Dave: Right. Getting down right away, even though. Well, and it’s probably tungsten beads too, right. So it’s going to get down even quicker. 00:36:18 Robert: Yeah for sure. So like on a size fourteen Frenchie, I’ll run like a three point three millimeter bead because I want, I want it, I want it to get down quick. And but that that one, you know, the old Pat’s rubber legs is works wonders here. Uh, size ten coffee in black is a good, uh, and also golden stone pattern. Later in the summer, we run like a smaller, like a twelve or fourteen. Pat’s is great as well, but we, we have lots of stoneflies all the time. We also have lots of nocturnal stones. 00:36:54 Dave: Stones are in the system throughout the whole the whole year, but especially spring. This summer, the stoneflies are out there. There’s some stonefly going. 00:37:01 Robert: Yeah, for sure. So you could run a Pat’s rubber legs and a Frenchie twelve months out of the year and probably catch fish. 00:37:09 Dave: Right? 00:37:10 Robert: Yeah. 00:37:12 Dave: Gallatin River Lodge sits right in the middle of Montana’s fly fishing triangle, the Gallatin River out the door, the Madison and Yellowstone. Close enough that you’re fishing when conditions line up. The lodge is perfectly remote, yet close to everything. Private access nearby, solid guides, unreal food, and a lodge that understands the rhythm of a full day on the water. If Montana is on your list this year, don’t guess where to stay. You can call Gallatin River Lodge or head over to GR lodge dot com right now and plan your next Montana adventure. That’s g r lodge dot com. Check them out now. This episode is brought to you by AVC Rig Adventure Vehicle Concepts out of Colorado. These guys build next level adventure vans designed to help you explore farther and stay out longer. Are you dreaming of a full van build? Or maybe you just need the best aluminum cabinets and storage for your DIY rig? AVC rig makes it easy to turn your vehicle into the ultimate mobile base camp. You can check them out right now at avc dot com, that’s a v c rig dot com. Yeah. How are you typically fishing the the nymph setup? What’s your. And I think you had, I think you might have written an article. I don’t know if this is something about dropping the the indicator or something like that. Have you done some writing, writing of articles out there? 00:38:33 Robert: Oh, a couple for like Montana Fly Fishing magazine when that was gone. 00:38:38 Dave: Okay, that might have been it. Yeah. I thought I saw something out there about rethinking the, uh, beyond the bobber or something like that. But are you doing. Because that’s kind of what, you know, as a as guides, you know, Montana, it’s kind of that it seems like everybody’s using the bobber right indicator to get especially new clients. Are you doing that or are you doing more non indicator stuff? 00:38:57 Robert: You know, it depends like certainly from a boat like you you want something most of the time. So the old chubby dropper chubby Chernobyl to a to your nymph is a standard that works. I’ve been using more balsa tabs recently. I like that setup because you can really fine tune, but just add another balsa tab to get your flotation just right where you know it’s not too buoyant that you’re missing strikes, right? You want, you want your indicator. I feel you want your indicator just buoyant enough to float well. And you know, so you’re it’s not going under and you’re when you mend, it’s not going under. But you want to be able to pick up all those little, um, strikes. So, you know, like, like a big thing in a bobber. 00:39:43 Dave: It’s too much. 00:39:44 Robert: It’s too much flotation. Like you’re, you’re, I believe you’re going to miss a lot. 00:39:49 Dave: Yeah, yeah. And these pulsa floats are just a little like, um, foam, essentially a little sticky, a tiny. Yeah. It’s. Yeah. And it’s kind of, it’s. Yeah, it’s hard to get. I mean, is there any bobber that’s smaller than that? Or is that kind of the smallest thing out there? 00:40:04 Robert: Unless you’re doing yarn, you know, like, oh yeah. 00:40:07 Dave: Yarn. Right. Because that sits in. Right. 00:40:10 Robert: Yeah. Or like you’re doing the old balloon. 00:40:12 Dave: Yeah. And I have heard some guys do like old school like that yarn is definitely, and I’ve used yarn, I’ve used all these things I and then, but you know, you do hear, like you said, that it’s really critical some places to have that. Like I think what you’re explaining, not the giant thing that floats through rapids, but the thing that’s so, so light, it’s just light enough to hold up. You know, actually, I think this came from Josh Miller. Tim was talking about this. Josh said, you want, you want your indicator like that big giant guy out there, that kind of overweight guy wearing a kid’s life jacket floating down the river like anything you touch, you touch that guy, he’s going down. Is that kind of what you’re doing with these pulsa? 00:40:48 Robert: I absolutely agree with that statement. Yeah. Just enough to to float because boy, because those pulses like you will, you will see everything, you know, if it twitches in the slightest, like set and usually it’s a fish. 00:41:03 Dave: The only problem with the pulsa is that you pull them off and you get sticky residue on your, on your. 00:41:07 Robert: Yeah, yeah, that’s kind of a pain. 00:41:10 Dave: Um, how do you choose where to put your like depth on that? You know, how do you know how deep to go? What does that look like? If you see something and you, we’ve talked about some of these flies, how do you get your, um, your jig fly down to the right depth? 00:41:23 Robert: Well, it’s a lot of just kind of trial and error and experience and knowing, um, here we don’t have to nymph very deep most of the time. Um, it seems like our fish will move up to eat things. So like in general, I’m running, you know, my droppers eighteen twenty four inches, you know, sometimes a little deeper, but below. So. So if you’re like, let’s say you got your bobber in your hand and you know, you pull your tippet off the spool, it comes to kind of your armpit right of on the opposite shoulder, right. So you know about that long a couple feet. Um, I’m not not running four to five feet. We just have so much wood and debris that if you’re trying that deep nymphing, you’re gonna lose. 00:42:10 Dave: So you put so you straight pull off that little tip of section, then where does your your pulse pinch? Does that go right above that knot? 00:42:17 Robert: Yeah, exactly. And then we’ll do I like I’ve been kind of as of like the last couple of years, I’ve learned this from a friend of mine, uh, tying a micro tippet ring to the end of, let’s say your leader and then running your tippet off that micro ring, putting those balsa tabs just above that micro tippet ring. So you’re also getting like a nice ninety degree rig as well, right? so that you get a better straight line connection to your to where your indicator is. And then if you break off, you know, you break at the ring, you just tie on another piece of tip it. 00:42:52 Dave: So yeah, that’s it. So the yeah, those rings are awesome. So that makes it easier. Mhm. And we mentioned the leader a little bit. And then so lengthwise. So you have just a eighteen to twenty four inch tippet. And then up from there. How long is your overall full leader. Do you have to go very far. How far do you go from the tippet ring up to your fly line? 00:43:10 Robert: Fairly short. You know, if you take a standard seven and a half foot leader, cut it back a little bit, you know, six feet so you don’t want it too long, you know, just just so it casts well, you know, overall length like eight to nine feet, ten feet, like about as long as your rod. Right. You don’t want to get too, too long, right? 00:43:30 Dave: No. And like you said, you guys are fishing a lot of wood and you know, all that stuff. You got to be accurate. How do you, when somebody, you know, say you’ve got a client coming in, how are you coaching them to get ready so you know they’re ready to cast. Because the problem with casting around wood is that, man, if you make a little bit too far, you’re losing your fly. How do you get somebody ready? Do you tell them to do a lot of practicing before, or how accurate and how at what distance do you have to be on this trout game? 00:43:55 Robert: Yeah. And again, it’s pretty user friendly, like thirty feet, twenty, thirty feet, forty feet. Like you’re not making hero casts, which is awesome. And I’m a big proponent. Well, if people practice the reach cast, that’s the one cast that will result in a lot more fish for you. Like the reach cast is. 00:44:16 Dave: Just. 00:44:17 Robert: Such an incredible tool, especially when you’re fishing small dries, but I, we do a lot of the, what I call the drag and drop. So let’s say there’s a wood pile coming up or a log or some, you know, there’s some structure you want to fish close to, right? Like a lot of people, they’ll land their cast on a good spot. And then by the time they mend, they move that fly away from their objective right from. So let’s say you landed an inch from the log, but then you mend it two inches off the log. Well, now you’re kind of away from where you want to be. So what I do with folks in my boat is, is like we game plan it out ahead of time. Like here’s the, here’s the log coming up. Okay, we’re going to, we’re going to overshoot our target, we’re going to overshoot and we’re going to cast upstream of where that log starts. We’re going to pretend everything. And then if we’re too far inside, if our fly is going to go into the log, we’re just going to lift our rod tip up. We’re going to drag that fly out until it’s in the perfect spot, and then we’re going to drop the rod tip. And then I push with the oars and we just follow that fly. And so you can get really if you, if you plan it out and, and execute correctly, even with a rank beginner, someone who this is their first day holding a fly rod with that drag and drop technique, you can fish structure incredibly close. 00:45:40 Dave: So that’s really that’s a great tip. 00:45:43 Robert: Yeah. And even as a as an expert angler, I like to think I’m an expert. Um, I will use that drag and drop technique all the time because, uh, one, you’re not landing a cast right on the fish’s head. Two you can really fine tune like I know exactly where that fly’s going. I can put it within a centimeter of that log every time. 00:46:04 Dave: Yeah. Wow. This is awesome. What’s cool about hearing about the log stuff is that, um, it makes it easier to find the fish. You know, just you get to the bit, you’re like, okay, where I fish, I’m going to find some wood and maybe there’s a pool, right? It sounds like if you find wood and you’re casting around structures, you’re going to be probably find some fish. 00:46:22 Robert: Yeah. For sure. Um, and the other, you know, it’s, it’s typical. It’s very, I’d say it’s very typical, uh, trout water, like, uh, riffle into a pool. Um, you know, four feet of chop the inside bands, you know, like places that look fishy, like they are fishy on our river. There’s, um, it’s a pretty easy place to read, I think from a fish standpoint. Find the chop, find the wood, find the foam lines. Right. You know. 00:46:51 Dave: Yeah. Foam is home. Foam is home. 00:46:53 Robert: Yep. Fish inside bends. 00:46:54 Dave: Inside bends right. 00:46:56 Robert: There where you think they are. Yeah. Which is nice. 00:46:59 Dave: Yeah. Right. Right. And the Browns and you mentioned Browns rainbows and and so you’re saying about the Browns. They’re really on early in the season. What happens. Can you still catch Browns throughout the whole season on dries. 00:47:10 Robert: Oh yeah. Absolutely. They’re just uh I’m pretty convinced are really big fish. Uh just start eating at night as brown trout tend to do. Right? So they’re, they’re, they’re just probably not eating when you’re fishing, right? 00:47:23 Dave: Yeah. They’re out, they’re amazing. And of course, you mentioned earlier the, the pike, which is the, the other X factor, the traco piko, which is cool. Well, let’s, you know, I think this has been great. You’ve got a ton of knowledge. We’ll have to follow up with you and get some more. Maybe a follow up episode with you. I did want to hear it sounds like there’s really, um, important conservation issue in that area. And we’ve heard about, you know, the pebble mine has come out a lot up in Alaska. And what you hear about that one is that, you know, the people from what we’ve heard, every single person matters. One person coming out and signing something or calling their legislator or something like that can make a huge difference. And but it keeps popping up, right? There’ll be a new company, a new administration or something. And all of a sudden the pebble mine is back on the table. Describe what the mine’s going on now in the Bitterroot. You know a little bit about that issue. 00:48:11 Robert: Yes. So there is a proposed rare earth mine at the headwaters of our watershed on the or sorry, on the Montana, Idaho border. So it’s in a little tributary called Sheep Creek. And it’s, it’s way up above painted rocks. It’s way up at the West Fork. It’s at the very, very top of our entire watershed. So there’s a company called us Critical Materials. And they have claimed this is the richest deposit of rare earth in the lower forty eight. That’s what they claim. Sure. There’s also evidence to show that the tailings are going to be radioactive, full of arsenic, full of really terrible stuff if it gets into the river. They are on the fast forty one track. So right now they’re, um, they’re trying to get out of a environmental impact as a full assessment. 00:49:13 Dave: Right. Which is crazy too, right? Because that’s the law. 00:49:17 Robert: Mhm. 00:49:18 Dave: That you have to go through an environmental impact statement. Right. And they’re trying to. I still don’t get that. How you can get out of that. But that’s what they’re going for. 00:49:25 Robert: Yeah. That’s what they’re going for. So they’re trying to skirt all of that, you know, process, right, of, of having a full environmental. 00:49:35 Dave: The environmental protection. Right. Yeah. 00:49:37 Robert: Yeah. So right now we’re in the public comment period. And that closes on September twelfth. So every comment is critical to get the Forest Service to do an environmental impact statement. 00:49:55 Dave: Right. Where would somebody go if they had this before September twelfth. 00:50:00 Robert: Yeah. So we have a website here um called it’s called Don’t Pollute the route dot com. 00:50:07 Dave: Oh, cool. Don’t pollute the route. 00:50:10 Robert: And we have, uh, there’s, there’s fact sheets. You can get on our mailing list. Uh, we have a template for writing a public comment. 00:50:20 Dave: Yeah, it pops up actually. There it is right there. Literally it pops up and there’s your submitted comment right there. 00:50:24 Robert: Yeah. It’ll take it takes you five minutes. And again, the more people that speak up, the greater chance we have of getting the Forest Service to, you know, go through with the full environmental impact, right? 00:50:38 Dave: Yeah. And who’s the who’s the groups involved in? Man, I see there’s a photo here of a giant room with hundreds of people in it. Who are the groups that are stepping up to support protecting the Bitterroot? And I’m guessing against this mine. 00:50:55 Robert: Yeah. Trout unlimited and we we have a local nonprofit that’s really wonderful. It’s called the Bitterroot Watershed or Bitterroot Water Partnership. And they’re really spearheading this website and this effort. They, they do a lot for our river and, and, uh, so props to them. 00:51:16 Dave: That’s awesome. Well, hopefully, hopefully there’s enough time here to, you know, get some people involved. And I mean, I think that’s what it comes down to is that, you know, the more people that speak up, you know, and talk to their constituents or I guess the other way, you know, the better. 00:51:31 Robert: Mhm. 00:51:32 Dave: Yeah. So, okay, well, we’ll have links out to that and we’ll stay on top of that. Maybe we could check back with you here. You know, as this goes, maybe do a check in call to see a status update, maybe next year, see what’s going on there. Because I’m guessing these things aren’t going to happen overnight. So hopefully even if there’s a negative turn, maybe, you know, we’ll keep keep on it and we’ll have some success here. 00:51:53 Robert: That sounds good. And just for like listeners, the for context wise, the upper Bitterroot is one of the last strongholds of, uh, westslope cutthroat and bull trout. 00:52:05 Dave: And bull trout. 00:52:06 Robert: And bull trout, uh, in the United States. And putting that in danger, it just doesn’t seem worth, you know, um, like just the cost of a, if there’s a spill, if the, if a tailings dam fails, our river is going to be decimated for generations. 00:52:24 Dave: Yeah. yeah, there’s already. And you could see the history there when we drove up to Montana or we went up to the Missouri and we fished that. I stopped by one night. We were kind of camping out on the four wheel camper on the way, and I stopped in one. I think it was in Idaho somewhere along the way. And I pulled up to this lake and there’s these giant signs that were like, you know, this is whatever the material. You know, it had some really heavy metal poison. The water said, don’t, don’t drink the water, don’t eat the fish, you know, and that’s just a basically a tribute to the history of the same thing. There was a mine that went bad and now it’s polluting an entire system. Mhm. Right. And it’s the same thing. This is what we’re talking about. It’s like, you can’t have that happening again, which is what sounds like could be a possibility if this goes through. 00:53:10 Robert: Yeah, absolutely. 00:53:11 Dave: Yeah. Okay. Well, we’ll get the love that don’t pollute the route and the show notes. People can do that and follow up there. And, and if nothing else, if it’s after that date, then they can also just follow on that page. I think they can sign up right there, subscribe to email updates so we can stay in tune on that. Okay, awesome. Robert. Well, this is this is good. I think, like I said, this has been an awesome episode, a ton of information. Why don’t you just leave us with a couple? Um, you’ve had a ton of tips here. We’ll get a couple of tips and then a little random segment out of you here. Maybe we’ll start with the random, the random segment first. Did I also see that you’ve done you have some history in, uh, steelhead fishing or is that, are you been mostly fishing for trout? 00:53:49 Robert: Oh, yeah. Well, I grew up in central Oregon, so, uh, the Deschutes was ten minutes from my house. 00:53:56 Dave: Okay. 00:53:56 Robert: I grew up in in Madras. 00:53:58 Dave: Oh. In Madras. Oh, cool. Yeah, yeah. So you’re right there by not far from Warm Springs and all that stuff. 00:54:03 Robert: Exactly. Yeah. 00:54:04 Dave: Wow. 00:54:05 Robert: So did a lot of steelhead fishing as a kid on the Deschutes. And, um, my uncle has a jet boat. He’s had one for years. 00:54:11 Dave: Oh he does. 00:54:12 Robert: Yeah. We, you know, we, I’ve been up and down that river one hundred times. 00:54:17 Dave: You have. So would you guys do the with your uncle’s boat. Yeah, yeah. Would you guys go down like the lower lower river? 00:54:24 Robert: Yeah, yeah. Like Max, you know, Max Canyon down and I’ve floated, you know, I’ve rafted from Warm Springs to Maupin dozens and dozens of times that that river is, is like, near and dear to my heart. I told my wife, it’s like when I die, I want some of my ashes put into the Deschutes. You know, I mean, it, it really is. 00:54:45 Dave: It’s a cool river. 00:54:46 Robert: It is. And it it it really shaped who I am today. You know that I have so many good memories. 00:54:53 Dave: The bugs you talk about the bugs. I mean, the stonefly. We haven’t even talked about those today, but the giant stones, right? 00:54:58 Robert: That yeah, the salmon flies like where the willows are, like bowing over because there’s so many salmon falls on them, you know. 00:55:05 Dave: Yeah, yeah. And the cool thing about that is that, yeah, you get that desert, you know, that trip. That’s the cool thing about the Deschutes is it cuts through the desert, which is a little bit different than Montana, right? Montana is more. How do you now that you’re in Montana, do you feel it’s a big difference between the two. 00:55:20 Robert: Oh, you know, it’s not as big as you think. Like. Like, weather wise, we get more rain. It, we get more rain. We have more trees. It’s not so darn hot in the summer. 00:55:30 Dave: Right? But there are a lot of similarities, too, aren’t there? There is, yeah there is. Patches and everything. Well that’s cool. So you’ve got a good Deschutes. Yeah. It was interesting because my. My dad passed away here this last year and he was a big Deschutes River kind of. He was there back in the. Oh man. Like the fifties. And so he’s got all these stories. And I was just talking actually interviewing one of his old friends who is. It’s kind of crazy. He built a wooden jet sled out using an old woolridge design back in the sixties. And he was one of the first jet boats on the Deschutes back then. Wow. Yeah. He used to talk about how he was telling these stories. Like, well, there was me and five other guys that had jet boats, and that was pretty much it. I used to he used to leave his jet boat, like tied up all summer long in Maupin, right. Or whatever, just sitting there. But yeah, I think the history is a pretty cool part of it too, right? The fact that we’re you mentioned like Quigley Cripple, right? All these people that we’re talking about here were built on, you know, on the backs of them that did all this cool stuff. So. Mhm. Yeah. I love the history. You probably have a little bit of that, I’m guessing. Montana or do you are you a big kind of into all that history. Of course the the river runs through it. You’re right in the wheelhouse of that too. Right? 00:56:37 Robert: Yeah, yeah. And as far as like, yeah, fly fishing history, I mean, there’s so much, uh, here, like between Dan Bailey and, uh, the West Yellowstone guys. 00:56:48 Dave: Oh, yeah. 00:56:49 Robert: Craig Matthews. 00:56:50 Dave: Sure. 00:56:50 Robert: And, uh, Paul Ruth up on the Blackfoot. Um, just the guys that started our, our sport and, and, um, the more I read and learn about those, for lack of better word, old timers, you know, like, uh, the more respect I have for how they did business and how they worked with people and how they respected the resource. 00:57:13 Dave: And yeah, it was a different time back there. I know. 00:57:15 Robert: It was. 00:57:16 Dave: Craig. He told this great story about how he was. I mean, when Craig Matthews went into West Yellowstone, he was the he was the chief. The police chief. Right. I mean, that was his job before he started the blue ribbon. And he said how he had the back in the day, the Hell’s Angels, they’d come in there and be starting fights and doing crazy stuff. And he just told these whole all these stories about how he basically just befriended them and said, hey, let’s go have a drink. And he kind of worked with them and the hookers. He was talking about how the hookers in town became friends. And this, this crazy story of how. But it worked. He made it work, you know, because mainly because he was able just to talk to him instead of fighting. Right. 00:57:52 Robert: Yeah. 00:57:53 Robert: Yeah. Craig’s a good dude. I, I randomly met him one day in Montana on the Stillwater River. I’m just walking through town and I see a guy walking toward me. I’m like, that looks a lot like Craig Matthews. I never met him, but I just. I’ve seen pictures and stuff and I stopped and I’m like, are you Craig Matthews? Nice. And we we talked for like an hour and a half. 00:58:17 Dave: Oh no kidding. 00:58:17 Robert: It was. 00:58:18 Robert: Awesome. 00:58:18 Robert: Yeah, just really nice guy. 00:58:20 Robert: So that’s so cool. 00:58:22 Dave: Yeah. That’s great. Awesome. Robert. Well, I think we can leave it there. We’ll definitely have to follow up with you again. Um, and, uh, hit you up again because this has been a great one. We will send everybody out. I think the easiest place to just go to at Boom Trout on Instagram, they can follow you and hit you up there if they want to check you on trips. And yeah, awesome, man. We’ll appreciate all the time. This has been great. 00:58:39 Robert: Hey, thanks. Yeah, this is a pleasure. Yeah. 00:58:42 Dave: All right, Robert, thanks again. We’ll be in touch. 00:58:44 Robert: Yeah. 00:58:44 Robert: Sounds good. Thank you. This was fun. 00:58:48 Dave: Today’s takeaway right now is to get involved. Don’t pollute the route. Please do that right now. Go check in, sign up. Uh, let your elected official know that you’re interested in protecting this area. It sounds like a really, uh, messy, uh, situation. So, uh, get involved. Now, I want to let you know we’ve got two big things going on here. We got wet fly swing pro and the boot camp. The fly fishing boot camp right now is going on wet fly swing dot com boot camp. You can sign up there right now and get more information, and we’ll let you know when we’re open this thing up here next month. This is going to be a big one on one of our biggest boot camps ever. All sorts of good stuff going on there. We also have this week the lateral zones. Phil is back. We always love when Phil rolls back with a full episode. This is a solo episode and Phil is going to take a deep dive this week. Don’t miss out on that. And and also, the dry fly school is back on to Mark Lodge Dry Fly School, the Missouri River Trichos. We got it all going this year, so check in with us. That’s wet fly dot com slash dry fly to learn more. And I want to thank you again for stopping in today. Hope you’re having a great afternoon. Great evening. Or if it’s morning, uh, hope you’re having a good day. We’ll talk to you on the next one. 00:59:54 Speaker 4: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.
Bitterroot-River-Fly-Fishing-Robert-Prince.webp

Conclusion with Robert Prince on Bitterroot River Fly Fishing

Bitterroot River fly fishing brings together diverse water, a long list of hatches, and plenty of opportunities to fish dry flies. Robert Prince’s approach shows how details like choosing Quigley Cripple, reading a trout’s rise form, adjusting indicator flotation, and using a reach cast can all affect the presentation.

The drag-and-drop technique adds another useful tool for fishing tight to wood, while the conservation discussion highlights the importance of protecting the river that supports the fishery. Which part of Robert’s Bitterroot River fly fishing approach would you most like to try on your next trip?

     

988 | Ultralight Backcountry Gear with Patrick and Daniel Bauman of Colter Backcountry

Ultralight Backcountry Gear

Episode Show Notes

Backcountry fly fishing has a way of simplifying things. When every ounce has to ride on your back, you start figuring out pretty quickly which pieces of fishing gear actually matter and which ones can stay at home.

In this episode, Patrick and Daniel Bauman of Colter Backcountry take us into that world. We dig into ultralight backcountry gear, native trout across the West, wilderness safety, and the lessons they picked up backpacking and fishing far from the road.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Ultralight Backcountry Gear

Show Notes with Patrick and Daniel Bauman on Ultralight Backcountry Gear

About Patrick and Daniel Bauman

Patrick and Daniel Bauman are brothers and the team behind Colter Backcountry, a company focused on equipment for backcountry fly anglers. They grew up in the Kansas City area on the Missouri side and developed their love of fishing through family trips, eventually gravitating toward trout, fly tying, backpacking, and the fisheries of the American West.

Daniel is a biologist who has spent significant time pursuing native trout across western watersheds. Patrick has worked as a backpacking guide, and both brothers have Wilderness First Responder training.

Their Continental Divide Trail thru-hike helped sharpen the idea behind Colter Backcountry: build fishing gear around the realities of backpacking instead of asking anglers to carry equipment designed primarily for roadside fishing.

Building a Backcountry Fly Fishing Kit

Patrick and Daniel’s basic philosophy is about as simple as it gets: the lightest piece of gear is the one you don’t bring. But cutting backpack weight also gives them room to carry the fishing equipment that matters most.

Patrick will sometimes carry two fly rods on a multi-day trip. One might be a heavier setup with a sink tip for streamers and deeper lakes, while the other can be a lighter 4-weight better suited to small creeks.

Their fishing kit can include:

They’re also developing a slim-profile fly box designed to carry different styles of flies in one box.

ultralight backcountry gear
Photo via: https://colterbackcountry.com/products/thorofare-clip-kit
ultralight backcountry gear
Photo via: https://colterbackcountry.com/products/thorofare-net

Wet Wading, Shoes, Socks, and a Sub-20-Pound Pack

Summer trips usually mean wet wading instead of carrying bulky waders and wading boots. Daniel often fishes directly in hiking shoes, while colder shoulder-season conditions can call for neoprene wading pants.

One of the most useful tips here is the sock system. A liner or toe sock underneath a good wool sock adds some movement between layers and can help reduce rubbing when your feet stay wet.

Footwear and clothing mentioned:

Their base backpacking load lands around 14 pounds before fishing gear, food, and water. Add the fishing kit and they’re closer to 18 pounds before consumables.

Patrick prefers sleeping quilts over traditional sleeping bags because they eliminate insulation underneath the sleeper that would otherwise be compressed. A tent, sleeping pad, water filter, puffy jacket, rain jacket, and minimal clothing round out much of the basic system.

Collapsible Nets, Rod Tubes, and Native Trout

One of Colter Backcountry’s first major products came from an obvious problem. A traditional trout net works great on the river, but it becomes an awkward tennis racket hanging off your backpack when you’re pushing through brush.

Their solution was a lightweight collapsible net that packs into a carrying case before expanding into a full-size fishing net. Daniel has landed a 22-inch backcountry brown trout with it and even used it to help land his first steelhead, a 24-inch fish from California’s Trinity River.

Rod storage creates a similar challenge. Patrick and Daniel still fish plenty of four-piece rods, but they’re interested in shorter six-piece travel rods and are developing an ultralight rod tube of their own.

Gear mentioned:

Daniel’s fishing has also taken him across the West chasing native trout. More recently, he’s been exploring California’s native fisheries, including Little Kern golden trout and Kern River rainbow trout, while also pursuing different cutthroat populations around the West.

The Backcountry Packing Checklist and Starting Small

One of the best resources mentioned in the episode is Colter Backcountry’s detailed packing guide. It walks through their philosophy on what to bring and finishes with a checklist covering fishing and backpacking gear for a typical overnight or three-day trip.

Patrick remembers how intimidating his early wilderness trips felt, including a multi-day trip into the Boundary Waters when he was around 12. After later working as a backpacking guide, he came to a useful way of explaining the activity to beginners: backpacking mostly comes down to walking, eating, and sleeping in a different setting.

The smart progression is to begin with a simple overnight. Learn to pack the bag, set up camp, filter water, break everything down, and discover what works before committing to a bigger wilderness trip.

Backcountry Safety and Emergency Communication

The gear can be dialed, but safety matters more than shaving another ounce. Patrick’s biggest recommendation for someone new to backcountry fly fishing is to go with other people, especially while learning.

Patrick and Daniel also have Wilderness First Responder training. An introductory wilderness first aid course can give anglers useful skills for situations where professional medical help isn’t immediately available.

Key safety practices:

  • Start with short overnight trips
  • Travel with another person
  • Consider Wilderness First Aid or Wilderness First Responder training
  • Carry a satellite communication device
  • Leave a complete itinerary with someone at home
  • Update that person when plans change

Patrick carries a Garmin inReach and still prefers a dedicated satellite communicator rather than relying solely on a phone’s satellite capabilities. Even with an emergency device, he emphasizes that pushing a button isn’t a substitute for good preparation and decision-making.

From Missouri Bluegill to the Continental Divide Trail

Fishing started early for the Bauman brothers. Their grandparents had a cabin at Lake of the Ozarks, where Patrick and Daniel could spend hours catching bluegill and bass from the dock.

Fly fishing came later when their dad bought them rods before a trout trip to southern Missouri. Instead of having an expert teaching them every move, the three learned together through videos, practice, fly tying, and eventually trips farther west.

That family connection continues today, with their dad still joining trips and their sister becoming more interested in fishing. Patrick and Daniel eventually turned that love of the West into bigger adventures, including their Continental Divide Trail thru-hike.

That hike gave them plenty of time to think about a gap they saw in fly fishing. Backpacking gear wasn’t necessarily designed for anglers, while traditional fishing gear often wasn’t built for people carrying everything miles into the wilderness. That intersection became the foundation for Colter Backcountry.

ultralight backcountry gear
April 23, 2021 “Kicked off the trail a few days ago and just wrapped up the first 85 miles. Nursing some gnarly blisters but excited to be underway.” (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/patrick_bauman1/)
ultralight backcountry gear
April 12, 2021 “One week out from starting the trail and here’s all the gear that made the final cut (minus a few things @daniel_goes_hiking is bringing). #cdt2021” (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/patrick_bauman1/)

What’s Next for Colter Backcountry

Patrick and Daniel aren’t stopping with nets and minimalist fishing storage. One of their major projects is technical apparel designed specifically around the abuse that comes with backcountry fly fishing.

Traditional fishing apparel can be lightweight and quick drying but may struggle with scree fields, bushwhacking, and heavy brush. Rugged hiking or hunting clothing can solve the durability problem, but it isn’t always built for anglers repeatedly getting wet.

They’re working toward pants, shirts, fleeces, and hoodies that bring those two worlds together, with the new apparel planned for 2027. Patrick says they’ll also document some of the design process publicly through their Instagram @colterbackcountry.

Water, Training, Navigation, and Final Backcountry Tips

Daniel’s water system is wonderfully simple. He uses lightweight Smartwater bottles with a filter that screws directly onto the bottle, keeping one bottle for dirty water and another for filtered water.

Water setup:

Patrick’s big tip is to train with your pack before the trip. General fitness doesn’t always translate perfectly to climbing through the mountains with weight on your back, so walking hills with a loaded pack can make the actual trip far more enjoyable.

For navigation, Patrick uses onX with downloaded maps, topo lines, satellite imagery, and land boundaries. He also carries an Anker battery pack for keeping his phone charged.

Then there’s the backpack itself. Patrick uses an Osprey Exos 58 internal-frame pack, while Daniel has leaned toward frameless packs.

Patrick’s final packing lesson might be the easiest one to remember: buy a smaller pack. If you start with an 85-liter backpack, chances are you’ll find something to fill all that extra space.


You can find Colter Backcountry on Instagram @colterbackcountry.

Visit their website at ColterBackcountry.com.

ultralight backcountry gear

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Related Podcast Episodes


Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
WFS 988 Transcript 00:00:00 Dave: If you could carry everything you need to fish and camp for several days in a pack that starts under twenty pounds, what would actually make the cut? Today we’re heading into the back country to find out. We’re talking lightweight fishing gear, native trout, staying safe when you’re miles from the road, and how a long hike on the Continental Divide Trail helps spark a company built specifically for backcountry fly anglers. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast, where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, and what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Patrick and Daniel are the guys behind Colter Backcountry. They’ve spent years backpacking and fishing across the west, and today they’re breaking down what they’ve learned along the way. You’re gonna find out why Patrick will carry two fly rods on a multi-day trip, even when every ounce matters. We’re going to find out about some safety gear that they use to stay safe out there while miles from civilization. We’re gonna hear about Daniel’s pursuit of native trout across the west. And we’re also going to get a little insight on what Patrick and Daniel are working on next with culture backcountry, including new gear and technical apparel. That’s going to be coming out. We get into all the gear you need, including a step by step checklist on exactly what you need to go into the backcountry this week. All right. You can find Daniel and Patrick at Colter Backcountry. Here they are, Patrick and Daniel Bowman. Let’s get into it. How are you guys doing? 00:01:29 Patrick: Hey, Dave. How’s it going? Appreciate it. Doing great. Thanks for having us on. 00:01:33 Dave: Awesome. Yeah. We’re gonna we’re gonna jump into, uh, the brand you guys are running here. We’re going to talk about cultural backcountry. We’re also going to talk about some fishing. You guys are in a couple of hot spots, California, Colorado. And we’re going to talk a little bit of fishing today and all that. But maybe before we jump into the deep dive there, maybe both of you can start with a little bit of how this culture backcountry came to be. How’d you guys how’d you find yourself? Patrick? Maybe we’ll start with you. 00:01:57 Patrick: Yeah. For sure. So Daniel and I are brothers. We’ve been fishing for a long time and sort of the flavor of fishing. One of our favorites is what we would call backcountry fishing. So, you know, we love to get to watersheds that are difficult to reach, that have less people that are in really cool areas. We love wilderness. We love backpacking, doing overnights. We also love native fish and chasing native fish in their native drainages, which usually involves quite a few miles across the west. And we did a thru hike of the Continental Divide trail a few years ago. And as it goes with those kinds of things, you have quite a bit of time to to think. And one of one of the things that we kept coming back to while we were on that long trip was that, you know, we love the style of fishing and we know other people that do as well. We didn’t really feel like there was a strong brand in the industry that was either promoting and championing this style of fishing or designing gear for it as well. You know, a lot of the times, most of the stuff that we bring, whether it’s our packs that we carry our fly fishing gear in our nets, our waders, our boots, all this stuff is sort of designed for an ecosystem where you pull your truck up to a river and, you know, you’re hiking maybe a mile or a couple miles, but really not ideal for overnight backpacking trips or super long day hikes or things of that nature. And we felt that way. And we felt like, you know, a lot of other people we suspected also had the same desire to go hit the backcountry and issues with their gear. So we figured we would start a business and we’d start a brand, and that brand would be all about backcountry fly fishing. At the time, we kind of didn’t really know anything about product development, but we figured we’d just dive right in and kind of go pain point by pain point. Like, you know, what’s the pain, pain in the butt for us when we’re trying to do this style of fishing and let’s design something that solves that problem and still enables you to get out there and, you know, use the best gear available. 00:03:50 Dave: Yeah. That’s awesome. Intro. And, uh, Daniel, maybe talk about that. It sounds like Patrick covered a good chunk of the business, But is that about right for you? You guys got into it for the same reason. 00:03:59 Daniel: Yeah, that’s pretty accurate. I had a whole experience. I tried to catch almost all the native fish of the West back during during Covid, I was on a gap year in college. And, uh, that was before we hiked this trail and just seeing the amount of incredible trout fisheries out there and all these different states and all these different mountain ranges and places in the country where not a lot of people go. Really opened my eyes to the amount of incredible fishing that you could find, not by kind of looking at the most famous rivers, the the well-known spots that you can get to by a car, but really just by, uh, exploring kind of deep into these beautiful wilderness areas. And so that was really a game changer for me. 00:04:41 Dave: Yeah. This is good because I think that it is a need for a lot of people because, you know, fly fishing is there’s a lot of gear. But yeah, it’s not really made exactly for going, you know, kind of ultralight into the country. You know, I mean, you can, I remember when I started doing it, you know, back a long time ago, you know, we had too much gear in your pack. Weighed like, you know, one hundred and fifty pounds. Right. It was this giant thing. Maybe talk about that. Maybe we’ll start off with that with you guys. What’s your, um, you know, kind of the gear. What is when you’re going on one of these, let’s just say it’s a multi-day trip. It sounds like you’ve both done a lot of hiking. What is the gear you’re bringing kind of on the fly fishing side that you kind of must have? 00:05:18 Patrick: We try to keep it pretty limited. I mean, I think for both Daniel and I, our, our favorite way to think about packing gear is just to think that, you know, the lightest possible way to go about something is just to not bring it. Um, so I, you know, that’s kind of our approach to everything. That being said, you know, one of the reasons why we like to have a light pack, especially on the hiking gear side of things, is so that we can bring as much fishing stuff as possible. I think it sort of depends, you know, what the trip looks like, what the focus is, what the styles of fishing are. But if we’re going for like a really robust backcountry trip where it’s going to be multiple days. It’s probably going to be different types of water. Maybe you’re hitting lakes and you’re doing small creeks. I generally will like to bring two different rods, partially because if you break one and you’re a day away from your car, then you just kind of shot from a fishing standpoint, but also because it’s nice to have a couple different rigs for different styles of fishing. So usually I’ll bring something heavier, maybe with a sink tip on it, especially if a leak is going to have like a deep drop off and you can do some streamer stuff there and then, you know, a lighter for weight or something that’s going to be more appropriate for small creek stuff. And then yeah, rods and reels for those. I try to kind of get everything into one fly box that I can bring along. That’s actually a little piece of gear that we’ve been noodling on in a current project we have is to have a fly box that’s designed to hold all types of flies, and it’s real slim profile. So you can just bring one, one box on a trip like that. And then we reorganize our gear. One of our products is called a thoroughfare Clip Kit. It’s sort of a minimalist fishing wallet, and it’s designed to hold basically all of your accessories in one accessible place that isn’t as big as a full size pack or something. So you can get a couple spools of tippet in there. Your nippers, your forceps, throw, you know, an extra leader, a few indicators, and then that will just clip on to your belt or your waders or anything that you’re fishing out of. So we got that. And then we also bring our collapsible nets that are also a backcountry product. And for me, that kind of rounds out the kit. I will typically just be wet waiting. If there is weather concerned, we might go to like a neoprene style wading pant. But for the most part in the summer I will just get wet and kind of enjoy being in the water. 00:07:39 Dave: Yeah. That’s cool. Is the I always go to the backcountry skins for the waiters. If you’re not bringing. Is that kind of the style or are there other things. If you guys are like, because I’m thinking if you were doing a float tube, sort of lake fishing trip. 00:07:51 Patrick: Yeah, the skin, the skins are what we’ve got. Danny is the one that has the flow tube between the two of us. Or actually, he has a more a more legit pontoon boat. 00:07:59 Daniel: But I don’t get out float tubing too much. I don’t have a great one kind of set up for, uh, carrying long distances and stuff, but, uh, yeah, those, those kind of neoprene pants can be nice, especially when it’s kind of shoulder season or something like that. When the water’s in the fifties or chilly wading shoes are also kind of a challenge for a lot of people. We’ve gotten to the point where just wading in like your hiking shoes is pretty effective. 00:08:25 Dave: Oh really? And what would be the hiking shoes? Because when I go to this, I, I think of some of the hikes that, you know, because everybody’s different. I’ve always been like a boot guy, but you know, I feel like running shoes. I remember the first time we were doing, we went into the, um, the snake River, the Hells Canyon. It was kind of around Hells Canyon. It was this crazy hike. And we, you know, we ran out of water and stuff. I remember this one guy, the baddest ass guy of the trip. He was just wearing running shoes the whole time. Total minimal. Right. And he had no blisters and he was loving it. Do you find that you guys are more of the hiking boot or more of you’re talking more like running shoes or like trail hikers or something like that? 00:08:58 Daniel: Yeah. I think, uh, Patrick loves ultras. These, uh, which are these ultra light kind of trail running shoes. I wear some oboz hiking shoes, so not the full ankle heavy duty boots, but more just like a hiking shoe style thing. 00:09:11 Dave: So you’re just waiting right in those shoes and they’re, you know, they dry out, you gotta shoe that dries out well enough. 00:09:17 Daniel: Yeah. As long as you have good socks. That’s kind of my, my biggest tip to people. We, it really helps to have like a liner sock, like a toe sock, some engine or the brand I think they sell. And then we’re like a good wool sock on the outside. Darn tough’s are pretty great. 00:09:33 Dave: How do you spell that? The in dingy. How do you spell that? 00:09:35 Daniel: I n j I n j I and so that extra movement helps you, uh, not get blisters when you kind of have wet feet. 00:09:44 Dave: Yeah. This is the toe sock. This is awesome because I’ve never worn the toe socks. So so those actually there’s something there. The toe socks, they don’t just look cool. They work a little bit better than your your typical sock. 00:09:53 Patrick: Yeah. We wear those under the regular sock. A little layer system. It’s solid. 00:09:57 Dave: And that just keeps you like you said, let the layer helps from getting blisters. And then also, is that the main reason you do the layering? 00:10:04 Patrick: Totally. Yeah. I think I feel like that helps a ton with blisters. It just gives a little extra movement without rubbing against your skin. 00:10:09 Dave: Gotcha. Okay, so you got the socks, the toe socks with the good wool. So yeah, that is the big thing is again, back to the old story where you don’t want to bring giant wading boots because they take up half the pack. Right. And all this are you guys, what is your pack look like? Are you guys super minimalist? Just bring in like, what is your other stuff when you’re out there camping? Are you bringing tents or no tents or what? Because there’s a whole bunch of gear that you could bring, right? 00:10:33 Patrick: Yeah, I would say we’re pretty light. I mean, I do know there is like a corner of the backpacking world that are like the ultra dirtbag, you know, their packs weigh like four and a half pounds or something. So we’re, we’re not in that category. Um, but we are pretty light, I don’t. What would you say, Danny? Like fourteen pounds before food and water. 00:10:51 Daniel: With fishing stuff, it’s probably closer to eighteen. Something like that. 00:10:56 Patrick: And then throw food and water in there and you’re, you know, thirty or something. So yeah, out of the realm of like the crazy stuff. But yeah, typically, you know, we’re bringing the tent. We both like sleeping quilts over sleeping bags. They’re a little bit lighter. I think they’re comfier to sleep in personally and smaller. 00:11:11 Dave: They pack up smaller too. 00:11:13 Patrick: Yeah. Yeah. They, they basically, I mean, the idea behind a quilt is that it strips away the back panel that you would be laying on top of, of sleeping bag, which when you’re laying on top of it, it doesn’t really provide any insulation anyway because it’s totally crushed. So they just get rid of that and then you’re just sleeping on your pad. So that’s kind of nice. Yeah. Bags, pads, pack, tent, water filter, and then pretty bare bones on the clothes. You know, I do like single layers and I’m just rewearing every day and something to sleep in. And then nice puffy jacket and a rain jacket. Things will change a bit. If you know, you’re getting into October, you’re getting out early in April. Then it’s maybe a different animal, but for the most part in the summer that that kind of gets you through. 00:11:52 Dave: Do you guys go with a lot of wool or more synthetics? I, I kind of throw this out because, you know, I’ve got some new gear from a company, Duckworth who’s like, does this really cool wool. And I’ve always loved wool, especially like wool gloves for fishing, you know, because it’s like your hands stay warm. But I find that wool every time I wear something that’s wool, whether that’s my like elk hunting pants or whatever, it’s always the best. It seems like it’s always the best. Are you guys do you do some of the wool or do you do mostly synthetic? 00:12:19 Patrick: Yeah, I love natural fiber. If I can get away with it, it’s awesome. The insulating abilities are sweet. We do the down sleeping bags over the synthetic. The only issue with the down is that if it gets wet then it doesn’t do so good. But we’ll obviously wet. It still keeps you warm, which is great. 00:12:35 Dave: Well, this is awesome. I think we’ve got we’re starting off. I always love getting the gear list because, you know, we’re talking about a lot of gear that’s going to make it easier for people. You know, if they’re out there. What else are we missing here on some of that stuff and maybe talk about this, you know, with with Colter. I know it looks like you guys have a couple of big products, the net being another one. Maybe talk about if we’re missing anything else there and what you guys want to shed light on. 00:12:54 Daniel: Yeah, I guess we can get into the, uh, the net a little bit. So this was our kind of main project that we, that we really launched. And our idea with the net was that we wanted to be able to carry in like a full size fishing net, your standard nice trout net when you’re going in hiking places. But one of the biggest challenges is, you know, you bring one of those nets and it’s like this giant tennis racket hanging out of your backpack. It’s really unwieldy if you’re kind of going through bushes or rough terrain, it just gets caught on. Stuff can get really beat up. And so we designed this net to be both lightweight and super packable. Um, so it collapses down and then you can into a little carrying case. And then you can just expand that into a full size net. And it’s a net that can land some good sized fish. I think my biggest in it was a twenty two inch brown from one, uh, backcountry river here in California. I think I even used it to help land my first steelhead. Uh, a twenty four inch steelhead. I I oh, wow. Got the head in there and then grabbed the tail. 00:13:55 Dave: Where was that? Where was that? In a secret water or is that was that in a place that people would know about? 00:13:59 Daniel: Uh, that was the, the Trinity. So one of the California rivers that people fish. 00:14:05 Dave: That’s amazing. Yeah. The Trinity flows into the, um, the Klamath, right. There’s a lot of cool stuff going on down there with. We’ve done a few podcasts on that, you know, with the dam removal and the just the trendy sounds like it’s in this place that is perfect for what we’re talking about, right? Because it’s, there’s a road out there, but there’s some remote parts of that, that watershed. 00:14:22 Daniel: Yeah. That’s a rugged region. I, I love it up there, but, uh, there’s some steep, steep hills on either side, rough, rough terrain. I see, you know, bear tracks every time I go up there. It’s pretty cool. 00:14:34 Dave: So cool. So the net is yeah, obviously the one of the big things here is that the net sticks out. I mean, if you think about the heaviest gear, the stuff like the net. The other thing we talk about is the rod. I feel like the rod is another thing that in my past, you know, the four piece rod or even I think back when I first started, I think I even carried it in a two piece rod when I was, you know, back in the day. But there’s a few rods out there, the six piece, you know, Pescara Fly, who we’ve been working with, they’ve got this six piece rod that I’ve been using a lot, which is cool. Do you guys are you kind of standard trying to find a six piece or is a four piece still part of your your game? 00:15:06 Patrick: We both still have four pieces. I have an I in six pieces. I’ve seen the Pescador one. I’ve seen Redington as little six piece package that that is super appealing to me. So I don’t have one in the quiver right now, but I can totally see the upside. 00:15:19 Dave: Yeah, just getting it to pack away. So do you guys, how do you deal with that when you have a four piece and it’s on your pack, you just kind of strap it on the outside or are you holding it? How do you do that when you’re hiking? 00:15:29 Patrick: Well, typically just put it into an existing rod tube. People that have heard us maybe on some other podcasts or have been following our stuff for a while, know that one of the projects we’ve been teasing for quite some time at this point is an ultralight rod tube that we’re super keen on, partially because, yeah, the rod tube as a means of protecting your rod is just unwieldy and cumbersome in comparison to, you know, the rest of this pared down kit that you spent so much time trying to get light, and then all of a sudden you’re just bringing this huge tube that seems totally unnecessary. But at the same time, you don’t bring a tube and like, you just feel like you’re tempting fate every time you go under a tree or you, you know, you put your gear down in camp and just take one boot step to crack something. So we, we run into that issue a lot. We typically do use rod tubes. I would say another, you know, bigger issue is that, like I said, we like to bring two rods. And so kind of figuring out how to get those into one tube is quite the challenge sometimes. Usually it’s just a squeeze and cross your fingers that nothing goes bad. But, um, yeah, that is definitely a pain point. And that’s something that we’re pretty focused on trying to have a great solution for that that people think is it’s awesome. 00:16:42 Dave: Today’s show is brought to you by Visit Idaho and Yellowstone Teton Territory, a place that should be on every angler’s list, from the Henrys Fork to the South Fork of the snake, and all the hidden creeks and alpine lakes in between. This region is built for fly fishers who like a little room to roam. You can head over to Wet Fly swing dot com right now for guides, lodges, and trip ideas to plan your next adventure. That’s Teton T e t o n. The Gallatin River Lodge sits right in the middle of Montana’s fly fishing triangle, the Gallatin River out the door, the Madison and Yellowstone close enough that you’re fishing when conditions line up. The lodge is perfectly remote, yet close to everything private access nearby, solid guides, unreal food, and a lodge that understands the rhythm of a full day on the water. If Montana is on your list this year, don’t guess where to stay. You can call Gallatin River Lodge or head over to GR lodge dot com right now and plan your next Montana adventure. That’s g r lodge dot com, check them out. Now. Shout out to Pescara because they. And Jeff has been talking about how he can get in there raw tubes which are actually pretty light. That’s the one thing I said when we were first when I got my first one, I was like, man, they didn’t skimp on the tube because it’s made out of. I don’t know if it’s carbon fiber, but it’s, it’s not your like heavy, you know, it’s pretty light, but he can pack two rods. He can get two rods in one case, you know, and one of those six piece cases, that little rod literally, you could throw it in your check on bag, right. And it disappears inside. So so that’s one good thing. And then what about reels? Do you guys are you getting down? Doesn’t sound like the weight. You know you’re under twenty pounds, but you know you’re just getting a normal reel that that doesn’t have to change. Right reel backing all that stuff. 00:18:23 Patrick: Yeah. For the most part. Um, I don’t know. Daniel. You what do you like those reels? Pretty light. 00:18:28 Daniel: That’s pretty standard. I, uh, it kind of depends what rods I’m bringing. Like if I’m bringing a four and a five, I’ll just bring one kind of reel with a five weight line on there. And then if I need to, I can kind of overline that for weight if I want to fish that if I’m bringing a kind of heavier streamer rod or something, maybe it’ll have a, its own real setup for, uh, doing what I want to fish. So yeah, obviously, I mean, you’re, you’re real and you’re more importantly, like your fly line kind of controls a lot of how you’re going to be able to fish and stuff. And so we kind of stick to matching that to whatever water we’re going to be fishing. 00:19:03 Dave: Yeah. Sounds like you’re fishing. Uh, Daniel, a lot of the kind of the slam sort of stuff, trying to get all those native, small, native fish. Is that something that you’ve, you’ve done a lot of around the West or mostly in California? 00:19:14 Daniel: Yeah, I’ve done a lot of that around the West. I’ve been exploring a lot of the California native trout recently. This past weekend I was just up got my, uh, little Kern golden trout and Kern River rainbow trout, which. 00:19:26 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:19:26 Daniel: Pretty cool to find. And then yeah, I’ve got most of the, most of the cutthroat around the West, which has been a fun project. 00:19:35 Dave: How many are there? We’ve this has come up before on the podcast. How many how many cutthroat are there in the West? 00:19:40 Daniel: I could nerd about out about this a lot because I’m a I’m a biologist and I work, work life, personal life in grad school. But, uh, they’ve been kind of rethinking the subspecies and stuff. Cutthroat. I think the, the broad consensus is that there’s like four major lineages. I forget off the top of my head, all the four. One of them is like coastal. And then you have Westslope and there’s like kind of those interior ones and then something up in Yellowstone. And then, you know, a lot of those split into different, those different subspecies, your, your bonobos, your bear River, you can kind of, you can kind of split and divide them as much as you want. And you might find populations that have then kind of distinct for millions of years, which is kind of cool, even if they’re the same subspecies, right? 00:20:28 Dave: Yeah, it is cool. I think it’s, I think finding native fish, you know, on their own range is, is kind of, you know, because not a lot of people have done that. And it’s kind of unique, even if there that’s a great thing is that some of these fish. A lot of times you’re in the back country. So they’re not giants, right? These are, I guess, cutthroat. I mean, what’s the largest cutthroat you’re seeing out in the backcountry, do you think like twelve inches? Probably a good good size fish. 00:20:49 Daniel: For a creek fish. Yeah. I mean, you go to a place like Yellowstone, a lot of those rivers have good size cutthroat, not to mention like Yellowstone Lake and those kind of fish. But, uh, a lot of those kind of creeks and states like Colorado. Yeah, a twelve inch fish is, is awesome. When you get into some lakes where they’ve been stocked or maybe existed naturally, then you can find some larger fish often. 00:21:11 Dave: Nice. This is good. Okay, so yeah, I’m trying to have a picture and set this packing list up. Do you guys have like on your site somewhere where there’s a, a list that we’re talking about where people can check off the boxes on what they need to cover and things you guys like brands and stuff like that. 00:21:26 Patrick: We do. Dave. We, uh, we actually published like a pretty lengthy guide that’s like our ultimate guide to packing. So that’s, that’s available for free on our website and kind of our entire philosophy about what to bring and what not to bring. And then it ends in a, in a full checklist of all of your fishing gear and all of your backpacking gear for like a standard three day trip or overnight or whatnot. So we think that’s super useful. And yeah, that’s live on our site right now. 00:21:50 Dave: Okay, good. Yeah. We’ll put a link out to that at culture backcountry dot com and yeah, cool. You’ve got the gear, the tarp tent, you’ve got everything with this is great. 00:21:58 Patrick: Yeah. We list like specifics that we’ve used to. And, you know, we’re by no means have we used everything that’s out there. But, you know, we, we have used quite a bit and we know what we like and what we stand by. 00:22:08 Dave: Yeah, this is it. And you got some, uh, some Patagonia gear is, which is awesome too sweet. Okay, so that’ll help. I think people getting into this because it’s, uh, I think the challenges are obvious. I mean, when you guys got going on this, do you remember when you first did your first backcountry trip or have you guys been doing this all your life? What does that look like? 00:22:27 Patrick: Yeah, we’ve been doing this for a long time. I mean, the first time I went out and felt like, oh, I’m in like true wilderness. And this is something that I haven’t done before. And we had to really focus on the gear and it felt like overwhelming and no idea what we were doing. It was probably on a trip to the Boundary Waters, and I was maybe, I don’t know, twelve years old or something at the time. That was that was probably the first like true wilderness area five day trip or whatever that I had gone on. And I totally remember back then, like the feeling of, you know, it seems really daunting of like, what do I need to bring? And there’s so much information out there. And sometimes the information is conflicting and, you know, you feel like you’re doing everything wrong. I think I go back to I was a backpacking guide for years. And so I’ve taken a lot of people out on their first overnight trips, gotten people kind of used to backpacking and something that I always tell people, especially people who are really nervous and they don’t are hesitant about their first trip, is that back hiking is really nothing more than just walking, eating, and sleeping. And you do all those things every day already in your normal life, right? 00:23:32 Dave: And sometimes the walking is a little bit hard, right? 00:23:35 Patrick: Yeah, totally. Totally. There are caveats to it. And like, yeah, you know, you can’t go in totally blind because you might be miserable or you might be doing something dangerous. But at the end of the day, just like, remember that these are three activities that you already do. Um, and you’re totally capable of doing them in a different context. 00:23:51 Dave: There’s such different levels of all this, you know, because I think that safety is part of this. Right? Obviously, you mentioned bears. You know, bears usually aren’t too much of an issue, although you do have the food stuff containers. But you know, there’s different levels of just going in for a day hike versus going in for a multi-day trip. Or if you run out of water, maybe like we said, we were in Hells Canyon. You know, that’s a big thing. If you don’t have water and then you have blisters on day one. But it’s interesting because I always go back to Alex Honnold. You know, you guys probably have heard of him, right? The guy that climbed El Capitan without ropes, the first guy to free solo. And he’s obviously at the pinnacle of extreme, you know, that sort of thing. But but you have all these different levels of of what you have going and like, how do you guys look at that? Is that it sounds like you guys have been doing it a while, but if somebody’s like listening now and they’re maybe haven’t done a lot of it, what’s that piece for them to be safe out there? Do you have something that, you know, advice you’d give them before they jump in their first multi-day backcountry trip? 00:24:45 Patrick: Yeah, definitely. I mean, I think that piece is crucial. Like, on the one hand, we really want to promote people feeling like they can get out into the backcountry, and we want to empower people to feel like this is something that they can do. You know, it’s not for someone else, it’s for you if you want to do it. And we think that’s, that’s super cool. But like you were saying, you know, safety is paramount. And like, you can’t just expect to go out into the woods with no planning and have everything go. Okay. All sorts of stuff can, can definitely go awry. And I would say like the biggest single thing, if you’re sitting at home, you’re listening to this, you think it would be awesome to go pitch a tent and go overnight, do some fishing, explore a new area. If you think that sounds cool. Number one thing you can do to be safer, especially as a beginner, is to always go with someone else. It’s going to be way more fun anyway to go with the crew. Three or more is even better, but go with other people. That’s just a better way to make good decisions to, you know, sounding board. If people around you, that is the best way to go about being in the backcountry. And there are a lot of additional things you can do, you know, getting a wilderness first aid or even a wilderness first responder cert. You know, Danny and I are both Wolfers. Uh, that’s great information to have and makes you feel like you’re, uh, you know, maybe have some agency if things start to go downhill in a backcountry setting. 00:26:00 Dave: What’s the Wolfers again? Remind us on that. What is the Wolfers stand for? 00:26:04 Patrick: Uh, that’s a wilderness first responder. So that’s sort of a kind of like a first aid course that I don’t know. I think it’s about eighty hours of course work and sort of designed to, uh, practice medicine in a backcountry setting. 00:26:15 Daniel: I’d also add that, uh, if you’ve never been on a backpacking trip, there’s really great ways to go on your first trip. And I think just going like a single overnight or something kind of keeping things small, you know, you can kind of learn all these skills, backpacking, all these aspects of it, whether it’s packing your pack or kind of learning how to set up or break down camp or kind of doing all these things. These are skills. And so they take practice and kind of easing into these longer, more ambitious trips with kind of shorter trips where you test out your gear and you try things out. That’s kind of the best way to do it. 00:26:50 Dave: Perfect. Yeah. That first day and that’s something is obviously a big thing to have. And I’ve been on trips where people have gotten just basic stuff like stung, you know, and didn’t have, you know, weren’t prepared with the right gear, you know, just some Benadryl, right? Could save somebody’s life potentially. Anything else that, I mean, we’re probably not going to get into everything here, but what are I always kind of go back to the, you know, you got the main gear you have and then you got your luxury items, right. I see I see some other some shoes and things like that. What do you guys put on that? That’s some stuff that you take that’s maybe that luxury stuff that you don’t necessarily have to have, but you really love having it on the trip. Like I’m looking at the Krok classic. Uh, you know, Krok, which is like that shoe is pretty awesome. I mean, you could almost you could probably hike in that shoe, right? Is that something that could be doable? 00:27:35 Patrick: Yeah. Daniels, the krok fanatic of the two of us. He’s a he’s a believer. 00:27:39 Dave: I always wondered about that because I’m a big krok. I’m a big krok guy, too, and I wear it around the house and sort of thing. But I mean, sometimes I’ll forget and I’ll go out on the. You know what I mean? Just. Oh yeah, I’m wearing my Crocs and they’re super comfortable. Right. So they are, they are legit footwear. 00:27:56 Daniel: Yeah. I, I have a, I did a trip where I did my, uh, my wading, my fishing in Crocs actually, and kind of explored this whole canyon in, in Yosemite, which was, which was a pretty good time. And they did great. Honestly, they, uh, had pretty good grip on that, that granite, all that, that smooth rock and stuff. And I felt totally comfortable in them. So if you’re, if you’re a croc person, by all means you use them and enjoy. 00:28:22 Dave: Okay, good. Well, so and back to that is that one, uh, what other luxury items, what are on this list that you guys have here that you think you might not have to have to do a multi-day trip? 00:28:32 Patrick: For me, a big one is a Kindle. I like reading before bed. I have like they’re the smallest little Kindle option. I think that’s worth bringing. Maybe not so much in the summer, because you’re probably fishing until it gets dark and go to bed, but you’re doing a shoulder season trip or something and you know, it’s getting dark at four thirty or five. Little, little entertainment in your tent at night. It’s not a bad idea. Kindle is good. Fits the bill for that. 00:28:55 Dave: The Garmin you’ve got a you got a GPS. It looks like there. 00:28:57 Patrick: Yeah, I would I mean, in today’s day and age, like if you have the resources to buy one, you should definitely be bringing some sort of a GPS slash emergency communication device. 00:29:08 Dave: Yeah. Is that Garmin that you have there? Is that one that’s a or a lot of these the same now that where you can kind of pay for a service, you buy the product, you pay for a service, then you can text is the big thing that you can do. 00:29:19 Patrick: Yes, yes. They attach to an app on your phone and then you can text. And I know all the new iPhones are rolling out satellite connectivity. 00:29:27 Dave: Yeah. Does that is that still is that happen? I mean, I know it’s happening, but it’s not always one hundred percent. Is that something you can count on? 00:29:34 Patrick: I personally have not don’t want to count on that yet. I’ve had issues communicating like in canyons and stuff and like in a Garmin inReach might have a little difficulty connecting at first, but I’ve always been able to send messages with it no matter where I am. And the iPhone so far has not been able to do that. But I feel like that’s probably coming. And that’ll be awesome. When? Someday. 00:29:56 Dave: Yeah, especially in a canyon. Does the Garmin, if you’re in a deep canyon, does that still work or do you have to get out up a little bit? 00:30:03 Patrick: It works. It might take, you know, ten or fifteen minutes to, to shoot off your message, but it definitely works. And that’s nice to have peace of mind. I would say that it’s, you know, it’s no replacement. Like you can’t just press a button and your problem is going to get solved. So you should not, you should not think about it like that, right? 00:30:19 Dave: There’s not going to be like a helicopter necessarily dropping down to pick you up if you’re broken. 00:30:23 Patrick: Yeah, yeah. So like that, that isn’t like a cure all to bring, but it is nice to have peace of mind and to be able to communicate with people and update people on your plan. That’s another thing too, just to mention like a safety side of things, another easy thing you can do, especially if you’re a beginner, is to always leave behind a full itinerary with, you know, someone who’s not on the trip so they can know when to expect you back and where you’re going to be. And if you have a Garmin inReach, that’s something you can update someone throughout the trip. Let them know that you’re you’re on track on your itinerary. 00:30:54 Dave: Yeah, I always go back to some of the movies that have been out there. And, you know, there’s the guy, I can’t remember what was the name of the guy that had to had to cut his arm. Well, he didn’t have to, but he cut his arm off. 00:31:03 Patrick: Oh, yeah. I don’t remember that guy, that one hundred and twenty seven hours or whatever. Yeah yeah yeah. 00:31:08 Dave: Yeah. Right, right. And that was the biggest thing is he didn’t tell anybody a simple thing where he was going. And so but that’s definitely a good, good advice for sure. And I’m seeing now you guys also have a link out to an Rei backpacking checklist. So that’s a good, a good resource for sure. Well, tell me this on you guys. You know, you’ve got obviously your brothers, you know, I have three brothers, three older brothers. And you know, we don’t always you know, we used to actually, there was times where we did a lot together, a lot more. But as we got older, I feel like I’m the one that stayed in fly fishing and they slowly got out of it. Have you guys been always kind of doing stuff? I know you’re in separate states now, but take us back a little bit on that. Was your family. Did your your parents, were they big time kind of outdoors people. 00:31:50 Daniel: It’s funny. We we grew up going to the Lake of the Ozarks a lot. Our grandparents had a had a cabin there for, for many, many years. And so when we were really little, we’d go fishing for bluegills and bass and stuff on the dock. We could literally fish for twelve straight hours just in the, in the small confines of this little lake dock. Um, so I, we always love to fish and be outside, but I would say that kind of getting into fly fishing and backpacking and stuff in particular has been a thing that, you know, us and our dad and, and kind of sister and stuff have learned together and kind of yeah, I think in back in high school really got into into fly fishing and fly tying and got my first bites and stuff like that. YouTube is so good for learning things these days. And it really, really helps, uh, figure things out. At the beginning when we didn’t have kind of somebody to learn from necessarily, right? 00:32:42 Dave: Is that yeah, that’s the cool thing about it is there’s a lot of resources now for people out there. And YouTube is a good one for sure. Right? You can find find that was advice I had from I can’t remember who it was. I think one of the expert kind of, uh, team USA anglers, he basically said, you know, find one person to follow and get their stuff dialed in, you know, one of the experts out there. But yeah, YouTube is one good thing. And you know, Patrick, how about you? Is that how you kind of taught yourself? Did you guys teach yourself fly fishing kind of when you first got into it? 00:33:11 Patrick: Yeah, pretty much. I mean, I would say like, yeah, looking back, like Daniel said, we have been fishing about as long as we can remember. And it yeah, it started with, you efficient worms under bobbers, and we were just obsessed with catching fish. And like at a young age, I think we didn’t even know what what fishing could be. It was just like this little like, like Daniel said, it was just fishing off of a dock and we would catch bluegill ninety five percent of the time, and then sometimes we’d catch something different. And it was super exciting and just became totally obsessed with that. And then over the years that grew and we saw, you know, all these different fishing opportunities that we get into. And at some point, I think I was ten when we were going to go on a trip to go fish for trout in southern Missouri. And so my dad picked us up some rods from Cabela’s, and I think he bought like a casting DVD or something. So three, three of us were in the backyard, like trying to, you know, trying to oh, cool DVD and I don’t remember what the program was. I wish I did. I know, I really wish I did because that would be awesome now, but, um, it. 00:34:11 Dave: Was probably like lefty cray or somebody like somebody famous. 00:34:15 Patrick: Yeah, yeah, honestly, probably. So anyway, we looked at that, you know. So that was like our first first outing with Fly Gear. And then, yeah, I think it really just became addicted to that whole side of things, as many people do when they start getting into the fly game. And yeah, Danny got more and more into tying all of a sudden, you know, we started to fish broader areas to go out west. All of a sudden we were on, you know, rivers that we had heard the name of that was, you know, exciting things like that. And eventually we also figured out how to catch fish or two, um, and started getting better. And then then things opened up even more. And so then. 00:34:50 Dave: Right, were you guys doing this as you were going like, was this after your parents? You’re kind of out of the house or were you doing this both, you know, kind of before and after you got out of the house. 00:35:00 Patrick: Both. I would say totally both. And, you know, the classic thing is like, your dad teaches you how to fish, right? In our case, you know, like my dad liked fishing, but that was certainly not something that he was an expert at. And so for us, it was really fun because it was kind of the three of us like learning together. So, you know, my dad like totally fostered our interest in fishing, but he wasn’t the one telling us how to do it. It was like, all right, you know, you guys want to fish? Cool. Let’s get this trip on the books and then we’ll figure out how to get it done. So it was really fun for the three of us to kind of learn together. 00:35:29 Dave: That’s cool. And is your dad still out there doing it? 00:35:32 Patrick: Yeah for sure. And we, you know, we try to get multiple trips every year with, with all of us going. And recently my sister’s been getting more interested in the fishing, which has been awesome. And so definitely like kind of a family thing, which has been really fun. 00:35:45 Dave: Yeah. That’s perfect. And where did you guys. What was the, what state did you grow up? Because you’re both, you’re in Colorado and California now. 00:35:52 Patrick: Yeah, we grew up in Kansas City on the Missouri side, so squarely in the Midwest. Maybe not what you think of as trout country, although there are some awesome trout and smallmouth opportunities, um, in southern Missouri and obviously in northern Arkansas too. But since childhood, we both sort of gravitated towards the West and all that has to offer from fishing standpoint. 00:36:14 Dave: Fly fish with me. Utah discover year round blue ribbon trout fishing on the Provo River. Choose a guided walk and wade or a scenic float and experience big trout, stunning canyons and unforgettable days on the water. You can book your adventure right now at Fly Fishing with me, Utah dot com. World class water. Incredible fishing. That’s fly fishing with me Utah dot com. When it comes to high quality flies that truly elevate your fly fishing game, drift hook dot com is the trusted source you need. I’ve been using drift hooks expertly selected flies for a while now, and they never disappoint. Plus, they stand behind their products with a money back guarantee. Are you ready to upgrade your fly box? Head over to Drift Hook dot com today and use the code swing at checkout to get fifteen percent off your first order. That’s drift Hook d r I f t h o o k dot com. Don’t miss out. Nice. Well, yeah, I think we have a good kind of start to, you know, the list. And like I said, we’ll have a link out to that, that blog post you guys have there. But anything else we’re missing here? Just if somebody’s kind of thinking about putting this together on the, the backcountry trip or you guys, you know, the brand, what you guys have going, that’s going to help people. 00:37:26 Patrick: Yeah, we already touched on, you know, we have these collapsible nets. We have our clip kits that you can use to organize all your gear. So on the brand front, currently what we offer, although we’re really excited to keep digging in and solving pain points. 00:37:38 Dave: What are some of those pain points? What do you think those are like when you think about what were some of the first ones you got? Well, you had you’re talking about to the net, the rod tube, maybe we’ve talked about them all, but are there other pain points you guys had you’ve had that you’re still working on solving? 00:37:52 Patrick: Yeah, a huge one. Um, this is kind of a big project that we haven’t fully announced yet, but we will be publicly soon is on the apparel side of things. We feel like there is, you know, there’s obviously an awful lot of fly fishing brands that do fishing, technical fishing apparel. Most of that, most of the time is geared towards fishing out of a drift boat, fishing in your waders. Really lightweight, quick, dry stuff that excels in the environment it’s designed for. Oftentimes that stuff we found doesn’t hold up as well. If you are scrambling on your butt down a scree field, trying to get to the bottom of a canyon or bushwhacking through super thick chaparral and getting completely torn up. At the same time, a lot of the more, you know, heavy duty, like hiking brands that are out there that can hold up to that kind of use, are not geared with a fisherman in mind. It’s not stuff that is quick drying, can be exposed to water that you’d want to wade in. And so we are tackling like a full line of technical apparel for fishing in the backcountry. And this will be a, you know, pants, shirts, fleeces, hoodies that are designed for backpacking primarily and also fishing at the same time. And we’re super excited about this. This will be something that’s going to come out next year. 00:39:10 Dave: In twenty twenty seven. 00:39:11 Patrick: twenty twenty seven. Yeah, we’re hoping to kind of document how we’re making the design decisions along the way in public so people can can see what we’re what we’re doing and get excited about it. Give us a follow on Coulter Backcountry as our social media on Instagram is primarily our, our platform of choice. 00:39:28 Dave: That’ll be fun. That’ll be fun to watch. I feel like the and I know, Daniel, you got to get out of here pretty quick. So we’re going to let you hop out. But, um, yeah, I feel like with the gear, it’s, um, you know, I go back to the pants, you know, I’m an old guy now, so it’s like the zip off pants. I’ve got lots of them. I’ve always loved kind of those. And it’s funny because, I mean, I probably don’t wear the zip offs a lot. I probably usually just wear pants. I mean, are you guys what’s your take on that? Are you because I’ve heard people say, you know, it’s more like, well, just just have the pants. You don’t really need the, the zip zip off things. What’s your can you give us a shout of what you’re thinking about doing on the pants? And maybe, Daniel, you could take us away on this since you’re you’re heading out of here in a sec. 00:40:04 Daniel: I fish out of pants all the time. I think if they’re kind of nice and quicker drying, especially that kind of below the knee component. It’s really nice. Um, I’ll bring a pair of hiking shorts too. Usually like one pair of shorts. One pair of pants for a trip. We’ll, uh, we’ll tide me over. 00:40:21 Dave: Yeah, that’s the better way to do it. They’re light. And so why not just bring one pair of lightweight shorts and one pair of pants instead of having the zip thing is a little annoying because it’s like having to zip that thing up for some reason. That’s a little hassle, I think. But okay, so that, that covers that. So that’s what you guys are going to do. You’re going to have shorts and pants coming out. 00:40:37 Patrick: Just pants. Yeah, we’re just looking at the pants. Um, I think, I mean, once upon a time we both like to hike in shorts. That has its time and place. But you know, as soon as you’re doing anything off trail, which if you’re fishing, you almost always are. I at least don’t like for my legs to get completely annihilated by underbrush. And, uh, we both had our fair share of experience with poison ivy and poison oak. I don’t think Daniel can’t go more than fifty yards in California without running into a poison oak plant in the places he fishes. So, yeah, it’s nice to have full coverage for sure. And so yeah, a pant that is designed to be able to hold up to that kind of just absolute total abuse. You know, maybe something that you would find more in the hunting world, as well as being able to handle a ton of water exposure and quick drying is our goal. 00:41:22 Dave: Yeah, definitely. That’s a yeah, I wear my deer hunting. You know, I have just hunting pants and they’re great. I mean, I think the hunting that’s the thing about the if you look at that, the, the hunter, uh, brands, they’ve got some stuff dialed in. I don’t know all the names, but I mean, there’s some really super high quality stuff out there and. 00:41:40 Patrick: Totally. 00:41:40 Dave: Right. 00:41:41 Patrick: That’s something we look to for inspiration too, just from a fly fishing standpoint. I mean, we all, all these brands in the hunting space are, you know, all about backcountry stuff. And that’s what they love doing. And, you know, we think that there are just as many people who are doing backcountry fishing as well. Um, and so, you know, we’d like to be the champions of that in the fishing space. 00:42:01 Dave: Yeah. Are there that’s always an interesting thing with the numbers on that. Do you guys have any feel for that? You probably have done a little bit of that research on, you know, hunting compared to fly fishing is right. There’s a lot more hunters, I think, out there, right? Fly fishing is pretty small, but you guys are kind of bringing together the fly fishermen, fly angler, and the backcountry. So it’s this it’s a small niche, right? Fairly, fairly small compared, but you probably have some overlap people that maybe are hunters or whatever. And they also do some back or maybe they’re going to be fly anglers too. Do you think about that on on who you’re kind of target customer is that you’re looking at attracting here? 00:42:34 Patrick: Yeah, totally. I mean, the hunting side of things from a dollar standpoint, way bigger. You know, it dwarfs the fly fishing industry just in general. But yeah, we love, I mean, kind of our, we, we think of different customers. We have, we have the people that are already doing all of these things. And we’d like for them to look at us and be like, oh, those guys are like, you know, making stuff for the exact kind of activity that I do. And they’re thinking about it in the same way I do. And it kind of fits in with with what they’re already up to. And then, yes, we also think about all the people who are out there backpacking and they love spending time in the woods and they go by all these lakes and they go by all these creeks. At some point, many of them have thought, oh, you know, I should bring a fishing rod or I should get into fishing. And we’d love to have some good solutions for them to get a backcountry kit put together and just kind of integrate it into their, their backpacking world that already exists. So that’s totally another angle that we look at. 00:43:24 Dave: That’s it. Perfect. All right guys, well, I think we’ve come to that moment where sometimes we do our little rapid fire round. So let’s jump into that. And, and I got a few questions that we’ll we’ll jump in here as we go. But let’s start with you, Daniel, on this. Um, we’re going to get a few tips to, I want to get a few kind of backcountry kind of hiking tip sort of thing, but talk about your places. It sounds like you’ve been to a lot of places for these small trout. Is there an area you really love that you know really isn’t you’re spot burning or a place that you maybe would go back to for backcountry stuff? 00:43:56 Daniel: I really want to get back up to Oregon. There’s some stuff in just the whole all that canyon country, uh, central, eastern Oregon. There’s some some great river systems there that are really remote. It’s really hard to get to. 00:44:11 Dave: But right. Like the like part of the, I’m guessing the upper. Well, I don’t even know. There’s the upper. The Deschutes is a pretty big system, pretty known river, but there’s a lot of backcountry lakes and. Well, there’s the. You mentioned the trail. What was the trail you guys did one of the big trails out there. 00:44:27 Daniel: Uh, we did the Continental Divide. So the Pacific Crest Trail runs, runs through Oregon. Haven’t hiked hiked there too much. But yeah, there’s some there’s some awesome rivers with bull trout and even some good steelhead runs and stuff that I’d love to, uh, love to get back to. 00:44:43 Dave: All right. Good. So you got Oregon and Patrick. How about you? What do you got on your on your list? 00:44:48 Patrick: I am relatively new to Colorado, so I’ve just been in love with exploring Northwest Colorado. Um, I’m in steamboat or the business is based here in steamboat and, and anything that I within a two hour radius, I’ve just been kind of all over getting out whenever I can. So I love doing that and catching some of the native cutthroat here in Colorado. It’s been has been awesome. 00:45:10 Dave: Yeah. And what is the native? Are there a bunch of native cutthroat species or is there just one or two? 00:45:16 Patrick: Yeah, in my neck of the woods, the Colorado River cutthroat is the, uh, the species. 00:45:21 Dave: Okay, good. So you got more and more exploring there and. Yeah, you could spend your lifetime, I’m sure, hiking the backcountry in Colorado right through the Rockies and everything. Yeah. And we talked a little on luxury items and gear and, but let’s get into a couple tips real quick. And maybe, Daniel, we’ll start with you. What’s your. We’re getting ready now. We’ve got our list. We’ve got all the gear out there. We’re heading out for this trip. What’s a tip you’re telling us before we’re getting into that multi-day trip? 00:45:44 Daniel: Yeah. So one of my big tips I would say is around water. Always, I guess we put this on our gear. There’s probably, but the lightest and kind of easiest water system you can have is to take a smart water bottles as your water bottle. They’re super light, they’re indestructible and get one of the filters that can screw on to those type of water bottles. So, uh, Sawyer squeeze is a good example. I just got a brand new, uh, platypus one that works super well. That’s like thirty or forty bucks now. So they’re pretty cheap to get a good filter and bring two bottles. One of them’s your dirty bottle that you fill up in the river. The other is a clean one where you squeeze that water into it goes super fast. Um, and you can even just, uh, kind of leave that connected to the, to the bottle and drink right out of the river through the filter. So that’s a super kind of easy light way to, to get water when you’re out there. 00:46:36 Dave: Perfect. Yeah. And you’re just talking about the smart water, like the bottles, you can just buy the just right on the shelf, just your normal grab them with your water. Yeah. And that’s actually something I, I’ve had a lot of, for some reason, the smart, I don’t know why I’ve always leaned to that one. Maybe it is because of the water bottle. It seems like it is. It’s not your just disposable bottle. I feel like those are there’s something about them, right? I don’t know what they’ve done. They’re. 00:46:56 Daniel: They work pretty well. We’ve, uh, I would say on the seat we would hike with a single pair of water bottles for, I don’t know, five hundred miles or so at least. And so they last a really, really long time before you got to get a new one. 00:47:10 Dave: Yeah. Five hundred miles. And what’s the mileage? Is it. I always kind of used to think ten miles a day was was a pretty good day. But what are you guys doing when you’re when you’re hiking on the trail? 00:47:20 Daniel: That trail we got up to kind of when we really hit our our stride to twenty five to thirty a day. So. Wow. It’s a big day. You kind of got to adjust physically to be able to do that. And it takes at least a month, month or plus to be able to, to get there. 00:47:36 Dave: Yeah. Do you guys do that? Are you a full on, you know, training before a trip like that? Or what are you doing to prepare? 00:47:43 Patrick: Yeah, we’re I’m definitely big on the training side of things. That was actually going to be. My tip is that if you haven’t gone backpacking before, you should try to spend some time training beforehand. And it’s interesting that I found that other types of fitness do not translate well into walking in the mountains with a backpack on. So anything you can do to kind of simulate that back at home, especially if you live in a flat area. Going through your neighborhood with a pack on your back, trying to find a local hill to walk up. That’s pretty essential because if you if you haven’t done it before and you’re all gung ho and you’ve got all the gear and you know, everything’s mapped out, you’ve done all this planning and then you show up for your first trip. If you’re not in shape, you might have a miserable time, even if everything else goes well. So spend some time getting in shape beforehand and trying to spend as much time as possible with the pack on. You’re gonna have a lot better time out there when you show up. 00:48:32 Dave: Right. That’s it. That’s perfect. Okay, so we got we got a couple tips from both of you guys. What about one of my go back to my luxury items? And I guess we all have them now with the phone. I think that’s pretty cool is that you know, you’ve got your phone but but music or a podcast, like for me, I’d have some podcasts downloaded ready to go and probably have my AirPods. Are you guys doing music or anything like that when you’re and what do you do for your just like charging wise stuff for your phones and all that. 00:48:59 Patrick: Yeah, if we’re so like back when we did the CDC, there was a lot of podcast action. You’re hiking all day, every day. Nowadays, like we’re not, we’re, we don’t really hike that many miles anymore, only because that completely and totally cuts into your fishing time. But, you know, we’ll do a long hike to get somewhere. And then I like to be efficient as much as possible. It’s sort of the whole point of backpacking for me nowadays. That being said, yes, if you’re if you’re doing long days on the trail, especially after lunch, things get hot. It is nice to throw a pair of headphones in. Um, podcasts are great. I still have a little, uh, anchor I think is the brand a n k e r battery charger? Once upon a time, it held four full phone charges. I don’t know if my phone is bigger now and sucks more battery, or if the battery pack is not as good as it once was, but, um, that that doesn’t last quite as long. But it did last for four four battery cycles. And with my phone on airplane mode, that was more than enough for me to listen to music, use it as a camera, take video, do all that stuff. And it wasn’t that big. I don’t know what the weight was, but about the size of the palm of my hand. 00:50:00 Dave: That’s right. So just one battery pack. And yeah, the airplane mode helps it to. Or you can even turn off your phone, right, just to get your battery to, to. But that’s the one thing is that we all have the camera is right. What does your phone do? Right? It does a phone, although we do more things with it than even talking. Now, that’s the funny thing about the phone, right? Right, right. It’s become this thing. So it’s our camera, it’s our GPS. It’s kind of everything. What is your phone do when you’re out there on the other than listening to music, what else are you using it for? And photos. You got photos and maybe the the podcasts. 00:50:31 Patrick: I think the main thing for the phone is using that as a GPS. There are quite a few apps out there I like to use on X, O, and X, and you can pre-download maps. They have all sorts of layers on them. So you can see the topo lines, you can see satellite imagery, you can see boundaries with different land designations. And then, you know, like all GPS maps, you can see where you are in relation to the trail. So that’s what I’m pulling out of my pocket, especially if you’re doing, you know, some cross country travel where you’re not on a trail that’s super handy to have. That’s primarily what I’m using my phone for that. And then the camera, you know, Moose steps out on trails, right? You want to you want to snap a quick picture. Um, those two things are the primary use case for my phone. 00:51:14 Dave: Okay. Good, good. And, uh, and when you guys are out there, are you both listening to podcasts? Are you listening to music or what do you listen to out there? 00:51:22 Patrick: And we like to do a bit of both if it’s going to be a long day. I sink into a little podcast. Like I said, I don’t really do too much of that anymore. But if you’re if you’re hauling, yeah, and you’re hiking all day, then get into a podcast is nice. And I find especially on something like the CDC, where we were together with each other for so long, you know, eventually, well pretty quickly run out of things to talk about. So if, if, if both people plug into a podcast after lunch, then at dinner you can chit chat or whatever, whatever you listen to in the podcast and actually. 00:51:52 Dave: Have a conversation. 00:51:53 Patrick: Conversation. Yeah, totally. So that’s kind of nice. 00:51:56 Dave: That’s pretty good. Are you guys how close in age are you guys? 00:51:59 Patrick: We’re three years apart, so Daniel’s about three years younger than I am. 00:52:02 Dave: Okay. And you have a sister, too? 00:52:04 Patrick: Yes. I have a twin sister, actually. 00:52:06 Dave: That’s awesome. What about. I guess you’re probably not doing any, uh, watch and download a movie. I’m not sure if anybody’s even doing that out there on the trail. There probably are some. 00:52:16 Patrick: I’m not. I, you know, I do like to part of the backpacking for me is getting away. And so it is nice to unplug a little bit. Yeah, sure. We have our phones on and I will listen to stuff. But no, personally, I’m not watching any shows or TV in the backcountry, but I would I would not be surprised if there if some people are doing that and all the power to you, if that’s that’s how you need to get to sleep in your tent. 00:52:37 Dave: Yeah, definitely. Definitely. Cool. All right, guys, well, any, any other items before we head out here that we missed today on Coulter, on your brand or anything you guys have coming up in the in the future? 00:52:47 Patrick: No, I don’t think so. Dave. I appreciate you having us on. And, uh, it’s super fun chatting. 00:52:52 Dave: Yeah. Thanks. This has been great. I really, uh, you know, this list is awesome. I think that we’re going to put this right up at the top so people can take a look, because I think you guys did a good job of covering everything. You know, most everything you need. And again, it’s not just your standard heavy. You were thinking about weight. I mean, you get so you get this gear and you’re under twenty pounds, right? Which is a pretty nice pack to have. I guess the one thing we didn’t ask was on backpacks. What do you. There’s a lot of different types of packs. I’m not even sure. I haven’t really been in the loop recently, but do you have that listed there on your pack? 00:53:22 Patrick: Yeah we do. I have typically used a internal frame pack. I have an Osprey. Exos is the model. Daniel has gravitated more towards the frameless packs, um, which got real popular. I don’t know, five to ten years ago, like the hyperlite, you know, dyneema style roll top bags that don’t have any frame. 00:53:42 Dave: What do you lose with the frame? I mean, it seems like you’d lose the just the, I mean, yeah, some comfort, but is that not how did the frame how do you do it? Are they just as comfortable or frameless? 00:53:51 Patrick: I think so. I again, I have not actually run a frameless pack. People say they’re pretty comfortable. I think they. If you keep the weight down in them, then they’re great. I think if you really load them up with weight without without the frame, they can get a little unwieldy and maybe uncomfortable. But I’m also not speaking from experience. 00:54:09 Dave: So no, definitely. Yeah. No, it looks like your Exos. It’s the Exos fifty eight. 00:54:13 Speaker 4: Yep. Yeah. Fifty eight liter. 00:54:15 Patrick: It’s a good one. And that’s another tip. Super quick tip right there on that. Is that the quickest way to keep your pack light is to have a smaller pack. You know, packs are if you buy the eighty five liter pack, you will find a way to fill the entire thing. So that’s. 00:54:29 Dave: Right. So that’s a fifty eight. So that’s a fifty eight liter. 00:54:32 Speaker 4: Yep. Yep. 00:54:32 Dave: Yeah. Yeah. That’s that’s a good tip. Yeah. So don’t don’t get the eighty five. If you want to go light. Yeah. Go smaller. The smaller the better. 00:54:39 Speaker 4: Totally. 00:54:39 Dave: Yeah. You could always strap stuff on the outside, but it doesn’t seem like that’s too smart of a move. I think getting it inside is better. Right? 00:54:46 Speaker 4: Yeah. Agree. Agree there. 00:54:47 Dave: Yeah. Okay. And then what do you do on that. Exos fifty eight. Where are you putting your four piece rod. 00:54:52 Patrick: That’s going on. There’s a side pocket and sort of elastic. And then they also happen. One of the reasons I like this pack is that it has a kind of a crisscrossing line of, of webbing or something that goes along that thing. So you can stick it inside both the side pocket and that webbing. And so it stays pretty secure. 00:55:09 Dave: That’s right. Okay. So good. So we got the pack we got. And if there’s any other questions, well, like we said, we’ll send everybody out to you guys there at Coulter backcountry dot com and they can follow you on Instagram. And yeah, man, this has been good. I know, um, you know, we did. I think we connected on an event we had, you know, and so that was, that was fun. I think we’ll, we’ll stay in touch kind of with some of the stuff we have going. And yeah, until we meet again. Patrick. I know Daniel had to step out, but, um, we’ll keep in touch with you on Instagram and yeah, thanks for all your time today. 00:55:37 Patrick: Yeah. Thanks, Dave. Appreciate it. 00:55:40 Dave: All right. I think the take home today is start smaller. That’s the best way to stay light. Patrick said it don’t go big. Don’t go with the biggest pack. Go with the smaller pack. That’ll force you to limit the size. Their talking under twenty pounds for their pack, which is amazing. If you’re interested in getting access to the boot camp that’s kicking off here, wet fly swing dot com slash bootcamp, you can sign up there. You’ll get information on the upcoming boot Camp, which is going to be kicking off this October. This is going to be our biggest one ever. We’ve got twenty of the best speakers around. They’re coming in to share their knowledge and updates on fly fishing. All right. Thanks again for stopping off. I’m getting out of here. If you get a chance, please send me an email if you’re interested in connecting. We’d love to hear from you. And I hope you’re having a great evening, morning, or afternoon. We’ll see you on next one. Have a good one. 00:56:29 Speaker 5: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.

Ultralight Backcountry Gear

Conclusion with Patrick and Daniel Bauman on Ultralight Backcountry Gear

Backcountry fly fishing doesn’t have to start with a huge expedition. Pack lighter, start with an overnight, learn your gear, bring a fishing partner, and build from there.

Patrick and Daniel show how much opportunity opens up when backpacking and fly fishing come together. Sometimes the best trout water is simply the water that takes a little more walking to reach.

     

987 | No See Um Lodge with Caleb Hitzfeld: A Guide to Alaska Trout Fishing

No-See-Um-Lodge-Alaska-trout-fishing.

Alaska trout fishing changes throughout the season, and Caleb Hitzfeld has spent nearly two decades watching those changes firsthand. In this episode, Caleb explains how salmon fry, insects, mice, eggs, and streamers shape Alaska trout fishing. No See Um Lodge also shares how the lodge’s fly-out program gives anglers access to different rivers. The conversation begins with Caleb’s journey from Texas to Alaska and eventually to owning No See Um Lodge.

This episode takes a close look at Alaska trout fishing in the Bristol Bay region, including rainbow trout, Arctic char, salmon, smaller creeks, feeder creek systems, and the seasonal movements that connect them. Caleb also explains the value of swinging flies, mousing, Spey rods, and adapting your approach as Alaska trout fishing changes from June through September.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Show Notes with Caleb Hitzfeld on Alaska Trout Fishing

Caleb Hitzfeld’s journey to No See Um Lodge began after he moved from Texas to Alaska and spent four years guiding on the Alagnak River. He first came to No See Um Lodge in 2008, where he worked as a guide before eventually becoming a partner and helping run the lodge. Today, Caleb brings nearly two decades of regional experience to Alaska trout fishing, sharing what he has learned about the rivers, salmon cycles, rainbow trout, Arctic char, fly-out fishing, and the seasonal changes that shape each trip.

Caleb’s Path to Alaska Trout Fishing and Caleb’s Journey to No See Um Lodge

[00:01:48] Caleb’s story began in Texas, where he started fly fishing for bass and bluegill before trout gradually became the main focus. His early trips across the West laid the foundation for his interest in Alaska trout fishing and eventually led him to work at Lee’s Ferry Anglers on the Colorado River.

At Lee’s Ferry, the owners had worked and fished in Alaska, often finishing there, and they often talked about their experiences. Those conversations helped spark Caleb’s interest in Alaska trout fishing, and at 23, he took a job on the Alagnak River. After four years there, an opening came up at No See Um Lodge, and Caleb made the move that would eventually lead to ownership.

No-See-Um-Lodge-Alaska-Trout-Fly-Fishing
Photo via https://www.pinterest.com/noseeumlodge/

Nearly Twenty Years at No See Um Lodge

[00:04:18] Caleb arrived at No See Um Lodge in 2008 and spent years working there before beginning conversations with the owners about buying the operation. The purchase closed the previous April, making this his second season operating the lodge as an owner. That long experience gives Caleb a deep connection to Alaska trout fishing and the rivers around the lodge. He has spent years watching the salmon cycles, learning the different rivers, and understanding how the fish respond as conditions change.

Rainbows, Arctic Char, and the Focus of Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:07:04] Most guests come to No See Um Lodge to fish for rainbow trout and Arctic char. Caleb says it’s roughly a 100-mile radius. That gives the guides access to different rivers and different opportunities rather than relying on one stretch of water.

Rainbow-Trout-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.

The Fly-Out Program and Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:07:53] The No See Um program begins with a floatplane ride. The lodge operates three Beaver floatplanes, with each plane able to carry four anglers, two guides, and a pilot before heading to a different river for the day. That fly-out system is a part of the Alaska trout fishing experience at No See Um. The plane stays with the group and returns later in the day, allowing anglers to explore multiple rivers during their stay.

Klug-Alaska-Trout-Fishing-1.

Early-Season Alaska Trout Fishing and Salmon Fry

[00:08:42] The trout season opens on June 8, and early Alaska trout fishing is strongly influenced by salmon fry. Millions of tiny sockeye salmon fry move through the smaller creeks and rivers, providing an important food source for the trout. As June progresses, the food sources begin to change. Alaska trout fishing can shift from fry and streamers toward stoneflies, caddis, mayflies, and other insects as hatches develop on different rivers.

Alaaska-Trout-Fishing-2.

Salmon Timing Changes the Alaska Trout Fishing Game

[00:09:53] The timing of the salmon runs can change the fishing from one river to another. If sockeye aren’t spawning yet, trout may focus more on bugs, baitfish, or other available food. This is one of the key lessons of Alaska trout fishing: anglers need to pay attention to what is happening in the river rather than assuming one technique will work all season. The food source helps determine what the trout are looking for.

Small Fry Patterns for Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:10:28] The sockeye fry Caleb describes are extremely small, roughly half an inch long and very thin-bodied. The flies used to imitate them are similarly sparse and are often fished close to the surface. For Alaska trout fishing in June, the presentation can be simple but precise. Caleb describes swinging these small-fry patterns in the film as trout move toward the surface to feed on young salmon.

Swinging Flies Early and Late in the Season

[00:11:49] Swinging flies is an important part of Alaska trout fishing early in the season, and the technique comes back into play in September. As the salmon begin to thin out, Caleb says anglers can again find success with larger flies, including bunny leeches and flesh flies. This creates two useful windows for Alaska trout fishing with a swung fly. Early season can mean smaller fry imitations, while late season opens the door to larger streamers and flesh patterns.

Spey Rod Setups for Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:12:23] Caleb uses both single-hand and two-hand rods. Single-hand setups commonly include 9- to 9.5-foot, 6- to 7-weight rods Two-hand rods range from approximately 11.5-foot 5- or 6-weight rods up to 12.5- or 13-foot 7-weight rods. The right setup depends on the river, fish size, sink tips, and flies. For larger rivers, Alaska trout fishing may call for heavier sink tips, longer rods, and heavier heads that can turn those sink tips over effectively.

Alaska-Trout-Fishing-Arian-Stevens.

When to Swing During Summer

[00:13:40] Early and late seasons provide the strongest opportunities for swinging flies. August is different because trout are often focused on salmon eggs, although anglers can still catch fish on a swung fly if they want to fish that way. For Alaska trout fishing, this is another example of matching the technique to the food source. When eggs are abundant, they can be more attractive to trout than a swung fly, so expectations need to change with the season.

No-See-Um-Lodge-Alaska-trout-fishing.
Photo via https://noseeumlodge.com/

Mousing and Surface Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:14:20] Late June and July can provide good opportunities for mousing on some rivers. Instead of stripping a mouse like a traditional streamer, Caleb describes skating it down and across the bank. The mouse is essentially a floating streamer, and the takes can be aggressive. For Alaska trout fishing, mousing adds another surface option to a season already filled with different presentations.

How Big Are the Rainbows

[00:15:12] Rainbow trout commonly measure between 18 and 24 inches in the rivers Caleb fishes. Fish in the 26- to 28-inch range are possible, while some rivers produce rainbows in the low 30-inch range. These are wild, which adds another dimension to Alaska trout fishing. Caleb points out that even a smaller rainbow can be an incredible fish when it eats a mouse or takes a swung fly.

Rainbow-Trout-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.

The Origins of No See Um Lodge

[00:16:43] No See Um Lodge began in 1975 when Jack Holman, a school teacher, purchased the property from a homesteader living along the Jack River. The operation began as a rustic venture, with most fishing done by boat on the nearby river. After several years, Jack recognized the value of using airplanes to reach more fishing locations. The lodge eventually expanded its fly-out program, which helped turn Alaska trout fishing into a broader multi-river experience for guests.

Expanding the Alaska Trout Fishing Program

[00:18:48] Jack operated the lodge until 2007 before selling it to his son, John. John expanded the operation, eventually increasing the capacity to 12 guests and helping develop the aircraft program. Caleb and his partners later expanded the fleet to three Beaver floatplanes. The goal was to have enough aircraft capacity to serve the anglers staying at the lodge without repeatedly running double trips.

Flexibility Is a Major Part of Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:19:56] One advantage of the fly-out system is flexibility. Caleb explains that a group may leave the lodge with one destination in mind, only to discover poor weather or disappointing fishing and decide to move somewhere else. That flexibility can make a major difference in Alaska trout fishing. Rather than committing to one river for the entire day, guides can make decisions based on current conditions and try to make the most of the available fishing.

Jack’s Creek

Jack's-Creek-Alaska-Trout-Fsihing.
Photo via https://www.mifflinccd.com/jacks-creek-stream-restoration/

Naknek River

Naknek-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Photo via https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Naknek_Lake

Brooks River

Brooks-River-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Photo via https://www.nps.gov/katm/planyourvisit/fishing-brooks-river

American Creek

[00:21:15] American Creek and Moraine Creek are among the other recognizable waters Caleb mentions alongside the Jack, Naknek, and Brooks Rivers. These rivers are connected to the larger ecosystem that makes Bristol Bay fly fishing and Alaska trout fishing so productive. Strong sockeye runs provide large amounts of food for the trout. Caleb says the fish have been particularly healthy and heavy in recent years, including early in the season.

Brooks-River-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Photo via https://www.nps.gov/places/american-creek.htm

Moraine Creek

Moraine-Creek-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Photo via https://www.nps.gov/katm/blogs/the-blowing-preserve.htm

How Salmon Runs Affect Trout

[00:22:15] The number of salmon in the system can have a major influence on Alaska trout fishing. Caleb says strong sockeye returns provide trout with dry, smolt, eggs, and other food throughout the season. The result is healthy wild rainbows with plenty of food available. For Alaska trout fishing, understanding the salmon cycle is therefore just as important as knowing which fly to tie on.

Northern Pike as an Additional Option

[00:22:15] Pike are present in the region, although they are not a major part of the No See Um program. Caleb says some smaller but deeper ponds contain pike that survive under the ice, and certain destinations provide opportunities to catch them for a few hours. The main focus remains Alaska trout fishing, along with Arctic char and seasonal salmon. Pike offer an occasional way to diversify a trip without changing the lodge’s overall focus.

No-See-Um-Lodge-Arctic-Char-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Photo via https://noseeumlodge.com/fishing/

Techniques for Arctic Char

[00:26:03] Char can be caught on streamers, beadhead nymphs, Copper Johns, and other similar flies. When salmon are spawning, eggs also become an important food source for char. For Alaska trout fishing, the char behavior reinforces the same lesson as the rainbows: watch what the fish are eating. Streamers may work better before eggs are present, while egg patterns become much more effective once salmon begin spawning.

Char Moving Into Smaller Creeks

[00:27:31] Some char are present throughout the season, while others move into smaller creeks around early to mid-July. They may stay for several weeks before dropping back into a lake or larger river once the salmon cycle changes. Other fish move into certain areas later in September when salmon begin spawning. This timing creates another seasonal layer to Alaska trout fishing and gives anglers different opportunities as the summer progresses.

How Big Can the Char Get?

[00:29:30] Char in the smaller creeks are commonly around 18 to 24 inches, while some other destinations produce fish in the 30-inch range and occasionally into the mid-30s. They fight differently from rainbows. Caleb describes them as strong fish that pull hard and shake their heads, even though they do not jump as much as rainbow trout.

Smaller Creeks and Productive Alaska Trout

[00:30:15] Smaller creeks can become extremely productive in July and August when char move into them. Caleb says anglers can catch a lot of fish in a day when the conditions are right. When the char are in the river and feeding on eggs, Alaska trout fishing can become fast and productive. These smaller creeks demonstrate how much the salmon cycle can change the fishing from one location to another.

Alaska-Trout-Fishing-Arian-Stevens.

Understanding Alaska Trout Fishing Life Cycle

[00:30:54] Many of the rivers Caleb fishes are part of larger lakes and feeder-creek systems. Sockeye move through the main rivers into lakes such as Lake Iliamna and then into feeder creeks where they spawn. The fry later drop out, spend the winter in the lake, and migrate through the main river the following year. The Jack River is somewhat different because sockeye spawn in the main river, with backwaters providing habitat where they can survive until they become smolts.

Where the Rainbows Go

[00:32:05] The rainbows and char have their own seasonal movements. Caleb explains that trout spawn in spring, feed on salmon fry and smolts, and may then return to Lake Iliamna before moving back toward the river when salmon begin spawning. That movement is one reason Alaska trout fishing cannot be viewed as one static fishery. Fish respond to salmon movement, food availability, and seasonal changes, and guides must adjust accordingly.

Trout Spawning in Feeder Streams

[00:33:31] Trout spawn in the spring in the main river and in some of the smaller streams that flow into Lake Iliamna. After spawning, they can remain in those systems while feeding on the salmon fry moving through them. In some rivers, trout eventually drop back into the lake and return later when salmon begin moving upstream again. This seasonal movement is central to understanding Alaska trout fishing.

Why Every River Can Fish Differently

[00:34:22] Some rivers have abundant insect life, allowing trout to remain in them throughout the season. Other rivers have fewer bugs, so trout may move back toward the lakes after the salmon fry move through. This is why Alaska trout fishing is so different, and the fly-out program lets guides choose between them.

The Best Time for Variety in Alaska Trout Fishing

[00:35:14] Caleb says late June and early July probably offer the greatest variety of techniques. An angler might swing or strip a sculpin, fish nymphs under an indicator, switch to dry flies, and even skate a mouse during the same day. August shifts toward egg patterns, while September brings opportunities with big streamers, bunny leeches, and flesh flies. Alaska trout fishing therefore changes dramatically even within one season.

Adding Salmon to the Trip

No See Um Lodge offers salmon opportunities, depending on timing and river conditions. King salmon fishing has become very limited because returns have been poor for several years, while other salmon species remain available depending on when guests visit. For anglers planning Alaska trout fishing, this means salmon can provide another seasonal option without taking over the entire trip. The main focus at No See Um Lodge remains trout and char.

Bristol-Bay-Sockeye-Salmon.
Photo via https://asafishing.org/pebble-mine-and-bristol-bay/

What a Week of Alaska Trout Fishing Looks Like

[00:37:35] The standard program is seven nights with six days of fishing. Caleb also describes shorter five-night, four-day packages, giving guests another way to experience the lodge. For the full-week program, guests fly from Anchorage to King Salmon on a charter, then take a floatplane to the lodge. After six days of Alaska trout fishing, the group returns to King Salmon and then flies back to Anchorage.

Katmai, Becharof, and Wood-Tikchik

[00:40:22] Many of these rivers are located in Katmai National Park. Other destinations are within the Becharof National Wildlife Refuge, Wood-Tikchik, or Alaska state land. For Alaska trout fishing, that means the landscape surrounding the fishing is part of the experience. The fly-out program connects guests with a wide range of remote water within the region.

Katmai-National-Park.webp
Photo via https://www.nationalgeographic.com/travel/national-parks/article/katmai-national-park

Feeling Small in the Alaskan Wilderness

[00:42:22] There are days when Caleb and his guests are dropped off on a river or hike into an area where there is nobody else around. The landscape’s size and isolation can make people feel very small. That feeling is difficult to separate from Alaska trout fishing. The fish are important, but so is the experience of being somewhere wild, remote, and far removed from the roads and crowds found on many other fishing trips.

Fishing Around Brown Bears

[00:43:02] Brown bears are part of the experience, particularly from the middle of July through the end of the season. Caleb says the bears generally have little interest in people because so much salmon is available to them. For Alaska trout fishing, guides still pay close attention to what the bears are doing. The goal is to give the animals plenty of space while allowing guests to enjoy seeing them in their environment.

Klug-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.

Brooks River and Watching Bears Fish

[00:45:04] Brooks River is one of the most famous locations for seeing brown bears catch salmon. Caleb mentions a live stream that lets people watch the bears at the falls even when they are not in Alaska. Guests can sometimes watch bears while fishing, but there is an important rule: when a bear gets close, the fishing stops. You don’t want to hook a fish directly in front of a bear while fishing for trout in Alaska.

Bears Across the Smaller Rivers

[00:46:21] Bears are not limited to Brooks River. Caleb says many of the smaller rivers they fish can have bears nearby, particularly from mid-July onwards. Some days may see only a few bears, while other days they may see dozens. That makes Alaska trout fishing an experience where wildlife can become part of the day without being the primary reason for the trip.

Klug-Alaska-Trout-Fishing-Bear.

Caleb’s Advice for Swinging Flies

[00:47:03] For anglers interested in swinging flies, early season is a good opportunity because the trout have not seen flies for months. Caleb emphasizes making good casts and controlling what the fly does once it lands. That basic approach applies directly to Alaska trout fishing with a swung fly. A clean presentation gives the fly a better chance to fish properly and puts.

Keeping the Fly in the Water

[00:48:02] Caleb compares Alaska trout fishing to winter steelhead fishing: the more time the fly spends in the water, the better the odds. Sometimes anglers can target individual fish, but good casts and fly control still matter. He recommends making the cast land fairly straight rather than creating a pile of slack. A mend or extra line can help the fly sink before it moves through the zone where the fish are holding.

Alaska-Trout-Fishing-Arian-Stevens.
© Arian Stevens Photography www.arianstevens.com 503-719-2685

Making the Cast Fish Correctly

[00:48:46] A successful Alaska trout fishing cast is not simply about the distance. Caleb explains that the fly should land in a way that lets the angler control how it fishes through the target zone. The goal is to avoid a large pile of slack followed by hoping for the best. The fly needs to get where it needs to go and fish correctly once it lands.

Alaska Trout Fishing for Different Skill Levels

[00:49:51] Caleb says Alaska is a friendly destination for anglers who may not have extensive experience. Someone who has never fly-fished can still have a good day, while experienced anglers have plenty of opportunities to challenge themselves. That range of skill levels is one reason Alaska trout fishing can appeal to different types of anglers. Guides can adjust their approach based on the experience of the person holding the rod.

Fly Fishing Only

[00:50:27] No See Um does not focus on hardware fishing. The program focuses on fly fishing, and some rivers in the parks are fly-fishing-only waters. That makes the lodge particularly focused on fly-fishing for Alaska trout. Guests can arrive with very different skill levels, but common thread is the fly-fishing approach.

Alaska-Trout-Fishing.

Guiding Every Day

[00:51:15] Caleb guides throughout the season and says that being on the rivers is important because it allows him to see what is happening firsthand. The other guides provide valuable feedback, but personal observation helps him understand changing conditions. That firsthand experience is especially useful for Alaska trout fishing because conditions can change quickly. Regularly fishing different rivers helps the guides make better decisions about where to fish and which techniques to use.

The Dolly Lama Fly

[00:55:21] When asked about an all-around fly, Caleb points to rabbit-strip leeches, particularly Dalai Lamas. He says different sizes and colors can work in many places throughout the year. For Alaska trout fishing, the Dalai Lama offers movement, flash, and plenty of versatility. Caleb mentions combinations including black and white, black and green, and different flesh-inspired colors.

Dolly-Lama-Fly-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Photo via https://hillsdiscountflies.com/product/dali-lama-black/

When the Alaska Trout Fishing Season Ends

[00:54:02] The lodge generally closes around the end of September. Caleb says the final group for this season leaves on September 28, although some years the lodge remains open into the first week of October. Late September and early October can still provide excellent Alaska trout fishing, although the number of available destinations becomes more limited. The rivers that remain fishable can be extremely productive.

Winterizing After the Season

[00:54:52] After the season, the lodge is closed and winterized. The airplanes fly north of Anchorage; the team does the same the next season. The season cycle is another part of Alaska trout fishing that guests rarely see. The fishing season may end in September, but the work of preparing the lodge, aircraft, and operation continues before the next summer begins.

Caleb Learning to Fly

[00:55:21] Caleb has also started learning to fly. He says he isn’t flying for the lodge yet, but he’s working toward it. For someone who has spent so much time around Alaska trout fishing and floatplanes, learning to fly adds another interesting part to Caleb’s story. The connection between aviation and fishing is built into the No See Um operation.

No-See-Um-Lodge-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.

Connect with Caleb Hitzfeld here:

Instagram: No See um Lodge

Facebook: No See Um Lodge

LinkedIn: No See Um Lodge, Inc.

Website: No See Um Lodge

 

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Alaska Trout Fishing Resources Noted in the Show

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
00:00:00 Dave: The Jack River is famous for its wild Alaska rainbows and swinging flies. Here changes with the season, from tiny salmon fry patterns near the surface to big leeches and flesh flies as fall settles into Bristol Bay. Today we’re going to find out when to bring the Spey rod, how these rainbows move between the river and Lake Iliamna, and how a fly-out program opens up some of the most famous trout waters in Alaska. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast, where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, and what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Caleb Hitzfeld is the owner of No See Um Lodge, a lodge that dates back to nineteen seventy-five. Caleb first came to No See Um in two thousand and eight after guiding on the Alagnak. Nearly two decades later, he’s helping carry the Lodge into the next chapter. Today, Caleb is going to talk about the trout game. We’re going to focus on breaking down early-season swinging when millions of tiny sockeye fry are moving through the system. We’re also going to find out what space setups he likes to use from the lighter eleven-and-a-half-foot range, all the way up to thirteen-footers. Caleb is also going to walk us through the seasonal progression of salmon fry, to hatches, to mice, to eggs, and eventually back to streamers. We’re going to get into the whole cycle of the season. And plus, we’re going to hear what a big key Jack area rainbow really looks like, including fish reaching into the upper twenties and occasionally breaking the thirty-inch mark. Caleb has spent nearly twenty years learning these rivers, watching the salmon cycles and figuring out where to put the time in. You can find Caleb at No. C m lodge dot com. Here we go. Here’s Caleb. How are you doing, Caleb? 00:01:46 Caleb: Doing great. How are you, Dave? 00:01:48 Dave: Great. Great to have you on here. Finally. We’ve been chatting about this. Yeah. We’ve been, uh, you know, I’ve heard a lot about your area. I mean, obviously, you’re up in a pretty amazing part of the world In Alaska, we’re going to talk about where you’re located with your lodge. You got a cool history. I think the history of the lodge is amazing. We’re going to talk about that, how old it is and the history there. And then also you’re on the kayak and you guys have this fly out program. So I think today we’re going to be the struggle is going to be to get around to everything. But maybe before we jump into it, give us a little update on, you know, how you came to be owning a lodge up in Alaska. 00:02:22 Caleb: Yeah. So, um, you know, like a lot of the things probably for a lot of people, pretty long story kind of convoluted. But, um, I grew up in Texas. I started fly fishing, you know, pretty early age, you know, a lot of bass and bluegills and stuff like that. And then, um, we started when I was in my early teens, you know, we started doing trips all over the west, camping and fishing and hiking and for weeks in the summer and just, you know, fly fishing just kind of took over, especially for trout and, and so, you know, I sort of I got more and more into it and, and, um. Let’s see, I think I was twenty years old. I got a job at Lee’s Ferry anglers on the Colorado River, worked in their fly shop and started guiding for them a little bit. And then, um, the owners had worked up in Alaska and done a lot of trips up here. And, and, you know, we’re always talking about how great it was. And, and I, you know, I just really wanted to come up after all that here and all that. And so I got a job on the Alagnak River. I think I was twenty three and did four years there. You know, we did a lot of fishing for kings, but we also flew out and trout fished and, and did a lot of the other stuff, you know, kind of in the same area that we’re in here now. And, and we, they worked sort of, you know, they kind of worked with no CM Lodge somewhat. And so I got to know these guys. I knew a couple, a couple guys that guided here as well. And, um, after four years on the Alagnak, when they had a spot open at no. CM, you know, I jumped on it. So and I’ve been here ever since. I think that was two thousand and eight was my first year at no. CM and yeah, so. 00:04:17 Dave: We’re going on twenty years. 00:04:18 Caleb: Yep. Nearly twenty years. So wow. You know, and so did, you know, worked here for years. And, and the last, you know, say about three years ago, we kind of started talking, you know, with the, with the owners about, about maybe buying it and taking it over and, and, um, and so we closed, we ended up last closing on everything last April. So right now we’re in our second year, second season operating as owners. 00:04:49 Dave: Wow, that’s pretty amazing. So you just took us here. I’m just looking at now Texas to Lee’s Ferry, which is amazing. I mean, actually, you’re talking about some areas that I mean, Texas is amazing. Lee’s ferry, I mean, the Colorado you’re talking about a talk about a famous place, right? The history there with the we did a whole series of episodes on the boat building and drift boats and those dories going down the Grand Canyon. Right. And the Colorado is amazing. You probably are. Did you see some of that when you were in the Lee’s ferry area? 00:05:15 Caleb: Yeah. So, um, we saw some of that, you know, um, basically the, you know, all the trout fishing we did was from Lee’s Ferry upriver, you know, but, but all the float trips start at the same place. They just obviously go downriver. 00:05:31 Dave: Is Lee’s Ferry one of the places where a lot of those boats are put. And I go back to Martin Linton and all that history out there in the canyon. Right. Is that where a lot of those big trips are starting at Lee’s Ferry? 00:05:41 Caleb: Yeah, they all start right there in the same place. 00:05:44 Dave: That’s cool. 00:05:45 Caleb: So yeah, you’d see, you know, people setting up for anywhere from a week long trip to multiple weeks, you know, just piling up gear and and loading up boats, you know. 00:05:56 Dave: That’s right. Did you ever do one of those, uh, those long whatever it is, two week floats down through there. 00:06:02 Caleb: I never did. Yeah, I was there. I worked there for um, I think about three years and, um, I just, I had a couple opportunities, you know, where somebody needed, they just needed like a swamper or whatever, you know, and I just couldn’t make it work. It was always last minute. So unfortunately. 00:06:20 Dave: Gotcha. Well, there’s, there’s always time right late at a later point. Yeah. I haven’t done it yet. I’ve when we did that series on drift boats and stuff, I remember we talked to a few people that wrote some books and stuff and I was like, all right, that’s on my list. And I haven’t done it yet either. But it’s, it’s definitely one of those places. But I mean, you’re really actually, you know, you’re in another one of those places, right? I mean, the jack, I mean, the area you’re at, you’re probably in one of the I mean, you know, I’d say Alaska is probably the top destination for people when they think about where they want to go. So you’re, you know, you’re already in that place, but. And then you hit the lag neck and then now no. See him. Um, right. What is it about? You know, what are people coming there to your lodge? What is the the big thing people are coming up there for? Do you think is there one species or one? One. 00:07:04 Caleb: Yeah. You know, most people are coming up to to fish for rainbows. I’d say, you know, we rainbows and char and Arctic char, you know, probably eighty percent of our fishing is for for trout. You know, we do we do a little bit of salmon fishing, you know, depending on, on what’s in the rivers at the time. You know, people might spend one day out of their week catching silvers or, you know, whatever. But, um, but for the most part, we’re targeting trout and char in the rivers, you know, in about a one hundred mile radius from the lodge, more or less. 00:07:43 Dave: Wow. So you guys are each day, is it one of those things where you’re at the lodge and people decide if they want to fly out or if they want to stay and they’re kind of mixing it up throughout the week. 00:07:53 Caleb: Uh, kind of, I mean, we, we fly out pretty much every day. You know, whether depending, obviously, but most all of our fishing is done, you know, it starts with an airplane ride somewhere. 00:08:05 Dave: Oh it does. Right. So you’re going to get an airplane ride for sure. Yeah. Yeah. That’s right. And these are all floatplanes right. Heading out on floatplanes from there. 00:08:12 Caleb: Correct. Yeah. We have three um three beavers on floats. We can put four anglers, two guides and a pilot in each one. And the airplane goes out and, you know, each day and takes you to a different river and, um, you know, stays with you there and brings you home at the end of the day. So pretty nice deal. 00:08:32 Dave: Yeah, it’s pretty nice. What is the, um, the style of rainbow fishing? Does it depend on where you’re going or do you have a technique that you. Probably depends a little bit on the time of year. 00:08:42 Caleb: Yeah. It depends a lot on the time of year, you know, and also somewhat on, you know, on the rivers that you’re fishing. You know, some things work better some places than others, but we do a little bit of everything. You know, we, we open, uh, trout season opens June eighth, and we usually open the lodge somewhere right around then. And so the early season trout fishing, you know, is a lot of streamer fishing, a lot of, uh, salmon fry. There’s millions of sockeye salmon fry coming down the little creeks and rivers that we fish. And, um, and so that’s what the fish are eating early and, you know, in June and then kind of as you get towards the end of June, some places they start eating, you know, bugs. Um, we get some pretty good hatches on some rivers, stoneflies, caddis mayflies, and that’ll continue through, you know, almost the end of July and some places even later. I mean, uh, I think about just a few days ago, we were still catching fish on dry flies on one of the rivers we fish. So. 00:09:49 Dave: Oh, cool. And right now as we speak, it’s kind of mid August, right. 00:09:53 Caleb: You know, that’s probably later than normal. Um, but it just depends, you know, a lot on when the, when the sockeyes get into these smaller tributaries and when they actually start, you know, spawning. So if the salmon aren’t laying eggs, then the, the fish, you know, they’re going to eat whatever else is there, bugs or baitfish or whatever. 00:10:13 Dave: So that’s what it comes down to. So it’s all about the salmon at least early. So when they’re not there they’re just going for the bugs. And you got streamers imitating the the fry. Right. You mentioned that. So you got these fry that are also outmigrating right. Because they’re coming down from the spawn. 00:10:28 Caleb: Yeah, yeah. So the, you know, we fish these really small fry patterns. I mean, a lot of them are just like, maybe they’re really sparse. The sockeye fry are, you know, maybe half an inch long and really thin bodied. And so you, you kind of fish those. A lot of the time in the film, you sort of swing them. 00:10:49 Dave: Oh, cool. So you’re actually swinging these flies for like imitating fry and swinging them on the wet fly. 00:10:54 Caleb: Right. Exactly. Pretty similar. Yeah. And then, you know, there’s some other different ways to fish them. But, um, but for the most part, those fry up near the surface when they’re moving and, and that’s where the fish are eating them, you know, so, and that’s kind of an early season deal. And then, you know, like I said, July kind of transitions into bugs and still fishing streamers. I mean, they’re still eating sculpins and, you know, other bait fish. But, um, and then as we get into August, they’re mostly eating eggs and it becomes a, you know, your. 00:11:28 Dave: Eggs. 00:11:29 Caleb: If you want. Yeah, exactly. Your fishing eggs, egg pattern. 00:11:32 Dave: So egg patterns and you got to. 00:11:34 Caleb: Write. 00:11:34 Dave: All that stuff. That’s cool. So, so it sounds like is if you want to hit, if you want to swing, we definitely have a good contingent of listeners who love swinging flies, you know, whether that’s with a spade, you know, or whatever, But, um, it sounds like that’s an early season thing. You want to be hitting that early to hit to get the swing. 00:11:49 Caleb: Yeah, it’s good early. And then it starts up again on some of the rivers we fish in September, we start swinging big bunny leeches and things like that again in the fall. Big flush flies. Gotcha. Once the salmon start to thin out in some places, then you can start catching them again, catching rainbows again with, you know, big streamers. 00:12:10 Dave: There you go. So there’s there’s a couple ends there. And yeah, what is the gear? I mean, it probably depends Bunny the later versus the early what sort of rod is this? Are the guys using the Spey set up? Is it mostly single hand? What does that look like? 00:12:23 Caleb: Yeah. So some of both I’d say, you know, for, for a lot of the single hand fishing, uh, you know, a nine, nine and a half foot six or seven weight covers most all of it. And then on the two hand side, anywhere from, you know, a five or a six weight eleven and a half footer to a, you know, twelve and a half, Thirteen foot seven weight right. So pretty big range. It depends a lot on the river you’re fishing and the size of the river. Obviously the size of the fish that you might run into. And also the sink tips and, and flies that you’re fishing. Right. 00:13:01 Dave: So right. 00:13:01 Caleb: Some of the bigger rivers, you, you know, you need to, you need to use heavier sink tips and those rods that are a little longer and use a little heavier, heavier heads, turn those sink tips over easier. 00:13:13 Dave: So yep. That’s it. That’s the cool thing about the Spey as it’s evolved over the years is that it’s gotten lighter and lighter, right? That’s, you know, maybe the one outfit that’s gotten, you know, it’s just so nice to fish a Spey rod these days because they’re all pretty light, you know, even a thirteen foot, even a thirteen foot seven weight, you know? Right. You’re saying so, so people that are listening, they could probably, if they were gonna, if they’re interested in this, they could probably bring their spey up there and have a shot. It sounds like. 00:13:40 Caleb: Yeah, yeah. There’s a lot of, you know, there’s a lot of opportunities for it. You know, early season, late season, especially early and late. And then, um, you know, kind of throughout the summer, once you get into August, you know, there’s some places where you, if you really want to catch fish, you know, swinging a fly, you can still do it, but it’s definitely, you know, they want to eat eggs and, you know, so. 00:14:05 Dave: Right. Yeah, there it’s like, like, like they’re opportunistic, right? If there’s a bunch of millions of eggs, they’re gonna take those before they’re going to hit a swung fly. Even though I’m sure you could probably get some on swinging fly still. 00:14:15 Caleb: Right, exactly. You can still pick up a few, but, um. 00:14:19 Dave: Still pick them up. 00:14:20 Caleb: Yeah. And then, you know, kind of throughout the, I’d say especially late in June and July, you know, the, the mice fishing can be good on some of the rivers. We fish as well. We didn’t, I kind of skipped over that. 00:14:33 Dave: But yeah, the mice. Right. There’s another big. Right. You got the mice. So that’s a more of a casting and stripping sort of thing. 00:14:39 Caleb: Uh, you know, it’s more of a skating. So you kind of, you know, you quarter it down, skate it off of the banks. It’s pretty, you know, pretty similar to how you would fish streamers here. But it’s on the surface and, you know, pretty aggressive takes, right. So sort of a floating floating streamer almost. That’s kind of how I look at it. 00:14:59 Dave: But so you can get a little bit of that. Yeah. The swinging action there too. What is the, you know, Alaska, obviously you hear some of these places about the size of fish, right? Do you guys what’s that look like up there? Do you get some pretty decent size fish or what’s average. What’s big fish up there. 00:15:12 Caleb: Yeah we we do for sure. You know it, it varies a lot river to river. But I’d say, you know most rivers, you know, the fish are between you know, eighteen and twenty four inches is pretty standard rainbow on most of the rivers we fish, we see a lot of fish into the, you know, twenty six, twenty seven inch range, twenty eight. And then some of the rivers we fish, you know, we see fish into the low thirty inch range, you know, so right. 00:15:45 Dave: Which is the thirty is always the that’s that one that seems like it’s real. It’s hard to find. You know, it is. Yeah. Thirty right. No matter where you are pretty much in the world, you know, I think thirty is just is the tough one. That’s that that lane. Right? If you get that, you pretty much hit the home run or the grand slam, right? 00:16:02 Caleb: Yeah, exactly. They’re not you know, I mean, a fish that’s thirty thirty one inches is a pretty old fish. Not too many of them get a whole lot bigger than that, you know. 00:16:10 Dave: No that’s right. But like a lot of these places, you know, it’s not size isn’t the critical factor. You know, I mean, getting a, like you said, a twenty four inch fish on a mouse, right? Right. Would be epic. 00:16:22 Caleb: So yeah, you know, and they’re, they’re all wild fish. They’re, you know, you’re catching them where they belong. I mean, it’s a pretty special deal, you know. 00:16:29 Dave: So yeah, it is. There’s a lot of history there with no CM Lodge. Right. I talk about that a little bit because I’m sure you know the history. Didn’t it start kind of back in the seventies. Maybe you could just walk us through that? Sure. Who was the original owner and, you know, and all that stuff? 00:16:43 Caleb: Yeah. So, um, the lodge started in nineteen seventy five. The guy who started it was named Jack Holman. He was a school teacher. And, and some of the villages up here and, and, uh, nearby and he, um, he got to know a, a homesteader that lived here on the jack and, and um, in the location where the lodge is here and, and um he stopped by and see him driving up the river and a boat going fishing or whatever. And, and, you know, told the guy, hey, if you ever want to, if you ever get to a point where you’re going to leave, you know, I’d like to buy your property and, and so, um, it ended up, you know, the guy had lived here a long time. And, you know, he’s just, he’s gotten to an age where he was struggling to, um, you know, to live out here, right? It’s not an easy life. And, and, um, And he, you know, he offered it to Jack, and Jack bought it. And, you know, it was um I think it was pretty rustic for, for quite a while, you know, and most of the fishing was all done on the river here, you know, you’d take out, you’d go out each day in a boat and, you know, catch some of everything, you know, whatever salmon were around, you’d catch trout, whatever. And then sometime in the after a few years of running it that way, you know, Jack realized the need for an airplane. And so he started flying. He got a started flying float planes and, and started, you know, taking people out to some of the other places to fish. And, you know, throughout the eighties, it, it got bigger. He started, you know, taking more people. He had more airplanes, more pilots, more, you know, more anglers. And, and, um, I’d say probably by the mid nineties. You know, they were flying out pretty much all the time. You know, fishing for everything trout, salmon, whatever. 00:18:45 Dave: Right, right. Hitting it perfect. Yeah. 00:18:48 Caleb: Yeah, exactly. And then and then so he Jack ran it until two thousand and seven and he sold it to his son John. And John ran it until until we bought it last year. So, you know, John expanded it a little bit. Jack. Um, when John bought it, he, he bumped it up to twelve guests a week and we went to from two beavers and a two hundred and six, a Cessna two hundred six, which is a little smaller up to running three beavers. So that we had room for seats for every angler that was here during the week without having to do any double trips each day or anything like that. So, you know, twelve is a pretty good number with um, the layout of the airplanes and the size of the lodge. And, you know, it’s, it’s a, it’s a pretty nice size for, you know, being able to get people into good fishing every day of the week, you know, and not necessarily have to fish the same rivers over and over, you know, each day. 00:19:46 Dave: So yeah, and it probably gives you a chance that if rivers are conditions change, you can go to a place that, you know, if something’s blown out, right? You can go to a place. Exactly. 00:19:56 Caleb: Yeah, yeah. There’s, there’s a lot of days where, you know, we have a destination in mind when we leave the lodge and, you know, we get up there and the weather’s bad, or maybe we fish it for a couple hours and it’s just not really happening. And we hop in the airplane and go somewhere else. And a lot of people don’t have that ability, that opportunity. You know, if you’re getting dropped on a river somewhere and the plane leaves and it’s coming back to pick you up, at the end of the day, you’re going to be there no matter what. So, um, it definitely gives us a little more flexibility and, and, um, and lets us sort of, you know, make the best out of a day versus just being stuck on a river. So if it’s not happening. So. 00:20:36 Dave: Right. And the jack is that’s one river there, are there other named rivers that people would know of or that are, you know, what are the other places? Are these lots just unnamed kind of places around? 00:20:47 Caleb: Yeah. So, you know, a lot of them, I’d say at this point, a lot of the places are fairly, you know, recognizable by by name for a lot of people. I mean, I can give you a list of some that would be probably the most likely to have been, you know, that people would have heard of that would be. So the jack, the Naknek. Yeah. Um, Brooks River, which is where the falls are, right? With the bears. You see the bears? Yep. 00:21:14 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:21:15 Caleb: Let’s see, American Creek. Yep. Moraine Creek. Wow. You know, I’d say probably those are the most the most recognized, right? 00:21:24 Dave: Yeah. Jack NAC, NAC and Brooks. I mean, I think those are three of the, you know, biggest names, right? I mean, because all those are known for known for a couple of things. They’re known for big rainbows, right? And, and also the bears, right? That that’s so, so, so people get an opportunity to actually see the bears and see that stuff. 00:21:41 Caleb: Yeah. Oh, yeah. Yeah. From about the, you know, middle of July through the end of the season, you know, on a lot of these rivers, you’re, you know, you’re near bears all day. 00:21:53 Dave: Oh that’s cool. Yeah, it’s really awesome. Yeah. I love the bears. So yeah, I’m always thinking like building out a trip. You know, if it was me, I’m thinking like, okay, this is I mean, it sounds like there’s you can’t go wrong. But I can imagine going there later in the season. So you could maybe get the Brooks, get some bears in, but then also, you know, hit the big rainbows because the rainbows are also beefing up too, right? They’re going to be bigger in the fall. 00:22:15 Caleb: Yeah. They get heavier, you know, once they start eating eggs for sure. We’ve had, you know, for the past, I don’t know, five or six years now, we’ve had really big sockeye runs, which means a lot of food for the trout. Right. And the fish have been. I would say even in the springtime, you know, June, early July, the fish have been heavier and thicker that time of year than previous years, you know, and I think it’s related to, you know, just the number of smolt and fry and, and everything that’s still available to them, you know, throughout the year rather than just the eggs. So we’ve seen a lot of really healthy fish, even early season for a number of years now, you know. 00:22:58 Dave: That’s right. Yeah. The sockeye has been huge. We heard we talked to a biologist that was that’s up there and he was talking about that, that they’re I don’t know, the numbers like one hundred, one hundred million or some giant number of. They’ve just had huge returns. And that’s he was talking about how the numbers were back, you know, back in the day, they were pretty low. They went down for sockeye. But they’ve really come back big time. Yeah. In Bristol Bay. 00:23:20 Caleb: I mean they they were having I mean I think, you know, pretty much record returns a few years in a row up until last year maybe. And and then even the last couple of years, the numbers have been pretty good. So, um, higher than they used to be there for a while. Yeah. 00:23:36 Dave: That’s sweet. What is the, you know, another species that we were fishing at another location for and actually are kind of spread around in other areas or Northern Pike, you know, is that, is that something that people are coming up there to find? Do you have an opportunity to if they wanted to diversify? 00:23:50 Caleb: You know, we don’t we don’t do a ton of it. You know, there’s pike around. There’s some places that we fish on occasion where you have an opportunity for some decent sized pike, you know, a lot of the, a lot of the even smaller but deeper ponds that you fly over every day if they’re deep enough for, for fish to survive the winter, you know, under the ice, then there’s, there’s pike in them. But a lot of those are, you know, kind of smaller up to say twenty four, twenty six inches. But it’s just it’s not a huge part of our program. There’s a couple spots where we’ll, you know, we’ll stop for a couple hours here and there, you know, and catch a couple or whatever. 00:24:31 Dave: Just to get get the yeah. If somebody wants to get have never has never touched one. Maybe just right. Yeah. 00:24:36 Caleb: Yeah, exactly. So, um, you know, a lot of that, I think a lot of the really big pike are farther north. Right. 00:24:43 Dave: Oh right. Yeah. That’s right. You guys aren’t quite what? You’re not way up there. That’s right. Right. Exactly. Well, and it sounds like you’ve got enough species to keep you going in in a week. Right. Well yeah. And the other one is the Arctic char, which. Yeah. You know, of course you see photos of Arctic char in there. I mean, I’m looking at one from your lodge right now. I’m not sure who this is, but. Right. It’s a person holding this amazing bright red. Talk about that. I mean, I feel like Arctic char are pretty, uh, at a similar, you know, probably not as easy to catch, right? I mean, there’s only a few places, you know, they’re not as you’re talking about rainbows, you can find those anywhere in the world, but Arctic char, there’s a location. What is what does that look like? Is the timing different for those fish? 00:25:20 Caleb: Yeah. So most of the, you know, the fish that you see when they’re really the bellies are really orange or red or. um, that’s a full time deal. Um, they color up throughout the summer, but a couple of rivers we fished there available, you know, throughout the season, there’s a few smaller creeks and things where the, the timing is fairly short, you know, maybe for a few weeks, it can be really good fishing for char. You know, they move in to eat salmon eggs. And then once those salmon are gone, they drop back out. But yeah, there’s most of the season, there’s an opportunity to have some pretty decent char fishing for sure. 00:25:58 Dave: How do you what is the char fishing like? Are you similar to how you’d be fishing for rainbows? 00:26:03 Caleb: Yeah. Pretty similar. You know streamers you can catch them on, you know, beadhead, nymphs, tails, copper johns, things like that, you know, and then also when the salmon are around eggs, right? They’re eating eggs. 00:26:16 Dave: So let’s say we were swinging flies for in the fall, you know, for whatever is it, are you just swinging out there? And you and you might catch a big rainbow, or you might catch a Arctic char. Can you focus on specific areas where you can maybe swing one up? 00:26:30 Caleb: Yeah. So I’d say, you know, most of the rivers where you’d be swinging flies in the fall time, you know, it’s mostly rainbows even late into the fall, some of the rivers, there’s still salmon spawning, right? So some of those rivers where we catch big char in the fall time, that’s still mostly an egg deal. Um, you know, you can it seems like the char like streamers more before the eggs are there, you know, in the spring, June, July. Once there’s eggs in the water, that’s what they want. They really want to eat eggs. You know, you can still, like I say, sort of like the trout. You can pick up a couple, but you know, it’s along the same lines of, you know, fishing a dry fly when there’s no hatch. Just because you like fishing a dry fly, right? You’re gonna pick up a couple fish. 00:27:17 Dave: But it’s not going to be the most effective. 00:27:18 Caleb: Right. Exactly. 00:27:20 Dave: So Arctic char. Um, yeah. I mean, it’s such a unique. You see the difference. But there’s still I mean, they start getting color. I mean, when do they start coming in? So they come in like in June and mid-June. They’re, they’re in they’re, they’re, they’re out there. 00:27:31 Caleb: Yeah. A couple the rivers we fished, they’re there all season. The other rivers, you know, maybe like early July, um, early to mid July, you know, in some of these smaller creeks, they show up and they’ll be there for, you know, a few weeks. And then once the salmon start to die off and there’s no eggs left, those chard drop back out either into a lake or into a larger river that those creeks run into. Right. And then in the fall, there’s a some spots we go to where there’s some bigger char that don’t move in until like in September out of big lakes and things like that, right? Because there’s, you know, there’s no salmon spawning until mid to late September, mid September in some of those places. 00:28:18 Dave: Right, right. Yeah. That’s right. Some of the places aren’t getting the or they don’t have all those early species, which are what the Chinook chum. 00:28:26 Caleb: Right. 00:28:26 Dave: Exactly. The early ones. Yeah. 00:28:28 Caleb: Yeah. So, you know, and I mean all these salmon spawn at different times and even different times in different places, right. So, you know, there’s some places where there will see sockeyes, you know, spawning as early as late July. And then there’s some places where there’s Sockeyes still spawning through probably October, right? 00:28:50 Dave: So. Wow. 00:28:51 Caleb: It’s a pretty wide range timing wise. 00:28:54 Dave: It is. Right. Wow. And what is the is the on the char. Do they size wise. Are they typically about the same size as rainbows or do they get bigger or smaller? 00:29:03 Caleb: Yeah pretty similar. Some of the smaller creeks, you know, up to you know, most of them are like same eighteen to twenty four. And then some of the, some of the other spots, you know, we get some pretty big fish into the thirties or even mid thirties at times. 00:29:20 Dave: No kidding. Mid thirties. They get up to mid thirties. 00:29:23 Caleb: Yeah. We’ve caught some char into the mid thirties. 00:29:26 Dave: Yeah that’s really cool. Yeah. Char char is just a you know very similar for those that haven’t you know very similar to trout. But there’s they’re they’re different in a lot of ways. I mean how, how are they different? How would you say char is different from, you know, are they more similar to, say, rainbow trout. 00:29:42 Caleb: Yeah. You know, I they’re definitely different. They fight hard. They pull hard. You know, maybe they’re not quite as, um. 00:29:51 Dave: Athletic right as. 00:29:53 Caleb: The rainbows are, but you know, they don’t jump much. Right. A lot more head shaking and that’s right. 00:29:59 Dave: Bulldogging you. 00:30:00 Caleb: Yeah, exactly. But they’re, you know, they’re really fun to catch and they’re. 00:30:05 Dave: Yeah. 00:30:05 Caleb: They’re really pretty fish sometimes they’re a little, um, maybe a little more user friendly. I’ll put it that way. 00:30:12 Dave: Yeah. Right. Right. They’re easier to catch sometimes. 00:30:15 Caleb: Yeah exactly. They can be, you know, and so in places where, you know, and some of these smaller creeks, especially like in July and August when it’s going, it’s, you know, you can catch a lot of them in a day. 00:30:27 Dave: You can. Oh, so, so it’s catching a, I mean, yeah, rainbows there. Once they’re on, they’re kind of on it sounds like. 00:30:34 Caleb: Yeah. When they’re in the river and they’re eating eggs, they’re, they’re really you can really catch some fish that way. So. 00:30:41 Dave: What about the, um, back to the rainbows. Do you know a little bit on the kind of the life history or what the fish are doing in the river. Are they, are they going up migrating between a lake and or is there a mix of things? 00:30:54 Caleb: Yeah. So, you know, a lot of these, a lot of the rivers, we fish the creeks a little different. But, you know, most of the rivers we fish are part of these big, you know, uh, lake and feeder creek systems. Right. So the sockeyes just specifically move up through the main rivers, which the Kodiak would be sort of the main river, right? They move into the lake, which for the jack that would be Lake Iliamna, and then into the feeder creeks of Iliamna. And they spawn in those feeder creeks for the most part. And then, you know, all the the fry drop out in the spring. They spend the winter in the lake, and then they migrate out the following year through the main river. But the, the jack’s a little different because the sockeyes spawn in the main river. You know, they never go into a lake, but there’s a lot of backwaters and things where, where the, the fry can survive long enough to get to the size of Smolt and then migrate out. Right. So they don’t necessarily need that lake because of the nature of the river. 00:32:03 Dave: Oh I see. Gotcha. 00:32:05 Caleb: But you know, and the jack in the fall, um, you know, there’s also chum spawning up there. There’s pinks, there’s a few kings, there’s silvers later on, you know, so it’s not just sockeyes, but the, the trout and the jack are a little different than some places. They spawn in the, in the jack in the spring, you know, may, um, even early June. And then they’ll hang out for a bit and eat, you know, salmon fry or smolt moving around. And then they go back into Lake Iliamna and they’ll spend most of the summer in the lake until the salmon move through and start spawning and all these other feeder creeks, but also in the jack itself. Somehow the, the trout know and who knows. But as soon as there’s salmon spawning in the jack, there’s rainbows there again. And somehow they know, you know, to come back down out of that lake when the salmon are spawning. It’s a. I’m not sure you know how they how they know, but they certainly do. So, you know, you can understand how they would know in a place where the salmon are spawning upstream of them, right? But when they’re in a lake that’s upstream of the river, and still they know that those salmon are in there, it’s pretty amazing. 00:33:26 Dave: That is pretty amazing. So. So they’re basically so they’re spawning in the river. 00:33:31 Caleb: They do in the springtime, you know, and they also spawn in some of the feeder in some of the smaller streams that run into Iliamna. 00:33:37 Dave: Oh yeah. Right. So they’re spawning in all these areas. And then for the most part, a lot of them are migrating upstream or downstream into Lake Ileum and they’re growing there. 00:33:47 Caleb: Right. And that’s kind of the case for a lot of the rivers here. You know, the fish, um, they’ll be in the in these smaller rivers, you know, that feed the lakes. They’ll be there in the spring, I think, you know, they’re in there and spawning and then they hang out and eat all the salmon fry coming down June, you know, through June. And then a lot of the places, the river’s actually the trout actually drop back out into the lakes and they don’t come back until until, you know, mid-July. Once the salmon start moving up. 00:34:21 Dave: Right. That’s the key. 00:34:22 Caleb: You know, it’s they’re all a little different, though. Some of the rivers we fish have, you know, a lot of insect life. And those those rivers will have fish in them throughout the season. You know, it’s just some of the other rivers are you know, they don’t have a lot of bugs. And once the salmon fry move through those fish want to get back to the lake so they can eat and then they’ll come back once the salmon start moving in again in mid-summer. 00:34:48 Dave: That’s sweet. 00:34:49 Caleb: So it’s really river dependent. 00:34:51 Dave: Yeah, it’s pretty diverse. That’s what’s cool about having the fly out, right? Because you can go to all these different and you can experience different things, whether that’s dry flies or it sounds like. Is there a time, you know, where you can. Sounds like the fall is a good time to get a diversity of types of techniques and stuff like that, but there’s never a one time, right? Because the salmon are always vary and um, yeah. And rainbows are there all year round right all summer there, there. Yeah. 00:35:14 Caleb: We fished for trout all summer long. Um I’d say, you know, late June, early July is probably the most you’d probably see the most variety of techniques. You know, you might start the day swinging a sculpin or stripping a sculpin fly and then, you know, switch to nymphs under an indicator and then maybe switch to, you know, dries in the afternoon, maybe, you know, skate a mouse somewhere in there. You might catch fish on all those things in one day as you get into, you know, early August, it becomes a lot more one dimensional as far as the fishing goes. And then as we get other than the fact other than, you know, there’s, there’s opportunities to catch silvers or chums or pinks depending on the year. And so you get a little bit of variety there. But the trout fishing is fairly one dimensional through August, mostly egg patterns. And then as you get into September, you know, second week of September, you can start catching fish again with, you know, big flies, big streamers and things, big bunny leeches and flesh flies and that sort of thing. So, you know, I’d say the most variety is definitely early season, you know, but then that, you know, the opportunity is, is there throughout the year to do some different things for different fish. Right? 00:36:37 Dave: So nice. And so yeah, so it’s pretty diverse. The, we talked a little bit about the species. And the thing we haven’t talked a ton about is the salmon, right? If people wanted to get into salmon, they could have that as well. And yeah, maybe mix it up a little bit. 00:36:50 Caleb: Yeah, yeah. We do some, you know, we do some salmon fishing, very minimal king fishing. The returns for quite a few years now have been pretty poor, pretty low. And, um, and we just kind of stopped targeting them. We stopped probably We haven’t done much fishing for probably five six years now. But then, you know, all the other salmon you have an opportunity for depending on, you know, when when you’re here. So. 00:37:22 Dave: So and yeah, I wanted to hear a little bit about, you know, maybe the program, what you do talk about that. Is this a typical everybody arrives on the same day, leaves on the same day. When are people and where would they fly into to get out there? How does that look? 00:37:35 Caleb: Yeah. So we pretty much run a seven day, seven night, six days of fishing program this year in June. And I think we’re going to do it again next year. We ran, um, five night, four days of fishing just to kind of break it up a little offer, you know, a little shorter trip for people and boat from. So basically June of next year, we’re also going to do those four day packages, four days of fishing, five nights and then starting in July, we go to week, you know, a full week. So on the full week packages, we run Monday to Monday. If you fly in into King Salmon Alaska on, on Monday on a chartered flight from Anchorage, that’s all included. And then we pick you up in King salmon and float planes and bring you out to the lodge, have dinner, fish, six days. And then we fly back in float planes to King Salmon the following Monday. And you take a charter back to Anchorage. And then. So same thing with the other, the other shorter trips, but obviously the date, the end date and beginning day of each trip changes, right? Because they’re not week long, but. 00:38:57 Dave: A little shorter. 00:38:58 Caleb: Yeah. So. 00:38:59 Dave: But pretty straightforward. 00:39:00 Caleb: Pretty straightforward. 00:39:01 Dave: Yeah. What is it about the no see, because, you know, obviously these trips up to, you know, some of the lodges and your lodge. You know it’s not. It’s not cheap, right? To get up here. What is it? Describe what the experience is like for somebody that hasn’t been there. And and kind of the value that people get. Obviously, you’re fishing in a place that, you know, you can’t really get to. Right. Nobody’s driving up here. That’s, that’s the first thing. Yeah. You got all that. But but what is it when you’re experiencing, how do you describe what you guys do to somebody who’s kind of maybe new to this? 00:39:31 Caleb: You know, to me, one of the neatest things is, um, you know, that you see a lot of different places throughout the week, right? You know, these rivers are all very different. The landscape around them is very different. Um, even the fish look different in different places. You know, you fly to these different rivers and I mean, you’re flying over basically wilderness, right? 00:39:54 Dave: Right. 00:39:54 Caleb: And you know, that’s not something you see on a lot of other fishing trips. You know, if you go trout fishing in Montana for a week, you know, you’re not flying over all of it to get to the you know, you’re put in on the Madison or whatever, right? 00:40:09 Dave: So no, you’re going to see other. Yeah. You’re gonna see other cars and there’s gonna be car. And so you’re flying above a wilderness area, which is what is that area? Is there a, is that area called. So I mean, you said one hundred miles of kind of the radius. 00:40:22 Caleb: Yeah. So a lot of the rivers we fish are in Katmai National Park. 00:40:27 Dave: Oh, Katmai right. You’re in the national park. Sure. 00:40:29 Caleb: Some of the places we go are part of, um, uh, wildlife Refuge to the south. Besharov. Um, we also have a permit to fish, uh, wood tick chick, which is to the north and west. And then some of the other places are, you know, state land in Alaska, right? So. 00:40:49 Dave: Right. It’s all huge and. All right. That’s right. I mean, just looking at where you’re at, you know, if you look at a map of Alaska, you’ve got the key, Jack, where your lodge is, then it flows out into the the bay there and Katmai is there. But if you fall down that chain, I guess that’s the Alaska Peninsula, right? That goes out. Right. So you got this peninsula, which is really amazing when you look at it on the map, because Google shows this shelf that you’re on and it drops off into the at the Gulf of Alaska, right into the abyss. 00:41:18 Caleb: It’s pretty amazing how far. I mean. 00:41:21 Dave: Yeah. 00:41:21 Caleb: You know, we, we barely make it down onto the peninsula, right? I mean. 00:41:25 Dave: Yeah, you’re, you’re up at the top. Right? 00:41:27 Caleb: Right. So even as far south as we fish, you know, it’s still what feels like forever to get to the end of it. You know, it’s amazing. The expansiveness is pretty amazing. 00:41:38 Dave: It is. 00:41:39 Caleb: It’s huge. 00:41:40 Dave: It’s huge. And that’s what the map doesn’t really do it justice. But you just look at the Aleutian chain and it follows that kind of peninsula all the way over to the other side of the world, right over to Russia, essentially. 00:41:52 Caleb: Exactly. 00:41:52 Dave: Yeah. You got this. And then you got the Bering Sea, which just starts in that area. You’re not really. Yeah. You’re not really in the Bering Sea, right. You’re in the, um, what’s the area called I guess? 00:42:01 Caleb: Yeah. Bristol Bay. 00:42:02 Dave: Just Bristol Bay. Yeah. Bristol Bay. But out there further is the Bering Sea, right? And just yeah. So man, it’s it’s pretty amazing to look and to think that you bring it back to where you are on this, on this river, right? Which it puts it in perspective. Do you ever feel like that, like you feel a little kind of small out there? When you look around, you’re like, man, we are, we are sure. 00:42:22 Caleb: For sure. You know, you get I mean, sometimes, you know, you get dropped on a river or you’re hiking into a place where there’s no one anywhere. Right? And you, you know, you feel like, wow, I mean, pretty small, right? 00:42:36 Dave: Pretty cool. Have you guys ever had I mean, probably I know the bears and bugs are two things that always come up. Like, you know, people are worried about the bears and the bugs, but, you know, that’s usually not too much of a deal, right? Are there have there been anything, you know, any, anything that’s happened to you guys? I mean, I’m sure you have lots of bear encounters. You’re going into the Brooks area and stuff like that. Yeah, yeah. What does that look like? Is this something people need to be worried about or what are your what’s your take there? 00:43:02 Caleb: I don’t think it’s something to necessarily worry about. You know, these bears are they have zero interest in us as a you know, as a food item. Right. Exactly. So, you know, we’ve never had any like close calls where, you know, whoa, that guy almost got grabbed by a bear, you know? 00:43:22 Dave: Right. That’s never happened. Yeah. 00:43:25 Caleb: You know, we’ve had obviously instances where somebody maybe got charged by a bear, right. Or but that’s usually, you know, you surprise one or, or something, right. Or, or one’s just trying to see where, where he stands and, you know, in the hierarchy of things, right? 00:43:41 Dave: Definitely. 00:43:42 Caleb: But I mean, I’ve never, I’ve never felt like, well, that bears about to eat me, you know, I mean, never that thought never really crossed my mind. No. 00:43:52 Dave: Um, no, that’s not, you. 00:43:54 Caleb: Know, it’s just not as far as I know. You know, no fishermen in this part of Alaska has been eaten by a brown bear. And people have been sport fishing here for seventy plus years, right? 00:44:05 Dave: So that’s right. 00:44:06 Caleb: You know, you hear about it other places. You hear about people getting mauled by bears on the Kenai, right? 00:44:11 Dave: Or even in the lower forty eight and the lower forty eight National Park, right? Yeah. 00:44:15 Caleb: But I think these bears are are pretty different. You know, they’ve got millions of pounds of salmon, you know, in front of them. And, and it’s just not. 00:44:25 Dave: Not worth it. It’s not. 00:44:26 Caleb: Worth it. Yeah. 00:44:27 Dave: They’re smart enough to know that humans mean are are not right. Yeah. They know what’s going on. 00:44:32 Caleb: Yeah. I mean, if I felt like there was a greater than one or two percent, maybe even less, right. If I, if I really thought there was much of a chance that I was going to get eaten by a brown bear, I probably would have, you know, had second thoughts about doing this a long time ago, right? 00:44:47 Dave: Yeah. Yeah, definitely. The cool thing about it is, is that I think, and probably a lot of people do, is that you get to see the bears, you know, you actually go to these places and see them catching salmon right on the falls. What’s that like? Describe that for somebody who hasn’t seen it before. What’s that area called? The Brooks. What’s that area called? 00:45:04 Caleb: Yeah. So Brooks is kind of the famous one, you know, um, you see, I mean, now they have, you know, like a live stream, right? Constantly of the bears on the falls, right. But there’s a, you know, a lot of other places where you see a lot of bears and, you know, it’s, they’re neat to watch. I mean, they’re, they all, all of them kind of have unique styles and personalities. And, you know, just like people, I mean, some of them obviously are, you know, really good at fishing. Some of them you can watch them and they struggle, you know. Yeah. So but yeah, it’s, it’s, you know, there’s nowhere else that you’re going to stand around watching bears, you know, no, while you’re fishing. 00:45:45 Dave: Fishing, and you can actually do that. So our guys, so while the bears you’re fishing and they’re, they’re kind of off, you know, you can see them while you’re fishing. 00:45:52 Caleb: Oh yeah. Definitely. Yep. You know, and I mean, generally, you know, when they get close, right, You get, you stop fishing. You don’t want to catch a fish right in front of them. 00:46:01 Dave: Oh, right. Yeah. You don’t want to do that. 00:46:03 Caleb: But um but yeah, I mean there’s, there’s bears within, you know, sight most days, you know, at least for the last from mid-July on everywhere, not just Brooks, I mean. 00:46:17 Dave: Right. 00:46:17 Caleb: Most of the smaller rivers that we fish, there’s. 00:46:20 Dave: There’s bears. 00:46:21 Caleb: Yeah, exactly. Large numbers of bears. And you know, some days you see two or three, some days you might see thirty, right. Just kind of varies. 00:46:28 Dave: So wow. Yeah, that’s really cool. Well, this has been good. Caleb. Let’s take it out of here. Uh, we’ve been doing our little rapid fire round for you, and let’s do that today and we’ll take it out and then we’ll get ready to talk about the next one here. But, um, you know, as we get into this, I was thinking about swinging. You know, obviously there’s lots of ways to do it, but if you if let’s just start there with a tip for swinging flies, if somebody is kind of going to be wanting to go on this and they’re thinking, yeah, I can maybe bring the spey rod and swing some flies. What’s your best advice to that person? 00:47:02 Caleb: That’s a good one. You put me on the spot. 00:47:03 Dave: Yeah yeah yeah. No, that’s what we. Yeah. I mean, I think the question, you know, I think like I’m picturing myself with some sort of a, a sinking line, right. And we’re getting down like you talked about the fall versus the spring. Let’s just take it to the June time because I think that’s the time that, you know, might be cool to go into. But let’s say you’re June, it sounds like you’re going to be a little bit lighter, maybe a little bit shorter rod. Is it just a, that person sitting there in the run? Is this going to be pretty easy, or are they going to have to work a little bit to hook into a rainbow on the swing? 00:47:34 Caleb: Yeah, I’d say it’s, you know, pretty easy. You know, especially early in the season. The fish haven’t they haven’t seen flies for eight months or whatever. 00:47:44 Dave: And it’s not hard to find the fish. What if there was a is there a chance to you hook some fish but you’re trying to find bigger fish. Like, is there a chance to read the water and find maybe some of those bigger. Or are you just have to basically catch. Just keep catching fish until you get something that’s, you know, a bigger size. Like we’re saying, trying to get maybe something in the mid twenties or something. 00:48:02 Caleb: Yeah. You know, a lot of the time it’s just keep, keep fishing. Right. Um, I think, I mean, I fish for winter, winter steelhead a lot and sort of the same idea, right? The more time your flies in the water, the better your chances. Right. So, um, but yeah, I think, you know, there are times where you can really see the fish, right? So you can target specific fish, but the more times you, you know, make good casts that turn over that you can control what they do after they hit the water, the better your odds are right of, of finding fish and finding bigger fish, right? 00:48:37 Dave: So controlling. So you say, let’s say you’re fishing in June with that little streamer or smaller streamer, you’re actually doing some stuff to fish that fly still to get. 00:48:46 Caleb: Right. Exactly. Yeah. You know, you want your, you want your cast to go out and land fairly straight right now. You don’t want a bunch of slack in there when they land. Um, you know, there’s times where you really got to sync the fly. Um, maybe you, you know, you get it to land, put a nice mend in or, you know, even give it, give it some extra line to give it a chance to get down before it fishes through the zone that the fish are in, you know. And, but having cast that turnover and land straight and, you know, generally in the area where you wanted them to land makes a big difference in success rate, you know? 00:49:23 Dave: Yeah. So you want it to be so you want to, you don’t want like a kind of a sloppy cast and a big man. You want to be fishing, right? As soon as it hits the water. 00:49:31 Caleb: Right. Yeah. There’s a lot of times where you want that fly to land and maybe you sink it, but you you want it to land. You know how it’s going to fish through that spot rather than landing out there in a big pile and then hoping for the best. Right? So. 00:49:45 Dave: Right. Yep. So even though it’s Alaska, you still want to be able to make a nice cast and fish it, fish it like you want to fish it. 00:49:51 Caleb: It’s definitely helpful. I mean, that, you know, definitely, um, it’s a pretty friendly place as far as the fishing goes for people that maybe aren’t super experienced. You know, you can come here with having not ever fly fish before and have some pretty good days of fishing, right? But for somebody who is more experienced, you can have some really good days of fishing, right? 00:50:14 Dave: That’s right. So so you get a mix of that. So do you guys get some people that are new? Do you also mix up like as far as the techniques we’ve been obviously talking about fly, but are, are people also come up their fishing gear and stuff like that or. Uh, no. 00:50:27 Caleb: We don’t, we don’t really do any kind of hardware. It’s all fly fishing. You know, some of the rivers we fish in the park are fly fishing. Only some of the cool. But yeah, it’s just how we, how we do things. Right? 00:50:39 Dave: Yeah. That’s great. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. 00:50:41 Caleb: So but yeah, we’ve have, I mean, we’ve had people that have never picked up any kind of fishing rod, much less a fly rod. Right. Come here and then I had great experiences fishing, caught a lot of fish. And then we’ve had, you know, lots of people who fish, you know, probably one hundred days, one hundred days a year. Right? I mean. 00:51:03 Dave: And they’re coming up. 00:51:04 Caleb: Yeah. So, and, and the opportunities are there for pretty much any skill level, you know. 00:51:09 Dave: Pretty much you got it all covered. What is the and are you out there guiding, uh, throughout the season? 00:51:15 Caleb: I do yep. I guide pretty much every day. Um, throughout the season. Yeah. I think it’s pretty important. I mean, you know, it’d be, it’d be a lot harder to do this without being on the rivers, taking people fishing and seeing what’s happening. Right. And knowing. Yeah. 00:51:33 Dave: Um, knowing exactly. 00:51:34 Caleb: You know, I mean, we obviously our guides, you know, our other guides are, you know, they’re on the river every day and we get all that feedback from them. But it also helps to see it personally. Right? 00:51:46 Dave: So yeah. 00:51:47 Caleb: And know what’s going on at different places and, and, and, you know, I really enjoy it. So. 00:51:53 Dave: Yeah, exactly. Yeah. You want to do the stuff you enjoy. That’s exactly, that’s why you’re lucky, you know, you’re in that position to do that. But yeah, and we’ll talk more about this. I think today we’ve kept this high level, which has been fun, you know, and I think as we go, we’ll probably dig in more to details of the specifics and tips and techniques and stuff like that, right. Because there’s a lot we can dive into. And, and I think like we said, you know, swinging flies is just one thing that people can do. But there’s like, you know, you mentioned that one thing, you know, swinging, stripping, uh, you know, flies nymphing dry mouse, right? And we haven’t even really gone deep into the mousing, which would be fun. Yeah. So that’s good. Well, I think, um, you know, I got one random one here, maybe one and a half here. I’ll give you this and then we’ll, we’ll take it out of here. So maybe just a fly is always a fun one, right? Like fly. What is the do you think is the, the number one fly that people or you know, is there one type? I mean, we talked about a bunch of different ones, but is there one named fly that you guys use all the time? 00:52:50 Caleb: Yeah. I think, um, you know, any kind of a rabbit strip leech, you know, I think, um, but, you know, for the, for quite a while, you know, Dalai Lamas, right. Two different colors of rabbit strip with the cone head and flash down the sides, those in different sizes and different colors work a lot of places throughout the year, you know. 00:53:11 Dave: Yeah. It’s a Dalai Lama. That’s a good one. And that one is just imitating the flesh. And it’s kind of got everything doesn’t it? Yeah. 00:53:18 Caleb: You can, you can tie it in, you know, as many different colors as your, you know, as you have the imagination for it. But, you know, black and white ones, black and green ones black and, you know, and then down to different flesh and all that, you know? Yeah, they all work. Yeah. It’s got a lot of a lot of wiggle and, and all that flash. And they think well, and the fish definitely like them. 00:53:41 Dave: So they get down. That’s awesome. I was just thinking of, uh, kind of we talked about bears and stuff like that, right? It sounds like you guys haven’t had too many issues up there, but what is the as you look ahead at your, you know, year because you guys are mid-August, right? So you’re going to go through August, September. Like when do you guys when’s the last group come through there? 00:54:02 Caleb: Uh, most years, right about the end of September this year. Uh, this year, our last group, uh, leaves on September twenty eighth. Some years we’ll stay open until the first week of October. That October fishing can be really good. There’s not as many different places to go usually, but the places that are still fishing are fishing really well and even same thing, sort of that last week, week and a half of September, you start to get a a little limited on destinations, but those places that are fishing well are. 00:54:35 Dave: Are on. 00:54:35 Caleb: Pretty ridiculous. Yeah, yeah. So but you know, you get into late September here is pretty close to winter. So. 00:54:43 Dave: Right. Yeah, you’re getting it turns quick and then yeah, once it turns, do you guys kind of lock things down, lock them up, and then you’re heading out back to back down south? 00:54:52 Caleb: We do. Yeah. So, you know, we closed the lodge and then, you know, winterized the place. Um, usually takes a few days and um, and then we all take off, fly the airplanes back to north of Anchorage. And then, you know, we all go our separate ways and meet back up in late May and do it again. 00:55:12 Dave: There you go. Pretty good year. 00:55:14 Caleb: Yeah. Pretty good year. 00:55:16 Dave: Are you out there. Are you flying. Are you have you done any of that or on the planes themselves? 00:55:21 Caleb: Uh, I started flying a few years ago. I’m not flying for the lodge yet. But. 00:55:26 Dave: But you can fly. 00:55:27 Caleb: But working on it. 00:55:28 Dave: Yeah, you can fly. Yeah. We were. I just was on my first float plane this year, and it was, uh, it was really cool experience. You know, the pilot, it’s just different, you know, because you got to get those pontoons up on plane, right? And the pilot was doing that thing. And I don’t know if everybody does it. But he was like shaking the wheel, you know, trying to basically right, doing the thing to get it up on plane and, and but yeah, it’s amazing. Like, I’m not even sure how fast those things go, but you’re, you’re cruising and then you land that just that experience, right? If you haven’t done that before is something unique. 00:56:00 Caleb: Yeah, it’s pretty neat. I mean, you know, landing on water if you haven’t done it is, is pretty cool. 00:56:05 Dave: So yeah, it’s pretty cool. Yeah. It’s and do you ever get, is it something you kind of get used to or I guess you probably like anything. Some of the stuff you do it so much, you almost take it for granted. But I’m sure you appreciate kind of what what you guys are doing there on a daily routine. 00:56:21 Caleb: Yeah, definitely. You definitely. You know, some of it becomes, you know, something you just do every day, right? And you don’t really see necessarily how unique it is. But, um, there’s, you know, times throughout every season where I’m like, wow, this is pretty cool. You know, we’re flying an airplane to go fish for rainbows. You know, it’s pretty neat. 00:56:43 Dave: Exactly. That’s pretty neat. Awesome. Caleb. Well, I think we could leave it there for today. And like we said, we’ll be following up with you on more stuff. Moving ahead, we will send everybody out to know CM Lodge dot com if they have questions or want to connect with you on information, questions on trips and things like that. But yeah, man, thanks for shedding light on this today. It’s been a lot of fun and we’ll catch you on the next one. 00:57:05 Caleb: Yeah. Thanks, Dave. Appreciate it. 00:57:09 Dave: If the key Jack swing game got your attention, or you’re interested in mousing or tying into some salmon or anything else, check in with no CM Lodge right now, that’s no CM Lodge dot com. You can also check in with me anytime and we’ll get more information. This is definitely a destination. Big rainbows is on the list. Swinging for big rainbows. I think we all could love some action like that. You can always send me an email Dave at web dot com if you’re interested in joining pro. We’ve got a big boot camp coming up here. That’s our best chance to get involved and experience it and get connected with the community. That’s what Fly Swing Pro. We’re excited to keep this going. Hope you’re having a good day. Appreciate you for stopping until the very end and want to just remind you one more takeaway. Caleb reminding us that Alaska isn’t one fishery that stays the same all summer. The salmon move, the rainbows move, the food changes, and your approach has to move with it. So just like any fishing, we’re going to be adjusting as we go. But we want we know one thing in Alaska, there’s big fish and there’s a lot of fish up there. So this is the chance for you to experience Alaska and some big rainbows. All right. I’m gonna get out of here. Hope you’re having a good afternoon, a good evening or morning, wherever you are on this planet. And I’ll talk to you and see you on the next episode. 00:58:24 Speaker 3: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.
Stevens-Arians-and-Caleb-Hitzfeld-Alaska-Trout-Fishing.
Stevens Arian & Caleb Hitzfeld

Conclusion with Caleb Hitzfeld on Alaska Trout Fishing

Alaska trout fishing at No See Um Lodge is all about change. Salmon fly moves through small creeks; trout move between rivers and lakes; Arctic char enter smaller creeks; eggs become important in August, and big streamers return as fall approaches. Caleb’s biggest lesson is to pay attention to what the fishery is doing rather than expecting one technique to work well all season. With the fly-out program, anglers can adjust locations and presentations as the rivers, salmon, food sources, and fish change. If you could plan your own Alaska trout fishing trip at No See Um Lodge.

Which part of the season would you want to experience first?

     

986 | Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird – Wet Flies, Reading Water, Leisenring Lift

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://soft-hacklejournal.blogspot.com/

Nearly 90 years after Grand Coulee Dam cut these fish off from the ocean, Steven Bird still fishes Upper Columbia rainbows that act a whole lot like steelhead. Today, we’re getting into Trout Spey, wet flies, reading water, and the history behind this unique fishery.

Steven is the author of Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing and associate editor at Swing the Fly. He shares what he’s learned from decades on the Upper Columbia, along with swinging soft hackles, fishing small spiders, and finding good swing water.

We also cover dead-drifting Bombers, leader setups, the Leisenring Lift, and what has changed on Steven’s home water over the years.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://swingthefly.com/swing-the-fly-team/

Show Notes with Steven Bird on Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing

Steven Bird has spent decades fishing the Upper Columbia River near the Canadian border, where large resident rainbows still show some steelhead-like behavior. We get into the history and current challenges of that fishery, then move deep into Trout Spey tactics, soft hackles, dry flies, leaders, reading water, the Leisenring Lift, and choosing lines and sink tips.

Trout Spey, Swing the Fly, and Steven Bird’s Writing Projects

(01:05) Steven published Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing through Swing the Fly Press a couple of years ago. He calls it the first book focused specifically on Trout Spey and says the response has been overwhelmingly positive.

He’s now an editor at Swing the Fly, which has moved from print to an online magazine. Steven has also been putting more of his writing there instead of updating the Soft~Hackle Journal as often.

He’s currently working on two more books. One is a collection of short stories that he hopes will be out before Christmas. The other, Spiders and Speys for Salmon, Steelhead and Larger Trout, focuses on wingless wet flies and is currently on the back burner.

Steven also writes locally for North Columbia Monthly, a regional monthly magazine.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird

The Changing Upper Columbia and a Sliding Baseline

(04:03) Steven lives in northeastern Washington near Northport, about a mile from the Canadian border. Above Grand Coulee Dam, salmon and steelhead no longer reach this section, though large rainbow trout remain.

The fishery has changed with introduced northern pike and walleye, along with stocked sturgeon. Steven says the Colville Tribe has been continually fishing for pike, while a recent walleye survey showed the highest numbers yet.

Steven remembers mountain whitefish, pikeminnow, and other forage fish when he moved there in the early 1970s, but says they have largely disappeared.

He describes the decline as a “sliding baseline,” where what anglers consider good fishing gradually changes as fish numbers decline.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://swing-the-fly-magazine.myshopify.com/products/copy-of-trout-spey-the-art-of-the-swing-by-steven-bird

Upper Columbia Fishery History and a 32-Inch Rainbow Trout

(11:20) Grand Coulee Dam cut off sea-run fish from the Upper Columbia around 1939–1940. Steven also recalls David Thompson’s account of Kettle Falls, where salmon and steelhead once passed in remarkable numbers.

Across the Canadian border, Steven describes a giant freestone river with gravel bars and structure. An older estimate put it at about 700 mature trout per mile, and the rainbows average around 19 inches, with some reaching 24 inches.

Spring hatches and fall October caddis help concentrate these fish. Steven’s biggest trout on a fly measured 32 inches and ate a size 14 soft-hackled Hare’s Ear during a caddis hatch, showing how even very large Upper Columbia trout can stay focused on insects.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://soft-hacklejournal.blogspot.com/

Swinging Spiders on the Missouri River

(18:33) Earlier this year, Steven and Duncan fished the Missouri River with Joe O’Brien after a Spey clave in Calgary. They swung Partridge and Pheasant Tail and Partridge and Hare’s Ear spiders in sizes 12 to 16.

Some smaller dressings were tied on size 12 hooks for more hook when swinging. Steven used a 12½-foot 4/5-weight two-hander, a floating Scandi line, and a 15-foot leader ending in 6-pound fluorocarbon.

Many Missouri anglers use lighter 3-weight Trout Spey rods, but Steven found the 4/5-weight was not too much rod. Compared with a single-hand rod, the two-hander gave him more casting range to cover water.

For good swing water, Steven looks for:

  • Two to three feet of depth
  • Current moving about walking speed
  • Riffled water and riffle tailouts
  • Tailouts below slot chutes
Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Plover and Partridge Hare’s Ear soft-hackle fly.
Photo via https://soft-hacklejournal.blogspot.com/2018/02/low-water-spiders-for-swinging-trout.html

The fishing was strong during their June visit, at least until the afternoon wind picked up. Steven also got his first look at busy Craig, Montana, a big change from his quiet home water, right down to an angler walking around in a brown-trout-pattern leotard.

The Sliding Baseline and Protecting Home Water

(26:13) Steven wrote Upper Columbia Flyfisher partly to bring attention to problems facing his home river, including pollution. He hoped that if more fly anglers knew about the fishery, more people would become involved in protecting it.

After 20 years of guiding, however, Steven found that only a small percentage of his clients were actively writing letters or contributing to conservation efforts.

His advice is to start with your home water. Pay attention to what is happening, and when you see a problem, write to fisheries officials, the governor, or others who need to know. Anglers can also get a few friends together and sign a letter.

Steven says it is difficult to fight for every fishery, but focusing on the water you know and fish most is manageable. He also sees fishing clubs as one way anglers can organize around their local waters.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://ftjangler.com/products/upper-columbia-flyfisher-by-steven-bird

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing

(32:05) Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing is one of the rare pieces of his own writing that Steven says he really likes. The book starts with history and moves through tackle, including rods, reels, and lines.

There is an extensive fly section with about 200 patterns, including dressings and photographs. Steven also spends significant time on reading water, something he thinks anglers often overlook.

He remembers experienced traveling anglers getting into his boat, reaching a piece of productive water, and asking where they should cast. For Steven, learning to recognize useful depth, current speed, seams, tailouts, and other holding water is a basic Trout Spey skill.

The book is available through the Swing the Fly store.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://swing-the-fly-magazine.myshopify.com/products/copy-of-trout-spey-the-art-of-the-swing-by-steven-bird

Dead-Drifting Bombers and Trout Spey Leaders

(36:00) Steven usually reaches for a single-hand rod when fishing dries, but deer-hair Bombers are an exception. He fishes them down to about size 8 and treats them with floatant ahead of time so they’ll stay up with a two-hander.

Instead of skating the Bomber hard, Steven usually dead-drifts it, sometimes adding a short pull to create a small wake. He likes this approach during hopper season and the October caddis hatch.

For a floating-line Trout Spey leader, Steven’s basic setup is:

His complete floating-line steelhead leaders usually run 15 to 20 feet. Steven likes having stretchy mono behind the tippet to help absorb the hit when a fish grabs a swung fly.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Dirty Bomber, a deer-hair dry fly.
Photo via https://news.orvis.com/fly-fishing/video-how-to-tie-the-dirty-bomber

Soft Hackle Flies, Hatches, and the Leisenring Lift

(49:01) When trout are feeding during a hatch, Steven tries to match the emerging insects. Two soft hackles cover a lot of his fishing:

He generally fishes them in sizes 12 to 16, sometimes going down to 18. Partridge and Yellow and Partridge and Orange also come into play for spent Pale Evening Duns and PMDs.

Steven also clears up a common misunderstanding about the Leisenring Lift. Rather than lifting the rod at the end of the swing, he positions himself so the fly reaches the feeding fish at about a 45-degree angle.

He follows the fly with his rod tip, then stops the rod as it reaches the fish. The resulting tension lifts the fly only two or three inches, imitating a rising nymph and potentially triggering a grab.

A Simple Trout Spey System with the Rage Compact

(59:45) For fishing sink tips on the Upper Columbia, Steven likes the Airflo Rage Compact, which falls between a Scandi and Skagit. It won’t turn over as much weight as a Skagit, but Steven finds it much more pleasant to cast.

He pairs it with 5- to 10-foot Airflo Polyleaders, often around seven feet long, with sink rates of roughly six to eight inches per second.

For anglers who only want one Trout Spey line, Steven considers the Rage a good all-around option. A section of old floating fly line can become a floating tip, while different poly leaders cover sinking presentations.

Swing the Fly Anthologies and Recommended Reading

(01:03:15) When Dave asks for another Spey or Trout Spey book recommendation, Steven points to the Swing the Fly anthologies. Each year, Swing the Fly puts together a hardcover collection around a different subject, with much of the material focused on practical how-to information.

Steven mentions Rick Kustich and Topher Browne among the contributors. The anthologies cover different subjects, including flies, and Steven highly recommends them to anglers interested in swung-fly fishing.

Swing the Fly members receive an annual book, and Steven says the book itself is worth about as much as the subscription. He considers the anthologies some of his favorite books, aside from his own.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Fishing the Swung Fly, a 2024 anthology from Swing the Fly.
Photo via https://swing-the-fly-magazine.myshopify.com/products/fishing-the-swung-fly

About Steven Bird

Steven Bird is the author of Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing and Upper Columbia Flyfisher. He lives near the Upper Columbia River in northeastern Washington, about a mile from the Canadian border, and guided on the river for 20 years.

Steven is also an editor at Swing the Fly and writes for North Columbia Monthly. His current projects include a collection of short stories and Spiders and Speys for Salmon, Steelhead and Larger Trout, a book focused on wingless wet flies.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird
Photo via https://www.askaboutflyfishing.com/speakers/steven-bird/

Connect with Steven Bird

Email: columbiatrout@sbcglobal.net

Website: SOFT~HACKLE JOURNAL

You can also find Steven’s work here:

Editor: Swing the Fly

Writer: North Columbia Monthly

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing Resources Noted in the Show

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
WFS 986 Transcript 00:00:00 Dave: Nearly ninety years after Grand Coulee Dam cut these fish off from the ocean, Steven Byrd still fishes Upper Columbia rainbows that behave remarkably like steelhead. Today we are heading to the far northeastern corner of Washington to talk about space swing and soft tackles, reading water and what Stephen has learned from decades spent fishing the Upper Columbia River. Steven Byrd is back on the podcast today. He is the author of Trout Spey and the Art of the swing, and associate editor at Swing the Fly. In this episode today, you’re going to find out how Steven breaks down good swing water. We’re going to hear about how a thirty two inch Upper Columbia trout took a size fourteen soft tackle hare’s ear during the caddis hatch. We’re gonna hear some good stories there. Also, how Steven learned swinging small spiders on the Missouri and why he often dead drifts a bomber instead of skating it hard across the surface. It’s gonna be good to catch up on this one with Steven. You can catch with him anytime. Like we said, Trout Spey in the Art of the swing and also through Swing the Fly magazine. All right, let’s jump into it. it. Here he is, Stephen Byrd. How are you doing, Stephen? 00:01:04 Steven: Good. Dave. 00:01:05 Dave: Awesome, awesome. This is exciting to have you back on here. It’s been too long. I think since we had our first episode. I didn’t even look up when it was exactly, but it was a number of years ago. Um, you’ve got a lot of great things going. Kind of really swinging flies, you know, trout, Spey. We’re going to get into all that today, maybe give people a few tips on, you know, how they can maybe catch more fish out there, maybe have a better experience, that sort of thing. But before we get there, give us a little update. It’s been a while since we chatted. What have you been up to? I know the Soft Taco Journal. Maybe you’re not writing on that as much, but what’s keeping you busy these days? 00:01:39 Steven: Uh, recently, I don’t know if I had published Trout Spey in the Art of the swing the last time we spoke. 00:01:46 Dave: I don’t think so. 00:01:47 Steven: Okay. Well, we’ve. I published a book that, uh, Swing the Fly press a couple years ago, trout Spey and the Art of swing. It’s the first ever book on the subject of Trout Spey, and it’s been overwhelmingly popular. I can’t believe how it’s going and people really like it. The reviews are really good. Did you ever Google yourself? I never have. 00:02:14 Dave: I try not to just because. But you know, mine’s easy. You’ll see a bunch of podcast episodes for me. So. 00:02:20 Steven: Right, right. Well, anyway, I took a job as associate editor at Swing the Fly Press, and I have a items appearing there. That’s why I haven’t been doing the blog as much, because I’m busy writing for Swing the Fly. We went from a print magazine. We had to because of mailing costs. We had to go from a print magazine to an online magazine. It’s still really good. And anyway, I’ve been busy writing with that and we published the book, uh, currently working on a book of short stories that we’re going to publish later on, hopefully before Christmas. there. Uh, not really about fishing there. Fishing in them. We want to expand our publishing frame. Kind of make it more like, uh, put more literature in there beyond how to just to how to stuff. So I’m really excited about that coming out. I think people are going to like it. My beta readers like it. And then, uh, we got a, I have another book on the back burner called, uh, spiders and spades for salmon, steelhead and larger trout, which is about, uh, wingless wets. And that’s going to be, I put it on the back burner to finish the short stories, but that will be coming out next year as well through Swing the Fly Press. So I’ve been busy writing. Wow. I took a local writing job for, uh, North Columbia Monthly, which is a regional magazine that comes out monthly. And so I’ve had so much writing stuff on my plate that I just haven’t been really inserting anything into the Soft Tackle Journal blog online. But there is a lot of good stuff to read. Anybody wants to go over there and and read any of that? 00:04:03 Dave: Yeah there is. We’ll have a link in the show notes to that. That’s the I think if they just search Soft Tackle Journal, it’ll come up. And I was just kind of cruising it before we got on. And there’s a ton of. I always love the history and you got a bunch of just you got it all covered there, right. So we’ll have that link to so people can check out. And you’re also in a pretty unique location. The episode we had was back in twenty one, twenty twenty one that we did. So it’s been a number of years. So we’ll have a link out to that. But talk about where you are located and how it’s a little bit different than just your normal lower Columbia kind of rivers. 00:04:36 Steven: Yeah, quite a bit different. I live in extreme northeastern Washington, a mile from the Canadian border. So I live right where I live, beside the river, right where it comes into the States from Canada. We’re above Grand Coulee Dam. We don’t get salmon and steelhead up here anymore, But, uh, we have big trout. Uh, it’s also like everywhere else nowadays, very troubled. We have a lot of vectors affecting our fishery. Uh, mostly introduced predatory species, walleye, northern pike that aren’t native here. They’re really wreaking havoc with the trout fishery here. The, uh, Washington Fish and Wildlife in conjunction with, uh, with Canada, the, uh, the BC Hydro in Canada decided that we didn’t have enough sturgeon up here, which we did that we had, you know, the right number for the truncated system. But yet they went and stocked hundreds of thousands of more in, uh, they’re sucking up the trout eggs. They wanted to create sturgeon fishery. Uh, so we’re having a lot of problem now with the sturgeon. I worked with a biologist who wants to remain anonymous. They admit they put too many in. So it’s not a good story. And I really, uh. The last time we spoke, I would have considered this portion of the river. Uh, there is guides operating on it. It’s overly guided. Uh, the fish are overly pestered. 00:06:10 Dave: Uh, right. There’s a lot of people. 00:06:13 Steven: Yeah. 00:06:14 Dave: What’s the nearest town? 00:06:15 Steven: That’d be Northport, Washington. 00:06:17 Dave: Oh, yeah. It’s. I’m looking at. Yeah, Northport. Okay. Yeah, you’re right there. So, Northport, it’s about nine miles from there. So people are. You’re floating. 00:06:25 Steven: Yeah. 00:06:26 Steven: Riverine habitat. That’s good for trout. And then another twenty on the Canadian side, the Canadian reach. And, uh, you know, the trout don’t know borders. So they’re all affected. Uh, everybody knows what’s happening. Uh, we don’t, we don’t see any real. We’re trying to find solutions, but, uh, the Indians, the Colville tribe is. They got a boat fishing continually for the pike, trying to get the pike numbers down. Uh, the walleye survey they did last year showed the largest number yet, and they’re showing signs of stress and overpopulation. There’s not enough food. All the forage species that used to be here, I moved here in the early seventies, and at that time there was a lot of mountain whitefish, uh, pikeminnow, a lot of soft ray, uh, forage fish. Those are all gone. I haven’t, you know, haven’t seen a mountain whitefish for years. So I kind of really hate to relate. You know, that story? It’s not. 00:07:28 Dave: Good. No, it makes sense. 00:07:29 Steven: I wouldn’t consider it a destination any more that you would want to charge anybody to come fish. 00:07:34 Dave: Right? Right. So things have changed quite a bit. 00:07:37 Steven: Right? Yeah. The baseline has definitely slid. And, uh, I did an article in Swing the Fly a couple issues back about the sliding baseline and just how we get used to wherever it is. If you’re a steelhead fisher, I am. If you’re fishing the coastal streams, you know, back in the fifties, you know, maybe a five fish day was pretty common. You know, we’d that would be the baseline and then the sixties, you know, maybe a three fish day and then on and on. Now, if you catch one steelhead on a five day trip, you know, you’re having a whiskey and supper celebration afterwards. 00:08:13 Dave: So yeah, I think part of the challenge is, is that, um, you know, there’s a few things going on and we’ve talked about this all over the country. You’ve got climate change, which is affecting, you know, a lot of different species. Um, but you also have changes just like hatchery production and some of these areas people are, you know, that’s probably a difference. Like some of these places have, you know, there’s less hatchery fish, maybe there’s more wild. Um, but then you have these numbers, like, I think the Skeena system is having one of their largest returns of steelhead in a long time. Right. And so it’s kind of, you’re trying to figure out like, okay, what’s going on? Like why? And then at the same time, the Deschutes is closed. Right? Right. Like, and then but you guys are you’re obviously above steelhead. So it’s a little bit different, but the things you’re talking about are invasive species, right? I mean, it’s a little bit of a different story, right. 00:08:59 Steven: That’s the problem here. 00:09:01 Dave: Yeah. Which is not an easy one to to solve. You know climate change is probably the hardest one. Invasive species is not quite as hard, but it’s pretty hard. But tell me this, you know, because I think, you know, obviously we will cover some of these important topics. The swing, the fly. Now this is, is this Zach’s? Um, this is the program that Zach kind of started back in the day. 00:09:20 Steven: That’s right. Zach Williams it started out as a magazine, you know, a paper and ink magazine. And, uh, like I said, we had to go to an online journal. It’s a quarterly, uh, still the articles and info and the photos and the work and it is great. Uh, I would think, well, if I’m prejudiced because I work there, but I really do think it’s probably the greatest angling quarterly out there right now. And, uh, if you like to swing the wet fly, you know, for trout or salmon and steelhead, it’s definitely one you want to do. 00:09:58 Dave: You cover just swinging flies, or do you also cover nymphing and streamers and other stuff? Dry flies. 00:10:05 Steven: Yes we do. We mix it up. We mix it up, but it’s basically swing the fly. But yeah, no, we do and we’re starting to do some more. So so yeah, we’re posting stories as well. So it’s, it’s very eclectic. You know, there’s how to stuff, there’s literary stuff, there’s uh, essays. So it’s really eclectic. And if you subscribe, you have access to all the previous material that’s ever been put on there too. I mean, if you want to, if you want to read, if you want to do read about angling and wet flies, it’s just like this days and days of reading there. It’s like being in a library. You could read in there forever. 00:10:47 Dave: Have you guys put the. Because you’ve got all the back catalog of the physical magazines, have you transferred that onto online or is this mostly just when you started doing. Or have you always been doing online? 00:10:58 Steven: No, we didn’t transfer the physical magazines material onto the online. It’s just what’s there, what’s archived. There’s what’s what we’ve had there since we started it. And it’s been, oh gosh, I think we’ve been doing, I want to say four years now since we’ve been doing the online scene. 00:11:19 Dave: Yeah. That’s awesome. What is the, um, just looking at the area you fish, you know, and maybe thinking about the trout, what is the difference? You know, if you fish a lot of steelhead to the difference between those trout that you’re swinging up on the upper Columbia there versus, say, a steelhead, you’re swinging up on the lower Columbia because they’re the same species, right? They’re just one’s been described that because it’s been how long? Seventy years or more since they’ve been disconnected. 00:11:44 Steven: Well, it’s been since nineteen thirty nine, nineteen forty, when Grand Coulee was completed. Yeah. So it’s been shut off for quite a while. They were steelhead and, uh, there was, uh, sea runs here twelve months out of the year. So you can imagine how it was at one time. Uh, Henry David Thompson, when he first was the first white guy to drift down by here. And he went to what, present day Kettle Falls, which the Indians called it, Calliope, where there was a low falls there and they had a fishery set up. And Thompson. Thompson described it in his diary as a flock of birds, the salmon and steelhead coming over the falls there as a flock of birds day and night, continually above the falls, the fish just coming over it. So you can imagine how it was. There was, uh oh, there was a race of hundred pound Chinook that ran, you know, the fish that had to run this far up were bigger because they had to have enough meat on them to get this far. Yeah. We had, you know, the, you know, Chinook up here that approached a hundred pounds, the Salmo River in Canada and the Ponderay and, uh, and the Spokane River, of course. 00:13:00 Dave: Right. Because they made the ponderay. Did they make it? Lake Ponderay flows in just above the Canadian border. Did that have salmon up there? Was there or there’s probably a falls up there eventually. 00:13:08 Steven: I’m not sure. 00:13:09 Steven: About Lake Ponderay. I’m not sure. I know they were up the South River, which runs into the the Ponderay River. Okay. A couple of the other tribes here that are just above us, the Ponderay joins the Columbia right at the border, just a mile from my house, and it’s bringing in about half the water that’s going by me here. So I fish a lot in Canada. I just go up here to the border and cross the border. You cross the ponderay and you get on the Canadian reach. It’s half as much water as what’s going by us here, and it’s up to a quarter mile wide in some spots down here. But up there’s like a it’s more like a giant freestone, like a freestone on steroids. There’s more. There’s gravel bars, there’s more structure. It’s the same number of fish per mile. Last survey I heard this was a long time ago and we may not have that number now. We never had a lot. We only had seven hundred mature trout per river mile here, which is not a lot. I mean, compare that to the Missouri with three thousand or more per mile. Right. 00:14:15 Dave: But these are steelhead right. These are steelhead though. 00:14:18 Steven: No these are trout. Oh they are. But yeah this of course we’re above the dam. So I’m talking about here where I am. Yeah. And but they were at one time steelhead and fishing here. Now like I swing from the bank. There’s a lot of good runs. I generally fish dry flies when the, when hatches are going on. That’s in the spring and again in the fall. For October caddis, we get good October caddis hatches here and the fish are really go off on them. So it concentrates fish more on the spots. When you only have seven hundred per river, mile and river as large as the Columbia, you definitely, you know, want to fish where the fish aren’t everywhere. They’re concentrated on certain areas and the hatches will concentrate them on some of the runs. But you have a really good long swinging runs, say, where you could swing October caddis imitations and do pretty well. Generally, I’m fishing the bank with a two hander. Uh, going to start here pretty soon. We got some cooler weather now and that should be getting going pretty soon, usually by the second week in September that gets going. So I’m looking forward to that. Got cooler weather. It’s cooling down. I might even have a look this evening, see if there’s anything around. But anyway, I was getting back to like fishing here is a lot like steelhead fishing. You know, the trout averaged nineteen inches with fish up to rarely. You know, every year I’ll catch a few two footers, twenty four inches. The largest red band I’ve caught here was sixteen pounds. That was on a red and white Ebinger daredevil years ago in the early seventies. The largest one I ever caught on a fly was, uh oh, thirty two inches on a number fourteen soft tackled Hare’s ear during a caddis hatch. 00:16:11 Dave: Trout Routes by Onex is built for fly anglers who want better Intel without spending hours digging for the information. You’ll get access to public land maps, stream access points, regulations, and even road and trail maps all in one place. It’s become my go to app for scouting new trips. You can check them out right now. Go to webflow dot com slash routes and download the app today. Golden Fly Shop isn’t your average fly shop. They have a twelve foot shark painted like a cutthroat, hovering over a huge selection of the best rods in the business. A massive assortment of tying materials and their famous steakhouse streamer display. And it’s the hub for a community of anglers who never stop tinkering with new ways to catch fish. Sometimes the conversation behind the counter includes what hatches are going off and what techniques are working best. Then tales of destination fishing, adventures, sought after species, or a good old congratulations when a customer brings stories of finally connecting with that fish they’ve searched for forever. With a growing online store and a budding YouTube channel, you’ll be able to follow along with their fun antics, international adventures, and helpful fly fishing tips. Golden fly shop where the community is hanging out even if they’re supposed to be working. That’s Golden Fly shop dot com. Check them out right now. Where was that fish? That thirty two incher? Where was that fish growing? Where did it get its size? Are they going, are they going? Are They migrating up or down to a lake system or they just feeding in the Columbia. 00:17:38 Steven: No, they’re stuck between Lake Roosevelt, which is pretty sterile. So I don’t think they’re they’re feeding in there. Our portion of the river was more riverine from Northport to the border is got the most insect life. So that’s where they’re where they’re feeding. So and we have trout because of the lack of baitfish, because of the predatory fish. I’ve noticed through the years that the larger trout of, you know, a lot of places they go to, they become piscivorous at a certain point, you know, once they get big enough. But here they pretty much stay on the bug. So it’s possible to catch a really a really large fish here on the bug if one stays on the bug. Yeah, yeah. 00:18:28 Dave: So do you think the trout spend. 00:18:30 Steven: A lot like steelhead? 00:18:32 Dave: It is your swinging flies. You got your trout spamming. A lot of people have those questions, right? Because I think there’s a lot more trout obviously around the country than there are steelheads. So I feel like the trout Spey is something a lot of people could try out and have tried out, but what does that look like? How would you describe, you know, what Trout Spey is to you or are you swinging spiders mostly, or doing streamers like steelhead type flies? What’s that look like? 00:18:54 Steven: A steelhead flies work fine. 00:18:56 Dave: Yeah, like throwing a green but skunk a size a size six green. 00:18:59 Steven: But yeah, sure, they function as lures, right. So, uh, right. You know, most flies don’t imitate anything. They’re lures. 00:19:08 Dave: But the interesting thing about this is that, you know, like you said, these aren’t steelhead. It’s been almost one hundred years since they’ve, you know, so they’re not steelhead. So they’re trout, but they’re still taking, you know, a steelhead fly. But if you go to the Missouri and fish in Montana, not many people are swinging steelhead flies, right. So they’re not. So it’s different. What do you think is the difference between, say, the that Columbia system and say any other system that I don’t know. Say something. One of those Montana. 00:19:34 Steven: Why are the fish here? 00:19:35 Steven: More steelhead like and habit. 00:19:37 Steven: Yeah. 00:19:38 Dave: Uh, I mean, I guess they are steelhead. I guess that would explain it. 00:19:41 Steven: Well they are, they’re rainbow trout. I’d say maybe to be more precise, they’re kind of like, I don’t know, they’re like halfway between being trout. They’re trout in some behaviors and they’re steelhead like in others. They’re more steelhead like than any other river I’ve fished rainbow trout in. I wish I knew the answer to that, but I know it’s true. So, you know, I can’t say specifically why. Could have something to do with the geology of the river itself. Uh, the lack of. 00:20:12 Dave: I guess regardless, uh. 00:20:14 Steven: Yeah, I just, I really don’t know. 00:20:17 Dave: Yeah, it probably doesn’t matter. I think the point I’m thinking is like, does the stuff you’re doing up here, could people apply this to other trout? Spey River, you know, if they want to go trout Spey. Could they do what you’re doing there in other areas? Let’s just take it to your typical. What would be if you’re going. Yeah, okay. 00:20:32 Steven: You know, I mean, if you want to. I fished trout Spey. I fished the Missouri actually earlier this year. Uh, we attended a oh, it was a Duncan and I attended a Spey Clave in Calgary. And on the way back we stopped and stayed with a Joe O’Brien. And we fished the Missouri and we fished dry flies and we swung also. And what we. When we were swinging there, though, was a small spiders, you know, number twelve fourteen, uh, you know, number fourteen and sixteen tied on number twelve hooks. You know, you get one a little bit more hook when you’re swinging. But, uh, but we did really well swinging. Uh oh, uh oh, soft tackle nymphs, uh, spiders. Uh, uh, I think, uh, just a partridge in, uh, pheasant tail and also partridge and Hare’s ear. This basic little ones, they worked really great. 00:21:36 Dave: What was the setup? What was your setup you’re using there for the on the Missouri, like your rod and line and stuff using a. 00:21:44 Steven: Well, most guys, they use lighter rods, like three weights. Uh, I was using a four or five, uh, twelve and a half foot four or five fifteen foot leader to a six pound fluro tippet and just a single, uh, uh, spider. That was it. Just basically the same setup a guy would, you know, the terminal set up a guy would use with his single hander, you know, to swing soft tackles. So just, you know, a lighter that was the lightest dispay I had. And uh, the four, it was a four or five. That was fine. It was a really fine. It wasn’t too much rod for those fish at all. Really? 00:22:29 Dave: What were you using for a line? 00:22:31 Steven: I was using a, uh. Oh, gosh. What did I. Oh, it was a, uh. Uh, I was using a Scandi. I’m trying to think what it was. Oh, uh, it was. I forgot to make on it. I just got a bunch of lines here, but it was, it was a, you know, just a Scandi full floating line. 00:22:47 Dave: Yeah. Just full float. Yeah. No tips or anything. Just a scan, I guess. On the Scandi probably. Yeah. You can just throw. I guess most of these. You want to have some sort of a tip, a dry or clear or something. Right. But I guess regardless, you were dry fly fishing and somebody probably could have gone out there and fished a single hand rod and done the same thing. And like, were you fishing? You said spiders. Yeah. 00:23:08 Steven: Exactly. They wouldn’t be able to cast as foreign cover as much water. But yeah, you certainly could could have done it with a single hand as well. 00:23:15 Dave: Yeah. Okay. What’s the, um, part of the challenge always is, you know, for anybody reading water Finding Fish, when you guys were out there, how did you do that? Because the Missouri is a pretty decent sized river, you know. What were you looking for to find? Um, you know, the fish or the good, good slots. 00:23:31 Steven: We were just looking for good looking water. Good looking swing water. You know, a little bit of depth. You know, two feet, two to three feet. That’s not real deep there. And a lot of places. But it seemed like the fish were holding two to three foot water. Uh, you know, there’s three good swing speeds that slow walk, walk and fast walk. So, you know, we’re looking, you know, like walking speed water, you know, a little bit of riffle on top. Anything, anything you’d be looking for with, with your single hand, just, you know, looking for good water to swing. Uh oh. Tail outs from riffle sections, you know, uh, tail outs from, uh, slot chutes, stuff like that. 00:24:15 Dave: Mhm. Yeah. That’s right. Yeah. We were just there fishing more kind of, uh, during like a little bit of the Trico hatch. And we’re, we were doing a little bit of everything, but, um, but yeah, that river is kind of crazy because it’s got a mix. There’s like heavy vegetation in it now or when we were there. But yeah, I can imagine it’s not easy always to find the fish. Right. And there’s some decent sized fish. Did you guys have, you know, when you’re out there are you trying to find the bigger fish or are you just trying to find any fish? Or what does that look like when you’re when you’re swinging out there? 00:24:45 Steven: Just any fish. We were there in June. It seemed like there were fish everywhere. We were staying at Joe O’Brien’s house, which is right on the river. And one night we were sitting there in the dark and, uh, and, uh, Duncan says, let’s go look at some fish. And those guys grabbed some flashlights and took me out in the backyard, started shining the flashlights in the river. Oh my gosh, the river was just full of fish. You could see them with flashlights. Wow. Out there it was just loaded with fish. So I don’t think a guy has to. Maybe they concentrate, I don’t know. I haven’t fished it a lot, but, uh, they were there was just fish everywhere in there and it was in June, and it seemed like everywhere we threw a line there was fish. We had a really good fish in it until the wind blew us off in the afternoon. So it was great. But a lot of lot of people, a lot of boats. We went to a little town there. I can’t remember the name of it. It was in the morning when the guides were loading up their clients and stuff. 00:25:43 Dave: Oh, and. 00:25:43 Steven: Craig. 00:25:44 Dave: Craig. 00:25:45 Steven: Craig. Oh gosh. I felt so out of place there. 00:25:48 Dave: Right? Yeah. Craig is interesting because it’s got, uh, there’s three fly shops, right? It’s the whole town is basically a fly shops and a couple in food. 00:25:56 Steven: Exactly. Yeah. I saw a dude wearing a, uh, a leotard, a brown trout patterned leotard. They’re really bright colors and. Oh, man, you know, this guy’s out here fishing. This guy’s out here fishing in leotards. I must be. 00:26:12 Dave: Right. Right. What’s your what’s your, uh. Why did you feel out of place there? 00:26:16 Steven: I’m so isolated out here, Dave, and I’m. I’m an old guy, you know, and I just never seen anything like that. It just blew me away. It was like a. And I felt like, oh, man, this is really ain’t this ain’t fly fishing as I remember it or as I idealize it. 00:26:34 Dave: Right, right. 00:26:35 Steven: Yeah. 00:26:35 Dave: I mean, it’s a busy place. 00:26:36 Steven: Getting anybody down or anything. It’s just like that’s where we’ve come to. And it was, I thought it was just kind of ironic that, you know, in a time when we’re having so much trouble with the water heating up and, you know, the lack of fish and stuff that, you know, that I’ve just never seen a scene like that, you know, related to fly fishing. Like here we’ve come to like this abundant human market scene while the baseline diminishes, you know, to the point of nonexistence in some places already. And it was just I don’t know what to think of it really. 00:27:11 Dave: Yeah, that’s what it is. Yeah. I think it’s, it’s this um dilemma we have, right. Which is the, the more people that get into fly fishing, The harder the more pressure. Like you said, you have places like Craig, which there’s a lot of people there, but the more people also are conservationists potentially, right? I mean, so you kind of have that going. Some of those people are going to be supporting, protecting. 00:27:33 Steven: I will say that. And when I when I wrote my first book, Upper Columbia Fly Fishing, I didn’t want to give away locations and I didn’t in that book. But the reason I wrote that book was because the river was confronted with other problems at the time. A lot of it was pollution. They were dumping from the smelter and trail, and they quit doing that. And I like to think it helped in the effort to stop that. But I really I really I wanted to shed light on the fishery, call attention to it because I thought if fly fishermen knew about it, because I know a lot of them are activists and that’s a good thing that it would help it. But it didn’t it didn’t help. And it’s like I was talking to Poppy Cummins. He went to the fisheries meeting in Lewiston. Write about regs for the Clearwater. And here are the plates. He says the hall was full of bait fishers. He was the only fly fisher there. And there’s so many guys that love the clear. I know it’s a lot far for a lot of guys to travel, right. To get to Lewiston for the meeting. But he was the only fly fisher at the meeting. So, you know, as bad as things are, and as much as people complain, and I do know probably in the whole angling world, you know, the fly fishing and spey fishing is even smaller demographic. I mean, we’re nothing but a really tiny slot. And a lot of guys are active, you know, and calling attention and helping, you know, trying to help with what’s going on. But I really don’t think we’re that active. I really don’t I don’t think that many of us are either. Right. I’ve queried when I guided here for twenty years, and I queried a lot of my clients about that. And I found actually a very small percentage who were actually active or writing letters or contributing in any way, you know, to it. So I really do think fly fishermen really, I’m a little disappointed with fly fishermen right now. And I really think there’s a lot more we could do in this time when we really need to be doing something. 00:29:34 Dave: Yeah. What do you think the one thing somebody could do if they’re listening now and they’re thinking, yeah, I haven’t been putting enough time in. I haven’t been doing whatever. What would you tell them right now? What would be your advice that they could do something. You know, this week. 00:29:47 Steven: Well, most of us have a home water that we fish a lot. Yeah. I would think if you can do nothing else, monitor your home water and write a letter. If there’s a problem there, you’re seeing something going on. Write a letter to the folks who need to know about it or, or get together with some friends and write a letter and all of you sign it or whatever, and just keep hitting them with, you know, I I’m to send him to the fisheries officials and the governor, you know, and, uh, just get it out there. 00:30:20 Dave: Right. Get the word out there. 00:30:22 Steven: But I mean, it’s it’s hard to spread yourself really thin, you know, and, like, try to, you know, activate for the entire fishery. But if you can just do it for one water, just your home water, you know, and I know a lot of clubs do that. And that’s a good thing about their clubs. But, you know, I speak at clubs occasionally, and I’ve noticed that most club members nowadays are old guys, right. And women and women and, uh, and so you’re seeing very few of the younger guys joining clubs, you know. 00:30:54 Dave: Yeah. You do. 00:30:56 Steven: I don’t belong to one myself either. But, you know, they do help in that way. 00:31:01 Dave: Where do you think those younger kids are going? Do you see any of the younger kids out there in your area or, or where do you think the what are the younger kids doing if they’re not doing the clubs? 00:31:10 Steven: Well, some of them are going to the store and buying or ordering up, uh, you know, brown trout patterned leotards. Uh, so, you know. 00:31:18 Dave: Right. That’s right. 00:31:20 Steven: Yeah. 00:31:21 Dave: That’s right. I know. 00:31:23 Steven: Uh, I wish I knew what the younger guys were doing. Most of the guys I know are activated, you know, and help trying to do something, you know, help, uh, our our older guys, you know, and maybe, maybe the younger guys are just too busy working, trying to chase a buck. Uh, you know, it it’s hard to say. It’s hard to say. I mean, there is some young guys, you know, young guys who are active and out there, but actually they are they’re mostly older guys that I know of that are members, you know, to you to you members and, you know, stuff like that involved with stuff like that. Mostly old guys. 00:32:05 Dave: Check out Jackson Hole Fly Company today. Premium fly gear straight to your door without the premium price. Jackson Hole flight company designs and builds their own fly rods, reels, flies and gear. Delivering quality you can trust at prices that let you fish more and spend less. Whether you’re picking up a fly rod for the first time or guiding every day, they’ve got what you need. Check them out right now. That’s Jackson Hole Fly company dot com. Jackson Hole fly company dot com. Today’s show is brought to you by Visit Idaho and Yellowstone Teton Territory place that should be on every angler’s list, from the Henrys Fork to the South Fork of the snake, and all the hidden creeks and alpine lakes in between. This region is built for fly fishers who like a little room to roam. You can head over to Wet Fly swing dot com right now for guides, lodges, and trip ideas to plan your next adventure. That’s Teton T e t o n. What is the, um, you mentioned your book, the, um, uh, Trout Spey and the Art of the swing. Describe that. What was the book? What, before you started it. Did it turn out exactly the way you were thinking? Maybe describe the book a little bit for somebody who hasn’t read it. 00:33:16 Steven: Yeah, I usually don’t like anything I write, and it’s probably one of the few things I’ve ever written that I really like. And, uh oh, it covers a lot of ground. It starts with, uh, some history, you know, and then it goes through, uh, tackle, you know, lines, rods, reels, uh, there’s a fly section in it, quite an extensive fly section with about two hundred fly patterns with dressings and really good photographs. And, uh oh, there’s a section on reading water. Uh, so it pretty much covers it. 00:33:53 Dave: Uh, it does, it does. What did the section on Reading Water. I’m not sure if you remember exactly, but what did that section, how do you break that out in a book? Is it easy to, to break down a step by step in a book on reading water? 00:34:07 Steven: Oh, you know, I did the best I can. Like I said before, you know, I talked about the water speed, you know, and and what you might find in the water. I think reading water is a really important part of our game. Uh, you know, I’ve had guys, experienced guys, you know, telling me about how they’ve been fishing in Chile and, you know, they have a lot of money to travel and fish in a lot of places. And then getting my boat, you know, and I pull up alongside some good water and have a guy spin his head around and go, where do I cast? Yeah. So, you know, I think it’s a portion of our sport that a lot of us don’t pay as much attention to as we should. You know, and, uh, so yeah, I don’t, I don’t even have a copy of my own book here. 00:34:57 Dave: Oh, there you go. Yeah. Where can we get that book? 00:35:00 Steven: You can definitely, you can order it from, uh, swing the fly online. Just go. Just Google swing the fly and you can go to the store without subscribing. You can get in there and go to the store it’s in, it’s in the store. So yeah, you definitely want to go there and check it out. Yeah. 00:35:19 Dave: Okay, good. 00:35:21 Steven: I was talking about earlier, if somebody said, do you Google yourself? I said no, I said you should Google yourself. See what kind of reviews you got for that. And I did, and I was amazed. The reviews were actually humbling. Holy cow. You know, this is this is being found. People have found this useful, you know, so. 00:35:40 Dave: It looks. 00:35:40 Steven: I’m happy about that. 00:35:42 Dave: Yeah, it looks good. I mean, I haven’t read it yet, but I’m just kind of looking through some of the, the online stuff. But you’ve got some. Yeah, some great patterns and, and on the Swing the Fly book, I will, I will, I’m going to get a copy. 00:35:54 Steven: You call yourself swing. You’re the wet fly swing. You have to read that book. 00:35:58 Dave: Right, right, right. 00:35:59 Steven: What the heck. 00:36:00 Dave: Well like you guys, the we the first year I’ve told this story before, but the first year I started this in twenty seventeen, I was thinking, okay, wet fly, swing. I love the history, I love traditional stuff. And so I kind of started out as that this was going to be a steelhead focus. And then after the first thirty episodes, I was like, you know what? I don’t think I want to be just steelhead fishing. I would love to. I love all fly fishing. So since then and now we’re approaching a thousand interviews, you know, and I’m like, okay, I think we’ve, we’ve done every topic in fly fishing now. And, and I’m happy that I made that choice to kind of go to go broad because it’s opened up a lot of, you know, a lot of doors and a lot of information and education. Right. I think it’s kind of cool. It sounds like you guys are at that place with Swing the Fly, where you’re, you’re expanding beyond just swinging flies. 00:36:46 Steven: Oh yeah. Oh, yeah. Well, you know, we’re casting, uh, well, it’s basically, you know, it’s, it’s geared towards guys who are fishing two handed, two handed rods. But, you know, we are talking a lot about, uh, casting dry flies, Mainly bomber types. Let me divert. Let’s talk a little bit about dry flies on the two handed rod here. 00:37:11 Dave: Good idea. Good idea. 00:37:12 Steven: And I tried it a lot. And I’ve come down to this with fishing dry. I generally if the situation calls for dry fly, I’ll go to my single hander. Single handers are a lot easier. I would say better to fish dry fly with except for one exception. And that’s bomber type dries, uh, you know, clipped air hair bomber type. And they died small for trout, you know, I mean, there’s lots of ways you can tie those and then pre-soak them and fly again, whatever, twenty four hours before you fish them and get something that’ll they, they will float. You know, generally the problem with fishing dries with two handers is you can’t really force it’s they’re, you know, they’re, they’re wonky to. 00:37:58 Dave: Force. 00:37:59 Steven: Them off with out. Right. So something that’ll stay floating. And that’s really the one that I found that that works really well with the two hander. If you want to fish dries with and actually they catch fish really well too, you know, especially steelhead and trout. 00:38:14 Dave: So okay, so the bomber is interesting for me too, because I, prior to this year didn’t really know much about bombers. And we went up and fished eastern Canada for Atlantic salmon and we were fishing, we had some bombers. And up there, it’s really unique. You know, the way they fish them and this dead drift thing. Talk about how you fish a bomber for trout. 00:38:33 Steven: I fish them dead drift, I fish them dead. Drift. People talk about skating, uh, flies. And I think some guys think skating is just, you know, getting that thing just ripping across the surface. Right? Personally, this guy’s a catch fish that way. Personally, I’ve never caught very many fish that way. I do a lot better dead, drifting the thing and giving it maybe a little bit of a one inch pull. Maybe that’s all the skate I’m giving it. It’s just a little one inch pull now and then just a cause, you know, just a tiny wake. But I don’t like to activate it in a way that, you know, something living. And I know October caddis a lot of times when they’re taken off from the water, they’ll skate, you know, real quickly. But generally the better fish won’t chase that because it’s getting away. You know, they don’t waste a lot of energy chasing something that’s looking like it’s getting away. 00:39:24 Dave: Are you casting upstream or how are you fishing that bomb? Are you casting upstream or out or down or how are you doing it? 00:39:30 Steven: Well, it depends on what the water and the geography dictates. Uh, I might be generally I’m casting it at ninety degrees, which would be straight out to the side. Yeah, giving it a bend, you know, and then following it with my rod tip. But, uh, there is situations on slower water where I do throw may throw if upstream, you know, a little bit. 00:39:56 Dave: Yeah. And the mend is that Amanda downstream is that like a downstream mend or upstream? 00:40:02 Steven: Maybe be an upstream mend. But if the water is very, very slow, I might do a downstream mend. You know, get a little bit of belly downstream and let the current, you know, speed it up, but generally, generally not. Uh, like I say, I like to pretty much fish, like with any dry fly, a dead drift, you know, maybe with a little bit of a one inch pull every now and then. But no more than that, it’s hard to do a one inch pull, you know? Right. How did those trout eat? 00:40:33 Dave: How do they eat? Uh, what’s that like? What’s the take like on a bomber or really any dry fly when you’re swinging or doing that? 00:40:40 Steven: Well, generally steelhead will just really nail it. You know, you’ll see a big commotion when steelhead grabs it. Right. And generally trout here as well. You know, I don’t I’ve never had one sipped right. Like like a like like PMD and stuff like that. So usually the, you know, that larger one. And generally, you know, when I’m fishing a bomber, I’m fishing them probably no smaller than a number eight. Okay. So it’s a pretty good size bug out there. And I found that it’s good to fish them like during grasshopper season or over October caddis, particularly if you’re fishing for trout. Uh, so, you know, any time when there’s a large insect on the water, maybe Drake’s. I haven’t finished them over Drake’s yet, but I’ve had other guys say they have, you know, they’ve done okay good with them over Drake’s. But again, you know, you’re you’re fishing probably nothing any nothing smaller than a number eight. So it’s going to float. Well you know, you’re going to chunk of deer here or there. Uh. 00:41:50 Dave: Yeah. That’s cool. So that’s a good time. And so you’ve got the, the big bombers. And then what about the, when you’re just kind of doing the other, um, dries, you know, maybe swinging something where it’s, I don’t know if you guys are doing the riffle hitch, that sort of thing or describe that. How are you doing the dries when it’s not a bomber? 00:42:06 Steven: I’m actually well on a single hander. Uh, basically when I’m fishing with a two hander, generally the only dry fish, like I was saying with the two hander, is a bomber type. And, uh, I have not riffle hitched that I riffle hitch wet, but dries. Yeah, I generally fish on a loop not. 00:42:30 Dave: Yeah. Right, right, right. Yeah. On the wet on the riffle hitch. Is that something that you’re doing a lot? Or when would you switch from a riffle hitch wet to just a straight wet? 00:42:40 Steven: You know, I generally just go with a gut feeling on that one. Uh, you know, this is maybe you know this or nothing’s happening. Generally I’ll usually fish, uh, if it’s a up, I generally, you know, I fish it, you know, with a, you know, nodded behind the eye. Right. And, uh, and if things are slow or whatever, I’m changing patterns. Nothing’s happening. Uh, you know, I’ll riffle hitch it, see if that works better. Often, though, I’m fishing my wets on a loop. Not, uh. I’ve gotten into that habit the last few years, you know? And like I say, if it’s if it’s slow and I feel like I. You generally start that way without a hitch. But, uh, generally, you know, sometimes I’ll riffle hitch if I think that’s might, might be what it takes, you know, if things aren’t going, I just experiment with it. But there’s nothing in particular unless I’m fishing with somebody that’s really killing it, you know, riffle hitch in their fly. Oh, I better, you know, riffle hitch. So but there’s nothing, you know. 00:43:47 Dave: No. 00:43:47 Steven: Indicator really. That tells me to switch to a riffle hitch. 00:43:51 Dave: No, no that’s right. No it’s cool. Yeah. That’s a yeah, we fished that for Atlantic salmon too, and it was up where we were at. It was pretty much all riffle hitch all day long. And it was cool to see a little bit different because those fish were really, really active on the surface, right. Coming up and stuff is different. But you also mentioned on your leaders that you kind of, I think you’ve written about this, that you fish a kind of a stiffer leader overall, but then the tippet is softer. Maybe talk about that. How do you build is that an important part of the, the, the program here is your leader setup. 00:44:23 Steven: Uh, I don’t know how that came out, but generally I’ll fish a, uh, a like say for trout Spey or I’ll use the same actually leader for steelhead too. I’ll usually use a thirty pound mono, but oh, about two feet long on the. But somewhere between two and three feet generally like for steelhead, I’m using a, uh, fifteen to twenty foot leader, uh, with a floating line, you know, grease line style and generally generally around fifteen okay. Fifteen, seventeen generally and two to three foot mono, thirty pound mono, but fairly stiff mono like big game, Berkeley, big game, something like that. Right. And then I buy a get them at Walmart, the Cortland, uh, leader. But sections, they’re very inexpensive. They have a lot of stretch, which I like. And, uh, generally I’ll buy the, uh, seven footers that, uh, they taper to. Uh, oh, well, depends like for trout, I’ll get one that tapers to ten pound test, uh, for steelhead, I get them to taper to fifteen pound test. Either they’re available either way, most Walmarts have them. That’s a seven or eight footer. So that gets spliced to not looped but spliced, uh, to the butt section, and then to that I’ll tie a ring or a tiny swivel. And for steelhead, generally, I’ll use the little swivel trout. I generally use the rigging ring and then just fasten my tippet to that. And generally I’m using a fluorocarbon tippet with that. So, uh, and my section, the. Yeah. So generally it’s just my tippet that’s fluorocarbon. I want some, some, uh, plasticity behind that. You know, when the fish really slams the fly on the swing, you want to have something behind it. There’s some elasticity. Sure. And then generally I use, uh, you know, my tippet will be fluorocarbon, whatever the size of fish calls for. And generally if I’m fishing soft tackles for trout. 00:46:37 Dave: Yeah. What does fluoro do versus mono. Why do you like fluoro for your tippet? 00:46:42 Steven: Uh, well, because it’s sold as being invisible to the fish. Probably be the basic reason why, you know, I don’t know if it is or not, but that’s the way it’s, you know, supposedly is. So that’s why, you know, and I think I’d like to use this heaviest string I can get away with. You know, I went through my like tackle period back in the sixties, you know, with three pound tests and stuff like that. But right now I like to use a heavy I can get away with it here on the river. I mean, as light as I can get away with our heavy as I can get away with. But here on the river, like you really can’t get away with anything less than six pound test, you might get broke off. And here I use six pound test. Uh, mono. Yeah. You know, because it’s stronger than six pound test fluoro. So, you know, depending on the situation, most places like the Missouri, uh, we were using six pound fluoro tippets, you know, and that worked fine. It seems like the lighter you go, you know, the more grabs you get. But then you get to a point where those grabs start breaking. You don’t want that. So. 00:47:52 Dave: Right. 00:47:52 Steven: You know. 00:47:53 Dave: You don’t want that. 00:47:55 Steven: So you go with, you know what you can get away with. But generally six pound for fishing, small spiders, you know, six pound fluro most places will work, you know, here on the river I’ll go to six pound maxima, you know, which is quite a bit stronger than you can’t even stuff like cable. But uh. 00:48:19 Dave: Yeah, it is, it’s. 00:48:20 Steven: Or even for sometimes if I want to go a little bit lighter, four pound maxima even, I think the four pound maxima is about the same as, uh, I like, uh oh, I’m trying to think of the name of it right now early. And not only that, but I think Dave, I’m starting to get dementia and I forget, but oh. 00:48:41 Dave: That’s all that’s all of us. As you were talking there, I was thinking about and I haven’t used this yet, but I was thinking about noms. They have a new. They’re a brand out there that has this leader that’s supposedly super strong. It’s a lot of the steelhead. Some people are talking about this that it’s like way stronger than maxima, yet it’s still thin diameter, right. And so it’s kind of. 00:49:00 Steven: What’s it called. 00:49:02 Dave: It’s called nom n a m nom. And and I know Brian, we’ve been. Yeah. Check it out. Yeah. He’s been talking a little bit about it on our on the space stuff we’ve been doing. But, but yeah, so I mean, there’s a lot of different ways to do it. But I mean, you know, leader, you know, I think that like you’re saying the movement, adding movement to your fly is never a bad thing. It seems like. Right. So having a little bit of flexibility there is probably good. And then yeah, what about on your fly? You’ve got these spiders. You had to say, yeah, like a color wise, do you have a certain, you know, fly that you really love on your, you know, color scheme pattern on those spiders? 00:49:40 Steven: Well, if I’m fishing over hatches, mainly what I’m doing Is, uh, trying to simulate the merger, which. Right. Which is going to be drab color, like the nymphs. Uh, so in most situations, I found that, uh, oh, a pheasant tail, right? Uh, a pheasant tail and partridge or, uh, hare’s ear and partridge pretty much covers a lot of things. You know, if you have it in the right size, you know, and generally these things are, oh, you know, twelve to, to, uh, sixteen. I sometimes go as small as eighteen. You know, if it calls for them generally, I’m, I tie that on a number. Fourteen hook because, you know, I want enough iron there to, uh, to hold them. But, uh, I would say if you just use those two, if you just only had nothing else but a, but a, a pheasant tail and a hare’s there, you could really cover a lot of stuff I found. Yeah, I like the partridge in yellow for some things. I think that’s a good one for, uh, imitating, uh, spent, uh, pale. Evening, Duns. Uh, the partridge in yellow is a good one because a lot of them on the water. So there is some. I’ll go. Partridge and orange is a good one for, uh, spent pmd’s. You know, uh, so there was some with a little bit of color in them that imitate more, you know, spent, uh, or the duns or the, uh, you know, spent spinners. But generally I’m trying to imitate a merger. So the more drab colored ones and I mean, you know, they’re mostly, they’re mostly the nymphs are mostly the color of the universe, you know, they’re brownish, you know, whatever. So, so just those two alone will really cover a lot. 00:51:36 Dave: That’s awesome. So yeah, you’re definitely imitating flies. You’re not just throwing on a steelhead fly that’s kind of going to get their attention. You’re really thinking more, at least with those spiders, about imitating something that’s in the water. 00:51:49 Steven: Exactly, exactly. That’s the difference. I think somebody asked, well, what’s Trout Spey? Right. Well, I would say, okay, there’s a difference between, uh, you know, Spey for anadromous fish and Spey for trout is one of the basics of swinging for trout with a two handed rod is, uh, swinging over hatches of small insects, you know, so that’s awesome. Definitely. You want to have a box of I like soft tackles and I like to have a box of soft tackles, you know, and that’s really most of the Trout Spey I do is, uh, you know, is, uh, fishing over some type of a hatch that’s going on, right? That’s that hatch like October caddis where they’re, you don’t get big hatches on them every day, but they’re always a presence. You know, they’re sporadically hatching So, you know, the fish know they’re out there and they’re, you know, they’re glad to see them when they do. 00:52:46 Dave: That’s so cool. I’m not sure if, you know, I mean, I always think about back to a little bit of the history were there, you know, wet flies and swimming flies, were they back? Do you know a little bit of that history when they were they swing in wet flies. Was that mostly what it was? I know there’s other types of ways to fish a wet fly, but when did the swinging of the fly. Do you know some of that history? 00:53:05 Steven: I know a little bit. I know, uh, well, you know, the, the traditional way of fishing spiders like, say, in Yorkshire, the Yorkshire Spiders was they’re fished upstream, right? Mhm. You know, you cast it upstream and then it’s kind of like a high stake nymphing. Right. What they call Euro nymphing. Now, people have been doing it forever. I don’t, you know, we used to call it high sticking, right. And basically that same approach, you know, I started out when I was a kid fishing and but first I read James Licensing’s book. Right. And I really got into it and, uh, you know, we were fishing them upstream, you know, maybe with a single split shot, right? You know, and just, you know, keep in contact with the fly as it drifted down. And that’s a really great method. Uh, as far as swinging them goes. Uh, Leisenring in his book does describe swinging, actually, when he describes the leisenring lift, he’s, he actually describes swinging the fly. So I imagine as long as people have been fishing them, you know, and as long as water dictates, you know, you’re, we’re really, you know, especially if you’re like small streams where you have a lot of obstacles, there’s a lot of geography and geology and bushes and crap in the way and stuff, you know, you gotta, you gotta deliver, you gotta, uh, pretty much the way, any way you can. You know, you might be fishing upstream. You might be fishing downstream, you know, depending on what you can get away with right there or what works. So I found, you know, of course, in that situation like that in a small stream, I wouldn’t be using a two handed rod. But you get like out here on the river where it’s pretty wide open, you know, and you can deliver any way you want to. It kind of it kind of begs a downstream approach, you know, or crossing down generally, I’ll throw it when I’m fishing over a hatch. I will position myself upstream from my target. So you got a pot of fish that are out there rising on the seam right there, working that one spot. Well, you don’t do like an Atlantic salmon deal. You know, where you, you know, make a cast, you know, and then fish it out, then make another cast and walk it down three steps, you know, and then repeat. Right. You don’t do that on a, you know, if you locate some rising fish and you’re fishing your two hander, well, you, you stay there, right. And fish them, you stay. What I do is position forty five degrees above them. So I’m casting at ninety. I want my fly. I want at forty five degrees. You know, when it gets to them, that’s about ideal, right? So, uh, so I’m getting a dead drift down to forty five degrees about that’s about where it’s going to start to swing, get under tension and start swinging. I want to position myself. So my fly is at about forty five degrees when it gets into the fish right there. And then, uh, so I got a dead drift into my fish right there, but I got control. You know, I’ve got a tight line control. So actually, in a way, you got an advantage over an upstream penetration by doing that if you can get away with it. So I think that’s I don’t know when people started doing that, but I suspect, you know, our ancestors were just as smart, if not smarter. You know, they’ve probably been doing it ever since, you know, the Pleistocene whenever you know. 00:56:28 Dave: That’s right. 00:56:29 Steven: Started fishing. Yeah. Licensing the licensing lift. 00:56:31 Dave: Was a good book, right. The licensing lift is when was his period? When was he out there doing that? Right in that book. 00:56:39 Steven: I think that book came out originally in nineteen fifty, and then Pete Hidy did an addendum to it, and I think that was released. Oh, gosh, maybe sometime around nineteen seventy or so. Anyway, I had an old copy of the book I read when I was in junior high school, I think, or something. It was. 00:57:00 Steven: Yeah. 00:57:01 Steven: So he does describe fishing down both upstream and downstream approach there, you know, and the leisenring lift. Now, here’s a lot of people. A lot of people have the leisenring lift wrong. They think that when you come to the end of your swing, you lift your rod and it makes the fly come up. Well, that’s not true. By the time you come to the end of your swing, your fly’s in down there near the shore. And it’s pretty. It’s already come up. And when you, if you lift the rod, it just pulls it towards you. It doesn’t do anything. 00:57:31 Dave: Yeah. 00:57:32 Steven: The Leisen lift, I do describe it in my book too, but the way Lees-milne describes it is you position yourself so that your flies at forty five degrees from your position when it comes to the fish, and then you stop, you follow it with your rod, you stop the rod and that makes the fly lift. So that’s the. 00:57:54 Dave: Fly. So you don’t lift at all. You just stop. 00:57:56 Steven: You don’t lift at all. You stop the rod and the fly lifts. So you follow the fly with your rod tip. And then you stop the rod and the fly lifts. Now if you’ve got feeding fish on the surface, your fly is not going to be down there that deep. You’re using a floating line, right? So you come down into him and when you follow it with your tip and when you think your flies in the fish stop the rod right now, the fly is going to lift. It’s going to come up tight on the line and lift. It’s only going to lift maybe two or three inches, right? That’s all it’s going to be, but it’s right there on the surface and it’s going to look like, you know, a nymph rising right there. Just a little three inch lift, right as all it takes, you know, the fish is going to catch the fish’s eye and he’s going to nail it. So that’s really all it is. It’s not lifting the rod at all. 00:58:46 Dave: So it’s not really the licensing lift is not a lift. It’s literally a stop. And the fly lifts out because you’re stopping the fly or you’re stopping fly lifting. 00:58:55 Steven: It’s the fly lifting, not you’re good. 00:58:57 Dave: There you go. That’s really awesome. And are you also. Yeah. Go ahead. 00:59:02 Steven: It’s a killer technique during hatches. 00:59:05 Dave: It is. Yeah. Like if you had a if you had a hatch coming off, let’s just say you had some mayfly hatch pmd’s or something that were coming off, you could imitate, have a PMD and then imitate that emerging insect with that, that technique. 00:59:19 Steven: Exactly, exactly. Yeah. Whereas a guy might just go ahead and let his fly drift right on through that group of feeding fish. Right. Maybe get a bit. Maybe not. Right. Right. That little. That little bit of a lift. That three inch lift. Right. When it’s in them, you know that’s going to draw their attention and that’s awesome. 00:59:42 Dave: That’s a huge tip. That’s a huge tip. Do you ever use sinking lines for trout out there? Are you ever using sinking lines? What does that look like? 00:59:50 Steven: Oh yeah. Absolutely. I liked when I’m fishing for the river here. Uh, I like the, uh, rage compact for fishing. Uh, sink and sink tips. 01:00:03 Dave: Yeah. The rage. You know, Tom Larimer, you probably know Tom. He was on the podcast, actually, probably not too long after you. We did that first one in twenty one and he talked, he told the story about no, no, no, no, you don’t know Tom. Yeah. Well he’s done um you know he’s done. Oh gosh. Who’s he with now. He’s kind of worked with everybody. I think he’s with with Loomis and TFO and everybody. Um but he did this podcast a while back and um, he was talking about this guy in the Deschutes that was in his. I think he said he was in his Speedos. He was on some rock and he was just like hawking this giant, uh, you know, this fly out in the middle and just this guy, you know, it’s just a scene. But he was hawking mega hawking this fly on his fe rod. But he came up to and I guess the guy had the rage on or something that the story goes something like that. But I think and I’ve been fishing that rage too, since that it’s it’s a cool, it’s like a, it’s a mix between a, it’s not a Scandi, it’s not a Skagit. Right? It’s kind of in between is that. 01:00:53 Steven: It’s a hybrid. 01:00:54 Dave: Yeah. It’s a hybrid. Yeah. 01:00:56 Steven: That’s right. 01:00:56 Dave: Yeah. Yeah. So it’s, it’s good for. 01:00:58 Steven: Way better than a gadget. 01:01:00 Dave: Yeah. The gadgets a little too much of the you get the fire hose. Right. 01:01:04 Steven: Right. It won’t turn over as heavy ahead as, as a Skagit. But for, uh, poly leaders, it’s perfect for poly leaders, you know, like here on the, on the Columbia. And it’s deep here too. I use like a when I go down, I use a rage with a ten foot I actually a five to ten foot seven foot is okay poly liter, you know, six to eight inch sink rate, you know, for per second. And, uh, that’s all I need. And the, uh, the rage turns out over beautifully. And it’s way more pleasant to cast than a Skagit. Yeah. So, yeah, I like the rage for Trout Spey. I think if a guy was going to get one all around and could, you know, if, you know, don’t have a lot of money, you can only afford one line. You want to put Trout Spey together. The rage isn’t really would be a really good one for that because you can cut an old fly line for a float tip to go with it, you know, and then, you know, buy some poly liters for it and you’re all set. 01:02:06 Dave: Yeah. That’s right. 01:02:07 Steven: Yeah. Great line. I use that a lot here on the river. Like I say, when I use a when I use a tip, you know, and I like I say I use a five to ten foot, uh, poly liter. 01:02:17 Dave: five to ten. 01:02:17 Steven: With a six to eight inch. 01:02:19 Dave: And those poly leaders are just, uh, they’re just basically like little sink tips with different weights of sink. 01:02:25 Steven: Exactly, exactly. Yeah. You know, they call it a leader, I don’t know. I don’t really think that’s basically accurate. It doesn’t really function as a leader. You want to use a leader with it. Uh, I’ve had people come along, you know, they got like a two foot leader they’re using. Well, I got a poly leader. Well, it’s not really a leader. 01:02:44 Dave: No. You want to have a leader. 01:02:46 Steven: For trout like I stole? Yeah. Even with the poly leader, I’m still using like, I don’t know, for trout like seven foot, you know, leader with it. 01:02:57 Dave: Yeah. Yeah. You want to. 01:02:58 Steven: Throw and mono. 01:02:59 Dave: Yeah. That’s awesome. Cool. Well, this is sweet. Steven. I think we um, like, like always, you know, it’s hard to cover everything in these episodes, but I want to try to take away here with our rapid fire round we’ve been bringing back here and just got a few questions for you and we’ll take it out pretty quick. Um, but you mentioned, uh, books. We talked about a few. Is there another good book you mentioned the license rings book. Is there another one that you love out there? That would be something we might pick up on Spey or Trout Spey or anything like that. 01:03:28 Steven: Yeah. See the swing? The fly. If you subscribe and the subscription isn’t much. 01:03:34 Dave: Yeah. What is the subscription for Swing the Fly? 01:03:36 Steven: I don’t know. You have to get a hold of. I don’t know what it is right now, but at the end of the year, you get a free book. And every year we do an anthology, you know, on, on, you know, it’s mostly how to stuff. And, uh, you get a free book at the end of the year every year, which is worth as much as the subscription usually and the, uh, the swing fly anthologies. I would highly recommend for anybody interested. They’re great. Uh, so, you know, we do them on different subjects. It’d be like, uh, Rick Custer is one of the writers. The writers are all really great. 01:04:13 Dave: Tofer Brown Yeah, for sure. 01:04:16 Steven: Yeah. We do stuff on flies. Uh, you know, we’ll pick a subject, you know, and, uh, yeah, books are available in hardcover. Great. And, uh, yeah, I would say they’re my favorite. Yeah. Besides my own, I would, I would highly recommend buying my book. 01:04:33 Dave: Oh, yeah. No, we’ll put that in the show notes for sure. Um. So good. Yeah. I’m looking at now swing the fly has. Yeah, very reasonable memberships, thirty bucks a month. Fifty. Looks like they still got swing the Fly membership print and digital. I guess that’s a little bit older. But yeah, for thirty bucks you can get the digital. 01:04:47 Steven: For a year. 01:04:47 Dave: Per year. 01:04:48 Steven: Yeah. Okay. You said a month. Oh, sorry. 01:04:50 Dave: Yeah. Per year. Yeah. 01:04:51 Steven: And plus you get the book. 01:04:53 Dave: Yeah. Yeah. There you go. Yeah. That’s awesome. So you get your, your money back in the, in the book for sure. This is good. Okay, so we’ll have that out there and people can take a look at, uh, swing the fly and yeah, you guys have a lot of great contributors to that. Rick and Topher and all those guys are awesome. We mentioned the one thing we haven’t talked about a ton is on caddis, but is there a caddis pattern when you’re fishing that October caddis, you like to swing out there? 01:05:17 Steven: Uh, there’s a whole section of October caddis in my book. 01:05:22 Dave: Okay. 01:05:23 Steven: I think there might be at least at least a half a dozen October caddis patterns that are included in my book. 01:05:30 Dave: Yeah. And are these just like a spider pattern or is this more like a like, I think my dad used to fish this pattern, which was almost like a, an elk hair caddis style, right? Just bigger. But, um, but what would be like is that kind of the style you’re talking about? 01:05:44 Steven: Yep. Yeah. Yeah. There’s actually some winged some not. Yeah. If you’re imitating the, uh, the, uh, the nymph, they leave the case, uh, several days before they emerge. And so they’re naked there and they’re pretty active too. They’re very simple, you know, uh, as in that stage, they’re basically a, you know, like a pumpkin orange body with, you know, orange and black legs, mainly orange, very simple. But anyway, like I say in my book, I think I give at least a half a dozen October caddis patterns. 01:06:26 Dave: That’s it. 01:06:27 Steven: And they’re really important. It’s a really an important bug here. So so I, you know, over the years, I’ve developed quite a few patterns for fishing with them. And I put the best ones in my book. 01:06:39 Dave: Well, we’re definitely gonna pick that up. What about your, um, you know, you mentioned a little bit we talked about caddis. You know, I guess there’s stoneflies too. I mean, there’s a lot of different bugs out there that people could be using, but, um, you know, it sounds like maybe how critical is the bug, you know, versus say the presentation? Is it kind of that thing we’re getting it right? Or do you think it is important to get the right pattern on there? 01:07:02 Steven: Well, as far as the right pattern goes, I’ve always been more into simulation than imitation. I think more the most important part of of simulation or imitating a bug is, uh, size and silhouette. and color a distant third. Like, say, you’re fishing a really, really heavy caddis hatch right of an evening and you’re competing against a bazillion naturals, right? Yeah. Uh, you want to have the right size and silhouette, which is a soft tackle, fly covers that, maybe the color, maybe a little bit more flashy and maybe something slightly different, but not way different than, than what’s coming off, you know, to make it stand out a little bit more. So, you know, a guy could, could mess around with that generally, uh, what I do, what I’ve been doing lately is I’ll under the body with, uh, with tinsel, either gold or silver tinsel, depending, and then dub over it with a really light, really light dubbing. So when it’s wet, that, uh, that inner glow from the tinsel kind of shines through the dubbing, what I call inner light. And I found those work really good when you’re competing against a lot of naturals. 01:08:25 Dave: That’s sweet. What about your, uh, you have a single hand. Let’s just say this single versus two hand. You can only pick one rod for the rest of your days. Which one are you going with for trout Spey? 01:08:36 Steven: Oh, for trout Spey. Well, I definitely have a double hand then. 01:08:40 Dave: So you pick double. 01:08:42 Steven: I would say that would depend on where you fish the most. Now, say if I was going to be the Missouri. Right. Say, if the Missouri was my home water and I was just going to pick a rod for that, I would say a three or four weight Spey. And I would say as a general for the size waters, that most of us fish most of the time, I would say I would probably choose an eleven and a half foot to twelve foot, uh, three weight or four weight or three. Four. Uh. So I would say, you know, generally that that would probably I was just going to have one. It would probably be that, you know, I like a little bit longer. I know the guys, uh, fishing the Madison, they really like that, uh, eleven and a half foot, uh, three weight. Uh, yeah. 01:09:38 Dave: That’s it. 01:09:38 Steven: That’s a, that’s a pretty good all rounder if you were just going to have one. 01:09:43 Dave: That’s perfect. What about, uh, our, you know, you’re on a, uh, you’re heading out to the Missouri. You’re on your road trip. Are you listening to on your own? Are you listening to a podcast or you listen to music? What’s in your, what’s on the road trip? 01:09:54 Steven: Well, the radio in my truck’s not working. So I sing while I’m driving. 01:09:59 Dave: Oh you do? Are you like a musician? Is this like an actual, uh, you know, legit thing? 01:10:04 Steven: No, I, I am a musician, but I’m not a good singer. I sing like a frog. 01:10:09 Dave: Okay. What type of musician? 01:10:10 Steven: I play guitar, banjo, mandolin a little bit. 01:10:14 Dave: So awesome. Awesome. Is that something we could hear out there somewhere? Do you have any recordings of your banjo? 01:10:20 Steven: No. Probably not. You’d have to come over here to my house. Okay. Probably get me primed. A little bit of whiskey before I broke out the instrument. 01:10:28 Dave: Okay. Good, good. We’ll have to. We can work on that. What about your. The last one I’ll leave you with is on your vice. We got the vice is your your vice that you’re tying with, and then your vice that you have in your life. Like as far as maybe something that you’re, you’re doing that you might have to quit eventually. What do you think is the first off, what’s the vice? Are you tying flies? And then what’s the vice you’re going to be giving up? 01:10:47 Steven: Oh yeah. 01:10:48 Steven: I am still using the Thompson model, a vice that I’ve been using ever since high school. 01:10:55 Dave: Oh wow. The model A. That’s amazing. That’s so good. All right. Hope you enjoyed that one with Stephen. Uh, please, if you get a chance, check in with me anytime, Dave at web dot com. We’d love to hear from you if you haven’t checked in in a while or new to the show, we’ve got some good stuff coming up this year. The fly fishing boot camp, wet fly swing dot com slash boot camp. You can get more information. This is going to be our biggest boot camp ever. We got more speakers, more content, more action items to increase your level up your skills this year. So stay tuned for that. The boot camp is going to be a big one this year, and if you want to check in with me, like we said, anytime, send me an email or check out Wet Fly Swing Pro and we’re heading out of here. We got a big week coming up here and we’re looking forward to getting out on the water as well. So hope you’re able to do that too. And we will talk to you soon. See ya. 01:11:43 Dave: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.

Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing with Steven Bird

Conclusion with Steven Bird on Trout Spey and the Art of the Swing

Steven Bird gives us a simple way to think about Trout Spey: find water with the right speed and depth, pay attention to the insects, and let the current do most of the work. Small presentation changes, from a dead-drifted Bomber to the Leisenring Lift, can make a big difference.

And while the Upper Columbia has changed over the years, Steven’s message on conservation is just as important. Know your home water, pay attention to what is happening, and speak up when something needs attention.

     

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing with Michelle Edwards (Traveled #52)

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

Episode Show Notes

Michelle Edwards is a fly tyer and former guide who spent years fishing and guiding the South Fork of the Snake. We get into South Fork hatches, guide flies, nymphing from a drift boat, streamer fishing for bigger trout, and the lessons Michelle carried with her from Colorado to Idaho.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

Show Notes with Michelle Edwards on South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

About Michelle Edwards

Michelle Edwards started fly fishing around 2008 after taking a course with the Colorado Mountain Club. She went on to guide through the Blue Quill Angler in Colorado before moving to Idaho and guiding the South Fork of the Snake.

Her experience on pressured Colorado tailwaters gave her a strong foundation in nymphing, line management, and teaching beginners. On the South Fork, she added drift-boat fishing, dry droppers, streamer tactics, and western stonefly hatches to that toolbox.

Today, Michelle isn’t guiding full time, which gives her more room to fish and tie for herself. She continues exploring the waters around Idaho and tying everything from South Fork trout patterns to streamers and carp flies.

South Fork Hatches and Dry Dropper Fishing

The South Fork changes dramatically through the season. Winter flows can drop to roughly 800 or 900 CFS, while flows around the salmon fly hatch can climb toward 19,000 CFS, with Michelle calling roughly 15,000 a nice level during that period.

The salmonflies usually arrive around the first week of July, although timing can move about a week in either direction. Golden stones follow in the mix, and the river also gets mutant stones around late August into September.

South Fork hatch notes:

  • Salmonflies: usually around the first week of July
  • Golden stones: summer
  • Mutant stones: late August into September
  • Salmonfly-style Chubby Chernobyl
  • Henry’s Fork Stone

Once the salmonflies get going, Michelle says trout begin looking up and dry-dropper fishing becomes a strong option through much of the season. She focuses on banks, inside corners, drop-offs, side channels, and anywhere trout can find a softer cushion away from the heavy current.

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

From Colorado Tailwaters to Guiding in Idaho

Michelle started fly fishing around 2008 after taking a month-long class through the Colorado Mountain Club. She eventually left her job with the Department of Veterans Affairs and started guiding with the Blue Quill Angler in Evergreen, Colorado.

Kerry Carragher helped Michelle develop as a guide, and those years on technical Colorado water gave her a strong nymphing foundation. When the pandemic arrived, increasing costs and crowded rivers helped push her toward Idaho, where she found fewer anglers and a lot more water to explore.

Michelle later guided out of the Lodge at Palisades Creek on the South Fork. She eventually stepped away from full-time guiding because the long days and extended stretches of work became harder to sustain, but she still fishes the river regularly.

Simple Guide Flies That Catch South Fork Trout

Michelle likes guide flies for exactly the reason you would expect: they are simple, durable, and they catch fish. Rather than completely reinventing proven patterns, she often changes a color or another small detail to give trout something a little different.

One example is her variation on a foam Circus Peanut-style dry from Will Dornan. She uses colors that can work well during golden stone season, and the big foam profile also makes it useful as the top fly in a dry-dropper rig.

Michelle’s South Fork fly box includes:

  • Circus Peanut-style foam dry
  • Chubby Chernobyl
  • Paragon-style patterns
  • CDC blue-winged olive patterns
  • Rubber Legs
  • Coffee-and-black Rubber Legs
  • Orange-and-black Rubber Legs

One big difference from Michelle’s Colorado days is fly size. On pressured Colorado tailwaters she might have needed size 22 or 24 flies, while on the South Fork a size 16 or 18 can feel small.

The 90-Degree Nymphing Setup

Michelle’s boat nymphing system is built around creating a 90-degree connection beneath the indicator. She starts with a heavier butt section, around 20-pound material, runs that to the indicator, and then has the tippet dropping essentially straight down.

She likes Oros indicators and usually runs roughly three-and-a-half to four feet below the indicator depending on the water. A loop connection, tippet ring, or small swivel can help create the 90-degree transition.

Basic 90-degree setup:

  • Heavy butt section, roughly 20-pound
  • Oros indicator
  • Loop, tippet ring, or small swivel
  • 3X or 4X tippet
  • Heavy tungsten nymph
  • Second fly roughly eight inches away when appropriate

Michelle generally skips split shot because the heavy flies break through the surface and get down on their own. She feels the 90-degree system makes depth easier to control and helps keep the flies fishing at a consistent level.

From the boat, the rower can also help extend the drift. Michelle wants those flies fishing as long as possible, particularly along banks, drop-offs, and inside seams.

Two Flies, Better Drifts, and Line Management

Idaho regulations can allow three flies in the situations Michelle discusses, but she generally sticks with two, especially while guiding. More flies mean more opportunities for tangles, and simplicity matters when you’re helping anglers get comfortable quickly.

A Rubber Legs makes a good heavy top fly, followed by something smaller. Michelle says you can reverse that arrangement or put a smaller fly on a tag, but the important part is creating a setup the angler can actually cast and control.

For beginners, Michelle keeps casting simple:

  • Use an open loop
  • Pick up and lay down
  • Avoid unnecessary false casts
  • Mend after the cast
  • Keep excess line off the water
  • Don’t cast farther than you can effectively manage

Michelle calls fly fishing largely a game of line management. Too much line on the water creates problems with conflicting currents, hook sets, and drag, so she keeps the boat close enough to the bank that anglers don’t need to throw hero casts.

Her approach borrows from tightline nymphing without requiring a dedicated Euro setup. The goal is simply to keep unnecessary fly line off the water and make a clean drift easier to achieve.

Streamer Fishing for Bigger South Fork Trout

The South Fork is generally divided into four guiding sections, and Michelle says a two-foot trout can turn up in any of them. The upper river and section four have reputations for larger fish, but she has found big trout in places that might otherwise get overlooked.

Streamer fishing helped her learn where some of those fish lived. She recalls a client catching a 25-inch brown just below a ramp in section one, which is a good reminder that big trout don’t always follow the script.

Michelle’s own Peanut Envy variation uses black marabou with copper UV Polar Chenille. She wants streamers that remain relatively easy to cast because fishing from the boat involves repeatedly hitting the bank, making a couple of strips, picking up, and firing the next cast.

South Fork streamer patterns Michelle mentions:

  • Peanut Envy
  • Dungeon
  • Circus Peanut
  • Rusty Trombone
  • Goldie
  • Black marabou
  • Copper UV Polar Chenille

Heavy rabbit-strip flies can start feeling like casting a wet sock over a 10- or 12-mile float. Michelle instead likes a streamer-tip line with roughly 10 to 15 feet of sinking section and enough floating line behind it to make repeated casts manageable.

For the rod, Michelle favors a 7-weight when larger trout and strong current are in play. A 6-weight can work, but she has seen a big brown bend one all the way into the cork.

Fly Tying, Carp, and Learning the Fundamentals

Michelle tied streamers and carp flies at the East Idaho Fly Tying Expo, choosing patterns that were a little different from the dry flies people might expect to see. In previous years she has also tied trout spey flies, and she likes using these events as an opportunity to learn tricks from other tyers.

For someone starting out, Michelle recommends taking advantage of hands-on beginner classes at fly shops. She also points to Charlie Craven’s beginner fly-tying material because the step-by-step approach lets one skill build on another.

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing
March 26, 2023 “I’m usually a little too introverted for shows, but it was fun to tie up some flies at the eastern Idaho expo here this weekend. Thanks to anyone who stopped by to check out some little trout spey bugs. I will now sleep for the rest of the weekend.” (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/slackwaterrepublic1/)

She also tied a Carp Bitter-style fly at the expo. Carp are available on the main Snake and in nearby reservoirs, giving Michelle another reason to keep experimenting beyond the trout patterns she spent years tying as a guide.

If Michelle had to narrow everything down to one versatile fly, the Woolly Bugger would be near the top of the list, with a Rubber Legs right there as another contender.

Saltwater Travel and What’s Next

Even with all the water around Idaho, Michelle would like to get back to saltwater fishing. She’s made trips to Mexico, the Bahamas, and the Gulf Coast, and landed her first permit on her second saltwater trip.

If she had to choose one saltwater destination from her experience, the Everglades would be high on the list because of the variety. Tarpon and redfish are both part of the appeal, while the Bahamas remains a standout option for bonefish.

One of Michelle’s favorite parts of traveling is how small the fly-fishing world becomes. Even as an introvert, she has found that anglers have a way of connecting, showing each other around, and opening doors to new water.

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

You can find Michelle on Instagram @slackwaterrepublic1.


Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Related Podcast Episodes


Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
WFS 985 Transcript 00:00:00 Dave: Today we’re breaking down simple guide flies, dry dropper strategies, and a nymphing setup that keeps your flies in the zone longer without overcomplicating things. Today’s guest is a guide Fly Tyer, and someone who spent years dialing in, guiding and fishing on the South Fork of the snake and other waters of the west. This is the Travel Podcast series where we bring you the best places to fish in the West, and the stories behind how this region became what it is today. Michelle Edwards is here today, and she’s going to talk about how she tweaks standard flies just enough to get more eats. The dry dropper system that works from summer through fall. We’re going to get into a breakdown on what the ninety degree Nymphing setup is all about, and how to get longer, better drifts with a drift boat. And we’re also going to talk about the easy way to fish two flies. This episode is presented by Visit Idaho and Yellowstone Teton Territory, home to some of the most diverse and wild trout waters in the west. All right. You can connect with Michelle anytime. You can find her on Instagram @slackwaterrepublic1. Here she is. Michelle Edwards, how you doing, Michelle? 00:01:04 Michelle: Good. How are you doing? 00:01:05 Dave: Not too bad. Not too bad. How did the show treat you? I’m curious. We’re going to talk a little about your background here. You just came out of the Idaho show, right? The fly tying expo. How was that this year? 00:01:16 Michelle: Yeah, it was pretty good. There was a ton of people. The weather was pretty nice and a lot of flat tires, and I got to see a lot of cool things. 00:01:24 Dave: What were some of the we’ll talk about your fly time a little bit, but what were some of the cool things you saw out there at the show this year? Were there some different things from the last few years? 00:01:31 Michelle: Yeah, I think there were more tires this year. I don’t know, I’m just really interested to learn from other people because you can always pick up a tip or two from watching anybody. 00:01:41 Dave: Yeah. Were you tagging at the show? 00:01:43 Michelle: Uh, this year I tied some streamers and some little cart flies. Just something different. 00:01:49 Dave: That’s right. When you were guiding out there, what was the species? Were you guiding for trout or carp or what were you focused on? 00:01:56 Michelle: Uh, trout. 00:01:57 Dave: Trout. Okay. And streamers and carp. As far as the flies, what were some of those patterns that you were tying there? 00:02:03 Michelle: Um, I tie like, a little, like peanut envy variation. Just something that I like to throw from my boat here on the South fork of the snake. And just some little basic, like, carp bitters. I don’t know, I tie a lot of nice, simple guide flies. 00:02:18 Dave: Right, exactly. And is the South Fork. That’s the river you’re fishing most still? 00:02:22 Michelle: Yeah, it still is. Uh, even though I’m not guiding on there anymore, I still fish it at least once a week with one of my guide buddies. 00:02:28 Dave: Oh. You do? Okay. How’s that thing? Is that getting ready this time of year? You know, it’s kind of. April is kind of right, right upon us here. Is that going right now or what’s that look like? 00:02:38 Michelle: It’s been a really warm winter here. I mean, winter, if you can even call it that. But it’s been super windy, so it’s been hard to get out and go find a good time to go fishing. But it should be picking up here pretty soon. Once they start raising the flows, the winter flow is is pretty low, so it’s kind of hard to scoot a boat through some of the spots. 00:02:59 Dave: Oh, right. So it’s they keep it low this time of year. It’s pretty low. 00:03:03 Michelle: Yeah. They drop it down to about eight or nine hundred and it it’s just really tough. 00:03:07 Dave: Yeah. Oh right right right. What is the typical flow during the, um you know, prime time? What’s the flow you’re looking for. 00:03:14 Michelle: The prime time for like the salmon fly hatch in, in June and July is pretty high. It can be up to nineteen thousand. But. 00:03:21 Dave: Oh wow. 00:03:22 Michelle: If it’s about fifteen that’s super nice. 00:03:25 Dave: Yeah. So eight hundred is way is about as low. That’s about as low as it gets. 00:03:29 Michelle: Yeah. It is. 00:03:30 Dave: Okay. Wow. When is the sand fly hatch. When does that hit in? Uh, typically on a typical can you narrow it down to say, you know, the sand fly hatch any given. And like the giant, the big stone, you guys get the big stones out there, right? 00:03:43 Michelle: We do. And it’s a bit later like it. It kind of starts over on the Henry’s Fork, like around Memorial Day. And then since we just have so much more water coming out of Palisades. The water is a lot colder, so it takes a while to bump up that temperature. And we get it usually kind of first week of July. But it it can be like anywhere like a week or on the front or back end of that. 00:04:07 Dave: Okay, first week of July. So, and that’s, that’s when that starts going. And then do you fish the goldens kind of throughout the whole year or throughout a good part of the summer after that? 00:04:17 Michelle: Yeah, it kind of comes in a mix like, and then we also have an awesome little stonefly that you don’t see anywhere else. The, the mutant stones, kind of a September like late August kind of thing. 00:04:30 Dave: Yeah, I’ve heard about that one. The mutant. And what’s the pattern you’d be fishing for the big if you’re trying to match that big stonefly pattern a bit, the giant salmonfly. 00:04:39 Michelle: It kind of depends. Like if you’re guiding, um, the salmonfly, uh, flavored like chubby Chernobyl works pretty good, especially with like a darker like gray wing. But, um, the Henry’s Fork salmonfly works pretty good. 00:04:52 Dave: Is there a flag called the Henry’s Fork salmon fly? 00:04:55 Michelle: Yeah, it’s like the Henry’s Fork stone. It’s kind of like thin and narrow, but it’s still floats pretty good. It’s foam. 00:05:01 Dave: What was the shot you’re getting with their. 00:05:04 Michelle: Uh, the lodge at Palisades Creek? 00:05:05 Dave: Yeah. Lodge at Palisades Creek. What was the focus there like? Were you fishing throughout the summer or what was that time? Would that look like? 00:05:11 Michelle: Yeah, pretty much the summer. Like once the salmon flies come off, like they start looking up. So you can do dry droppers pretty much all the way through. 00:05:19 Dave: And how do you fish the the dry dropper. Is that fished kind of hit in the banks or were you typically where are you finding fish for that with the dry dropper kind of does that go like wherever. 00:05:30 Michelle: Pretty much the banks. Um, there is a lot of water, so kind of anywhere that they can get like a little soft cushion, but like inside corners, drop offs, all those good spots. 00:05:41 Dave: Mhm. Gotcha. So you’re just kind of floating down for the most part and fishing out of the boat, looking for wherever there’s a soft spot kind of that you can hit. 00:05:48 Michelle: Yeah, it’s, it’s not really a Wade friendly river until it kind of drops below. I don’t know, probably like ten thousand, nine thousand. You really just can’t get out. Plus the floats are pretty long, so you don’t really want to. 00:06:01 Dave: Oh, right. How long is a typical float during that time of year? 00:06:04 Michelle: I think they’re about um, the sections are like one through four. It’s about I think ten to twelve miles for each one. 00:06:10 Dave: Gotcha. So you’re in nineteen thousand. I mean if it’s up you’re moving pretty quick. Are you stopping at all or are you. You must be floating pretty fast down through there. 00:06:18 Michelle: Uh, you can get through it pretty quick, but when you are guiding, you do obviously have to stop for tangles and that sort of thing. 00:06:24 Dave: Oh, okay. Yeah, yeah. So you are stopping tangles and hitting some backwaters and side channels and stuff like that. 00:06:30 Michelle: Yeah, there’s some really good side channels and most of them now are pretty open. 00:06:34 Dave: Yeah. So that’s basically the South Fork. And now you’re out there not guiding as much. What’s your travel look like now? Are you getting around checking out places around that area or more around the state? 00:06:45 Michelle: Uh, yeah, definitely closer to home. Now, obviously you can hear my cats yelling, so. Oh, yeah, I got some creatures I got to take care of and a ton of water here that I really haven’t even been able to touch since I moved. Kind of. Once you’re guiding, you’re on that river and then you’re kind of fishing that river when you’re on your days off, which is fine, but we still have the Henry’s Fork and then the lakes and then steelhead over on the salmon River. 00:07:12 Dave: Mhm. Yeah. 00:07:13 Michelle: Just all sorts of good stuff. And then if you go a little further north, there’s the Madison and Yellowstone. So it’s a great area. 00:07:21 Dave: There’s a lot of opportunities out there. What is the, uh, the Stillwater. Have you done a little bit of that? Some Stillwater fishing? 00:07:28 Michelle: Not really too much. Just a couple of little lakes here and there looking for some grayling and some other out of the way fish that I haven’t caught. But hopefully this year I’m gonna get up and fish Henry’s Lake at least, right? 00:07:41 Dave: Yeah, that’s definitely a good one. Okay. Yeah, Henry’s and then and then what else is going on throughout the time? I mean, again, it goes back to the show. Are you planning on hitting the the Expo again this next year. The. I guess it’s the snake River, the website. I think it’s SR snake River cutthroat Expo dot org. I’m not sure if that’s still the the main site, but are you planning on doing that this next year? 00:08:01 Michelle: Oh yeah. Definitely. And then I hope, I hope this next year that we have some some ladies sign up for the women’s fly tying class. 00:08:09 Dave: Okay. Is that what you did this year? 00:08:11 Michelle: Well, we didn’t have anybody sign up, so it got cancelled, but. 00:08:13 Dave: Oh, wow, that’s too bad. 00:08:16 Michelle: That’s all right. 00:08:16 Dave: It’s still kind of a definitely a male dominated kind of event. Is that true or do you see a mix of people out there? It’s just that didn’t not for the classes. 00:08:25 Michelle: There’s more of a mix definitely. But it still is a male dominated industry. 00:08:30 Dave: Yeah it is. What is that like for you? You’ve been guiding and I guess you’re not doing that anymore. But what has that been like for you is that, you know, you’ve probably seen some changes. Have you been doing the guiding or when did you first get into all the fly fishing? 00:08:43 Michelle: I first got into fly fishing back in like two thousand and eight, I think I took a class from the Colorado Mountain Club back in Denver. They do like a full month long class and a couple evenings and then casting and then kind of an on river day, which was pretty good. I think they’re still doing it, but. 00:09:03 Dave: So is that where you were? You kind of were in Colorado and then you moved out down to Idaho Falls? 00:09:09 Michelle: Yeah, I was in Colorado and I, I had been guiding for the, the Blue Quill angler, which I kind of got into after I quit my, my real job working for the Department of Veterans Affairs, just too much stress. And then I was lucky that a good friend of mine was the guide coordinator at the Blue Quill. So I got on with them and then learned how to do all the stuff. 00:09:31 Dave: Yeah. What was that like? Who taught you? Who was the was there one person or a bunch of people that taught you the guide, how to become a guide, how to, you know, be good at the guiding? 00:09:40 Michelle: Yeah, I worked really closely with, uh, Kerry Carragher. He used to be the well, he was the guy coordinator there, but he was previously when I met him, I think the fishing manager at the Cherry Creek Fish shop in Denver. 00:09:52 Dave: Okay. Kerry. And and so in the blue Hill that’s in Colorado. 00:09:55 Michelle: Yeah, it’s in evergreen, Colorado. 00:09:57 Dave: And so you get going on the guiding up there. Is that how your guiding work? You started in Colorado and then moved down or what were you doing there? 00:10:03 Michelle: Yeah, I started in Colorado. And then, um, when the pandemic hit, I had been kind of looking to get out of Colorado since it was getting so ridiculously expensive. And the rivers are pretty crowded. I mean, working on the South Platte in Denver is definitely combat fishing. So now here in Idaho, it’s nice and chill and less people, more rivers. 00:10:25 Dave: Is it the less fewer people there? 00:10:27 Michelle: Yeah. I mean, unless you try and go for the salmon fly hatch over on the Henry’s fork, that’s when it gets super busy. But in general, it’s not nearly as crowded as the Colorado River is. 00:10:37 Dave: Yeah. Gotcha. What was the what was the guiding like when you were out there and, and on the South Fork, was it something you really enjoyed or did you find. It was pretty, pretty hard and challenging. 00:10:47 Michelle: I know, I really enjoyed it. It wasn’t as challenging as the South Platte for sure, but I mean, there are days like, honestly, the river gets a vote. Like they bump the flows and you might have a bad day. It might be might be a struggle all the way through. But in general, it was pretty good. 00:11:06 Dave: Yeah. That’s pretty is that I know that for me that was challenging. When you have a rough day, how do you handle that? How do you deal with those days where fishing is really tough? 00:11:15 Michelle: Oh man. It’s like mild panic. And then you’re just trying to run through everything that you could possibly do and trying to find something. But I think I only got blanked once. That was pretty good. 00:11:26 Dave: That is pretty good. Yeah. And I guess there’s other things you can learn while you’re out. You’re out there, right? I mean, I guess it depends on whether you have a kind of a beginner or somebody who’s got a lot of experience. But, um, what got you out of the guiding. 00:11:37 Michelle: Um, just getting older and I just, I don’t know, I can’t do like twelve hour days for twenty days in a row anymore. 00:11:44 Dave: Yeah. The guy thing is interesting because I always make. Well, not always, but the analogy is to professional sports, right? It’s not the same, but there’s some similarities, right? Like these pro athletes, by the time they’re forty or whatever, they’re old, you know, and guidings a little bit different. I think there’s lots of people that guide way past that and into their late years. But yeah, it takes something to be doing that right all day long and getting up and the boat and all that stuff. Right? 00:12:09 Michelle: Yeah. Especially trying to do it full time. And when you’re single, that adds another layer to it. 00:12:16 Dave: Another thing. What is the, uh, what was your boat of choice that you were running there? 00:12:21 Michelle: Um, I had to hide and, uh, I originally bought it when I was in a guide in Colorado, probably on the Upper Colorado. So that’s actually how I ended up in Idaho Falls. I came up here to pick up my boat and it was a pretty cool area, so I ended up here. 00:12:36 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:12:37 Michelle: Yeah. 00:12:37 Dave: So you got your boat. How did you, out of all the drift boats out there? And are there some in Colorado? Are there some drift boat companies in Colorado. Or maybe not, because I’m trying to think of one, because there’s not as much more rafts up there. Right? 00:12:48 Michelle: It’s more rafts. But, um, I think like Hog Island, I think they’re still in Colorado. And then Boulder, I think is still in Colorado. 00:12:55 Dave: So you chose Hyde. What got you to made the decision to go for height as opposed to other boats. 00:13:01 Michelle: Originally it was first, uh, like customer service. Like it’s hard to kind of figure out how much these things cost. Like you gotta call around and I’d send out a bunch of email requests to a whole bunch of different places. And, uh, Matt Hyde called me back like within an hour of sending the email. So I chatted with him and that’s service. Yeah. I mean, so I really liked it. And then that’s what I ended up going with. 00:13:25 Dave: Yeah, I wrote a Hyde my first. Still only time I wrote Hyde was, um, it was one of the skiffs, the, you know, the nice low side skiff the first time I wrote a skiff. Man, that thing was super awesome. It was just the whole day we were on the South Fork, and it was just nice getting in and out of the boat. Do you still. Is that still your boat? Are you still running there? 00:13:44 Michelle: It is, but I would kind of like to get a Montana skiff instead. 00:13:48 Dave: Oh, Montana skiff. Now, is that a different boat than. That’s a different company. 00:13:52 Michelle: No, it’s the hide the skiff. 00:13:55 Dave: Oh, it’s. Hide. Yeah. Okay. Gotcha. Yeah. I don’t know which one I had. So they have a few different skiff models. 00:13:59 Michelle: I’m not sure I know the headhunter the clock is is pretty popular too, but it’s pretty low. 00:14:06 Dave: Gotcha. What is your current height? What’s the model? 00:14:08 Michelle: I don’t know, it’s a guide. Guide Pro. 00:14:11 Dave: Oh, okay. So it’s like more of a full it’s more of a full with the pointy bow and all that stuff. It’s not a skiff. 00:14:16 Michelle: Yeah. No, it’s not a skiff. 00:14:18 Dave: Yeah. I think that’s what I had. I think I had more like the Montana or at least that was I rented it, I rent it, there’s a boat company that rents boats out there. So you got your hide still going strong. What about you mentioned guide flies. What do you think when you’re fishing the South fork of the snake. What do you think? Are those top flies you know throughout the year that are kind of your guide flies. 00:14:37 Michelle: Anytime you can put like a little variation on some of the standards that might be enough to get more fish. Just changing up the color. Like, uh, I copy a circus peanut Chernobyl. So I still put like a, like a huge wing on it, but it, it kind of looks more like that, like dornan’s like circus peanut colors. That works pretty good for a golden, like later on in the year. And then it’s just simple stuff like changing up your colors and. 00:15:06 Dave: Oh, right. So Paragon is a staple. That’s a good one. 00:15:09 Michelle: Yeah. Pretty staple. And then, um, like the CDC flies. Yeah. Just like simple like blueing olives with CDC wings. Those seem to be pretty good. 00:15:18 Dave: Right. So little, um, kind of more do you fish more mergers or are these kind of like, uh, what type of fly? Not, not dries necessarily, right. More like in the surface or. 00:15:27 Michelle: Uh, no, like full droppers. So generally like the rig that everybody’s running is like a big foam fly and then about an arm’s length to your dropper, which is usually something with a heavy bead to get down in that water. 00:15:41 Dave: Gotcha. So you’re getting down. So you’re using the foam fly and there’s the circus. Is that kind of a, um, a nymph too? 00:15:48 Michelle: No, it’s a, it’s a dry fly, but it’s like a yellow gold foam. 00:15:53 Dave: Gotcha. Okay. I was thinking like streamer style, but this is more dry drop. Yeah. Okay, I got you. I’m looking at it now. 00:15:59 Michelle: Yeah, it’s a different one. It’s not the the streamer circus peanut. It’s. 00:16:02 Dave: Yeah. The streamer. Yeah, yeah I see. Yeah. I didn’t realize there was another one. Yeah. Okay. So there’s one called the Circus peanut. 00:16:07 Michelle: Yeah. It’s a Will Dornan from over in, uh, Grand Teton somewhere. 00:16:12 Dave: Gotcha. Yeah. So that looks. Yeah, lots of foam. That’s like a foam matches a like you said, a golden or maybe even a hopper could like any of that stuff, right? 00:16:20 Michelle: Definitely. 00:16:21 Dave: Okay. Yeah, that’s that’s it. So you got that fly the paragon of course. And what are some of the other nymphs you’d be throwing below that on the dry dropper? 00:16:28 Michelle: Um, since we got so many stonefly as a rubber leg is pretty money most of the year. 00:16:34 Dave: Right. Just the basic black rubber leg sort of thing. 00:16:37 Michelle: Yeah. Coffee and black. Um, orange and black. That’s a pretty good one. But what’s nice about Idaho is no more of those Colorado sized flies. 00:16:46 Dave: Oh, right. Right. So you don’t because of the. Is that because of the cutthroat. You think the species that are in the river or just because there’s. Why is it easier? Do you think they’re on the South Fork versus Colorado? 00:16:58 Michelle: I think the insects are bigger and the trout just don’t see as much pressure as like below the frying pan or the South Platte or the Taylor. There’s just so technical. 00:17:08 Dave: Yeah, it’s that’s it. It’s just. And the river is much like what is comparison to South Florida snake size versus, say the the Platte. What’s the difference in size? 00:17:16 Michelle: I think when I first came here, I was like, oh, I don’t have any, uh, I don’t have any midges as large as an eighteen. Like, oh, you got to go small sixteen or eighteen. I’m like, oh, great. Oh, wow, that sounds awesome. Compared to a twenty four and a twenty two. 00:17:33 Dave: Right, right. So when you came out of Colorado. Did the skills, your skills in Colorado help there, or were you kind of at another level because it was harder there? 00:17:43 Michelle: Definitely. Especially on the Nymphing front here, we really do have a dry or die kind of culture, but learning how to nymph properly on the Tailwaters in Colorado, just really it really helps, especially if you have to go to them, which you do. 00:17:59 Dave: And are you nymphing on the South Fork quite a bit. 00:18:01 Michelle: I am. I try to get people to do it, but man, they just they don’t want to really. 00:18:06 Dave: What does it look like? What is the Nymphing setup look like? What would you run on the South Fork? What would your. Is it pretty much the same thing you’d run up on in Colorado? 00:18:14 Michelle: Uh, no. Here out of the boat, I usually do the the ninety degree system. So kind of like a butt section and then to the indicator and then just straight down. Usually I use a swivel, usually kind of, I don’t know, three and a half, four feet depending, and then like another eight inches to one. And then if you’re desperate, another one. 00:18:34 Dave: How do you make the ninety degree? How does that setup work? 00:18:38 Michelle: Um, so it’s kind of a fat section probably like, I don’t know, twenty pound, I think to get it to cast properly and then just to like another loop and then put an indicator on the end of that. I’ve been using the Oros ones. Those are pretty, pretty great. So simple and so easy to cast for people for sure. And then you just tie on like a four x three x tippet and then it just goes straight down ninety degrees. 00:19:01 Dave: Oh, so you just tie your four right on to the the loop. Yeah. To the not not a swivel. You just have like a kind of one of those loop connectors. 00:19:09 Michelle: I use a loop sometimes because I’m cheap and then, but you could use like tippet rings or like a little swivel or something to kind of get that ninety degrees. 00:19:19 Dave: Yeah. Okay. So you do the ninety, then you go down to your, your nymph and then how do you fish that is that just like what sort of water is there any tips on fishing that setup? 00:19:28 Michelle: Uh, no. Same thing. Kind of still like close to the banks and then drop offs and, inside seams are probably the best, but it’s it’s good because with the ninety degree, like once you put it off the side of the boat, then you can just adjust your rowing to get like longer drifts. And then the longer they keep them, the longer the better. 00:19:47 Dave: So how does that ninety degree like fish differently than, say, if you just had a straight nymphing setup, like without that ninety? How does that change the drift? 00:19:56 Michelle: I think it kind of keeps it more at like the same level. I feel like when you’re nipping like the regular with like a regular leader and then like split shot and all that, it just kind of, I feel like it’s harder to control the depth for myself, but it’s pretty consistent with the ninety. 00:20:12 Dave: It is. Okay. Would you put split shot on that if you’re somewhere on that setup? 00:20:17 Michelle: Uh, I usually don’t because it usually everything just like once you break the surface tension, it pretty much sinks and then. 00:20:23 Dave: Yeah, so no split. You’re just using a heavy tungsten fly or something like that. 00:20:28 Michelle: Yeah. 00:20:29 Dave: Do you use two flies? Can you use two flies there. 00:20:31 Michelle: Uh, you can use three flies, but I usually do two. Especially when you’re guiding because it’s just going to turn into a rat’s nest sooner or later, right? 00:20:40 Dave: So how do you fish the, um, when you’re fishing two flies. How are you fishing those? Like what are the two types of flies you’d be using there? 00:20:47 Michelle: I’m a big fan of using a rubber legs on the the top to get it down. And then and then something small, whatever you’re trying to fish. But you can do it differently. You can put the the rubber legs down on the bottom or the heavy fly and then do a tag for the the top fly. It works pretty good. But I mean, it’s all relative, I guess. Yeah, it’s whatever you prefer. It all works. 00:21:11 Dave: That’s right, that’s right. What about I mean, you got into these schools, you were doing these schools up there for a while, and it sounds like you were around them. Did you get into casting? Was that like a big thing you spent a lot of time on like, talk about that a little bit. How would you take a when you were doing the schools, somebody into that casting, like say they had a little experience but had some struggles? 00:21:30 Michelle: Yeah. So I did mostly like the beginner casting. Um, I know folks who are like master casting instructors for the f, f or whatever it is now, but I’m definitely not a casting nerd, but everybody can benefit from somebody kind of watching your casting and kind of breaking it down. But the way, the way I kind of learned it was the way that Carrie taught it, which I feel like is pretty effective because I was fortunate enough to volunteer for the casting for recovery here this past fall, and I taught it the same way. And people just pick it up. So it’s kind of the like, if you can pick up the phone, hello, it’s for you. 00:22:07 Dave: Oh, right. Yeah. The phone trick. Yeah. 00:22:09 Michelle: That just really makes it easy for people to understand. 00:22:14 Dave: There’s a place where every bend in the river feels like it’s been waiting for you. Where the air smells of sage and pine and trout rise beneath the shadows of the Tetons. That places visit Idaho’s Yellowstone Teton Territory, the heartbeat of fly fishing in the west from the legendary Henrys Fork to the winding south fork of the snake. This is where big fish and bigger stories live. You’ll find endless waters welcoming towns and locals who still wave as you drive by with drift boat in tow. This is your starting point for world class fly fishing, year round recreation, and wild country that stays with you long after you’ve packed up your gear. Check it out right now that’s wet fly swing dot com slash t e t o n. Visit Idaho for yourself and support this podcast while you go. Were you getting people in there that were really this is pretty much like a beginner class. Yeah, people just getting into fly fishing. 00:23:09 Michelle: Definitely beginners, um, like some people that had seen fish before and maybe or something like that. 00:23:13 Dave: But yeah, I think there’s definitely, you know, the casting is part of it, but like you’re saying, the nymphing is part of it too. You know, people have all sorts of questions about, you know, how to fish two flies, right? I think that’s a struggle for a lot of people. How do you how do you keep people from getting tangled? What’s the secret there? Are you? Is it the cast? Are you doing, like, more of an open loop? Or how do you, you know, how do you keep people from tangling? Two flies? 00:23:35 Michelle: I definitely like an open loop. And then kind of if they’re a beginner, really, when you’re trying to get them on the boat, like you’ve got pretty limited time to get everybody up and going. So it’s kind of just a pick up and lay down really just works well. 00:23:50 Dave: Yeah. Right. So you use the you just pick up. So it’s on the water, you pick it up and are you false casting? 00:23:56 Michelle: No. 00:23:58 Dave: No. So just cast it to the other like pick it up, lay it down on the water and then maybe make a cast back the other way. 00:24:04 Michelle: Uh, yeah, usually just pick up, lay down and mend. 00:24:07 Dave: Yeah. Oh. And mend. Right, right, right. Gotcha. So yeah, if you’re nymphing, you got to get it up out of the water first. And then once it’s out of the water, then you make your, your roll cast. 00:24:16 Michelle: Yeah. False casting just gives me anxiety. In general. 00:24:21 Dave: Yeah. What about on, you know, on the on the fly tying when you’re you’re doing these tying demos. If somebody is new to fly tying or wants to get better, what’s your advice to them? 00:24:32 Michelle: Probably now that there’s so many like hands on classes, like pretty much every fly shop is doing a beginner night or like a beginner class. Kind of when I started fly tying, like it was hard to find like a beginner class that was open. I think the only one who was doing it in Colorado at that time was a Charlie Craven. 00:24:50 Dave: That’s a good one. So Charlie’s beginner fly tying. 00:24:52 Michelle: Yeah. Which I still recommend to people, but myself, like it took me like two hours of watching a YouTube video to figure out how to use a whip finish. So that can definitely be a struggle. 00:25:04 Dave: But that’s a good, good reminder on Charlie’s book. So beginner fly tying, if somebody new to it and they haven’t got in, that’s a good place to get started. 00:25:11 Michelle: Yeah. And I know like books are probably like old technology, but it really is helpful. It’s like step by step photos and each skill kind of builds upon the next, which is the way that I teach it. Even without the book. 00:25:24 Dave: Are you still tying when you go out or are you still tying up for the next day when you’re doing it? 00:25:28 Michelle: Yeah, I am, but now I just get to tie for myself and not like a dozen flies that somebody might lose and I would need for two days later. 00:25:36 Dave: Right? Yeah, it must be. Is it pretty cool now that you’re. It seems like with the guiding that it’s not easy, right? It’s a tough thing, but there’s some people that were kind of just built for it. Right. Do you feel like it’s something that that’s true, or do you think anybody can pick up and learn guiding and become a great guide? 00:25:51 Michelle: I think it’s kind of both. Like there are some people that like really just it works well for them. And then there’s other people kind of like myself that kind of struggle. Like I’m pretty introverted. So eight to ten hours with somebody like just chatting all the time. It really does like kind of wear you out. But I feel like the people that do better, like are kind of, I don’t know, like. 00:26:13 Dave: They kind of know when to, when to chat and when to not. Right. I think sometimes that’s a thing or, or maybe there’s the guy that as you go down, you learn about the geology of the river canyon and the ecology. Right? That’s kind of cool too. Was that something, you know? Did you break out any of that other stuff? Did you learn some of that to do some stuff outside of fly fishing, or do you know what I’m talking about there? 00:26:33 Michelle: Yeah. No, definitely. Um, that really gets you through like the, the struggle days. Fortunately, on the South Fork, we got tons of giant birds. So you got bald eagles and golden eagles and moose, and if you’re lucky, some river otters. 00:26:47 Dave: So yeah, we were talking just yeah. On the guiding. I think the guiding for me was interesting is always interesting because I, I did, you know, some of it and I found it challenging. I was a steelhead guide for a good chunk. And it was really, I remember days when we, you know, you’d get skunked. And I remember being like, wow, this is a rough day. Like, I’m ready to give it up, you know? But then as I started to talk to more guides, steelhead guides later and, you know, I remember Mia, I think I was talking to them, Mia and Marty, and they’re like, did I mentioned about getting skunked? And they’re like, hey, you know, like they kind of laughed almost, you know what I mean? Realizing like, that’s just part of the game. But yeah. Was that a tough one for you when you had those days. 00:27:25 Michelle: Um, it can be tough, but then kind of like once you’re back at the shop or back at the lodge, like talking to the other guides, like you can, like you can just figure out how much they struggle to especially. I mean, it happened a couple times on the South Platte, like it’s just a tough river and then there’s rain and something blows out. Like it can just be, it can just be a struggle. But then when you hear that your boss struggled really hard and they wrote several books on the place, it puts it all in perspective. Yeah, kind of makes you feel better. 00:27:59 Dave: That’s a good point. Yeah. I feel like that’s, that’s totally out there. It’s, uh, you know, they’re all just, we’re all people. You know, there’s nothing special. Like everybody has bad days. Well, we were talking a little bit about the, the line management, you know, with the it seems like with the nymphing and maybe the dry fly, maybe everything is line management something that you’re teaching, is that something that you’re trying to educate people on? What would you tell somebody that’s struggling with that? 00:28:23 Michelle: It’s all line management from your cast, your drift to fighting the fish. Everything. It’s all line management. And just like fly tying, it’s all thread management. That’s really all it is. Those are the two fundamentals for both sides of it. 00:28:40 Dave: Right? Right. What is the when you’re nymphing typically with that setup, are you do you have a bunch of line piled up in the bow? I guess people are sitting there on the front or the back. Is that how you do it or describe that? Like somebody’s getting going? Nymphing. They kind of have a set amount of line out there for the most part, and they’re just fishing that right around the boat. 00:28:58 Michelle: Uh, yeah, I try and keep the boat pretty close to the bank to make it manageable for most folks. In general, like a lot of people try and put way too much line out there. Like, oh, I could cast like thirty feet. Like you don’t need to row in. Yeah, no, I need to row in because you’re not gonna be able to set the hook and you’re drifting across two different currents now. So with my experience in Colorado, a lot of it is. Tightline. Nymphing. So I would teach a very similar thing out of the boat. So I’d have him keep it like pretty high and kind of men’s off there. But then it seemed to work really well for me. 00:29:32 Dave: Yeah. Is tightline nymphing is that I always kind of interchange those and think Euro nymphing. Is that a different thing or is that the same? 00:29:39 Michelle: It’s kind of different, but it’s the same, but more just not having like thirty feet that you’re constantly trying to mend. Just trying to any line on the water is really going to start messing with your drift. So just keeping it as up as possible. 00:29:53 Dave: All right, so keep as much line off the water. 00:29:55 Michelle: Yeah. Just making it easier for beginners to get a good drift. 00:29:59 Dave: Right. But you’re not using necessarily the Euro nymphing lines or have you used some of that stuff. 00:30:05 Michelle: No, no, just just kind of the technique just kind of adjusted. 00:30:08 Dave: Yeah. Adjusted. Okay. And then what about on the on the South Fork? Are there some chance to find some bigger fish? What would be your advice there? Somebody fish in the South Fork to find some of those bigger. I mean, because there’s a mixer’s, right? There’s rainbows and there’s cutthroat there. 00:30:20 Michelle: Yeah. And brown trout. 00:30:22 Dave: Yeah. How do you go about finding if somebody is on your boat in the morning? He’s like, man, I really want to catch a big, you know, whatever that is the biggest fish I can find today. Would you fish differently than if you were fishing just for trying to catch a bunch of fish? 00:30:35 Michelle: Uh, kind of, but kind of not. Um, there’s four sections generally that you guide one, two, three, four from the dam down. Section four is closer to the main and it has some, some pretty big fish in there. And then also the upper section has like the bigger fish that kind of just sit around the dam and kind of that sort of thing. But I mean, you could find a two footer in each section. 00:30:57 Dave: You can. Oh yeah. So any of those sections. Yeah. 00:31:00 Michelle: Yeah. I mean they’re like farther section two and three, the canyon sections there are generally thought to be less big fish, but I still find them. 00:31:11 Dave: So within those so there’s two footers out there. In all the sections are the two footers in more of the slacker water pools or more, you know, are they are they found in different areas versus, say, just slapping the banks or, you know, what are your thoughts there? 00:31:25 Michelle: I think they kind of are. Um, they can be up on the banks and there’s a lot of good like timber, like down cottonwoods. And especially in section four, it’s kind of a cottonwood graveyard down there. But what I would do is I, I fish streamers a lot on my days off. And now that it’s all my days off. So then you can kind of figure out where the bigger fish might be. That might you might not have thought of that. They would have been in that section, but they are. So it’s good to kind of find them on your days off. And then you can put people on them, but sometimes they’re just in the randomest spots. Like I had a guy who caught a twenty five inch brown that was right below one of the the ramps in section one. 00:32:05 Dave: Exactly. And our streamers. Do you think you have a better chance at a two foot fish with fishing streamers? 00:32:10 Michelle: Yeah, definitely. 00:32:11 Dave: What is your go to streamer pattern on the South Fork? 00:32:14 Michelle: Uh, yeah. So kind of the, the peanut envy that I tie black marabou and copper UV polar chenille. It’s a great color combo for me and just anything like when you’re fishing streamers out of a boat, especially with the water moving as fast as the South Fork. Like you got to keep casting all the time to different spots. Like there’s not a lot of let it swim. It’s pick up, hit the bank, couple strips, hit it again. So you don’t want to don’t really want to fish anything with like, uh, like rabbit or anything that’s going to like really weird. Weigh it down because twelve miles of fishing, a wet sock is really going to put your shoulder through it. 00:32:55 Dave: Oh yeah. What is the what’s a good pattern? That’s not like a wet sock. That’s the opposite. Streamer. 00:33:00 Michelle: Good pattern dungeons work really well. Um, like circus peanuts, peanut envies like the rusty trombone and the Goldies are a pretty popular one here, too. 00:33:11 Dave: Gotcha. Those are. You know, I think that’s. Do you ever think about that? I think that’s interesting. The names of the flies, I think Kelly’s. In fact, there was some stuff where he got God, I can’t remember the shop, but somebody just drilled into him and it was kind of a viral blog post because of the names. But what’s your take on it? Because these are all kind of we talked about the male dominated names. These a lot of these have those names. Do you think much about that, or is that just kind of part of not a big deal? 00:33:37 Michelle: Yeah, I mean, it is kind of irritating, but there’s a lot of things that are. So it’s kind of I think it’s kind of funny that when they moved over to, I think Orvis picking up some of them, they made them a little more PG thirteen. 00:33:49 Dave: Oh, did they really. So it’s not so the dungeon. You can find that on Orvis, I think. 00:33:54 Michelle: So I think that’s what happened. Like I noticed all of a sudden it was just dungeons and not dungeons. So I assume that’s what happened. 00:34:03 Dave: Yeah. And then all these other ones of course too. Yeah. So I feel like it’s, I guess it’s just it’s a past my, my thing there’s, you know, is you think about when they came out, I’m not sure when these other ones, the circus peanut and all that stuff came out, but it was back in an earlier time. Like, I don’t think Kelly’s coming up with names that are the same now. You know, I feel like that’s maybe, you know, it’s not politically correct to do anymore. Although, you know, maybe I’m off. I don’t know, maybe there are people that are still doing these really, maybe my dad would say raunchy, you know, raunchy would be the word. He would use these raunchy names. But but I don’t know, I might be wrong. Maybe there’s some people still coming up with them. 00:34:39 Michelle: I don’t know. I mean, if, if it’s your flight you came up with, you get to name it whatever you want. 00:34:44 Dave: That’s right. It’s a free world. And then what about on the on the flies, on the casting with the sinking lines? Are you using a certain sinking line or is it just a heavy weighted fly? 00:34:53 Michelle: Um, usually a heavy weighted fly, but I’m also using like a streamer tip line, like the, like the area like streamer tip, but that’s you like, you don’t want too much sink tip otherwise you won’t be able to get that thing back. 00:35:06 Dave: Yeah. So just a tip. So like a whatever, I’m not sure what the weight is, but a pretty lightweight sink tip. Is that what the tip is? How would you explain the how is the streamer tip different than, say, a. I mean, we’re not talking full sinking lines, right? This is something different, right? 00:35:18 Michelle: So it’s regular. It’s just like a regular drive line on the back, kind of with a heavier head up front. And then I think it’s like ten to fifteen feet of sinking line up there. 00:35:29 Dave: Yeah, it’s a ten to fifteen, right? Yep. Gotcha. And do you is that pretty easy to cast? What are your tips on? I feel like the the sinking tips make it a little bit harder to cast. Or do you think that makes it easier? Those that reel streamer tip to cast those heavier flies? 00:35:42 Michelle: It’s pretty easy to cast like, um, it really just water loads it really well and then just a nice open loop. So you don’t hit anybody, but it’s not too bad. And then just like a seven weight is the best kind of for that. 00:35:55 Dave: That’s it. Seven weight. And that will help you in the wind too a little bit. Right? I guess I go between the six and seven. It seems like the six is a pretty good rod, but what is the seven give you because you have a heavier rod too. What is the disadvantage of the seven over the six? Do you think. 00:36:08 Michelle: The disadvantage is probably just as much casting as you’re doing? It’s kind of harder with the with the heavier weight. But also, I broke my seven weight line and hadn’t got a new one. And this past year I did hook a really big brown and it had my six weight like bent to the cork. So plus we with that heavy water, once they get out in the current. Like it’s really hard to move them with that. 00:36:30 Dave: So definitely having if there’s going to be some bigger fish, probably seven weighs is the route. 00:36:35 Michelle: Yeah. Be optimistic. 00:36:37 Dave: Yeah, exactly. What does it look like. Are you doing a lot of mending? Is that something that you’re also focusing on? Is, is the mending to get the fly or describe that? How would you tell somebody if they’re again, mending is a big thing they’re confused about. 00:36:50 Michelle: I really just tell them it’s picking the fly line up and putting it above or upstream of the indicator to kind of make sure that it doesn’t start dragging it down. And then you can kind of demonstrate it so they can kind of get a good visual of what it looks like when it is pulling the your drift down, kind of swinging it around, right? 00:37:09 Dave: So you make a cast and then instead of just like rolling it, flipping it, you’re actually picking the whole lineup kind of and putting that upstream. 00:37:16 Michelle: Yeah, it’s easier for a lot of people, especially out of the boat. Like you just have a lot more leverage. And when I was guiding and then also for my fishing personally, like I use a nine and a half foot six weight. 00:37:28 Dave: The nine and a half, the extra foot, right. That helps you a little bit out there. Is that a ten? Right. You could even go bigger than nine and a half, right? 00:37:35 Michelle: You can go ten for sure. They just don’t seem to make it in a bunch of like more durable rods that I would guide with. 00:37:41 Dave: What about you mentioned travel at the start. Where do you have any big plans for travel? I think we’re always thinking like, hey, you know, what is that next big trip? Are you are you thinking more around the area, around the country or getting outside of the country? 00:37:53 Michelle: Um, there’s definitely some places I’d like to go back to, like the saltwater. It’s been a while since I moved up here, so it’s been five or six years since I got to fish any of that stuff. 00:38:03 Dave: But where were the saltwater? Where were you fishing? 00:38:05 Michelle: I’ve been to, uh, Mexico twice down in ish. Like that was really fun. Got one permit down there, which was pretty awesome. 00:38:13 Dave: Nice. You got one? Yep. That’s it. Feels like to me if you get one. You know what I mean? Depending. Sometimes that’s about as good as you can get. Did you do a couple trips to get the one or was that, you know, was it pretty tough? 00:38:25 Michelle: Uh, no, it was my second saltwater trip, so I had some shots on my first one, which was really nice, but God, it was heartbreaking. But I’ve also fished in the Bahamas and like around the Gulf Coast, like all the way from Texas to the. 00:38:38 Dave: The keys out of the Bahamas, the Gulf Coast. And it’s kind of that whole area. Which one? If you had to pick one, you could go to just, you know, for the rest of your time, what would be the one, do you think from what you’ve been to, are there more similarities, you think or differences there? 00:38:54 Michelle: There’s definitely differences. Like I would probably pick like the Everglades or something like that. Um, because you can basically get tarpon, everything. Yeah, you can get everything. Just cut it right there. And some redfish like to add that in. But I mean, if you want to go to bonefish like the Bahamas or really just the best close by place. 00:39:14 Dave: It seems like a tough choice out of the three. That’s a hard one because they all seem pretty awesome. They all have their, I’m sure, unique cultural. Do you like that about the travel that kind of get in the culture of the different areas you’re going to and all that? 00:39:26 Michelle: I do. And then even as introverted as I am, like you get to meet a whole bunch of people everywhere, fly fishing. It’s really a small world. So you can just meet people everywhere, and they just kind of pluck you up and take you out and show you where to go, that sort of thing. And it’s just pretty awesome. 00:39:42 Dave: That is awesome. Has the introversion been for you, uh, kind of your whole life? Because I know for me, it was definitely something I had pretty bad as well. And I feel like we all struggle with it a little bit. But is that something that, uh, something you’ve kind of tried to work on? Or do you think it’s something just part of your personality? 00:39:59 Michelle: I think I did try to work on it, like when I was younger, but I think after I turned forty, I just really didn’t care anymore when what anybody thought. I was like, okay, like, this is how I am. And we’re just gonna try and optimize my life around it. So. 00:40:13 Dave: Exactly. Yeah. Not everybody is meant to be the, I don’t know who’s the opposite of the introvert person that we, you know, you see out there, but well, here’s the question, I guess for you. What would that be? If you’re around a bunch of people all day talking to a bunch of people, maybe at groups and stuff like that, how do you feel at the end of the day? Are you pretty, pretty spent? 00:40:31 Michelle: Oh, definitely. And that’s kind of how the expo was like all day. Like go chat to everybody and like, it’s really fun. But then after that, it’s like, please don’t talk to me for eight hours, right? 00:40:44 Dave: Yeah. Let’s take it out here with the expo because I think that’s an interesting thing we were chatting about. So you have the expo, you’re sitting there tying flies. You have people coming through who sit down right at the chairs and watch you tie. What does it look like for somebody who hasn’t been to an expo? What is that like? Sit down. Are you just chit chatting about you’re describing your fly? Do you have to kind of is it kind of like guiding at all similar where you’re always on spot. 00:41:06 Michelle: It is kind of like guiding. Um, but then it’s kind of more like guiding them through your flies or like sometimes they want to see whatever you’re tying or something specific. But yeah, it’s, it’s fun. Like some people ask a lot of questions, take some notes. And since this one, I was tying cart flies, it was kind of fifty fifty like, oh, that’s super awesome. Carp like also. And then half of it is, you really want to catch one of those like, are you doing this on purpose? 00:41:31 Dave: Yeah. The carp do you have is that pretty close there in Idaho Falls? Are there some good carp fishing? 00:41:36 Michelle: Oh there is. Yeah. Um down on the main fork of the snake, there’s some carp and some of the reservoirs around here have them as well. 00:41:43 Dave: Okay. What’s the carp fly you’re tying at the expo? 00:41:46 Michelle: Uh, I was just tying like a little like carp. Bitter kind of. 00:41:49 Dave: Is that the name of, like, carp? Bitter? 00:41:50 Michelle: I think so, yeah. 00:41:52 Dave: It is. I see it buries carp bitter. I wonder if that’s who. Barry. I see Barry’s name here. 00:41:57 Michelle: Yeah, just something a little different. Like a lot of people are tying awesome dry flies. But that is not what I learned to tie when I started out. 00:42:06 Dave: So I see here. I’m not sure if this is the one. Barry’s Cart Bitter is a specialized, highly effective fly design by Barry Reynolds to target carp, often mimicking small crayfish, nymphs or vegetation, it features a heavy bead chain. Eyes at the fly. 00:42:19 Michelle: Yeah. And then also you can time in like little small colors. And there’s some smallmouth around here too. So it’s not just trout. 00:42:27 Dave: Yeah. And it’s essentially a like a lot of these things, the woolly bugger. It’s kind of always a funny joke, but a lot of flies. If you look at this thing it looks a little bit like a woolly bugger. 00:42:36 Michelle: Yeah. And then I mean the articulated streamers are really just dressed up woolly buggers connected together. 00:42:43 Dave: Is that the one we mentioned? The rubber legs. But do you think the you know, the woolly bugger is the greatest fly, or is there something else that you’d say is the top all around kind of starter pattern? 00:42:53 Michelle: I think that’s pretty much the one I would I would go with. But yeah, like if you only had like one fly to fish anywhere, it’d probably be a woolly bugger or maybe a rubber leg. 00:43:04 Dave: That must be a fly that’s been fished. Right? The one fly thing out there on the snake, that event they have. Yeah, I’m guessing the woolly bugger. You would think that would have been a pattern. Maybe not, though, because that’s kind of specialized. Right, for trout and all that stuff. 00:43:16 Michelle: It is. It’s I don’t know if it’s really that great that time of year because it’s usually what like the first week of September, I think is when they run it. And it’s a pretty tough time of year. 00:43:28 Dave: It is. So yeah, you’re not going to just throw out a big streamer necessarily. You’re going to be wanting to probably use something smaller. Yeah. That’s interesting. Is that something you ever got involved with at all on that one fly stuff? 00:43:38 Michelle: No, I kind of before I moved here, I was like, oh yeah, that sounds super awesome. And then kind of when I saw it up close, I was like, it’s a really good like fundraiser, but it’s really just not for me. I’m not competitive and I don’t know. 00:43:52 Dave: Yeah, I know the team, the team USA stuff. Well, you got the competition. I think it’s interesting that, you know, this year in Idaho Falls you’re actually there. You know team USA is going to be well the, the women’s and the and the juvenile are I guess they don’t call them juveniles, but the younger guys, they just won the gold last year and now the men’s are going to be back in Idaho Falls this year in July. So they’re going to be going for. And they’ve been really doing well as well. So this might be a chance to have three gold medals coming out of the US for the the worlds. But it’s cool because we’re doing a little series with them on this podcast. So we’re going to have some panel podcast sessions with the five starters of team USA. It’s going to be cool to talk. I’m going to let them talk. I’m just going to sit back and let them go because they’re because they have way better knowledge than I do, obviously. But, um, so that’s a fun thing coming up here, but there’s quite a bit. And then you got the expo we mentioned again. So next year, do you already know, will you be tying the same thing or are you thinking for next year, maybe you’ll tie some different flies, mix it up or and do you have a and when you’re there, or are you just tying like a bunch of flies trying to fill your box or how are you doing that? 00:44:57 Michelle: No, I’ve just been trying to tie like something different that people don’t usually run into like previous years. Like I tied a bunch of like little trout spey flies and people enjoy that. So I just try to do something different. And this year I was like, uh, I want to do more carp fishing this year. So I’ll start tying some carp flies and just tying whatever. I tied some bigger streamers for some folks, but that’s sweet. 00:45:20 Dave: Well, this is great. I think that we’re excited always to get out and see some, uh, you know, connect with different fly tyers. I feel like this show is pretty low key usually. You know, I think it’s you can kind of sit down, take a seat, which is kind of nice, especially, especially if you got a little bit of, you know, age behind you, you know, to be able to sit down and watch kind of hang out a little bit. But we’ll send everybody out today to the we mentioned the expo. I think that’s a good place. And remind us again on Instagram, where can we track you down and find you out there. 00:45:46 Michelle: At Slack Water Republic and the number one. 00:45:49 Dave: Good. So we’ll, we’ll send people there and then also to the Shark Expo dot org. If people want to connect and see in person, see Tyson flies there. So cool. Michelle. Well, thanks for the time today. Definitely been fun to catch up on the on the snake and we’ll catch you on the next one. 00:46:04 Michelle: Great. Thank you. 00:46:06 Dave: All right. If you get a chance, connect with Michelle. You can do that at Slack Water Republic one. Check in with Michelle there. Let her know you heard this podcast if you get a chance. If you’re interested in taking this further, what we got going, head over to wet swing dot com slash pro. You can sign up there and get your name on the list, and we’ll let you know when we open back up our Pro membership. Excited? We got some good stuff going on in there. We’d love to have you in the group and and check in today if you haven’t already. Send me an email. I’d love to hear from you if you have any questions or if you just haven’t checked in in a while. Dave swing dot com. All right. I hope you enjoyed this one, and I hope you get a chance to get out there and explore that road less traveled. We’ll talk to you then.

 

South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

Conclusion with Michelle Edwards on South Fork Snake River Fly Fishing

Michelle’s approach to the South Fork comes back to keeping things simple. A proven fly with a small tweak, a manageable two-fly rig, less line on the water, and a longer clean drift can take you a long way.

Whether you’re throwing a dry dropper along a soft bank or pounding structure with streamers, this one is a good reminder that solid fundamentals usually beat unnecessary complexity.

     

984 | Atlantic Salmon and Sea-Run Trout with Todd Karnas in Newfoundland

Todd-Karnas-Atlntic-Salmon-Fishing.

In this episode, Todd Karnas of Eastern Guides shares what he has learned from more than 15 years of fishing around St. John’s and the Avalon Peninsula. We cover Atlantic salmon, small rivers, surface flies, sea-run trout, resident brown trout, capelin, water conditions, and the best time to experience each fishery.

Newfoundland holds an important piece of brown trout history, but fishing around St. John’s goes far beyond trout. The island’s eastern side offers Atlantic salmon in small streams, large brown trout near town, sea-run trout in estuaries, and a fishery where tides, rain, and baitfish can change the experience day to day.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Todd-Karnas-on-Atlantic-Salmon-Fishing.

Show Notes with Todd Karnas on Atlantic Salmon

Todd originally came to Newfoundland about 25 years ago to teach at the university. He eventually started fishing these waters seriously and says Atlantic salmon was the first salmon he ever caught. Today, Todd guides anglers through the Avalon Peninsula and eastern Newfoundland. Within an hour and a half of St. John’s, anglers can find Atlantic salmon, brown trout, rainbow trout, and sea-run brook trout.

Todd Karnas and Fishing Around St. John’s

[00:02:15] Todd has spent 15 to 17 years learning the Atlantic salmon rivers around St. John’s. That experience has also given him an understanding of how the different trout fisheries fit together throughout the year. For visiting anglers, the variety is one of the biggest attractions. A single trip includes Atlantic salmon, resident brown trout, brook trout, and sea-run trout without traveling a distance.

Brown Trout Can Get Very Big

[00:02:57] Todd says brown trout around Newfoundland can become surprisingly large. He has caught brown trout, ten or twelve pounds and has seen evidence of even larger fish. More commonly, anglers encounter silver brown trout in the 18- to 20-inch range. These fish provide another reason to explore Newfoundland beyond Atlantic salmon.

Small Atlantic Salmon Rivers Around the Avalon Peninsula

[00:09:57] One of the first things Todd explains is that Newfoundland has a large number of scheduled salmon rivers. He estimates there are about 187 scheduled salmon rivers, with several smaller rivers accessible within roughly an hour and a half of St. John’s. These smaller rivers are particularly interesting because Atlantic salmon can be found in water that looks like a trout stream. An angler may only need a 35-foot cast to get into the game.

Atlantic-salmon-in-the-river.
Photo via https://unlockingthesevern.co.uk/our-river/atlantic-salmon/

Big Atlantic Salmon in Small water

[00:12:06] Todd describes their rivers as small, shallow, and rocky, but they can still hold impressive Atlantic salmon. Some fish run three to ten pounds, creating a very different experience from fishing a huge salmon river. The smaller setting also changes how you approach Atlantic salmon. Long casts are not always necessary, and careful positioning can matter more than distance.

Fishing the Surface for Atlantic Salmon

[00:13:25] Surface fishing is one of the most exciting parts of Atlantic salmon fishing. Todd talks about Bombers, riffle hitches, and using the rod to create a wake across the surface. On small rivers, an angler can sometimes manipulate the fly directly instead of relying on a traditional riffle hitch. When Atlantic salmon respond to a waking fly, the visual experience can be unforgettable.

Atlantic Salmon Can Act Like Trout

[00:15:42] Todd makes an interesting comparison between Atlantic salmon and trout. Although Atlantic salmon are salmon, he says they can behave more like trout than anglers might expect, especially in small rivers around the Avalon Peninsula. The river itself can look like a familiar trout stream. The difference is that instead of trout, the angler may be looking at Atlantic Salmon.

Sea-Run Trout in Estuaries

[00:20:53] The conversation then moves into sea-run brown trout. These fish use the area where freshwater meets the ocean, moving through estuaries and brackish water as they transition between environments. Todd explains that their behavior can change after rain or during high tides because of estuary salinity. Anglers may use small trout Spey rods, nymphs, streamers, and other subsurface presentations.

Sea-run-brown-trout-Atlantic-salmon-fishing.
Photo via https://easternguides.ca/st-johns-sea-trout

The Tide Reveals the Trout Water

[00:25:00] Tides are an important part of the sea-run trout fishery. As the water drops toward low tide, hidden channels and current seams can become easier to identify. That falling water can show anglers where the fish are likely to move and hold. Understanding the tide becomes just as important as choosing the right fly.

Sea-Run Brook Trout Follow a Different Schedule

[00:26:53] Sea-run brook trout have their own seasonal movements. Todd describes fish moving toward the ocean in spring, feeding through the summer, and eventually returning to freshwater. The timing can be very specific, and Todd also discusses how moon phases in May and June can influence when anglers see these movements.

Silver-sea-run-brook-trout-and-Atlantic-salmon-fishing.

Newfoundland’s Brown Trout History

[00:30:54] Some of the brown trout around St. John’s trace their history back to introductions made in the late 1800s. Todd explains that these fish have continued to reproduce naturally over many generations. That history gives the resident brown trout fishery a unique connection to Newfoundland’s early angling story.

Resident Brown Trout Around St. John’s

[00:32:12] Some ponds near St. John’s hold large resident brown trout. Todd describes ponds near the city where anglers can fish for 20- to 25-inch brown trout. That proximity makes the area unusual. An angler can spend part of a trip chasing Atlantic salmon and another part targeting large brown trout without traveling far. -corrections

Trout Fishing in Newfoundland’s Ponds

[00:37:28] Todd describes a loch-style approach for brown trout in ponds around St. John’s. Anglers can drift with the wind, use more flies when appropriate, and change lines depending on the depth and activity. Floating, intermediate, and sinking lines all have a place. The approach changes depending on what trout are doing.

From-Italy-into-his-first-brown-trout-and-atlantic-salmon-fishing.
Photo via https://easternguides.ca/photos

Following the Hatch

[00:37:28] Pond fishing also requires anglers to pay attention to insects. Todd mentions evening hatches and Hexagenia activity late in the summer. The lesson applies to Atlantic salmon fishing as well: watch what is happening on the water instead of relying only on a calendar.

Hexagenia-Atlantic-salmon-fly-fishing-insect.
Photo via https://www.flyfisherman.com/

Capelin Changes Atlantic Salmon Fishing

[00:41:26] Capelin are one of the most important baitfish in Newfoundland. When they arrive along the coast, the entire ecosystem responds. Todd describes puffins, whales, seals, Atlantic salmon, and trout all following the capelin. This bait can change the behavior of Atlantic salmon and other fish.

Capelin-Newfoundland-Atlantic-Salmon-Fishing.
Photo via https://www.fws.gov/media/capelin-spawning

Atlantic Salmon Follow the Food

[00:42:26] The capelin story helps explain why Atlantic salmon fishing can change so quickly. The fish are part of a much larger coastal food chain, and the arrival of bait brings predators together. For anglers, watching birds, whales, seals, and other activity can provide clues about what is happening offshore and around river mouths.

Water Conditions Can Change the Atlantic Salmon Timing

[00:44:16] Todd describes a dry June when low water delayed the Atlantic salmon. The fish did not enter the rivers on schedule. Then the rain came. This is a good reminder that Atlantic salmon fishing cannot be planned around dates alone.

Rain Can Bring Atlantic Salmon Into the Rivers

[00:45:24] When water conditions change, Atlantic salmon can move quickly. Todd describes watching the rivers after rain and seeing fish begin moving upstream. For anglers, this means water levels can be one of the most useful pieces of information when planning an Atlantic salmon trip.

Finding Atlantic Salmon in Backcountry Water

[00:45:24] As Atlantic salmon move upstream, they can spread into more remote parts of the river system. Todd describes walking distances into backcountry waters to find fish. That kind of exploration is part of what makes Atlantic salmon fishing in Newfoundland different. The fishery can reward anglers who are willing to understand and explore the river.

Atlantic-salmon-fishing-at-backcountry-waters.
Photo via https://easternguides.ca/photos

Reading Atlantic Salmon Holding Water

[00:50:33] One of Todd’s most useful lessons is that Atlantic salmon holding water is not always obvious. Salmon need oxygen, but they also need places where they can hold without using unnecessary energy. Todd points to rocks, berms, and upwellings as examples of features that can create good Atlantic salmon lies.

Atlantic Salmon Fishing Is a Game of Patience

[00:52:33] Atlantic salmon fishing is not necessarily about catching lots of fish. Todd compares it to baseball, where even a relatively low success rate can present a very good performance. You may make hundreds of casts before getting one opportunity at an Atlantic salmon. That one fish can still make the entire day worthwhile.

Atlantic Salmon on Surface Flies

[00:52:33] Surface Atlantic salmon fishing adds another level of excitement. Todd talks about fishing for bombers and c x, which sometimes behave more like trout than anglers expect. The take can be subtle. An Atlantic salmon may come up and sip the fly instead of exploding through the surface.

When Is the Best Time for Atlantic Salmon Fishing?

[00:41:26] Todd identifies July as an excellent time to experience the range of fisheries around Newfoundland. By then, Atlantic salmon are in the rivers, brown trout are active, evening hatches are developing, and brook trout are available. The sea-run trout fishery changes by July because many of those fish follow baitfish into the bays.

Atlantic-Salmon-Fishing.
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/ecghilliesguiding

St. John’s Is a Getaway to Atlantic Salmon Fishing

[01:07:06] Todd says St. John’s is not necessarily a fishing destination by itself. Instead, it is a getaway to many different fisheries. Anglers traveling onward to Labrador can fly into St. John’s, spend a day chasing small-stream Atlantic salmon, and then continue toward a larger river. That gives visitors two very different salmon experiences during the same trip.

Do You Need a Guide for Atlantic Salmon?

[01:08:25] Todd explains that non-residents need a guide when fishing in scheduled waters. The regulations are unscheduled waters, and there are special rules in places like Gros Morne National Park. For visitors targeting Atlantic salmon, checking the current regulations for the exact river is essential.

Atlantic Salmon in Gros Morne National Park

[01:09:17] Gros Morne has its own set of regulations because it is a federal park. Todd explains that certain rivers inside the park do not follow the same provincial guide regulations. Anglers still need the appropriate license and must follow the rules that apply inside the park.

Gros Morne National Park -Atlantic Salmon Fishing
Photo via https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gros_Morne_National_Park

Connect with Todd Karnas here:

Website: Eastern Guides

Facebook: @EastCoastGhillies

Instagram: @ecghilliesguiding

East-Coast-Ghillies.

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Atlantic Salmon Resources Noted in the Show

Atlantic Salmon Videos Noted in the Show

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
00:00:00 Dave: Newfoundland holds an important piece of brown trout history. Some of the first brown trout brought to North America were stocked in ponds around Saint John’s in the eighteen-hundreds, and nearly one-hundred and fifty years later, their descendants are still swimming there today. And that’s just the start of what you can find on the eastern side of the island. Today, we’re talking Atlantic salmon in small streams, big browns close to town, sea-run trout in estuaries, and a fishery where tides, rain, and even small baitfish can change everything from day to day. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast, where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, and what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Todd Karns is on the podcast today from Eastern Guides, and he spent more than fifteen years fishing these waters around Saint John’s and the Avalon Peninsula. So you’re going to hear about how Todd approaches Atlantic salmon on the small rivers around eastern Newfoundland, where a thirty-five-foot cast can put you right in the game. We’re going to find out how Todd Fishes for sea-run brown trout in the estuaries, why two hours leading into low tide can be a critical time period, and how falling water can reveal a hidden river channel, and why July is one of the better times to experience the range of fishing opportunities in Newfoundland. And we’re going to get into the arrival of the capelin, a baitfish that is changing the game out there. And we’re going to talk about how you can target this fishery and how you can work it into your fishing out there. You can check in with Todd at eastern guides dot CA. Here he is, Todd Kerns. How are you doing, Todd? 00:01:37 Todd: I’m doing well. 00:01:38 Dave: Good, good. I think today we’re going to have a good conversation about Newfoundland. We’ve been talking quite a bit about it because we made our first trip over there this year we’re hoping to get back. We’re hoping to make this a regular occurrence. Fishing out there for Atlantic salmon and brown trout. We’re going to talk about that today. You’re on the eastern side of Newfoundland, which is an area we didn’t get to. We kind of stayed on the west, but. So we’re going to get into all that today. Talk salmon trout. But before we get there, give us the heads up on on your fishing in Saint John’s in that area. Have you been fishing for salmon for a while? 00:02:15 Todd: For salmon? Yeah. I mean, I’m not originally from Newfoundland. I’m one of the transported mainlanders who arrived here about twenty five years ago to teach at the university. But I’ve been fishing these waters for fifteen, sixteen years now. Seventeen years, I guess, for a while for Atlantic salmon, it was the first Atlantic salmon fishing I’d ever done when I came here and gradually learning. And then there’s also brown trout, and there’s brook trout, and there’s rainbow trout, and there’s sea run brown and sea run brook trout here as well, all within about an hour, hour and a half drive. 00:02:49 Dave: Oh there is. Yeah. And sea run brook trout too. What is the do the brook trout get pretty big. What does that look like for Brookies and Browns? 00:02:57 Todd: Well, the Browns will get big. I mean the Browns will get big. I mean I think the biggest one I’ve ever caught around ten or twelve pounds. Um but I’ve seen them, seen them much bigger and heard stories and seen pictures of bigger ones as well. But um, you know, generally you’ll be heading out and there’ll be lots of, you know, eighteen to twenty inch silver brown trout around and smaller. And then you’re, you’re always hoping to see the two or three pounders, uh, there, but then occasionally you’ll get the, the bigger ones come by and those are a lot of fun. That’s exclusively just sort of a sort of fall and a spring thing as well. When they’re, when they’re moving in and out of the fresh water. Um, it’s a little different here than other places, but we can talk about that later. Uh, about our specific sea run brown fishery, the brook trout. Um, those are cool too. I mean, we don’t have as many sea run brook trout places on the eastern side of the island because the Browns have dominated a lot of those larger waterways. ways so that, you know, whereas where you were on the west coast of the island, that would be all exclusively brook trout. And I don’t know if he got into any sea run brook trout or not when you were there, but, um, it’s really good for it. Um we have, we’ve got some as well. But again the Browns kind of crowd them out. Um and the runs will be very specific and short and we had some and we don’t generally get as big as the other places, but you know, we’ll get, you know, two and three pound silver brook trout when they run. They just finished the run about two weeks ago here. It seems to be because they spawn in September. So they’re the first ones that kind of make that run. And they’re on all the salmon rivers a couple weeks ago. 00:04:30 Dave: Gotcha. So brook trout are the early ones. And what is going on there now? It’s as we’re talking, it’s almost September. Uh, this is probably going to go out in September. What is that fishing look like right now? August, September. 00:04:41 Todd: Uh, everything’s kind of winding down a little bit. We’re one of the odd places where, you know, our primary fishing season is the summer. Whereas in a lot of places, you know, September, October is when a lot of the. A lot of the anadromous fisheries will start up. Ours is just ending there. Um, so we have an inland complete shutdown on September seventh. So as of that day, like all the inland trout waters, um, and all the inland salmon waters are closed with a few exceptions. There are, uh, three the three main main rivers on the island, the Humber River, the exploits River and the Gander River. They open up, keep open the bottom parts of those rivers of various lengths on each of the three rivers, uh, for fall, angling up until October seventh. And so you can still go out and fish all through September on those on those rivers. And they give you quite a bit on those. I think the gander you get about eighty kilometres. The exploits are somewhere around fifty. And I think the Humber is, you know, twenty, twenty or thirty. I can’t remember specifically. So there’s lots of that. And around Saint John’s specifically they keep open our fish. Some of our fisheries until October seventh as well for sea run brown trout primarily. So there are a number of rivers where you can fish the bottoms of them, the estuaries of them. Some places will give you more. Some places give you less depending on the water system, the fish, sea run browns, and there will be Atlantic salmon in portions of those rivers as well. So you can fish those. 00:06:15 Dave: I see. And can you fish trout throughout the year once if they’re not sea run can you. Are there other opportunities just for like resident trout. 00:06:23 Todd: Uh, the resident stuff all shuts down on, on September seventh. And then it opens back up for, uh, February first. So and again, the reason being, I think is that, you know, September is, you know, ninety five percent of all the trout in Newfoundland and Labrador are brook trout and those guys are spawning in September, right? And so they just keep them away. There’s no stocking programs. There’s nothing else. You know, there are some inland trout waters for brown trout and, uh, some rainbow trout ponds around Saint John’s. But it’s really October seventh. You you take off your waders for the last time of the year and tie flies. That’s it. Yeah, exactly. 00:07:02 Dave: And in Saint John’s is by far the biggest city in Newfoundland. Right? 00:07:06 Todd: Yeah. Uh, I think there’s a about a half million people in the entire province, including Labrador, and anywhere from two hundred and fifty to three hundred thousand are right here on the Avalon Peninsula. Right. You know, I think Saint John’s is somewhere around two hundred and two hundred and fifty thousand, something like that. And then all the surrounding communities, which are generally larger in, you know, communities that people commute to work from and so on. So it’s everybody’s kind of here. It’s, uh, it’s a, it’s a unique place where you have five hundred thousand people in the entire province, three hundred thousand of them in one area, and then in ninety thousand Moose. Oh, yeah. Roaming everywhere. 00:07:43 Dave: Right. Oh, you got you got lots of moose. That’s right. You see lots of moose out there. 00:07:47 Todd: You do, you do. I mean, you know, you inevitably will. Yeah. If you’re out in nature, you will see them on the rivers or on the highways. Uh, specifically. 00:07:56 Dave: Yeah, in the Avalon Peninsula. That’s the, uh. I don’t know how you describe that, but it’s just the peninsula that sticks out. It’s pretty amazing. It’s got this little connection to the island, the bigger island, but it’s, um, that looks like the geology there is pretty interesting how that thing formed, but it’s you’re stuck out there in the middle of the ocean. It looks like. 00:08:14 Todd: Yeah. We’re as far out here as you can get. The little isthmus that connects the Avalon to the rest of the island is very narrow and on clear days, which aren’t very many in Newfoundland, because we’re always fogged in. When you’re driving, you’ll be able to see the ocean on either side of you. 00:08:30 Dave: Oh, wow. That’s cool. 00:08:32 Todd: Yeah. So it’s kind of neat. But yeah, and generally the, the island as a whole changes its geography quite differently. Um, as you progress from one side to the other. So the Avalon is like you said, we’re stuck out here. We’re very windswept. It’s very rocky. The trees are all kind of more sparse because of that. They don’t grow as high because there’s not as much soil. Um, it’s rocks and small coniferous trees and bogs and barrens and ponds and rivers and, uh, our, our climate’s a little bit warmer than the rest of the island because the jet stream will come up and just clips us. And so we’ll be always a little bit warmer, especially in winter from the rest of the island and end up with more rain, more freezing, uh, more ice. And then you get into central, which is, like you said, the larger part of the island, everything spreads out a bit. You know, you’re a little bit more sheltered from the winds on either side. Uh, everything just kind of gets bigger. The hills get bigger. You switch from those pine and fir forests to birch and everything goes birch. It looks very much like a traditional boreal forest. Um, and that goes the weavers get a little bit bigger, they’ll get a little bit wider. Um, the lakes get bigger And then after that you get over to the side. You are on the western side of the island, which is different again, which is, you know, beset by mountains and, and then a combination of those other two features that I was talking about. 00:09:57 Dave: That’s cool. Yeah. So, so as you’re, as you’re talking, yeah, we’re talking Saint John. So if you were to, you know, leave Saint John’s, where would be the first Atlantic salmon River that you could fish or for any anadromous fish. 00:10:10 Todd: So the first two scheduled salmon rivers. And that’s how it works here. They have one hundred and eighty seven salmon rivers, I believe that we call scheduled, meaning that they will surveil them. So these are ones that they’re trying to protect and regulate your behavior on those rivers. Meaning fly only floating lines, single barbless hook, no bait, all the kind of traditional, uh, those, those rules, those. I guess there’s one about half an hour from here that is a smaller one, but it has a combination of, of ponds on it. goes fairly, fairly decently into the back country. And it’s noted for big fish in it actually. Um relatively so. And then after that it’s forty five minutes. And then it’ll be like, you know, a string of three or four in a row. And then, you know, each river kind of, uh, spaces itself out differently across the, across the Avalon. But yeah, like I said, there’s about a dozen fourteen that we can access all within a hour and a half drive. 00:11:08 Dave: Hour and a half. And are you with your company? You work with Eastern guides now. Is that are you covering all of are you getting all around Newfoundland or is it more focused on the east side? 00:11:18 Todd: No, we just we just do what’s here. Like, like I said, we’ll guide for salmon within. I don’t know, I’ve gone out to about two hours of just off the Avalon Peninsula. Say if water conditions were poor or the salmon weren’t in the rivers here yet, but the person wanted to go salmon fishing. And a little bit further, I don’t mind too much in that early in the season they might come a little bit more westerly to us, but other than that, we do the entire Avalon, which is, you know, like I said, I drove Monday an hour and a hour and a half, I think, and then walked a good distance from there. So we’re willing to go out there and do it if people want to do it. We do a little bit of guiding else. Other than that, I’ve made myself available to guide on the Gander River, which is about three and a half hours away. But mostly we’re just we’re just here. We’re busy enough here as it is to. 00:12:06 Dave: Yeah. Is are all the rivers, whether you’re on the gander or kind of. They’re closer to Saint John’s. Are all this Atlantic salmon kind of fishing what you’re doing. They’re pretty similar, like gear wise gear and technique. 00:12:20 Todd: The technique is very similar, although it does change a lot. Now, I’d be interested to hear, and at some point I got to hear how you how you made out in Newfoundland. I want to hear what your experiences were because you know, the rivers that you talk about, I’ll be able to compare to other things as well where you were. But yeah, it’s it’s fairly straightforward. The fishing doesn’t change a lot. It becomes tighter and more pocket y on the on the eastern side, because the rivers are smaller. Consequently, we often use lighter gear. Just because you’re not making long casts, you have to present in kind of tighter angles, not have as much fly line in the water and you’ll do weird things about holding your hands differently and fish left handed a lot that you wouldn’t have to on, say, a bigger river. But other than that, it’s like it’s Newfoundland salmon fishing. It’s it’s easy to overthink it. You know, the salmon, the salmon are pretty, pretty aggressive. They’re aggressive and they’re predictable in their unpredictability. It seems. It’s like they will come to a certain presentation and you got to learn that presentation or, you know, try it as best you can. And sometimes it works and sometimes it doesn’t. 00:13:25 Dave: Yeah. It seems like what we are doing, we are fishing the riffle hitch, you know, the Portland hitch, you know, pretty much, you know, I think almost exclusively. Right. And so it was cool because we were seeing fish coming up, you know, above the water. Is that something? Are you fishing the hitch most of the time or are you mixing that up? 00:13:42 Todd: We don’t really fish the hitch a lot on this side because our rivers are smaller. I mean, some guys do, but it’s like if you’re making our casts are just shorter, right? So it’s like you can throw it out there and hitch it with that half hitch behind the eye, or you can just hold your hand a little bit higher and then it’ll hitch the same way. 00:14:01 Dave: Oh really? Oh, you can hitch it. So you can take a wet fly. Just a normal tide on a normal, normal wet fly swinging it and you can lift it up and hitch it yourself. Make it because what it does is make the hitch gives it a v wake. You can actually see this V trailing behind your fly. 00:14:15 Todd: Yeah, it’s not quite high, but it’s close to it. It’s like, you know, you can, you can lift it up and make it make it V if you want to. And the fish are interested in it. But again, since it’s so pocket y, you don’t necessarily have the room to kind of have the cast tidy it up and then get it to, you know, wait for that half hitch to swing across and do it. It’s like, no, you just put it in the water immediately stack men to whatever side it is, whether it’s the right hand or left hand pool, and get that fly swinging. And it works. 00:14:43 Dave: Yeah, yeah. The rivers, we fish a lot. At least the bigger ones. The well, Portland was the biggest Portland Creek, but there’s also the Humber up there. There’s some big ones. So so kind of on the east side. It sounds like there the rivers are a little bit smaller. Are there any big larger rivers on that other side? 00:14:58 Todd: No there’s not. I mean, everything here is a lot smaller. You know, if you come and it’s the nice thing about Saint John’s too, is that if you come here, you know, and you’re not sure I have a lot of people say like, look, I want to go salmon fishing, but I don’t want to stand waist deep in water and have to throw seventy feet of line into the wind. Right. And it’s intimidating for a lot of people because they’re just not used to doing it. And so I was like, look, if you can stand in water up to your ankles and make a, you know, a thirty five foot cast and present nicely, it’ll work. You know, it really will. You don’t have to. It’s like I always often call it like, you know, fishing in a trout stream for anadromous, you know, three to ten pound salmon. Uh, it’s, uh, it’s really what it is, right? 00:15:42 Dave: Yeah. There they are. The same species, right? These are all basically trout, sea run trout, or I guess they’re not all, I guess. Atlantic. I think of steelhead, steelhead, RC run trout. Atlantic salmon is a salmon, but it acts like a trout. It acts a lot more like a trout than a steelhead does. Yeah, I guess I guess maybe not. 00:15:59 Todd: I was just talking about the environment. When you I’ll show a person a river and they’re like, oh, wow. You know, and it’s like, yeah, this is full of salmon. And they’re like, oh, this looks like a trout stream back home. So yeah, it’s just there’s salmon here. And then oddly, there’s no trout in that river. And that’s the weird thing about it right there. Trout are always in the ponds. Uh, the sea run trout will use the rivers as highways between the user river as a highway, between the pond and the ocean, or between two different ponds, but they generally don’t live in it. Right. You’ll catch the odd one there. But I mean, when you’re in Portland Creek, you’re in that instance where you have that huge pond and only a mile to the ocean. And so you’ll get residents will probably drop back, but it’s probably just a lot of trout going back and forth. 00:16:41 Dave: When it comes to high quality flies that truly elevate your fly fishing game. Drift hook dot com is the trusted source you need. I’ve been using drift hooks expertly selected flies for a while now, and they never disappoint. Plus, they stand behind their products with a money back guarantee. Are you ready to upgrade your fly box? Head over to Drift Hook dot com today and use the code swing at checkout to get fifteen percent off your first order. That’s drift hook d r I f t h o o k dot com. Don’t miss out. Trout Roots by Onyx is built for fly anglers who want better Intel without spending hours digging for the information. You’ll get access to public land maps, stream access points, regulations, and even road and trail maps all in one place. It’s become my go to app for scouting new trips. You can check them out right now. Go to Trout routes and download the app today. And buy trout. Are you talking about brown trout and brook trout? 00:17:39 Todd: Uh, both of them on the Avalon. Yeah. They just don’t. It’s like they prefer the ponds. I guess the food is better. The protection’s better. You know, the rivers are fairly shallow and rocky and not a lot of bug life. I mean, there’s some, but it doesn’t seem to be where they want to be. They. If you would never say, I’m going trouting and then go to a salmon river. Oh yeah. You see, I’m going trouting. And then you go to these ponds because in the ponds you’re going to be over top of, you know, five to seven pound resident brown trout or the bigger brook trout. They’re just, you know, unless it’s a C run time. 00:18:13 Dave: They’re just there. 00:18:14 Todd: Yeah. Unless it’s C run time. And then you’ll catch them going back and forth, which is fun. 00:18:18 Dave: Gotcha. And when is C run time. 00:18:20 Todd: Uh C run kind of generally falls, like I said, for brown trout in the spring and in the fall and in spring, you’ll get a lot of kelts, going out or transitioning. So they’ve overwintered in the, uh, in the fresh water. So now they, they’re going to head back out to the ocean, uh, for the summer because all the bait’s showing up and they know the food’s there, but they have to kind of, you know, get themselves sorted up, build up some more strength because it can’t be weak going to the ocean. They got to chrome up, they got to get their, uh, you know, be able to take salt water again. So they’ll do this sort of staging and transitioning in the brackish water between the fresh and the, and the salt water and kind of go back and forth a bit in the spring and you’ll see you’ll find a lot of big, well mended Celts kind of going out at that time. And then in the summer, when all the bait shows up like the capelin shows up, the sand lances show up, the squid shows up, the mackerel shows up, the herring shows up. A lot of the trout will just kind of go into the bays. They don’t go far. They might go a couple miles or five miles, I guess is what I’ve heard is the kind of extent of their guess of their range and but occasionally nip back in on the tides depending on water, temperatures and climate, because they always know they can get a meal of bugs in the brackish water. But by, you know, June, we don’t do a lot of it by the end of June. We’re not really doing a lot of it because, you know, the ones that are out are kind of staying out there. You could do it at night. I think, you know, there’s a lot more of those fish that will come in, uh, come in under the cover of darkness. Um, but we’re just not doing that in the, at the nighttime. But if you go to Scotland and Ireland, that’s when they’re doing it, right. Um, the sea trout will be, you know, at midnight or one o’clock. 00:19:59 Dave: Right. So is that, is it open up there on April fifteenth or when is the when can you start fishing the. 00:20:04 Todd: We can start fishing on February first. And so I mean, but at that time there’s a lot of things are frozen over and, and ice. But, uh, the sea run stuff, depending on what kind of spring you’re having, if you’re lucky, you might have a few days in March, but generally it’s in April when the ice starts to get off the pond and the fish start moving, because that’s when you start to get the most success and there’s got to be bugs around If it’s freezing cold, there’s not a lot of bugs. And so our hatches might take a little while to get going. But yeah, it’s we always give the, you know, typically give the, the rule of thumb is that you should be right around when the Stanley Cup playoffs start. That’s usually when the sea trotting starts to pick up. 00:20:41 Dave: That’s right. And when is that typically the playoffs. When does that start? 00:20:45 Todd: I don’t know, they’ve gotten so long now. I don’t know how long it is. But usually it’s towards the end of April or mid to third week of April is usually when it starts. 00:20:53 Dave: April, May and then and then by June you’re kind of wrapping up the trout. And is the trout like, how are you fishing them in the lake. 00:21:00 Todd: In terms of sea run? 00:21:00 Dave: You mean, I guess, yeah, I mean, both like if you’re it sounds like we were talking about sea run there, but can you see run or resident? How are you catching the trout? 00:21:09 Todd: Okay, so the sea run brown stuff. I’ll go back to that. Like I said, it picks up in late April and then usually is good in in May. And then you’ll, you’ll notice a point when you start to catch, you’ll find more smolts. You’ll find more trout smolts and salmon smolts in the down in the pools by the ocean. And that’s usually the sign that it’s kind of over, that all the other fish have moved on. And now the smolts are kind of making their way out. And it’s kind of like the unofficial end of it. And that’s sometime usually in June or every river is different, obviously, but that’s what you do. And then in those, it depends on where you’re at, the type of gear you can use. If we’re just talking about fly fishing, uh, nymphs work very well. Standard nymphs, you can go under indicators. Some streamers work really well. Uh, they will follow stuff in the spring. They’re more, more aggressive in the spring because they’re more hungry. 00:22:00 Dave: And this is just in the lake. This is actually out in the lake fishing. Are you fishing? Like the streams? 00:22:05 Todd: This is the sea run stuff is kind of right where the ocean and the freshwater start. So there’s kind of these estuaries. 00:22:11 Dave: Oh, I see. So to catch the so getting into the browns or the brook trout, you’re you’re not fishing up in a freshwater lake. You’re down to where the river is flowing into the ocean, the estuary. 00:22:21 Todd: That’s where it’s all going on down there? Yeah, they’re making their way out and that’s where they’re hanging out. And like I said, they’re in that that brackish water so that they can kind of negotiate that salt and fresh water mix a little better, I guess. And you will notice after rains or on high tides, you know, their behavior will change a lot based on the salinity of the water. And they’ll disappear for a bit and come back and hang around better if it’s more consistent. But yeah, it’s and at that point down there, you’re just using, you know, like I said, all your kind of subsurface trout things, uh, that work some patterns work better than others, I guess. But, uh, we use a lot of small trout Spey rods for them as well. So you get a little bit longer cast because you’re in these estuaries, these quasi, uh, Stillwater situations. 00:23:07 Dave: How do you know when you’re in the estuary versus the river? 00:23:10 Todd: You’ll see it. I mean, it’s just, it’ll just be a big pool, right? It’s, it’s kind of funny because most every Newfoundland Oak Park community, small fishing village that was built around a river historically will have a river going through it, and then either a small war or something where people would have tied up their boats and. But just a harbor. Um, sometimes, sometimes it’s just a big pond, inevitably referred to it as the gut, which is an old sort of term for referring to these waters of the, you know, right where the, uh, the ocean and the, and the salt and the fresh water meet around the harbor. Um, and that’s where a lot of it is done. That’s where you’ll find all the trout, uh, the sea run trout. And, uh, it’s, you know, and if you get onto salmon rivers that don’t have that and they’re not based around a town, there will be signs that are up there and it’s pretty easy to see. Um, it’s all based on tide marks and other geographical features. 00:24:02 Dave: Right. Are you trying to hit those? So do you have to play the tides and get the tides just right to get good conditions? 00:24:08 Todd: Tides are tides are very essential. Yes. And it, it, you know, you can go there one day and think that you’ve got it figured out. And if you don’t know what the tides are, you might go there the next day and not see a thing. So, uh, I think the CNN Browns are by far the most difficult species to catch. You’ll see them, but you’ll be go there a lot of days when you just don’t see them or, um, you don’t know why they’re not there. And then you think when you see them, you’re like, oh, they’re here, I’m going to get them. And then you start casting at them. You’re like, oh yeah, these are brown trout. And he’s like. 00:24:39 Dave: Oh, they’re not as easy. 00:24:41 Todd: No they’re not. 00:24:42 Dave: They don’t bite as readily as a brook trout. 00:24:44 Todd: Oh yeah. The sea run brook trout will come and, you know, come pretty willingly. But the browns are a bit more circumspect. Yeah. 00:24:50 Dave: Oh wow. And so when you’re fishing so you’re swinging flies in these estuaries. Is that still what you’re doing or and is it like an outgoing tide or what’s the tide you’re looking for? 00:25:00 Todd: We’re always looking for kind of the two hours leading up to dead low. That seems to be when the best fishing will be. Um, just because, you know, it’s the best that we can figure out. Is it like, you know, the estuary which you look at, it looks still, but there is there is a current under there, which is the river, the stream or whatever it is, and you’ll see it occasionally. And the fish will come in on the on the incoming tide. But they don’t sit really well like the trout will just they’ll kind of move around. You’ll see them in different places. You’ll see them jump out of the water and they’re just not comfortable. And you can throw your fly at them, but then they just won’t be there or they won’t take it. And then you realize again, okay, I know these are these are trout, and they need to be comfortable in order to take a fly and feed when they’re feeding. And so when the tide starts going out that Stillwater, you’ll be able to see the flow more consistently. And you’ll be able to see the kind of the river within the Stillwater. And you’re like, ah, there’s a bend there. There’s a corner there. That’s where the fish are sitting off that, and they’re darting into the flow to get that. And yeah, it’s just, it’s just a trick in every little place is different. It’s like you usually just like where the fish sitting. Uh, when are they feeling most comfortable to actively start feeding? And that’s when you usually have the most success. 00:26:11 Dave: That’s it. So you’re waiting for it to, to kind of that low tide. Now you’re seeing the fish are in these runs and you can kind of target them. Are you when you look at the run, are you you know, how do you find the water where they’re holding? Do you just cover a bunch of water? If you didn’t know the area or how would you find these little slots? 00:26:26 Todd: You waste a lot of gas money. Yeah, it’s it’s like you do. It’s really like you just got to go there. The people who catch the most seatrout are people who live right beside it because they see they see it every day. Yeah. You put your time in and, you know, you freeze a lot because if you’re rowing in the spring, it is very cold usually. So yeah, you’ll go a lot of days and, and not see a thing and you know, but then you’ll have the days that it makes, it makes it work. 00:26:53 Dave: Gotcha. So that’s it. So yes. So so these let’s just take the brook trout for those fish. They’re there in the estuary. So they’re well you got sea run brook trout, right. So they’re heading out and then eventually they’re going to be coming back in. I’m guessing they’re staying out there for what, a year or something like that. And then they turn around and come back. 00:27:10 Todd: I don’t think so. I think they’re just kind of going out. And a lot of them will just go out for the summer. 00:27:15 Dave: Oh, right. Just not even. Yeah. Just. 00:27:17 Todd: Yeah. And that’s in general. That’s the see, that’s the Browns too is they go out in the spring summer, maybe winter over winter. But you know it’s tough out there. So, uh, you know, most of them will come in. Uh, the brook trout especially, they’ll go out in the spring. You’ll get kind of an early one in May when you’ll be able to catch them around the moon. And the moons are very crucial on this, too. You know, a late moon in May or an early moon in June, you’ll find a lot of fish moving, a lot of brook trout moving in these places, and then they won’t be there anymore until the end of July or the beginning of August. When they start to come in. 00:27:51 Dave: They’re coming back in. 00:27:52 Todd: Yeah. 00:27:52 Dave: Right. That’s cool. Yeah. So that’s essentially what they’re doing. So they’re just going out to feed and grow and get big for that short period. They’re coming back. And then and then you got the Atlantic salmon, of course, which are I guess some of those aren’t staying out there that long either, right? Because you’ve got the grilse, which are, you know, what? Three what is the size range for Grilse? When does it become not a grilse on the larger end? 00:28:13 Todd: The easy answer to that is one winter. One winter at sea is a grilse. But there is. We’ve talked to biologists and they say like, no, it’s like the biggest they can grow in a year at the ocean is sixty three centimeters. And so that’s kind of like it as big as a grilse will get now they’ll get fatter. We’ll have, you know, six and a half or seven pound grills, depending on how the feeding has been in the ocean. But they’re generally going to be, you know, that sort of fifty five to sixty three centimeters. Yeah. 00:28:40 Dave: That’s right. I’ve heard that before. Yeah. So like twenty, that’s roughly twenty five inches, which is still a pretty good fish. That’s still like a six seven pound fish, something like that. Right? 00:28:50 Todd: Yeah, it can be for sure. Yeah. It really can be the and it all depends really how the, how good the feeding was out out in the oceans because you know, our, our salmon aren’t going as far as they are in a lot of other places, right? Like, so the ones in Quebec and New Brunswick and some of the more famous maritime provinces with salmon, those salmon are going up to Greenland, um, along with a lot of the European ones, cars aren’t really doing that. And, you know, depending on where you are on the island, you know, this is why we have so many more grills. We have ninety three percent of all grills in North America. The province does. Yeah. So we’re absolutely crucial to the survival of the species. And I forget, I think we get like ninety three percent of all grills and somewhere around eighty percent of all large salmon, I think it is. But, um, they’re just not going as far because we’re already way out here. So, you know, a lot of, you know, fish in the Gander River or something like that, they’re just going to the Labrador Sea. Um, which is relatively close in the scheme of salmon migrations. And a lot of the rivers are doing that. Now. Some of the big Humber fish will go up to Greenland, and those are the ones coming back in the fall at like thirty five pounds. Right. Our fish on this side of the island are mostly going down to the Grand Banks. They’re going the other way. They’re going down there to feed. So that’s only a couple hundred miles really for them to go. And so that’s why they go out, they eat for a year and they’re like, oh, I’ll come back and get back in the rivers and reproduce. 00:30:17 Dave: That’s it. So you have yeah, there’s a little bit of diversity there. The we talked about the sea run trout, Atlantic salmon. And then what about the resident fish? When are you what does that look like? Or is that a different deal where you’re catching those those guys? 00:30:30 Todd: Yeah, the resident stuff. Like I said, it does happen mostly in the ponds. Uh, there are there’s only about four or five lakes in Newfoundland. The rest are ponds, apparently. Well, it just goes back to some, you know, naming quirk from English cartographers or something, but so they’re all ponds. They call them all ponds here, which is odd to me coming from like Midwestern farming country. That’s not a pond, you know. 00:30:51 Dave: Oh, yeah. Right. It’s big. It’s bigger than a pond. 00:30:54 Todd: Yeah. There’s no frogs in it. There’s no cows or, you know, irrigation pumps coming out of it. But, um, so yeah, so they’re there. And what’s cool about the brown trout is that these are historically the first brown trout introduced into North America around Saint John’s. You know, they’re European fish, as you know. Um, but they were first brought here in the late eighteen seventies, and those were the first brown trout introduced to North America and a series of ponds right around Saint John’s. And they stocked them for, you know, not long, twenty or thirty years. And I think the stocking program ran out in the early nineteen hundreds. And their their legacy is still here, though, really there. 00:31:36 Dave: Wow. So they’re just wild fish. They’re just on their own. 00:31:39 Todd: Yeah. They’re on their own. Uh, they’ve been here for like, you know, like I said, one hundred and almost one hundred and fifty years and, uh. 00:31:45 Dave: Wow, that’d be pretty cool to be able to go catch one of the oldest, uh, brown trout basically in North America. 00:31:52 Todd: Yeah, some of the lineages anyway. Right. And so they just spread throughout. Um, I’m not sure how many ponds are introduced to initially. I think the first pond they introduced was now our water reservoir. Um, so we’re not allowed to fish there, but you see big fish jumping. 00:32:05 Dave: Oh right. What’s the biggest named the pond or the lake? That would be named that, you know, would be the most famous one out there. 00:32:12 Todd: I don’t know if there’s anything too famous. It’s, you know, it’s, uh, you know, the locals, you know, love places. There’s I mean, there’s ponds, right in town with twenty two inch brown trout. 00:32:23 Dave: Oh, there are like, right in the city. 00:32:26 Todd: Right in between the hospital and the university. You know, you can go and fish there on your lunch hour. There’s sea run. There’s a sea run river that comes in, uh, in right directly into Saint John’s in captivity, a little subsection of Saint John’s that right now there’s probably, you know, a few, there’s always a few ten to thirteen pounds sea run brown trout hanging out right around the wharfs where every all the tourists are standing, they don’t know they’re there, but they’re, they’re there. But all the ponds around are very good, too. Like there’s, you know, one of the more popular ones amongst locals is Paddy’s Pond. It’s about the Irish way. P a d d y, which is just a big pond. It’s not particularly deep. These aren’t deep ponds. There’ll be holes of twenty or thirty feet, maybe occasionally, but for the most part they’re very shallow because there’s these glacial scraped, you know, little ponds and, uh, you know, every year, you know, you’ll, you’re more than likely to catch a few, you know, twenty to twenty five inches. And there’s, there’s ones I’ve seen, you know, seven, eight pounds in there. Wow. They’re always, they’re, they’re remarkably resilient. Yeah. And anywhere in these ponds, they can get out to the ocean, you know, some of them will go and then you get the chances for the really big trout. 00:33:35 Dave: Oh so right. So some of these ponds like Paddy’s, does that have a connection to the ocean? 00:33:40 Todd: Historically it would have although it’s under a series of dams now to control flooding I think. So again we’ve we’ve interceded there. So uh. 00:33:48 Dave: Yeah, we’ve changed. We’ve changed the fish passage, right? Isn’t the same as it used to be with, with high you got highway. What’s the highway? There’s a main highway running right next to it. Right. 00:33:56 Todd: We got one highway. Yeah, it’s the Trans-Canada highway number. 00:34:00 Dave: Oh, right. That’s the only one. Yeah, you got one. And then you got highway two right up above it. 00:34:04 Todd: Uh, I don’t know about that. There’s some other ones. I don’t know how it is, but yeah, there’s some other ones. 00:34:09 Dave: God, this is great. So you’ve got a lot of opportunities really starting in February, if the weather cooperates. And can you fish trout as that close up in September seventh as well? 00:34:19 Todd: Yeah. Trout’s close September seventh. Now, February is not a good time for trout really, because you’re it’s not at all unless you’re going to ice trout again. The way that works is that, you know, May fifteenth would be the start of, of, uh, resident trout fishery. And then you’re just waiting for the fish to get off the bottom because it’s still very cold here, like spring. I don’t know, the joke here is that we don’t really have a spring. We’ll have, you know, a number of months of winter, and then one day summer will happen because, you know, the leaves won’t get on the trees here until June. It stays quite cold in May. Um, so, uh, you don’t have prolific bug activity all the time, but if you get out and it is working, it is a nice day. You will. You’ll find a lot of very hungry trout and so. Some of the best days fishing trout fishing have had has been, you know, in late May, mid May, um depending on the temperature. 00:35:12 Dave: What is the um eastern guides dot CA. Is that a group. Describe that a little bit that program. 00:35:19 Todd: Yeah. So we’re east coast Gillies. Yeah it was, it was a few of us we used to guide for a friend who had a shop in town, there was a few of us who had our summers off on a university, uh, instructor, um, and crab fisherman. And so we’d have time during the summer. Uh, another friend was in the Coast Guard, another person was a youth pastor. And so we had a friend who owned a fly shop in town, and he didn’t want to do any guiding because he was working at his shop and wanted to fish when he wasn’t working at the shop. So we said, yeah, we’d do it. So we got it for him for a couple of years. Uh, his shop closed down and, uh, I just asked the guys if they wanted to keep doing it, and they all said yes. And, uh, that’s, we’ve been doing that for a while now, although they’ve sort of, you know, moved on and, uh, one guy had to leave the province on that, but it’s, uh, um, been remarkably, remarkably busy. 00:36:09 Dave: Yeah. You still got it going. So it’s you and still a few other guides, uh, covering the area. 00:36:15 Todd: I’m still going. I have one day off in June, and I might have two or three in July. Um, August is slowing down a little bit, but that’s good. There’s lots going on. Uh, but yeah, it’s been a very good success. 00:36:27 Dave: Yeah. That’s right. And it fits kind of nice. Probably. Right. Because the, the well, I guess springtime, it starts in the spring goes to the summer, like you said, you fish for. I mean, do you fish for trout? Like out of everything we’ve talked about, do you focus on one more than the others of the species or life histories? Or what does that look like for you? 00:36:45 Todd: Well, I mean, personally, it’s like, if I’m I’m a river guy, I want to swing a fly. I want to get a salmon on dry flies. That’s what I want to do. So once the end of June comes around, this is really when the salmon start to enter the rivers, you kind of focus to that, although it is so, you know, trouting is so convenient. You can pack up, get on a boat at, you know, get put your boat in the pond at like six o’clock, seven o’clock on an evening, five minutes outside of the city and you’re over top of very nice fish, you know, and, and you can pack it back up and be home, be home really, really quickly. So. 00:37:21 Dave: Yeah. Are you fishing on those guys in the pond? How are you? Remind us again how you’re fishing for those trout and like the resident fish. 00:37:28 Todd: Yeah, it depends on what we’re doing. You know, brook trout. You don’t do a lot of fancy things, but again, it’s like trout everywhere. You’re just following, following the bugs, following what? The trout are eating. The trout here, we always like to say are not very picky and very opportunistic for the most part. All the Browns do get much more koi. There are a number of decent hatches on the ponds around Saint John’s, although they’re quite later. Like for instance, we’ll have a. We have a very good hexagenia hatch on a member of the of the brown and rainbow trout ponds. And that doesn’t happen for us until like the end of July. Um, which is quite, quite fast when, when most of you guys are doing it. 00:38:08 Dave: So you’re catching some of these on dry flies or are you mostly fishing dry flies or. 00:38:12 Todd: Oh it depends. I mean you gotta do it works. But it’s very much like loch style fishing, like we’ll do in Ireland and Scotland where you’re out, try and get out in a pond, a boat in the pond and see what the trout are eating. We use a lot of traditional sort of, uh, Irish and Scottish loch flies, things like small black pencil, small midge flies, you know, and then if the hatches are on, then we’ll use those things and they do work, you know? 00:38:37 Dave: Yeah. So when you say loch style, do you mean you’re, you’re drifting with the wind using a drogue, like a sea anchor sort of thing or. 00:38:44 Todd: No, not so much a drogue. But you know, we will drift. Yeah. For sure. And, uh, you know, have you can have two on it. Uh, you know, a couple flies on it if you want. Sometimes it’s a little more windy here. It seems to be so. It’s like you. You do have to pick your days in that regard. But yeah, I mean, just the same thing. Yeah. Just find your spots and you drift over those spots and, and go back and it’s. 00:39:07 Dave: Casting and stripping or you’re not really using an indicator. Doesn’t sound like you’re just fishing just with the line, like a floating line sinking line or just kind of there’s a little mix of things you guys are doing. 00:39:18 Todd: The whole mix of things too. You know, it all depends on how much gear you want to bring on the boat, I guess. Um, you know, uh, you know, you’ll use some weighted flies for sure. Um, but intermediate lines are small, you know, lighter sinking lines. I don’t mind, uh, the, the bigger ones. I just don’t know. And plus two, if the hatch comes on, you always got to have that, that floating line there. It’s handy as well. 00:39:40 Dave: So wow. And are you catching out there? Is it just as good of a chance to catch a brook trout as a brown trout resonant fish? Or is it mostly brooks out there? 00:39:49 Todd: No. The ponds again are brown trout around Saint John’s. Um, so that’s for about a twenty five mile radius or twenty five minute radius around Saint Johns. That’s you’re going to run in primarily into brown trout. Once you get beyond that, it does sort of turn back over to brook trout. And then your fishing will change at that point too. You’re not going to do necessarily the lock style stuff for brook trout, because they just don’t just don’t really need it. The Browns are more coy, and they do respond a little bit better to those types of techniques. The brook trout, you know, are brook trout and you can get them on. Uh, yeah, on your stand. I won’t call them easier, but they’re, they’re more, you know, uh, more willing. 00:40:26 Dave: We’ll say today’s episode is sponsored by Noseeum Lodge and Alaskan Fly Fishing Lodge, specializing in wild rainbow trout since nineteen seventy five. Small by design and built for fly anglers. Book your trip right now. That’s Noseeum. Lodge dot com. N o s e. You know seom lodge dot com. Get started today. Experience the waters of Bristol Bay at Togiak River Lodge, where fly fishing meets Alaska’s rugged beauty. This is the place to complete the Alaska Grand Slam with all five salmon species rainbow trout, Arctic char and more. Where each day offers a new Alaskan adventure, you can visit Togiak lodge dot com right now to start planning your Bristol Bay experience with Togiak River Lodge. So if you want to go there and catch, try to catch all everything we’ve been talking about, get a chance for Atlantic salmon, resident fish, a sea. Is there a time where you could maybe have a chance at doing all that? 00:41:26 Todd: Realize your best time for sure, you know, because the salmon will be in the rivers. Um, we’ll actually will have something that resembles summer at that point. Um the brown trout um will be usually good by then, you know, you know, starts really getting going. You end of May and throughout June depending on the weather. And then June will sorry, July will start to bring a lot of the hatches, the evening hatches. Uh, the brook trout are around always and the sea around the sea. Run stuff will subside in July because those fish are mostly out in the bay because again, that. Well, again, that’s when all the. All the bait is out in the bay, right? Like I said, all the. The reason that Newfoundland works is because we have all this bait come here. And mostly capelin. This small kind of smell like fish that spawns on the shores on the shores of the island, and everything follows it. So that’s why the puffins are here. That’s why the whales are here. That’s why the salmon are here. Everything follows this fish and the trout aren’t stupid. They know. Okay? 00:42:26 Dave: They know what’s the name of the fish that they’re all following? 00:42:29 Todd: It’s a capelin. It’s a c a p e l I n. It’s in the rainbow. Smelt family, I guess. So it’s. 00:42:36 Dave: Okay. 00:42:37 Todd: It’s a, you know, a small little smelt. 00:42:39 Dave: And everything eats it. It’s a small smell and everything. Everything’s eating it. 00:42:42 Todd: Everything eats it. I said it worked out on a crab boat and you’ll see it. You’ll start to pick it up offshore on the sound or you’ll see these big globs of bait, and you’ll see the birds, and you’ll see the seals, and you’ll see the whales just following this caravan of of capelin as it moves from the deep into the shores, because it actually comes up and spawns on the shores. The females deposit their eggs on the gravel, the beaches and the males come in behind it. So you go to these beaches and there’ll be just, you know, the water be black with capelin. And then, you know, the, the wave will come in and roll and the roll will be all silver. And so they’ll say the katelyn’s rolling. This is what it is. And in some places the whales will come up very close behind it. Uh, there’s always birds around. But yeah, that’s why everybody’s coming here to, to eat those things, including salmon. Capelin was, was a very large part of the traditional part of the salmon diet. We’ve been overfishing them a bit. Um, so there hasn’t been as much capelin around historically. There was. And the salmon consequently just are having a change of food source. Go a little bit further, change what they’re eating to less nutritious things. And that’s part of the whole story. One of the issues, many issues that face Atlantic salmon now. 00:43:54 Dave: Yeah. Right. Right. That’s a big part. There’s a number of things going on. Yeah. You hear about that with the downturn, although it sounds like Newfoundland. And maybe that’s because for some of the reasons you mentioned that it’s still fairly, um, I don’t know, maybe a little bit healthier than other areas of the world. I mean, I guess this year, have you got, did you guys, what did you guys see up there on, on the east side? Did you like as far as the runs and stuff like that? 00:44:16 Todd: Uh, it was an odd summer. We started out very dry. Um, we just didn’t get any rain in June. And so the salmon got to come in with rain with, with, uh, water levels. And so we, we had a cool, but very dry June where we just had a kind of light northern breeze and breezes and winds, winds were everything on the island. And the winds that come from the north are generally more dry. And so we just didn’t get a lot of water, even though we had a good, uh, winter of snow snowpack. 00:44:44 Dave: Yeah. Lots of snow. 00:44:45 Todd: Yeah. We did. And but, you know, we just didn’t get any this side of the island just didn’t get really any rain. I’m not sure what it was like. The water levels were like on the West coast for you. 00:44:55 Dave: Yeah, it was high. It was the opposite. Oh, it was the opposite. It was too high. Actually, the water was where we couldn’t even find the fish. There was so much water that we couldn’t find. You know, they were everywhere. 00:45:03 Todd: Yeah, that was a definite thing. You’d hear people going over, you know, in the early part of the summer saying just everything is water everywhere. Can’t get on this ship, can’t get on this river just because of so much. And we were the exact opposite. 00:45:15 Dave: Wow. So the exact opposite. Yeah. Low flows. Which makes it what? Harder. Well, they just don’t come in as much. Well, eventually they come in, but there’s just. Is it different with the timing? 00:45:24 Todd: Exactly. Like you just go there at normal dates when you think they should be there and you’re like, you look at the water, it’s like, wow, there’s going to be nothing here and there aren’t. And then you get a rain and then they’ll show up. And so this year, our kind of runs, uh, for the most part, arrive much later on a lot of the rivers around us. Uh, and we did get a little bit of rain at the end of July. And so, you know, the fishing was, you know, picked up for those bits and, and, you know, I’ve been out kind of some of the more backcountry stuff because there are things where, you know, you’ll walk back, you know, the salmon by the end of August should be well spread out throughout the system. And you can walk back miles into the system to find out, you know, have salmon made it up here. And the case is yes, they’re there now. I’ve been going to these places for the last two weeks and the signs are pretty good back in there. 00:46:11 Dave: Oh yeah. Yeah. Because it’s open. You still got a couple of weeks left of the season. 00:46:14 Todd: Yeah. We got another, uh, yeah, September seventh. So we got a little bit of time left, but yeah, they’re, they’re remarkable creatures. They make their way up there despite everything. Now, as far as overall numbers, it sounds like you’re a little bit down, but it’s hard to say. 00:46:29 Dave: Um, you have some test waters, right? You have some test waters there that you can track runs on the island. 00:46:35 Todd: Yeah. Counters. Yeah. There are some of those. They seem to be, you know, generally down in the places that you would think they would be down where we had low water. Say, you can see those numbers are down now, whether those fish come in later, which is something they may do. Uh, hopefully that’s what they do. You know? 00:46:51 Dave: Yeah, it’s not not on a perfect system, right. Topher Brown was talking about Fish and Labrador, a couple on the podcast, and he was saying that I think it was Topher. He had this one trip where they were out there for like sixteen days and zero fish, like the whole, I mean, they just weren’t there. Like you said, there was just no. And they literally were at this remote thing. No fish. Right. And it was unbelievable. And then the next year, they had the largest run ever that they well, not maybe not the largest ever, but they had the best fishing ever that he’s ever had out there. Right. So it’s like night and day. Is that kind of what you see out there in your area too? 00:47:26 Todd: Yeah. I mean, ultimately with any sort of fishery, all you really hope for is consistency. You know, I mean, Atlantic salmon especially is like, it seems like the most you can hope for is how good it was last year. You know, it’s like, no matter how that last year was, you know, it’s like, well, at least I hope it’s as good as last year. But yeah, for sure. I mean, conditions have everything to do with it. Um, they really do. Um, and it is changing a lot on the island. It is changing a lot and everywhere. Um, and Labrador. 00:47:54 Dave: Is and all that stuff. 00:47:55 Todd: Exactly. You know, it’s just, you know, like I said in Fisher having go further. So now they come back, there might be a little bit later, they might be a little bit smaller because they have to eat different things. And yeah, the ocean, there’s a lot going on out there. And, uh, and they’re kind of one of the species. You can really see it going on and. 00:48:11 Dave: Yeah, see a change, but there’s still a chance. That’s the thing about that we love about, you know, fishing and fly fishing is that, you know, it only takes one, you know, and for us, when we went out there, that’s all it was for me. I was like, man, I’ve never I had never caught Atlantic salmon. And just, I just wanted to see one. And, um, definitely it was hard. It was challenging. But I mean, we and we actually fished another river. We went over to the torrent, the torrent river, which has um, I mean, God, that was, that was actually my best day. I had a little section there where I had I mean, geez, I think I had like eight different fish come to the fly. Yeah, on the same, on the same. Like I just, they kept coming up right in this little slot. Do you know the torrent is that similar size to the rivers you’re talking about on the Saint Johns area? 00:48:52 Todd: Uh, yeah, it’s pretty close. I mean, the torrents, uh, kind of really a really nice river. And it did. I did hear a lot of people, uh, mention that they did have good days out on the torrent this year. I think I was up there just a, I was up there for a weekend just a little bit after maybe, perhaps when you were there, I had the run had just gone through kind of thing. But there’s still lots of fish there. And it’s a, it’s a weird one because, you know, you have a historic part of the river and then you have another part of the river, the watershed above that was opened up when they put in ladders and so on. So you get a different mix of fish. But yeah, it’s very pretty river for sure. Uh, we’re not as much sort of, you know, there’s not as many rivers like that on this side of the island, just kind of set in the hills like that. Um, but it is a pretty thing and yeah. So you had you had you had that fish come eight times to your fly. You said. 00:49:39 Dave: Well, we, I was in this little slot. It was cool because I mean, the taunt is, is totally different than Portland Creek. You know, Portland Creek, we’re sitting back there on the bank. We’re just all kicking back. And you know, it’s just it’s a different thing. It’s big. It’s wide. You got Calvin out there fishing with the spey rod and blasting out casts across the river. The torrent’s tiny, right. But it’s super high grade. And you walk this boardwalk down below the fish ladder, and you walk this boardwalk all the way down. There’s these little spots in there, you know, these little slots or whatever. And we just popped into one where it was just, I was like, right at the tail out of kind of a, I call it a run. And then it dropped down into kind of a rapid. And they would just come up above this rapid and sitting in this slot. I mean, I probably had because I was fishing different spots. So I think I might have had, you know, probably at least four or five different fish, right. That came up in this one little probably, you know what I mean? Fifty fifty. I don’t know, even fifty meters. Right. It was just a small little section. 00:50:33 Todd: Yeah. For sure. I mean, it’s it’s it’s kind of nice because, I mean, the torrent is good too, because all the pools got names on them. And, and like you said, you have the boardwalk access and every year the fish are in the same spot. Like they really are, you know, and yeah, it’s always, it’s always strange because I’ll get a, I’ll always get a lot of trout come from, from wherever, from United States or from Canada. And we’ll get on the salmon River. And, and I always tell them it’s like, okay, you know, trout sits where it spends the least amount of activity to get the most amount of food. And those are certain places on a pool. And then I’ll tell them the salmon maximum is now it’s you have to think, where would where could it, what a salmon sit. That’s been the least amount of activity or energy to get the most amount of oxygen. And it’s different. Like I said, it’s probably just right over that berm. They’re getting an upswell where you’re fishing, and they’ll just gather there beside a rock or in front of a rock, right? 00:51:23 Dave: Just resting. Yeah. Resting to make their way up. Right. 00:51:26 Todd: That’s it. And you get any on dry fly? 00:51:28 Dave: Yeah, yeah. That’s all we did was fishing. It was, it was the riffle hitch the whole time. I mean, I don’t think I fished, I didn’t fish a non riffle hitch. 00:51:36 Todd: You didn’t fish a bomber or a bug or anything. 00:51:38 Dave: Oh, yeah. Yeah, yeah, we did fish. Yeah. We fished some bombers too. Yeah. Fish bombers. So we. Yeah, we tried that. But yeah, it was cool just watching the fish come up because you had this thing where and I missed a lot of these fish, right? Because they would, you know, you’re not setting the hook. Well, you do set the hook, but you got to wait a little bit, right? These fish come up and there’s this weird like one time I remember this fish came up and I just saw a flash and I just set the hook and it, I don’t know. So I don’t know if it, I guess it took it and then flat. But you know, you give it that second. Right. That was one thing we learned that it’s different than steelhead. Steelhead fishing is just swinging the fly and the fish pulls and tugs and it’s gone. You know, Atlantic salmon is more like trout in some ways. 00:52:14 Todd: Sometimes, especially off the surface. They do. Right. They’ll kind of, you know, whether it is the hitch or a bomber, you know, they’ll, they’ll just come up and sip it, you know, and be like, is that, was that a trout? And then all of a sudden be like a ten pound fish. 00:52:28 Dave: Exactly. 00:52:29 Todd: And you wouldn’t know until you get a chance to see it jump. Right? 00:52:33 Dave: Right. 00:52:33 Todd: And it swings a little bit different. The swing is more, much more like a steelhead where it basically hooks itself, right? Yeah. If you’re swinging, swinging, uh, you’ll just sort of see a boil and feel that. 00:52:45 Dave: Gotcha. That’s interesting. Yeah. Because we’re swinging the riffle hitch too, but it’s swinging on top. So it’s, it’s, yeah, you’re up on the top. It’s not, it’s not like a cast, but no, it was great. I mean, again, it’s really nice to sit here and be able to talk to you now because again, for years I was sitting here just listening to people. But now that I’ve experienced it and again, I mean, we’re like, yeah, we’re going back. I mean, this is, you know, I see why Atlantic salmon is so addictive. It’s a thing for steelhead because it doesn’t take many really. It only takes one to just get that chance to be to, you know, have that moment. Right. 00:53:16 Todd: Yeah. No, it’s you’re you’re, you’re not going to be in it. I mean, people, you know, will talk numbers all the time, right. I’ll do that too. 00:53:23 Dave: But it’s like. 00:53:24 Todd: You can’t be in it for numbers. It’s like, no, I was telling them the guy yesterday. It’s like, you know, if you succeed three times out of ten. When you’re playing baseball, you know you’re a star, right? You’re three hundred. 00:53:34 Dave: You’re a star. 00:53:35 Todd: If you if you succeed once in every five hundred cast for salmon, you’ve done well. Like, you know, it’s like. 00:53:42 Dave: Over the course. 00:53:42 Todd: Of the day, you know, it’s like you’re gonna, you gotta. Repetition, repetition, repetition. Right. 00:53:48 Dave: Yeah, I love that. That’s so good. Yeah. I love the, the, uh, the baseball. What was the, I think of that. That’s like a famous quote, the, you know, the difference between two out of ten, three out of ten, four out of ten, right. In baseball, it’s like. 00:54:01 Todd: Yeah, exactly. 00:54:02 Dave: It’s the two out of ten. You’re like, not even going to stay in the league. Three hundred hitters in All Star. If you’re a four hundred hitter, you’re like the greatest of all time. 00:54:10 Todd: Yeah. Hall of Fame. Yeah. 00:54:11 Dave: Hall of fame. Right. And we’re talking four out of ten. And and similar to to like you’re saying similar. That’s similar to salmon fishing. 00:54:18 Todd: Yeah. I mean, yesterday I had a young guy and his father out and, uh, he caught a, he caught one on his third cast. And so it was like, oh, this is going to be a good day. And then we let that one go. And then he got back in the water. And about ten casts later he rose another. And I think he just thought, okay, well, this is this is how it’s going to be all day. You know, I think the dad was definitely thinking that. And, uh, and then it just shut right down like the water had risen a bit and the sun came out and, and then you just cast the rest of the day. It rose one more, I think. But it’s just the way it is, you know, the fish, you do your job, but the fish has got to do its job too. And, you know, some days you just aren’t going to do it. 00:55:00 Dave: Yeah. It’s great. I’m looking up a stat here. I’m a big baseball just sports fan. I have a good some a couple random ones. We’re asking you here in a bit, but as we get into our sports segment, but, uh, four hundred and six Ted Williams in nineteen forty one was the last person to achieve four hundred over four hundred, right? Yeah. And he barely made it four hundred. So most people are hitting two forty four to two seventy, right? I mean, like that’s, isn’t that crazy? Like two? Like you’re literally in that two and a half out of ten of every time you’re at bat. 00:55:29 Todd: Yeah. No, it’s, uh, I was a college baseball player, so I know, I know the Mendoza line very well. 00:55:35 Dave: The Mendoza, the Mendoza. Yeah. You don’t want to be below two hundred, right? No. You want me down there? 00:55:40 Todd: No. So, you know, I think I finished somewhere around. 00:55:42 Dave: That’s cool. So you play college ball? 00:55:44 Todd: Yeah, I did. I went to a small university in Tennessee back a lifetime ago in early nineties. Yeah. 00:55:48 Dave: That’s right. So I’m getting back. So back to your history now. So you didn’t grow up. And you can tell obviously from your accent because Newfoundlanders have an amazing, uh, really strong accent. But so now where did you grow up? 00:55:58 Todd: I grew up in southwestern Ontario, probably only about, you know, probably forty miles east of Detroit. 00:56:07 Dave: Oh, right. 00:56:08 Todd: Wow. Forty miles across the lake to Cleveland, just in the small farming town on Lake Erie. 00:56:13 Dave: Right. 00:56:13 Todd: So I grew up down in that little corner. Yeah. 00:56:15 Dave: That’s cool. Yeah. We fished, uh, the south shore of Lake Erie for steelhead with Jeff Lisk a while back and. 00:56:20 Todd: Okay. 00:56:20 Dave: Yeah, it’s a cool country. Um, so wow. So and then you played ball down there as well. What was your position? 00:56:26 Todd: I was a catcher. 00:56:27 Dave: Oh, wow. That’s a tough position. 00:56:29 Todd: It’s the one. You get to tell everybody else what to do. So that was a good position. 00:56:32 Dave: Yeah. You’re a catcher. Were you a and you’re hitting wise. Were you like a big home run hitter or average or what was your your style? 00:56:39 Todd: No, I’d say I was born to the managing the game aspect of things, I guess. Yeah. Defensive probably more. 00:56:46 Dave: But you hit though, right. You had to hit right. You were hit or two. 00:56:49 Todd: Oh yeah. I know you hit you hit him. But I mean I went down there it was you know after a year or two you realize there’s a lot of people better than me. Um, I should probably stick to the books, you know? 00:56:59 Dave: Right. 00:57:00 Todd: And I really enjoyed that. So it was good. 00:57:02 Dave: Yeah. And then do you also play any other sports or was it mainly baseball? 00:57:06 Todd: Oh, I was you know, I was kind of a typical high school, high school jock where I played American football and hockey and baseball. And there were probably opportunities in many in all three of those. But, um, I wanted to play baseball. And so it worked out pretty well. 00:57:22 Dave: That’s right. And in college are you. Do you teach? Are you an English or what was it the. 00:57:27 Todd: Yeah, I teach English. I teach English literature at the local university here. Yeah. 00:57:31 Dave: That’s cool. What is your. I’m not sure if you’re a big outdoor writer fan. I, I, I was going to mention Stephen Brunt. We had Stephen on the podcast and he, man, what an epic producer, that guy of content. But he reminded me of this just about, you know, the content out there and stuff. But do you have a, an outdoor writer that you really love or is that part of your, the niche you follow? 00:57:51 Todd: I don’t know, I mean, since I went through academically trained, I’m always a little bit sort of, I won’t say snobbish, but I kind of like, I’ll see, I’ll tend to pick up on things that I don’t like quicker than things I do, although I. Although there are some real writers I do like, and you can engage and engage with them, you know, philosophically and artistically as well, ones I do like. Um, but I mean, there’s nothing really that. 00:58:15 Dave: Who would be one writer just in any genre that you like. 00:58:19 Todd: You know, in terms of like fishing, you mean? 00:58:22 Dave: No. Just anything. Any topic? 00:58:24 Todd: Oh, jeez. Any topic? 00:58:26 Dave: I mean, we hear about. We hear a lot about. Yeah. I mean, there’s all sorts of. I just had, uh, Tom McGuane. He’s more outdoor and, you know, outdoor writer, but, you know. 00:58:33 Todd: Yeah. McGee is great. I mean, like I said, I grew I was, you know, really trained in like philosophy and critical theory and literature. So I like kind of a lot of the typical, uh, you know, more complex academic, artistic, literary guys, um, and women. 00:58:51 Dave: What would be one in the, in the philosophical, the, the words that I can’t even really totally, you know, say like, who would be one writer that we could just look up. 00:59:00 Todd: Some of the interesting ones or, you know, that are similar, you know, that I’ll kind of look at and be like, man, that guy’s, you know, how close am I to that guy, you know? Uh, Kurczynski, um, where he’s just kind of. Yeah. Uh, out of Ann Arbor. I might be pronouncing his mispronouncing his name, but Krasinski. So anyway, he’s a, he was a novelist and taught at the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor. And, uh, you know, basically realized he was his fishing was getting in on his writing. 00:59:31 Dave: Oh, right. 00:59:31 Todd: And he was also using his fishing to get away from the fact that he was having trouble writing. Uh, and so consequently thought to I’ll just do the both of them together around fishing. Um, which presents a whole bunch of kind of neat, you know, authorial questions, uh, and you know, how language works and how narrative works in terms of why fly fishing literature, which there’s so much of is such a rich field, right? Um, and you and you can, like I said, you can read people like Megan and just see how he’s really, you know, certain essays of his or certain essays of his are really dominated by basic kind of artistic questions of irony, you know, and, uh, it’ll compose entire essays around it. And so for me, that’s cool. I mean, because it’s what I grew up learning and teaching and I’ll see it in guys and, and, uh, yeah, so there’s a number of them like that. And then the classic guys, I’ve read a lot of them as well. So it’s all fun. 01:00:30 Dave: Yeah. Right. 01:00:32 Todd: I grew up, I grew up reading in the all star, I believe. 01:00:35 Dave: Oh, read it. So you know, you know Stephen. 01:00:37 Todd: Well I don’t know him at all, but I mean, I grew up, you know, near Toronto or a couple hours outside of Toronto so that you’d see his I’d read a sports column, you know, if I was going to follow the Blue Jays or see what he was saying about whatever is, you know, his his byline was always, always there. 01:00:50 Dave: Yeah. Stephen. Yeah. He was we did a great episode and we talked about Newfoundland because he, he, I can’t remember where he, I think he was from Ontario, but he basically came to Newfoundland for some random thing and ended up. Now he goes back every year. He’s been doing it for many years just to fish. 01:01:07 Todd: It’ll do that to you. It really will. I mean, I, I came here for one year in two thousand and three and now it’s, you know, twenty twenty six and I’m still here. Um, so, uh, it will do that to you. 01:01:19 Dave: It will do that. Yeah. Well, just one shout out to Stephen as we get out of here. Um, he sent me a couple of movies that he produced. One was about called Facing Ali and it was really good. It was about the fighters, not about Ali necessarily himself, about the fighters who faced. All right. Really a really great movie. And then he also Carvalho right, is a is a famous boxer who fought Ali who’s up from in Canada, who was one of the back in the day, was the Canadians number one boxer of all Canada. And just a just a great story. But he’s also getting me he’s sending me some Blue Jays stuff. He’s working on a piece on the Blue Jays now. Like, you know, just their history and how amazing that was, right. I’m sure you followed a little bit of the Toronto. 01:01:58 Todd: Uh, a little bit. I mean, not so much. I mean, the World Series run was fun last year. I guess I watched that, but, uh, uh, yeah, it’s, uh, it’s, it seems like a lifetime ago. I was doing stuff like that. So it’s always, always fun to look back on it. But I did listen to the, to the podcast with Steve. I found it very interesting because he said a lot of good things that I think and have noticed and observed for sure. And he’s just on the other side of the island over in Bombay. Um, but it was interesting again. And you mentioned a writer, um, he was talking about, uh, Bush pilot angler and Lee Wolf. 01:02:31 Dave: Oh yeah. 01:02:32 Todd: Which is a very, it’s a very interesting book, and it would be one I’d recommend to you to pick up, because it does give you a lot of insight into, uh, you know, the fishing will be whatever, but, um, uh, it’s told remarkably well because Wolf was a, he was an ad man and a filmmaker before he started doing all this. And so there are kind of neat little, you know, artistic collage techniques and storytelling at times that are fun that I can pick up and enjoy. But at other times it’s just talking about, you know, you know, rural Newfoundland and the forties, which is just a kind of, you know, exciting place. And it’s a. 01:03:11 Dave: Oh, yeah. Well, he said, right. It changed a lot since then. I mean, how do you think Lee Wolf was as a writer in that book? 01:03:18 Todd: I do, I do like that book. I think that’s good. I mean, it’s like he he tells a story well and has his technique of doing it and seems to always have a point for what he’s saying, which is always good in a writer, is that they have a reason and they think they have something to say as they’re saying it. And it’s just it is a really interesting history on this small little place a number of years ago. And it’s, it’s, uh, prescient in a lot of ways in terms of like the things that he predicted would happen kind of did you know, he saw that occurring in the fifties, right? He, he saw the downfall and the, the threat to Atlantic salmon stocks. You know, seventy years ago, he. 01:03:55 Dave: Was fighting for it. 01:03:56 Todd: Yeah. 01:03:57 Dave: He was fighting. Right. He was the one guy he was fighting the, you know, really the Canadian government trying to get them to put these protections in place. Right? 01:04:04 Todd: Yeah. In the Newfoundland government as well, he went from being a friend. You know, there’s, you know, good episodes or good sequences where he’ll they’ll invite him to give a talk and he’ll just lay into the guys with, what are you doing? You know you’re going to ruin this. 01:04:17 Dave: God, that’s so good. It’s you know, it’s so he was ahead of his time, you know, like a lot of the great people anglers were, right. They were doing stuff. When back then. That was crazy. Right? Many people, I’m sure in Newfoundland around the world were like, what? Catch and release or whatever, like you’re crazy. 01:04:32 Todd: You know? Yeah, that that was a big thing too, right? And, and you, you did that. And he’s also, you know, in the place you, you know, all about the, the riffle hitch and how it was invented there in Portland Creek. And, you know, all the people who were, you know, coming in to fish the camps. And they were fishing blind eye hooks, which meant you had catgut to tie it on. And so after those broke off, the sports would break, you know, break off the their eye. And so they’d just take the fly and throw it on the ground because it wasn’t of use anymore to them. And so you had the locals who would go along and pick up all of those discarded flies and then snel a snel a a new. 01:05:09 Dave: Uh, oh man, that’s it. 01:05:10 Todd: It’s another line on it. And then that’s the hitch is invented, right? And and now it’s you see people in Iceland and you know, you know. Right. Scandinavia saying, this is how you gotta do it. 01:05:19 Dave: This is good. You got to do it this way. 01:05:21 Todd: Wolf is an interesting guy because you do have this sort of, you know, it’s like these kind of people that seem to exist a lot in the early half of the twentieth century. They were part adventurer. 01:05:31 Dave: Yeah. Like like Hemingway. 01:05:32 Todd: Yeah. There’s a lot of guys like that. You know, they, they were just sort of as much in the field as they were in front of a typewriter. Um, but knew how to operate a camera as well as they did a fly rod, you know, and so that’s cool. 01:05:43 Dave: And a, and a gun, right? 01:05:45 Todd: A gun and a plane and a, you know, and could survive for days on end. 01:05:49 Dave: Right in a plane. Yeah. He literally, he literally got a plane and taught himself how to fly. It’s yeah, I feel like those, those guys back in the day were just, you know what I mean? We’re not quite at the level of them. Do you think that’s true? 01:06:01 Todd: I don’t know. I think those guys are still around. I think just the opportunities look different. You know. 01:06:06 Dave: It’s right. 01:06:06 Todd: You know if you get a lot of people you know can’t seem to fish unless they have a helicopter or, you know, it’s like, it’s, it’s, you know, it’s, uh. 01:06:16 Dave: Right. 01:06:16 Todd: And, and those are the ones you read about or you see all the time. It’s the not so often the guys who are slugging it out on the trout streams or in the, you know. 01:06:25 Dave: Which are some of the best anglers, right? Some of those guys you never hear about who are in your local water or wherever, or probably the best anglers out there. 01:06:33 Todd: Oh yeah. The guys and, you know, you know, in the middle of winter catching steelhead, you know, on swinging flies, you know, there’s, there’s real talent there. 01:06:41 Dave: Like, yeah, there is. This is awesome. Cool. Todd Well, uh, yeah, man, this has been a fun conversation. Um, definitely. We’ll have to keep in touch with you, maybe check in with you next year, see how, how fishing’s looking and all that stuff. But we can, uh, we’ll send everybody out. We mentioned it before eastern guides dot CA if they want to connect with you and learn more about trips. And yeah, man, if we’re heading out there, if anybody’s heading up there, we’ll definitely direct them your way. And thanks for all your time today. 01:07:06 Todd: Yeah. And, uh, like I said, you know, Saint John’s isn’t necessarily a fishing destination. It’s a gateway to a lot of great fishing. Um, and a lot of times you have to fly into Saint John’s. And so there’ll be a lot of people, uh, say they’re heading up to Labrador, they’ll fly into Saint John’s. Hey, I want to try some, you know, some of this small stream Atlantic salmon stuff before I go up to a big river like the eagle or something. And and so we’ll go up for a day and they’ll get a completely different experience because, you know, when you, the, you know, lodges are great. Newfoundland is really known for lodges and, uh, but you only see certain bits, right? 01:07:39 Dave: You can cover more like if they, if they check in with you, you could cover multiple rivers around. 01:07:44 Todd: Well, I don’t know, it’s in terms of that, but it’s just you just get to see more. And it is such a kind of diverse and beautiful place with all kinds of different things going on. And the people too, you know, you get to, uh, you know, with independent guides and DIY, you know, fishing, you get to meet a lot more people than just your guides or your lodge owners. And, uh, there are some interesting people, I tell you that, you know, uh, in all, all very well steeped in how to catch a sea trout on a nail or how to use a chip bag to tie a fly and stuff, there’s all kinds of crazy innovative stuff, right? 01:08:20 Dave: And you have to be guided right on Newfoundland if you’re fishing anywhere or just scheduled waters. 01:08:25 Todd: No, it gets confusing. It’s not. It’s just on scheduled waters. You need to have a guide if you’re a non-resident. 01:08:32 Dave: That’s right. Just scheduled. So you can fish for trout all day. 01:08:35 Todd: Trout all day. They want you to keep within a certain distance of the road just because, uh. 01:08:40 Dave: Oh. 01:08:41 Dave: Yeah. What is that distance? 01:08:42 Todd: They say it’s a kilometre either side of the road. 01:08:45 Dave: That’s a decent amount. Thousand meters. 01:08:47 Todd: There’s water everywhere here, and you can have lots of fun doing things. And if you go into any of these towns, these smaller towns with unscheduled rivers that will have all along that western coast of Europe, all these little rivers that are, you know, will have sea run brook trout populations come in them. And then the ponds too, are there. And then there are, there are there is a river, a couple rivers in the federal park that doesn’t follow the guided regulations. So gross more, which I don’t know if you guys are through there or not. 01:09:15 Dave: Oh yeah. Gross. More. Yeah. We drove through gross. More. 01:09:17 Todd: Yeah. Beautiful. Gross. More. And so that’s a federal park. So you don’t need to follow. Oh, you don’t kind of provincial guide regulations there. 01:09:23 Dave: Yeah. 01:09:23 Dave: So there’s schedule. Ah, there’s Atlantic salmon and gross more that you could fish without a guide. 01:09:27 Todd: Yeah. Um for sure. And I imagine that’s where. 01:09:30 Dave: Stevens. 01:09:30 Todd: Brown’s doing most of his fishing on the river. 01:09:33 Dave: Oh, that’s what he was doing, right. That’s what he was talking about. Right. 01:09:36 Todd: Yeah. And because there are sections, as long as you’re inside the park, you know, you need to have your license, but you don’t have to obey that guide regulation. There are different stipulations too. 01:09:45 Dave: But that’s what Steven was doing. Steven was he was working with rod. Well, he called rod and he’d say, rod, I’m going to be fishing. You let me know when things start happening. And then then he’d go up and fish the Portland Or wherever with rod, I think is how they did it. 01:09:56 Todd: Yeah. And like I said, the more north you go just keeps getting better. Like you got that string of Portland Creek, you got you got Portland Creek River ponds. You can’t go out on that one. 01:10:05 Dave: Yeah. River ponds. Yeah. We talked about it. Yeah. 01:10:08 Todd: Really good one. And there’s phenomenal brook trout fishing back in on there on these sort of really famous ponds like big blue and western blue and things like that, where you’re going to. 01:10:17 Dave: Get. 01:10:18 Todd: Really nice brook trout. Um, but yeah, Big East Torrens and Genevieve, they just go one after the casters and it’s all very accessible, all very accessible. 01:10:29 Dave: It is. That’s cool. That’s good to know. No, I mean that’s cool. So people can, you know, you don’t have to necessarily have a guide. There’s different ways to do it. And like you said, all this trout fishing is, is pretty awesome too. So, um, so lots of opportunities, but, but awesome. Todd. Well, yeah, thanks again and we’ll keep in touch with you moving ahead. 01:10:46 Todd: All right. Thanks a lot, Dave. 01:10:49 Dave: Quick takeaway from today. Don’t overlook small water when you’re thinking about Atlantic salmon. Todd described the rivers where you can stand ankle deep and thirty feet and get it done. I want to let you know we’ve got a big fly fishing boot camp coming up here. You can go to fly fishing bootcamp dot com, and if you go to wet fly dot com slash bootcamp, you can sign up there and you can get some information on the best place to save your spot for the boot camp. You can do that right now. Wet fly dot com slash bootcamp. Give it a shot. It’s going to be our biggest boot camp ever. We’ve got twenty speakers this year, some of the best out there in the business. Excited to share this one with you. Check out the fly Fishing boot camp now. All right, we’re out of here. We’ve got all sorts of good stuff coming up here. We’re trying to catch up as we’re moving into the fall, and I just want to wish you a good evening. A good morning or good afternoon, wherever you are in the world. Appreciate you for stopping in today. 01:11:42 Speaker 5: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing Show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.
Todd-Karnas-Atlantic-Salmon-Fishing.

Conclusion with Todd Karnas on Atlantic Salmon

Fishing Newfoundland with Todd Karnas offers a different way to think about Atlantic salmon, sea-run trout, and the waters they call home. From small rivers around the Avalon Peninsula to changing tides, capelin runs, rain, and water levels. Todd shows how much opportunity there is to explore and learn from there fisheries.

Atlantic salmon fishing also teaches patience. Whether you’re swinging a fly, waking a Bomber, or searching for fish in changing conditions, every day on the river can bring something different.

With the right water, timing, and approach, could Newfoundland be your next Atlantic salmon adventure?

     

Remembering Doug Stewart: A Life of Teaching, Fishing, Family, and Stories

Douglas “Doug” Stewart, a lifelong Oregonian, teacher, athlete, fly shop owner, author, fly fisherman, husband, father, grandfather, and gifted storyteller, passed away at the age of 87.

Family and friends are invited to gather in Doug’s memory at St. Henry Catholic Church in Gresham, Oregon on October 23, 2026. Mass, which is open to the public, will begin at 11:00 a.m., followed by a reception at 12:00 p.m. to remember Doug, share stories, and celebrate his life.

Doug at the Albany Fly Tying Expo

Doug was born in Portland, Oregon, in 1939. He attended Central Catholic High School and later the University of Portland, where he played basketball and baseball. Sports remained an important part of his life, along with the teammates, friendships, and stories that came from those years.

Doug went on to become a teacher at Orient Grade School, where he spent his career working with young people. Teaching was a big part of who Doug was, and it extended far beyond the classroom.

Fly fishing became one of the places where that ability to teach had its greatest impact.

Doug began fishing Oregon’s Deschutes River in the early 1950s and developed a connection with the river that lasted more than seven decades. Over the years, he became a Deschutes River guide, fly shop owner, fly-fishing instructor, and author of books and DVD’s on fly fishing. He spent a lifetime sharing what he knew with other anglers, whether that happened in a fly shop, on the river, through his writing, or simply in a conversation with someone who wanted to learn.

He was the creator of the Max Canyon Steelhead fly, a style of fly that made an impact for steelhead anglers and is part of a long history of steelhead fishing, friendships, and stories from the Deschutes.

Doug was a natural storyteller. He could tell stories about sports, fishing, family, old friends, students, and adventures from decades earlier and make you feel like you had been there with him. His family heard some of those stories more than once, but that was part of Doug. Today, many of those stories are the ones they will miss hearing most.

Above everything else, Doug was a family man. He is survived by his wife, Marsha Stewart; his four sons, Chris, Jeff, Mike, and David; his grandchildren, John, Paige, Juna, and Leila; along with extended family and many longtime friends.

Here is a link to Doug’s website that he worked on for a number of years: Fly Fishing with Doug Stewart

Doug leaves behind more than a list of accomplishments. He leaves behind people he taught and stories they will continue to tell.

Some are stories from Central Catholic and the University of Portland. Some are from his years at Orient Grade School. Others come from the fly shop or from long days chasing trout and steelhead on the Deschutes.

And then there are the stories his family will tell about him.

For someone who spent so much of his life teaching and telling stories, that seems like a fitting legacy. What Doug knew, he shared. What he loved, he passed along. And the stories he spent 87 years collecting will continue to be told by the people who knew and loved him.

Doug will be deeply missed by Marsha, his sons, grandchildren, extended family, former students, teammates, fishing partners, customers, fellow anglers, and the many friends whose lives crossed his over the years.

Wet Fly Swing Podcast with Doug Stewart

You can listen to the full podcast with Doug on the Wet Fly Swing Podcast here!

     

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley (Littoral Zone #27)

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Strike indicator techniques for stillwaters can be one of the most effective ways to control the depth and speed of your flies.

In this Littoral Zone episode, Phil Rowley takes us through his indicator system, from choosing the right indicator and building leaders to setting exact depth and casting long rigs. We also get into bobber stops, swivels, depth locators, and the naked technique with long leaders and weighted flies.

Phil also answers Brad from Arizona’s questions about anchor rope length and shares practical tips for getting your flies to fish at the depth and speed you intended.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Show Notes with Phil Rowley on Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters

Phil Rowley breaks down the full indicator system he uses on lakes, including dry-dropper rigs, yarn and fixed indicators, quick-release indicators, long rods, specialized floating lines, level leaders, ESP tippet, swivels, bobber stops, and depth locators. He also explains how wind, water clarity, fly weight, fish behavior, and fishing depth change the setup and presentation.

Listener Question: The Naked Technique, Long Leaders, and Bead Weight

(01:56) Phil answers Brad’s question about anchor rope length for a British Columbia fishing trip, then breaks down the naked technique and how he balances sink time, leader length, retrieve speed, and fly weight.

  • 50 feet of anchor rope is Phil’s standard, with 100 feet as a backup for unusually deep water.
  • He starts with a 30-second sink and adjusts in 15-second increments based on depth and fish behavior.
  • His standard leader is about 25% longer than the target depth, such as 20 feet of leader for 16 feet of water.
  • Brass beads are his usual choice for the slow, horizontal retrieve, while small tungsten beads can help with smaller flies and windy conditions.
  • As wind increases, Phil may use finer tippet, RIO Micro Swivels, or split shot to improve the presentation.
  • Long leaders are manageable with smooth power and good rod stops. Phil notes that his son Brandon cast 18- to 20-foot leaders at just eight to ten years old.
Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Why Strike Indicators Work So Well for Stillwater

(13:04) Phil explains why strike indicators are so effective on stillwater, giving anglers precise control over depth and retrieve speed. Once the fly reaches the set depth, it stays there, while surface chop can add movement without the angler retrieving.

Phil started indicator fishing with chironomid larvae and pupae and now uses indicators for a range of flies, especially around shallow weed pockets. He prefers fishing them in 15 feet or less but has successfully reached depths of 25 to 26 feet.

He prefers indicators in 15 feet of water or shallower, but has successfully fished them as deep as 25 to 26 feet. They are useful in windy conditions and around weed beds, and the technique works for walleye, lake whitefish, and bass, including Soggy Waders.

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Strike Indicator Setups: Dry Flies, Yarn, and Quick-Release

(26:58) Phil covers several indicator options, including dry-dropper and washing-line setups. He describes using the washing-line approach with Curtis from Fly Fish Food, slowly retrieving an adult damsel and nymph toward shore to imitate their movement.

Yarn and New Zealand wool indicators work well in clear, shallow water because they land softly and create less disturbance. Phil also covers fixed-position indicators, including traditional Corkies and OROS Strike Indicators, which are ideal for shorter depths.

For deeper water, Phil favors Quick Release Indicators, which release when a fish is hooked and slide down the leader. He recommends a ½- to ¾-inch leader loop, with the black peg toward the fly and a nearby swivel acting as a stopper.

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Choosing the Right Indicator: Light, Water, and Fish Behavior

(38:50) Phil explains how light, water conditions, fishing depth, fly weight, and fish behavior influence indicator choice. He recommends using the smallest indicator you can see and adjusting the size when choppy water makes visibility difficult.

Indicator color can also affect visibility depending on the light and the angler. For shallow, clear water, Phil favors subtle options such as yarn, New Zealand-style indicators, or dry flies.

He also explains how heavy flies can pull smaller indicators under and how tapered indicators can help detect soft takes when trout are feeding cautiously.

Long Rods and Fly Lines for Indicator Fishing

(44:56) Phil favors 9.5- to 10-foot rods with moderate-fast action for indicator fishing. Longer rods make roll casting easier, allow greater indicator-to-fly separation, and help steer fish around anchors. When fishing deep, he keeps the indicator closer to stay connected to subtle takes.

From shore, Phil prefers an 11-foot, 3-inch switch rod and discusses the Lake Chucker line from Pyramid Fly Company for turning over indicator rigs. He also explains why indicator fishing requires an aggressive, front-loaded fly line, highlighting his RIO Ambassador Series and its short front taper, integrated tippet ring, and quick line-change system.

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Building a Level Indicator Leader and the Adjustment Zone

(58:58) Phil calls the leader the most critical part of indicator fishing. He prefers a level-diameter leader below the indicator because tapered leaders can sink in an arc and leave the fly shallower than the measured depth.

His preferred RIO Indicator Leader is 10 feet long, with a short three-foot butt section and about seven feet of level leader. He generally uses 2X, 3X, or sometimes 4X.

The complete leader includes an indicator-leader foundation, an adjustment zone, and a final tippet section. A barrel swivel separates the adjustment zone from the final tippet.

Phil changes fishing depth by adding or removing material from the adjustment zone. He shares a Manitoba example where replacing a conventional tapered leader with a level setup immediately improved his partner’s chironomid fishing.

Watch Stillwater Fly Fishing with Phil Rowley Using Chironomids.

Low-Stretch Tippet (ESP) & Swivel Connection Benefits

(1:09:30) At 18 feet and deeper, leader stretch can prevent a quick-release indicator from releasing cleanly. Phil switched from braid to RIO ESP Tippet, which stretches only about 3% and now serves as his adjustment zone.

Phil uses small barrel swivels to add weight, reduce twist, keep the leader vertical, and prevent a released indicator from sliding off. He generally chooses the smallest swivel possible.

Swivels can also help locate feeding fish during chironomid fishing. If trout repeatedly target the swivel, Phil takes it as a clue about their depth or attraction to flash. In shallow, clear water, he may remove the swivel and other sources of flash. Phil learned this deep-water approach from Ernie Gulley Fly Fishing at Crowley Lake.

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Three Bobber Stops and Surgical Depth Control

(1:18:20) Phil explains how he uses three of bobber stops to mark fishing depth and reset a quick-release indicator. He places the stops before the indicator, adjustment zone, barrel swivel, final tippet, and point fly, with two stops working together to hold their position securely.

He also explains how he measures exact bottom depth using a depth locator. Phil starts about one foot off the bottom and works upward in one-foot increments, using a 3/4-ounce weight on hard bottom and 1/2 ounce over soft mud to prevent the weight from sinking too deeply.

For fixed indicators, Phil explains how OROS Strike Indicators can be secured with the three-stop setup. The third stop marks the indicator position so it can be reset after a release, while the first two preserve the measured depth.

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Shore Depth Measurement & Indicator Maintenance

(1:30:00) Phil explains how to determine indicator depth from shore using shoreline angles and basic trigonometry, or by casting a Depth Locator to find the bottom and adjust the setup from there.

He also shares simple ways to extend the life of indicators, including using super glue or nail polish to protect painted surfaces. For worn Quick Release Indicators, he recommends using black electrician’s tape to build up the peg so it can keep releasing properly while fishing.

Casting Indicator Rigs & Retrieve Techniques

(1:40:40) Phil reviews the basics of casting indicator rigs, emphasizing minimal false casts, shooting the line, and using the roll cast whenever possible. He also recommends watching how the indicator, swivel, and flies land so tangles can be identified and corrected early.

He then covers four basic retrieves: static, hand-twist or pinch strip, six- to twelve-inch strips, and an upwind presentation. Phil explains how static presentations work well in cold water, while slow retrieves and upwind casts can help cover more water and trigger takes.

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

About Phil Rowley

Phil Rowley is the host of the Littoral Zone and a longtime stillwater fly angler who has refined lake-fishing techniques across British Columbia, Alberta, Argentina, Pyramid Lake, and Crowley Lake. His approach focuses on exact depth, natural presentations, and clean leader construction.

Phil has also worked with RIO on stillwater fly lines designed for indicator rigs and long-leader presentations. Throughout this episode, he draws on decades of guiding, hosted trips, and experimentation on lakes.


Connect with Phil Rowley

Website: https://philrowleyflyfishing.com/

Instagram: @philrowleyflyfishing

Facebook: Phil Rowley Fly Fishing 

Youtube: Phil Rowley Fly Fishing

You can also visit the Littoral Zone Podcast with Phil Rowley.

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters Resources Noted in the Show

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
WFS 983 Transcript 00:00:00 Phil Rowley: Welcome to the Littoral Zone Podcast. I’m your host, Phil Rowley. The littoral zone or shoal area of the lake is a place where the majority of the action takes place. My podcast is intended to do the same, put you where the action is to help you improve your Stillwater fly fishing. On each broadcast, I, along with guests from all over the world, will be providing you with information, tips and tricks, flies, presentation techniques along with different lakes or regions to explore. I hope you enjoy today’s podcast. Please feel free to email me with your Stillwater related fly fishing questions and comments. I do my best to answer as many as we can prior to each episode, just before the main content. Thanks for listening. I hope you enjoyed today’s show. There are many ways to fly fish lakes. I try to use as many methods as possible because I feel this gives me the best chance of success. However, when listening to other podcasts and Stillwater related fly fishing content and videos, I’m flattered when my name is mentioned. Unfortunately, I seem to have been pigeonholed as someone who only fishes lakes using indicators. This simply isn’t the case, but there is no doubting how effective fishing flies beneath an indicator is. Or as the English call them, bungs. So at the risk of further confirming, I am only an indicator fly fisher, I’m going to spend the next hour or so discussing in detail the how, the when, the where and the why of my Stillwater indicator approach. I also receive frequent enquiries about the many aspects of Stillwater indicator fishing, including leader setup, indicator choices, line choices, presentation strategies, and accessories. Hopefully this podcast will address these inquiries too. But before we take a deep dive into using strike indicators on lakes, let me answer a couple of great questions from Brad, who lives in Arizona, about anchor rope length and my bead preferences for long leaders and floating lines when using a technique we affectionately call the naked technique. As I mentioned in the intro, Brad from Arizona has a couple of questions he is hoping I can help with for an upcoming trip to fish some of the famous lakes located within beautiful British Columbia. Brad asks. I had a couple of questions you can possibly help me with. I’ll be bringing my drift boat to fish out of. I primarily use it for still waters and it is set up for that in Arizona. I rarely see water deeper than twenty feet and I’m generally set up to anchor in twenty five feet of water or less. How deep of water do you recommend I be prepared to anchor for in BC? I’ve added a windlass and I’m hoping it will be able to get me to able to anchor in fifty feet of water or less. The other question is in regards to longlining fishing, floating lines, long leaders, and weighted flies. I’ve watched a couple of videos and I think I get the technique okay. I know I need to practice and more. The technique is I establish my target fishing depth, use a leader that is twenty five percent longer than my target depth, and start there with a super slow retrieve. That’s the general rule as I understand it. What I haven’t seen is anything on the weight of the fly and how it will affect how deep it fishes. I’m guessing with time and practice I’ll get a feel for it. My question is with twenty five percent adder to the leader length is that for a fly with a bead of approx. Of what? Approximate size? Less than two point eight millimetres or bigger. Is there a general rule for shortening the extra leader length based on flyweight? Sometime during the trip, I know I’m going to tie on a leech and try and swim it through the feeding zone on a long line. I know I’ll need to shorten up my leader, as they typically have a three point two millimetres bead or larger. I tried a little bit of long lining on some mid column fish in about fifteen feet of water, just to try it. I did not hook up and I assumed I was not in the ballpark with my bugs since they had performed under a bobber. More practice. So here’s my answer. Brad. First of all, for my anchor ropes, my standard lake. For any lake I fish, whether it’s in British Columbia, Alberta, any western province or state is fifty feet. I rarely need to anchor in more than thirty five feet, but if I do, I need to anchor at fifty feet. I’ve got the length for it. If I have to anchor it some crazy depth and chironomids think about those, they can hatch in water over sixty feet. I do have a one hundred foot alternative route, though I seldom use it For the naked technique, fishing, floating line, long leaders and weighted flies coupled with a creepy, not creepy, but a very, very slow pedestrian retrieve. I almost always use brass bead patterns. Rarely do I use tungsten as it sinks too quickly for this method, making the slow retrieves that are required to work with very difficult to attain. To be consistently successful with this method, I’m trying to strike a balance between four key things the sink time. Literally how long I let my flies sink. I typically start with a thirty second sink rate, and then adjust my sink rates in fifteen second increments. When fishing into water twenty five feet or more, it is not uncommon to have your fly sink for over two minutes. I use my watch to keep my timings accurate. Leader length. Brad mentioned the twenty five percent rule. That’s because we’re using leaders that have some sort of leader foundation. A tapered leader foundation. I’ll explain in a second, but because that leader doesn’t sink straight off the end of the fly line and dangle straight down like it does below an indicator, you’re going to have to add some length to adjust for the the angled tapered approach that the leader sinks. So that’s why we have the twenty five percent rule of leader longer than the depth of water you’re targeting. However, if I’m using a mid tip, I will admit I often reduce that leader length to about ten percent to factor in for the sinking tip of an integrated midge tip line. Retrieve speed. The retrieves with the naked technique are ridiculously slow most times because you are trying to track your fly through the water in more or less a horizontal manner. If I retrieve too fast, my bugs will climb up through the water and I won’t be consistently placing them within the feeding zone where trout are cruising and holding. And of course, the use of weighted patterns, you pretty well need to use a weighted pattern all the time to compensate for the depth of water you’re fishing, and the impact wind has on creating induced currents within the water. When the wind is up, that lake starts to behave a little bit more like a river than it is a lake. So the the term stillwaters is a bit of a inaccurate one. Most of the time when we’re out on the water, because there’s always some form of wind we have to deal with and compensate for. So as I mentioned, wind can be a factor because it creates currents that not only affect your flies sink rate, but its ability to reach down where the fish often feed, which is typically near the bottom. So often we add swivels, we can add split shot, we can decrease the diameter of our tippet and decrease the length of the tapered leader we use for the foundation. As a general rule, the windier it gets, the finer the diameter of the tippet I use and leader. So I can get down through this wind induced current. So I often fish the naked technique from an anchored position as it allows for a complete control of my presentation. I’m not fighting the boat and having that influence negatively. My presentation technique. The boat is anchored. I can cast out. I can wait for that line to sink. I can retrieve it very slowly and have total control over everything so I can be ready for the soft takes that are often associated with this technique, and allow the circumstances for my leader and fly to get down where the fish are. But the windier it gets. Again, I mentioned I cut the diameter of the tippet down and I shorten that leader. So if I’m fishing um water that sorry, in conditions there’s a light wind. I may start with a twelve or even a fifteen foot taper tapered leader rather and add tippet to reach the desired depth. So let’s say I want to get down sixteen feet sixteen times twenty five percent is twenty. I’m going to need an overall leader length from fly line to fly of twenty feet. If the wind conditions are light, I can probably get away with a twelve or a fifteen foot leader and simply add eight or five feet, respectively, to make twenty feet. If the wind starts to come up again, it’s going to cause circulation currents. They’re going to start to move water horizontally. That’s going to impact negatively your ability to get the flies down to the zone you’re previously targeting. So you may start with that twelve or fifteen footer and have to adjust your leader to fish a nine or a seven and a half foot leader and add tip it from there. The tapered leader provides two benefits. First of all, it aids in the castability of these long rigs. They’re easily castable. But as you can imagine, the margin of error is quite narrow. But once you get the hang, you have good casting techniques. You know, proper rod stops, smooth application of power. Allow the line to shoot to the target. Take advantage of the properties of a weight forward line. This method. Casting these long leaders isn’t a problem because I often refer my oldest son, Brandon, when he was about eight or nine, maybe ten years old, he was casting eighteen and twenty foot leaders because he doesn’t know you weren’t supposed to. So don’t worry, it can be done. So that’s sort of the setup. Again, if the windier it gets, I’ve got to think about a river or stream in particular Euro nymphing where you’re using sometimes four x five x six x seven x or lighter diameter Tippets not so much for a presentation ability. And the fish can see the leader, that kind of thing. It’s simply because thinner diameter tippet slices through current more efficiently than thicker diameter stuff. So that’s why we decrease the tapered leader length and increase our tippet length and lessen the diameter within the appropriate conditions for the fish you’re expecting, etc., to get those flies down the tapered leader. Also, because that butt section sinks a little slower in that arched profile, it tends to hold the sink rate of the upper portion of the leader and the fly line. So it allows that the balance of the tippet to get back and help you track those flies horizontally. So hopefully that all makes sense. However, when I’m fishing from a moving boat using lock style techniques, my leader is almost completely level as I have to compensate for my drift speed to get my flies down where they need to be. So with all of that in mind, my bead size and weight doesn’t really come into it because I’m anchored, I’m prepared. I have the luxury of just allowing everything to sink. I just again simply find that tungsten sinks way too fast. Now, if you are using, you know, a jig leech or a balanced leech with a tungsten bead, then of course you’ve got to lessen your sink time and you’re probably going to have to increase your retrieve speed. But that’s not always bad because those food sources you’re imitating are capable of moving through the water at a much more increased clip than a mayfly nymph, a scud, or a chironomid, pupa, or larva. About the only time I use tungsten beads for smaller flies, and it’s primarily chironomids is when I’m fishing size sixteen, eighteen, maybe a fourteen where I’m going to use perhaps a, you know, a small five sixty-fourths tungsten bead simply because by the time that hole is drilled through the tungsten to facilitate the hook shank passing through it, there’s just not a lot of metal left. And again, if the wind is up, then I would probably use a tungsten bead in that case. And finally, the other reason I don’t use it is simple housekeeping. I am sloppy when I’m fishing. I’m changing flies. I’m putting them down. I’m putting them in slots that they didn’t come from. And quite often I have tungsten beads mixed in with brass beads, particularly with my smaller flies, and the whole thing’s a mess and tough to sort out. So again, probably the only flies I consistently use tungsten with both with and without indicators. Whether I’m fishing, the naked technique or some sort of sinking line would be leech patterns, either balanced leeches or jig leeches to help get that jigging motion in the fly. And also because those flies can work so well under an indicator. So hopefully Brad, that explains it. A bit long winded, but there’s lots of variables balls to juggle in this method. And that’s what makes it the naked technique a bit challenging to learn. But once you get the hang of it, it’s such a rewarding method. And if I had only one way to fish a lake, it would be with a floating line, long leader and weighted fly. All right, let’s take a deep dive into strike indicators for still waters. The techniques and tactics I use when using an indicator. So the goals of this podcast are pretty simple. There’s a number of them I’d like to discuss with you. First of all, why would you want to use indicators when scenarios when you would use an indicator over other presentation techniques, the indicator options we have available to us, and some guidelines on which indicators to use in which scenarios rod and line choices come into play, particularly when indicator fishing. We’re going to talk quite deep. Have quite a detailed discussion surrounding the indicator leader makeup. That’s arguably the most critical aspect of successful indicator fishing. We’ll talk a little bit about casting these rigs because they are a little different. I’ll talk about setting indicator depth and some tricks on how to set that from shore as well. And we’ll talk about some other setups on the leader swivels and bobber stops and and how I like to use them and some tricks and techniques. Um, that’ll help with your indicator fishing, hopefully. And, and perhaps if you’re not an indicator fisherman already, or you don’t really like to use them, maybe you’ll see some of the benefits, um, this setup can offer and, uh, you can add them to, and it may, if you’re using indicators already, perhaps I hope that some of this will, um, you can maybe adapt to your indicator systems. Well, I’d love to hear other methods and techniques you use out there as well and pass them on to me. As I said in the intro, things are always in flux and change with my indicator setups. Um, okay, so why would you want to use an indicator? Well, firstly, it allows you to surgically control both your presentation depth and your retrieve speed. And for those that are new to Stillwater fly fishing, when I see them guiding or through my schools and hosted trips, this is perhaps one thing a new Stillwater angler struggles with, and that’s getting your flies to the right depth and keeping them there and moving them in a slow, natural manner to successfully dupe a fish into taking your fly. Most people don’t let their flies sink long enough and don’t retrieve them slow enough, so an indicator allows you to do that because first of all, the distance from your indicator to your fly is set. So once that fly hangs below the indicator vertically, that’s the depth. It will fish from the start of the presentation to the end of the presentation. And you have the ability to control your retrieve speed as well, because the indicator doesn’t allow the fly to fall to the bottom once it reaches the end of its tether, if you will. It just hangs there so you can literally let it just sit there and let the chop on the surface bounce your indicator up and down, which transmits down to the fly and moves it quite seductively. Fish love that kind of presentation, but you also have the ability to use a hand twist, retrieve, or a slow strip, or a choppy little strip to move and animate the fly from. Once it’s settled right back till it’s time to cast again. So that’s probably one of the big reasons why indicators work so well. Because the fly can’t hit the bottom. There’s no risk of hitting any snags or fouling along the bottom if you let it sink too long. Um, if you’re, uh, like fishing chironomids both the pupil and larval stages, an indicator is probably the easiest way to fish these, um, patterns and get you into the game and catching fish. And that’s to me, one of the most important things when you’re starting out Stillwater fly fishing is to have some initial success. So you continue this journey and then hopefully get to love lakes as much as I do. You can cover shallow water, which makes it really easy because typically any other presentation methods, you’re always trying to balance your leader length, your retrieve speed, your pattern weight, how long you let it sink to keep your flies able to cover that water successfully without hanging up and obviously finding a feeding zone. The fish are at lots of times there’s weed pockets we have to work in and around. Uh, little openings and emergent weeds or little openings and submergent weeds. And, uh, an indicator is a great way to plop it in there and, uh, keep your fly in that area and snag free. Of course, if you hook a fish around those areas, it can be challenging to land them. But again, more fun to, uh, have. And of course, it’s fun. Um, there is something about an indicator disappearing under the water or sliding left or right, whatever kind of take you observe and setting the hook and knowing that a fish is the only thing that can do that and that makes it exciting, it becomes pretty addictive pretty quick. When fish are on the go and eating your flies and pulling them under. It’s a very exciting visual way to fish. Now, indicators are very versatile. Um, you know, for me, I started using indicators probably in the early eighties. And for us it was where I was in British Columbia. It was a perfect way to suggest chironomid pupa and larvae chironomid larvae bloodworms live on or near the bottom. So you want to always present your flies down there and have a way to keep your fly at, or just above the bottom, all the way through your retrieve. And once the pupa transformed from the larval stage, they suspend and often staggering numbers just above the bottom, a foot or two feet or three feet and slowly elevate their way up and the trout follow these, elevating pupa up to the surface and sort of stick with that horde of pupa, if you will. And an indicator is the best way to consistently hang your flies at the depth where those chironomid pupa are suspending and where the fish are feeding on them. And that’s how it started. And then we started evolving and fishing other flies underneath the indicator too. Um, scuds, damselflies, baitfish, leeches, all of these things. You can fish under an indicator. And I’m often asked sometimes, you know, what was the next fly after chironomid larvae and pupae you decided to spend under an indicator and it was leeches. And I’d like to say it was after years of analysis and thought and discussions and, and, you know, a really kind of scientific way to figure it out. It wasn’t that way at all. It was when my oldest son, Brandon, was about between eight or ten years old. We were fishing Roche Lake, uh, Lake located southwest of Kamloops. And we’d had some pretty good fishing, uh, hanging chironomid pupa under indicators one day. And eventually he decided he wanted to change a fly. So I said, okay, pick a fly. And I held out my chironomid box and he says, no, I don’t want to fish one of those. I want to fish this. And in the palm of his hand he had about a size ten. A simple pattern of good friend Brian Chan’s Las Vegas Leach just consisted of a size eight hook, two x or three x hook, a gold bead, a crystal chenille body peacock crystal chenille, a marabou tail with a little bit of crystal, flash or flash in it. And that’s what he wanted to fish. And I remember saying, we don’t fish those, you know, we fish chironomids under indicators. And he insisted. And, you know, I wanted to keep fishing and, uh, make my, uh, kid happy. So I said, what the heck? Tied it on, put it out there. And within minutes that indicator went under aggressively. And I’m thinking to myself, God, fish are stupid, man. They’ll do all kinds of crazy things. And so we unhooked the fish, released it, let it go, flopped it out there again. And it happened again and again and again. And it soon became that maybe hanging leeches under an indicator isn’t such a bad idea anyway. So my thanks go out to my son, Brandon for introducing me to that. And again, as I mentioned, we now fish scuds, damselflies, fish blobs, which sometimes can suggest a zooplankton or at least the color of their feeding on anything can be pretty well suspended under an indicator. And we can both now target using indicators, not only fish shallow, which is one of the reasons I mentioned why you do it, but also we can fish quite deep and keep our flies suspended. I have fished twenty five twenty six feet under an indicator. Yes, we are at the extremes of this technique, but it can be done. Other scenarios you think about using indicators when trout are really selective to depth. I mentioned those chironomid emergences trout can be really, um, you know, we could be fishing twelve feet of water and fish only want to feed on eleven feet or eleven and a half feet. An indicator allows you to consistently put your fly in that zone the fish are feeding out. I prefer to use indicators probably most often when I’m fishing water fifteen feet or shallower, when I start fishing deeper, there’s other options available to me. I like to have versatility in the presentations I use, but I certainly can and do use strike indicators in deeper water. I mentioned fishing around weed beds and pockets. They are great in windy conditions. Now, this might seem a little crazy because as we get into the leader and all the other bits and bobs we can put on there to help with our indicator presentations, there’s a lot of points of contact. It can be tangle prone, but the one benefit, and I learned this down in Argentina, fishing Jurassic Lake for the host of trips I do out down there each year is you can just make a roll cast, get your flies in the water and leave them there. There’s not as much casting in windy conditions and when the wind is up, we. We tend to overcompensate for the wind. We speed up our casting stroke. We don’t stop our rod properly, we apply power incorrectly, and we end up with a big tangled mess and we get frustrated. One roll cast, flop it out and you are fishing. And your indicator? The indicator. You simply catch more fish because your flies in the water longer, because you’re not casting as much. The fly is in the water working for you, doing its job, helping you catch fish. It’s great for kids or inexperienced casters. You know, sometimes when I guide or do trips, people are just on the beginning of their fly fishing journey. Their casting skills are still in development. I can teach somebody how to do a rudimentary roll cast, flop some line out, get that fly in the water suspended by an indicator, and they can catch fish and get hooked on this great sport as well. And in certain provinces and states, you can fish multiple rods. In British Columbia, for example, you’re not allowed to use droppers, but you can fish two rods when you’re by yourself and your boat, your float tube or your pontoon boat. So typically out in those scenarios, you would cast out with an indicator rig, safely secure your rod, and let that sort of drift around and bounce around out there. And then you could fish another type of presentation with the other rod, and have the opportunity to quickly eliminate what is and isn’t working. What depths are, um, fish feeding at? What are they feeding on? All those kind of things. Those two rods allow you to do that. So that’s another reason when you’d want to use indicators. And this is not just a technique for trout. Where I live in Alberta now, I have access to other species of fish and indicators work equally well. Walleye for example. Um, in the summer months when my local lakes get too warm and the oxygen content isn’t there to, you know, uh, properly trout, fish, you know, fish, the lakes because you’re going to stress and potentially put fish into shock and in worst case, kill them. We just, you know, stay off those lakes, but walleye have a different temperature range and are quite active in the summer months. And I need to fish. So I go chase walleye on the fly. And one of the ways I like to do it is using a strike indicator and suspending leech patterns or baitfish patterns at a set depth. It’s basically a slip ring, which is one of the key presentation conventional walleye anglers will use. I use them to catch lake whitefish. These are a very good fish to teach someone how to fish small nymphs and chironomids under an indicator. They school up, they get big. They can get an ideal conditions over six to eight pounds. They are scrappy. They’re fun. They pull and you get. Again, it’s a great introductory fish. I’ve got friends back east that use indicator techniques with great success for smallmouth and largemouth bass. Float and fly, which is a popular method in Oregon. Um, a friend of mine, Addison Rook Soggy Waters, I believe is on Instagram. Don’t have it in front of me, but he specializes in guides for largemouth and spotted bass. I believe he keeps inviting me down there. Haven’t done it yet with him, but I want to get down there with him sooner than later. And, uh, strike indicators are deadly down there. He showed me some pretty impressive pictures. I’ll be sure to put, uh, Addison’s, uh, water’s, uh, guide service, uh, link, uh, down there. Um, so perhaps you can book a trip with him and learn how to use the strike indicator techniques. Uh, for, uh, bass. 00:25:38 Speaker 2: Golden fly shop isn’t your average fly shop. They have a twelve foot shark painted like a cutthroat, hovering over a huge selection of the best rods in the business, a massive assortment of tying materials and their famous steakhouse streamer display. And it’s the hub for a community of anglers who never stop tinkering with new ways to catch fish. Sometimes the conversation behind the counter includes what hatches are going off and what techniques are working best. Then tales of destination fishing adventures sought after species are a good old congratulations. When a customer brings stories of finally connecting with that fish they’ve searched for forever With a growing online store and a budding YouTube channel, you’ll be able to follow along with their fun antics, international adventures, and helpful fly fishing tips. Golden fly shop where the community is hanging out even if they’re supposed to be working. That’s Golden Fly shop dot com. Check them out right now. Fishing expeditions offers world class fly fishing right off Alaska’s incredible road system for monster rainbow trout to feisty Arctic grayling, you’ll chase big species in the stunning landscape. Whether you’re a seasoned angler or just starting out, their expert guides ensure an unforgettable adventure. Book your trip today before spots fill up and experience Alaska’s diversity like never before. Check them out right now. That’s Fishing expeditions dot com. 00:26:58 Phil Rowley: So we’re talking about indicators. Let’s talk about the different types because there isn’t one. You’re going to find out. At least I found out that there’s not just one type of indicator out there. They all have their time and place to use them. The first one I’ll talk about is dry flies, The old dry dropper hopper dropper combination is. That’s a strike indicator set up. Your dry fly serves as a strike indicator, allowing you to suspend a nymph or a pupa or whatever you want a leech pattern underneath an indicator. It’s commonly used in moving water, and it’s an excellent choice to use in still waters at times as well. This is a great option if fish are feeding on emerging insects, mayflies, chironomids, even damselflies where the the fish could be eating the adults on the surface that get knocked off the weeds where they emerge or blown in. And you can also fish a nymph. So you have the opportunity to not only fish a traditional dry dropper where the dry fly is comes first, and then you suspend the fly. Typically, I like off an independent dropper. I know other anglers like to tie off the bend of the hook. I prefer having my flies on their own tags, if you will, or leaders, so they don’t negatively impact each other. It makes fly lines flies rather easier to change. Lots of discussion on that, but that’s what I prefer to use. So it’s great there. It’s we can also set them up in a washing line configuration where we actually put the buoyant dry fly on the point and suspend the nymph or pupa pattern off a dropper in between that point fly and the fly line. This is an excellent setup when you’re fishing damselflies. For example, a number of years ago I was fishing with Curtis from Fly Fish Food in Utah. We were fishing from shore. Trout were in the shallows, aggressively feeding on not only emerging nymphs, but they would take a dry adult damsel as well, which made for some exciting fishing. If I fished a traditional dry droppers in in configuration in that system, we were so shallow that the dropper would just get into the weeds and get all mucked up. But by fishing this washing line technique and putting my adult damsel on the point and suspending a damsel nymph on a four to six inch dropper independent dropper tag. I could now slowly retrieve that fly that made that adult damsel kind of create a wake and look like a struggling adult. And of course, moving the fly makes that damsel nymph look like a nymph swimming towards shore or to shoreline vegetation to emerge. Very effective method. I find this dry dropper dry flies as a strike indicator. Best for shallow water or short distances between the, um, the dry and the nymph. If you’re using a traditional dry dropper, if you’re using washing line, you can have quite a bit of separation. Typically in that scenario, I might have my flies five to six feet apart. Sometimes I’ll close them up a little bit. If I’m casting the rising fish so I can drop flies within close proximity to that rise and get them to take either the adult or the nymph. But sometimes if you’ve got a long distance between your dry and your dropper in the traditional setup, it can be a little tangle prone and you’ve got to watch. Um, it also factors into your rod length because if you have too much separation between a dry and a dropper and you hook a fish on the dropper, the dry fly could bind up at your rod tip and now you’re having trouble landing the fish. And that’s not good. And you’ve got to remember that using two flies is not always legal. As I mentioned, British Columbia in Canada only allows single fly. So dry dropper is a no go. So you got to make sure always that that method is legal. But it certainly has a place and I certainly use it. I also use yarn indicators from time to time, whether they’re the sort of O-ring style yarn indicators or the New Zealand wool. Um, these work great in. For shallow water fishing, this is an indicator I would use when I’m fishing less than a rod length between my indicator and fly or flies. Again, as I mentioned with the dry dropper, the yarn indicators when they’re fixed to your leader are permanently mounted there. And a lot of them, I think the New Zealand style, you can get them through the guides from time to time, but definitely a yarn indicator o ring style is going to jam up at the guides. And of course that’s going to be a barrier to landing the fish. They’re easy to cast. You can dress them with float and they float well, and I like using them probably when I’m fishing. Clear, shallow situations when a traditional ball style indicator, Styrofoam or oral style indicator is going to make a bit too much of a disturbance when it lands and could possibly spook fish, the yarn style indicators look a little more natural on the water. Could be a leaf, could be something just not offensive to fish or doesn’t spook them. A great way to do that. The other benefit is you can put these indicators on and off the leader really quickly without having to thread an indicator, such as a quick release, which I’ll talk about in a second as well. Um, again, the drawbacks to this is that indicator, once it’s set doesn’t slide. So that limits the depth you can use. Again, I mentioned that you want to keep these indicators at or probably less than the rod length apart from your fly to indicator. So great for shallows and your ring style can, after a while put a little kink or set in your leader and after a while your leader starts to look more like a pigtail than a nice straight level leader. So that can happen as well. But they certainly have a place in my fly box. The next style of indicator I’ll talk about is what I call fixed position. These are indicators that once you put them on the leader, they are locked into place. And I know I just said a yarn indicators like that, but I’m talking your traditional Corky, which was sort of the first indicator style I experimented with, where you took a corky and jammed it in place with a toothpick. That worked well for many years. After a while, we stopped using toothpicks and started using a section of a rubber band that we would pull using a loop of thicker diameter mono, or even a bobbin threader from fly tying. Put the section of rubber band in the loop or in the bobbin threader and pull that into the hole on the indicator to help lock it in place. And the reason we like the rubber bands is because they were flexible. A toothpick sticking out could catch a leader cause a tangle. The rubber band was flexible. It never was stiff like a toothpick and our tangles were reduced. We often like to use bi colored Cauchy’s, meaning there’s two colors on the Cauchy. These were great tangle predictors. You could make a cast if you would set it up, for example, with an indicator that was half hot orange and half hot yellow if you would set it up so the hot orange, when it landed on the water, you would see that first if you made a cast and all of a sudden the yellow was looking at you, you knew maybe I’ve got a bit of a tangle there. That’s just beginning. It might have just caught around. The leader might have just caught around once around that toothpick or the indicator. You could recognize it and quickly fix it because repeated false casting just made a mess of everything. And then you would have to cut everything apart and start over again. The Cauchy’s have been replaced today by more of your oral style balloon type indicators, if you will. Kind of plastic with air in the middle. These things are really good. I love using these indicators in windy conditions. They don’t have the same mass as a styrofoam style indicator, so less tangle prone. They’re easily attached to your leader using a basically an oral style indicator, you unthread it into two halves as a male and female side. On the male side, there’s a slot. You line your leader up in there, carefully screw it back together, and you’ve locked that indicator in place. So these are great because you can easily add or subtract an indicator without having to disassemble your whole system like you would with a quick release indicator, which again, I’ll explain in a few seconds if you’re not familiar with those thingamabob styles also work, but you have to use a loop to loop connection as well, um, to attach them, which works great. But again, like a yarn indicator with an O-ring, they can put, uh, kink up your leader after a while. And, uh, you know, your leader again looks more like a a pigtail than a nice level leader, but they really work great. And again, in situations where I am fishing less than a rod length between my indicator and my fly as a guide, sometimes you can go a foot or two longer. If you’re in a boat and using a long handled net and can reach up and land the fish. It’s all about having a setup that allows you to use indicators, catch some fish, and land them so you can release them again to fight another day and not get frustrated because everything’s jammed up. But for many years, this type of indicators limited us to fishing in the shallows. Or I can remember when we first started indicator fishing, I would go down to Pass Lake with friends and we would watch some of the indicator fishermen down there, and they were using Cauchy’s and toothpicks and fishing very deep water. They were very successful, learned a lot from watching them. But you would have to at some point in the fight, usually early in the fight, you would have to grab your fly line. Carefully slide it down to the leader and bite the toothpick out to release the indicator. So you could land that fish because you were fishing eighteen nineteen feet down. And if you didn’t do that, that indicator would bind up at the rod tip. And now you can’t bring any more line in and you’ve got this fish flopping around nineteen feet away. It made landing it a real challenge. The drawback with biting a toothpick out is sometimes you got so focused on removing the toothpick that you would sort of hold while you sort of, you would hold the leader too long, too hard, and the fish is struggling and boom, you’d lose the fish. So we needed an indicator that would release in some way or allowed us to fish in deeper water. And along came the quick release or slip indicators. And for deep water fishing where you’re fishing twelve, fourteen, fifteen, eighteen, twenty five plus feet under an indicator, these are a godsend because what happens is these leaders work. They come in either ball or tapered in a variety of colors and different sizes, but they have the peg, a plastic peg that has a hole drilled through it. You thread your leader through the indicator, and when you get it to where you want on the leader, you would pull the peg out and then holding the indicator in your other hand and kind of on the back side of the indicator, just holding that leader in place, push the peg back towards the indicator because the leader can’t move. It buckles and forms a loop. And I like a relatively large loop half to three quarters of an inch. I find they release better. A tighter loop will bind and can sometimes cause separation anxiety where your leader breaks. And that’s not good fun. And then you push this peg back into the indicator. And what it does is it pinches that loop of leader between the peg and the inside of the indicator, holding it in place. So when you’re fishing around fishing, of course it behaves like any other indicator. But when you recognize a take and raise the rod to set, the fish obviously bolts and reacts and runs the other way. That puts the whole leader under tension and that releases the loop. And now that indicator is free to slide up and down the leader and not become a barrier to landing the fish. And they work really good. The drawback to this indicator is if you’re fishing shallow, it becomes an irritant after a while. Every time you catch a fish, this indicator does its job. It releases. You’ve got to reset it every time. And plus, when it releases, you’ve got to find a trick. Or at least we develop tricks to knowing where we set the indicator. So we didn’t have to go through an exhaustive process to set indicator depth. And we’re going to talk about both of those things in a few minutes as well on the podcast. The other disadvantage sometimes they’re a little heavier. So in windy conditions they tended to be more tangle prone. I took them down to Argentina on my first trips down there, and they worked well when we were fishing a little deeper most of the times. Thankfully down there you’re fishing water anywhere from five feet or three feet down below the indicator to maybe nine or ten, which made your oral style indicators, which is what we use nowadays, work so well, but I did try to take the quick release indicators to fish deeper. They certainly worked, but in the extreme wind you can get down there. There’s a lot of mass in that indicator as compared to other indicators. So the quick release indicator could become frustrating because it tangled a bit. Plus, to put the indicator system on and off, you had to thread the indicator onto your leader. You don’t have to do that with your fixed position indicators other than a traditional corky, but your oral style thingamabobs yarn indicators, New Zealand style indicators, you don’t have to do that, so you don’t have to stop for a second and get everything threaded through, which takes a little bit of time. You could just quickly add and subtract a fixed position indicator quite easily. Lee again. The when and when I thread the quick release indicators on. I like to have the black peg on the fly side of the indicator, not the fly line side of the indicator. And this is for two reasons. First of all, from a castability point of view, your leader is going to. When you’re laying out the cast, the leader is going and flies are going to roll away from the indicator. And if you drop your tail, your loop a little bit, there’s less risk of that fly catching the peg and kind of somersaulting the whole system and causing a tangle. And the other reason, and we’ll explain the use a little bit better in a few minutes is we use swivels to, uh, in our indicator setups close to the fly within about two feet. And if you break a fish off, of course, when you set, that’s going to trip the indicator. And if you break the fish off, there’s nothing to stop that indicator and peg from sliding off your leader and drifting downwind and, and not getting it back The swivel acts as a stopper because if you break a fish off, it should break off at the fly, or perhaps a little further up at the lower end of the swivel. That, of course, will trip the indicator and make it release, but everything slides down and hits that swivel because it acts as a stopper. The black peg hits the swivel first so it doesn’t slide off, and then the black peg in turn stops the indicator from sliding off as well. So if you haven’t tried these quick release indicators, I urge you to. If you’re doing any deep water fishing, I’ll put links to the indicators in the show notes so you can pick some up as well, because Brian Chan and I sell them on our online Stillwater fly fishing store. So I’ll have links there as well. So in summary, is there one perfect indicator out there? Unfortunately not. I think sometimes we’re all looking for silver bullets and meaning there’s just one solution, but there isn’t. It depends on many things. Light conditions for me play a role in indicator choice as to which colors I like to use. You know, on some days the light, I can see one particular color better over another. The water surface plays a role as well. The choppier it is typically the bigger the indicator I have to use um to see it. I do prefer to use the smallest indicator possible. Um, because when we fishing indicators it’s a short cast game. We’re not bombing large casts. A large great distance casts out there. We need to keep that indicator within eyesight and close proximity. So when we get a take, we can react to it. We can see the take and we react to it. And remember, not all indicator takes are your classic bubble trail where that indicator just gets yanked under aggressively. Love those when it happens. But sometimes, particularly when they’re eating small bugs or the fish are kind of moody and not really feeding aggressively, but they are feeding. That indicator may slide left or right, and you need to be able to see it and of course, react to it. People see colors differently. I mentioned that I’ve got friends that prefer one colour over another because they just say, I can’t see that colour, but I can really see that colour. So that has an effect. How deep you are. Fishing influences the indicator because if you’re fishing shallow, then you could use a yarn indicator. You could go dry dropper if it’s illegal and appropriate to do. You could use oral style indicators, Corky’s, those kind of things. If you’re fishing deep, then you’d want to consider using a quick release indicator so that indicator trips and releases on the strike allowing you to fish suspended flies in deeper water. Pattern weight has an influence. If we use a lot of balanced flies, I’ll touch on those in a little bit as well. These are flies that use tungsten in their construction or jig flies now with a lot of jig hooks available using um, head turner beads or um, inverting beads, depending on the manufacturer or the distributor. These are heavy. And they will pull a small indicator under the surface or flush with the surface, making it difficult to see. So that has an impact on their water clarity. I mentioned scenarios where you’re fishing shallow, clear, calm water, a dry fly, a dry dropper, or a New Zealand style or yarn style indicator is best in those scenarios because they land more delicately and they look more natural. So, you know, a big orange ball landing amongst a bunch of feeding fish in shallow waters can spook them and, uh, you know, make them difficult to catch or spook them to the point they never come back. Another thing to think about is the mood of the fish. And this comes into play when you’re talking about a ball style indicator versus a teardrop or tapered style indicator when fish are taking softly, the takes, as I mentioned, aren’t always aggressive with that indicator is pulled under and it’s easy to see. You’ve got to take. Sometimes fish will, as they grab that fly and they put it in their mouth, they immediately know they made a mistake. It’s not soft and chewy like they thought it was going to be. And in those scenarios, fish can expel a flying. Take it in and spit it out in the blink of an eye. So when a fish grabs that fly and it’s cruising in a lake, it’s moving, it starts to feel that the fly isn’t right. Tension is coming on it, and they’re starting to reject it. And in that scenario, a tapered indicator, just as a take happens, will often stand up vertically and then lay back down. And if that happens, that’s a fish that’s taking your fly in its mouth, realize it’s a fraud and it’s expelled it. And the only sort of take sensation or visualization of a take is that indicator standing up and laying down. So that’s one of the benefits you get from how the the style or shape of the indicator comes into play. And that’s why when you recognize a take with a using indicators, almost all of your fish are hooked firmly in the top of the snout because that fish takes the fly and realizes, oops, wasn’t what I thought it was. And you recognize the take. You raise the rod to set the hook because you’ve got this ninety degree connection. Your line and leader goes out to the indicator, and then your leader below the indicator falls vertically. You don’t have that direct connection. You would as if you were pulling or retrieving a fly through the water where you’re in constant contact with the fly. So when you set on that hook, you’re actually, I believe, pulling that fly up into the tip of the snout, which is a very good hook set. And that’s how you’re driving the fish, the fly home. So again, just having the, some kind of indicator to allow you to get those subtle takes will help recognize that. So the next thing we’ll talk about in the equipment category is fly rods for indicator fishing. I am a definite fan of long rods nine and a half to ten feet long. Um, this allows for and this is just generally in Stillwater fishing in general. I love these rod lengths, but for indicator fishing it really comes in. So a nine and a half or Five or ten foot or I use the mystic M series ten foot three inch rods right now. I like a small, moderate, fast action, not super stiff. These rods allow for great role casts, which is a primary presentation cast for me, because the flies only come out of the water when you make that. After the D loop is formed, that final push to a stop and the flies roll over and land on the water, there’s no chance of getting tangles because when you cast, as we get into the leader construction and the other bits and bobs we put on the leader, um, they can be tangle prone. So we like those, uh, the long rods allow a greater indicator, um, your ability to set a depth at a greater depth between indicator and fly. Because the longer the rod, the greater the distance you can have between your indicator and fly. And this comes into play when you’re using those fixed position indicators, your oral style thingamabob or um, yarn type indicators, for example. Um, you can steer and control fish um, around the boat. So, um, you know, you got that fish on, you’re fishing from an anchored position, which is what we are doing ninety percent of the time with indicators. You can fish them lock style on a light wind day, but ninety percent of the time we’re fishing from an anchored position, often double anchored if we’re in a boat or a pontoon boat. And, um, there’s a chance official wrap itself around the anchor. So that long, um, reach of the rod, that length allows you to extend your arm out and steer that fish around, um, the, those obstacles so they don’t get all hung up as well. So again, some of the benefits of the long rods for those indicators. They also, if you are going to cast a traditional overhead cast, and typically I just pick it up and lay it down, that’s all you need. You’re not again, not making a long distance cast. My general rule when I’m fishing under an indicator is the deeper I am fishing, the closer I fish with that indicator to me. So sometimes it’s a rod length or less a fly line on the surface, because when that indicator is down at depth eighteen, nineteen, twenty plus feet and a fish grabs it and starts to move away with it, there’s a bit of a delay and that strike registering at the indicator and you reacting, and the further away it is, the less likely you’re going to see those subtle grabs. And it’s tough to react once you do it. So again, the closer, um, the deeper I’m fishing, rather the closer I keep my indicator. If I’m fishing five, six, seven feet down in the shallows, of course, I’m going to probably have more separation between myself and my flies just for presentation purposes. Stealth. Um, you know, fish are not usually going to swim right underneath me. To take the fly, you need to have some separation between yourself and also fishing from shore. These long rods are great because of the roll cast. You don’t have to worry about backcast issues. You know, fishing places like Pyramid Lake in Nevada or Jurassic Lake in Argentina. Lots of rocky shores, fish from shore there all the time because it’s the safe, wise things to do and the fish are feeding along the shore. Anyway. There’s no need to get out on that water and risk yourself in those windy, choppy, swell, ocean like conditions. Um, you those rocks. Of course, you don’t want to be making false casts behind you because you can break off indicators and flies and everything else on those rocks. This is where the role cast works. In fact, nowadays when I’m fishing from shore using indicators, I am using a eleven foot three inch switch rod. I’m using line like reels, lake chucker line, excellent line for indicators. It was designed by the good folks at Pyramid Fly Company for fishing these scenarios and using these these lines to turn over indicator rigs. It’s a great way to fish indicators and to fish any lake from shore using a switch rod. So that’s the rod thoughts. The next thing we’ll talk about is fly lines. Fly lines are a critical aspect of indicator fishing because not every floating line will work. Many floating lines are designed for casting to surface feeding fish, so the line manufacturers move the mass of the line away from the tip of the line, where you connect your leader. So that fly line, that energy dissipates easily and gracefully, if you will, as the line lands on the water and allows a delicate presentation. So when your line and leader and fly land, it does not start a spook or startle the fish that works against you. When you’re trying to cast indicators, you need. When you’re casting indicators, you’ve got the mass of the indicator, multiple flies, perhaps bead heads, a swivel, um, those kind of things on the leader. Um, you need mass to move that mass. So you need the mass of the line closer to the tip of the line. So a good indicator line would be any line designed to cast big flies in windy conditions. If you’ve listened to my podcast, you know, I’m an ambassador for realign, so I know their lines intimately, but there’s other great line choices out there as well. But the in touch Stillwater floater that I worked with Rio to help design was designed specifically for casting complex indicator rigs and floating lines and long leaders and weighted flies, a technique we affectionately call the naked technique. So we’ve got the mass of this line towards the front. For example, a traditional dry fly line will have a front taper that could be eight to ten feet long. On the indicator lines, it’s about three feet. It’s abrupt. It’s not ideally the best dry fly line you’re ever going to see because of the risk that’s going to land heavy. But when we’re casting indicators, it’s perfect. We also use lines. We actually oversize the head deliberately. Okay, so a six weight Stillwater floater or my ambassador series Stillwater floater that features the tippet ring. Um, we integrated the tippet ring into these lines because I saw many anglers frustrated with welded loops, you know, binding at the wrong times on a guide or at a tip top causing a lost fish or worse, in worst case scenarios could actually break a rod tip. You gotta remember with a, a long skinny rod, like a ten foot or ten foot three inch or longer rod. There’s not a lot of graphite at the tip. So you got to be careful with the tips of these rods because they can be prone to breakage if you’re a little aggressive or careless with the rod. Um, so that became a source of frustration. And anglers would just, I talked to many seasoned anglers that just the first thing they said was as soon as they took a fly line and loaded it in the reel, was they lopped off that welded loop. So I wanted something that was a little more out of the box because they would use a nail knot connection. They would strip the line down to its core and make a micro loop. A common thing to do in European nymphing or epoxy splices, where they actually took a section, butt section, and threaded it up inside the core of the line and used epoxy to hold it in place. A very strong, clean connection. But these are extra steps you’d have to take. And if some of them failed in the field and you didn’t have the gear with you to fix it, you were kind of, you know, at odds as to what to do. Again, I wanted something out of the box, and I started experimenting by putting split rings through the welded loops. And it works good for some lines, but in order to get on thicker lines, a split ring on there, it, uh, involved a bigger split ring and it was cumbersome and you could damage the line. And I didn’t like that either, but the good folks at Rio said to me, well, we could just weld a tippet ring in the end of the line. And these have been a godsend because we’re using long leaders. So these lines slide through the guides lickety split. They don’t bind you just clinch not your leader to the tippet ring. So you take that. The leader comes and we’ll talk about leaders in a second. Comes with the perfection loop already on it. You just trim that off and use a clinch knot and tie that right to the welded loop so this connection slides through the guides. Easy getting started. The line comes out right away. If you’re fighting a fish and you’ve got a because of a long leader, you’ve got to bring some of that leader in part of the way or all the way into the guides and down to the reel. It’s going to slide back and forth and not become a source of frustration if it binds and breaks off. And the other benefit of these tippet ring lines is line changes. So that can be frustrating or challenging when you’re on the water, because threading the rod is a problem. And I can remember back in my float tube days when I used them a lot when I was first starting out, those first generation float tubes that look more like inflatable toilet seats than actual tubes that we’ve got today. Um, and you would, uh, you know, you’re trying to pass this line through the guides, using your fins to hold it up or standing up in a boat. And if the boat’s a little tippy, that could be potentially dangerous. And it just got in a scenario that changing a line was such a hassle, you wouldn’t do it, and you might miss out on some great fishing because a line change might have been ordered. You know, an indicator wasn’t the right technique to use that day. Or maybe stripping leeches under using a clear intermediate line wasn’t a good thing after all, anyway. Suspending leeches under an indicator might have been the better reason. So lots of reasons for line changes with the tippet ring connection, all you got to do is reel the line in, ideally. So the connection of line and leader is between the first stripping guide and your real. I take a wooden clothes peg. I peg that leader against the blank nippers, trim the connection, cut the leader to line. Take my spool off or my reel off. Put the new one in. Pull out the end of the leader. The end of the line off that spool. Clinch knot. Trim it. A couple of false casts. You threaded the rod, you get a little bit of practice. You can change a line in under a minute. So if some of you are wondering what the heck was Phil thinking when it came up with these ambassador series of lines, that’s where it came up with the tippet ring. So hopefully you’ll give those. I’ll make sure to put a link to those lines as well into the site. Um, but I mentioned, um the oversized line we actually use on the head section, the Stillwater floater. And no other manufacturers do it too. We’re two line weights heavier. So with an eight weight line, sorry, with a six weight into Stillwater floater. The head section is the same grain weight as an eight weight. And some people go, oh, that’s a lot. Between a six and an eight weight is about forty grains of difference over that length, and that’s about the thickness of two, maybe three business cards. Not very much. But what this extra mass does is help turn over that indicator. It provides a little more surface area, so that friction of the line on the water helps with your roll casting. It makes easier the rod to load when you’re doing a single overhand cast to present. Um, we also have a long rear taper on these lines. The rear taper. The longer the taper is, the easier. The more you can, the more line you can roll cast and the easier it is to pick up more line off the surface. So that’s what you’ll see in these indicator style lines. Again, if you’re struggling casting indicators, it could be because you have a traditional dry fly line on and you’re just asking too much of it. Um, again, if you’re going to really get into the indicator fishing, which I hopefully encourage you to do because it’s a very valuable Stillwater presentation technique to use, having the right tools for the job in the form of that long rod. And these lines suited to casting indicators makes life way easier. 00:58:06 Speaker 2: Let on to Mark Lodge give you the Montana fly fishing experience you deserve. The gin clear waters of the Missouri River offer a world class experience with one of the finest rainbow trout and brown trout fisheries in the world. Whether you’re a seasoned angler or new to the sport, there are. Family of guides will tailor a trip just for you. You can head over to on Lodge dot com to fish one of the great trout streams in the country. Pescador on the fly offers a full range of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget, with premium rods delivered directly to you. The El Rey G6 is the most packable, high performance fly rod on the market, performing like a four piece rod but with unmatched portability in six pieces, and you can get ten percent off your next order. Right now, if you use the code Wet Fly, swing at Pescador on the fly dot com. Never fly without your G6. Discover the El Rey series and more at Pescador on the fly dot com. 00:58:58 Phil Rowley: Okay, so rods lines, let’s talk about leaders, the terminal setup, if you will. Um, it’s the most critical part of successful indicator fishing in my humble opinion, is you need to have level leader from your indicator to your fly. So when you set for ten feet from indicator to fly, your fly is going to suspend ten feet. So you want to avoid using a standard seven and a half foot, nine foot, twelve or fifteen foot tapered leader as your foundation. Because these leaders are built like a fly rod. They are thick at one end, thin at the other. And because you have this differing thickness of leader along its length, they don’t sink at the same rate. This ends up with a leader, an indicator having to sinking in an arched fashion when you are using a traditional leader. So what I like to use to get this is I kind of blend it to. I know some dedicated indicator fisherman, fly fishers just use straight level leader, meaning they’re using ten pound, uh, from the fly line to the fly or flies. And that works very good. But I have over the years really favored using indicator or nymphing style leaders. They are marketed on the package as a tapered leader. So don’t think I’m misleading you, but what these leaders are, the ones I like to use from Rio again are ten feet long. Regardless of breaking strain, I typically using three x or two x, maybe four x. That’s all you need. Um, for this indicator setup. This leader is ten feet long. It features a short three foot butt section. And the rest of that leader is level. So you’ve got a ten foot leader, three foot of butt section, seven feet of level leader in the package as it is. And the reason I like these flies with this short but section is first of all for cast ability. You’ve got that little butt section because when you’re fishing indicators for cast ability, you want to keep that indicator within close proximity of your fly line three, maybe four feet from the end of the fly line, you start getting that indicator further distance from your fly line. Everything gets awkward, ungainly. You’ve got your mass in the wrong spot and it becomes difficult to cast. We tend to overpower the cast to compensate, and that just leads us to a whole pile of troubles with tailing loops and tangles. So you want to keep the indicator close. So I keep that indicator right on the junction of where the thicker butt section tapers, quickly tapers into that level leader section. So I keep it right there. So between my indicator and my fly line, I have a little bit of backbone to help with cast ability. The other thing I like is these leaders are nylon. So nylon tends to float. So you will have between your indicator and your fly line, you will have the leader laying on the surface. If you use level fluorocarbon, which certainly works. I’m not trying to say don’t do it, but there is a risk of that. Fluorocarbon, because of its increased density, will sink below the surface. So when you recognize a take and go to set, you’ve got to get that line out of the water and it may cost you a fish if they’re taking softly. The other reason, if you are still using a traditional fly line with a loop to loop connection, it’s got the welded loop on there. This is a much easier fly friendly connection to use a welded loop on there than using narrow diameter tippet in a loop to loop setup, because it could cut into the fly line coating. Now that’s not going to turn your floating line into a sink tip, but a lot of people, after spending good money, good, hard earned money on a fly line, they don’t like having little cuts and nicks in it. It’s sort of like having door dings on your new car. Um, you want to keep that, um, connection nice and smooth so it doesn’t cut in like that. And I know some, I’ve got some friends that say, well, what I like to do to avoid that is I’ll take a short section of thicker twenty, thirty pound, fifty pound butt material or mono or maxima, whatever you want to use. And I’ll put two perfections loops, and I’ll loop one end to the fly line and to the other end. I just tie my leader on and I’m like, well, that’s kind of to me. More connections, more lumps and bumps in your leader set up. Um, all of that stuff with the indicator leader, it’s a nice smooth knotless transition down the leader. So that’s sort of the way, but maybe got off on again, a bit of a tangent. Um, but hopefully that explains that. So out of the package, this leader allows you in theory to fish seven feet down. Well, when we have, uh, the total leader I use is built into thirds, if you will. So I have the indicator leader as my foundation, seven feet of level leader right out of the package. Then I have a midsection, which I’ll come back to in a second in more detail. And then we have our final tippet section. And our final tippet section is typically, I like it about two feet long. And quite often we’re using a barrel swivel between that, um, the final tippet section and the balance of the leader. And we’ll talk about swivels in a little bit more detail in a second, but we have a swivel there. I want to keep my swivel and my bottom fly within about two feet. So if we’re fishing in a lot of swells, there can be a bit of a pendulum effect where the fly is getting caught up in those, in that moving water that the wind is creating, and the fly sways back and forth. And if you have your indicator and fly too far apart, that can cause your fly to sort of be in and out of the strike zone. Now, if you’re using two tungsten based flies or two heavier bass flies, you can have your swivel up above that. And I know the boys at Pyramid Lake at Pyramid Fly Company, when we’re fishing there, we’ll have a swivel down to a chironomid about two feet there, and then another two feet below that. Those heavy contact points will keep all of that leader hanging vertically. That’s what we’re trying to do here. But when I tend to when I’m not fishing places like pyramid, I tend to keep my swivel and my point fly about two feet apart. So if I connect my swivel to, um, my indicator leader and add two feet of fluorocarbon tippet of equal or maybe one x less diameter to my point, fly. I can fish nine feet down, but that’s not real. We may want to fish twelve, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen feet or greater between the fly. I need to add additional leader material in there somewhere so I can get my flies down the depth, and I do it in the middle portion of the leader, a section between the indicator leader and my swivel that connects me to my final tippet section. And I affectionately call this the adjustment zone, because that’s where I ebb and flow my leader length. So just stay with me here. This is some simple math and this is most complicated leader I use out of the package. If I have my indicator leader to a swivel and my final two feet section, I can fish nine feet down. If I want to fish sixteen feet down, I just subtract that number nine from the depth I want to fish, and that tells me how much leader or tippet material. Rather, I need to add between the indicator leader and the swivel. So nine less sixteen in that example is six feet. So I need to add six feet of tippet between the indicator leader and the swivel to reach that depth. So I connect that tippet section to the indicator using a triple surgeon’s knot. And then I connect the other end of that to the swivel using a clinch knot or improved clinch knot and the same knot again. Improve, clinch or clinch knot to the final two feet section and I have enough leader between my indicator and my fly to get down to sixteen feet. So if you add all of this up you’ve got a ten foot indicator leader, six feet of midsection plus two feet of final tippet section. That’s eighteen feet of leader. So again, this is where that roll cast and minimal false cast comes into play when you’re casting this, because this level leader has no taper for casting, so it can be a little bit unforgiving if you’re a little aggressive or overcast. The setup. Now I call it the adjustment zone because that’s where again, I said earlier, I ebb and flow the leader length. I literally remove some or all of it if I want to fish shallower. So if I’m fishing that eighteen foot, um, total leader length, I’m fishing so I can fish sixteen feet down and I’m fishing away and I’m getting fish. And one of my buddies says, hey, they’re feeding in shallow now. I’m getting them nine feet below the leader below my indicator. I’m going to obviously go in there and fish with them, try to poach his fish, maybe. Just kidding. And then I’m going to cut in that scenario, I’m going to cut that midsection right out because one thing you don’t want to do is fish a leader length longer than is necessary, or fall into the temptation and says, oh, I’ll just slide my indicator further down the leader so I can fish nine feet again. That becomes awkward, ungainly. You’re fishing a leader that’s too long for the scenario, and you’re going to get tangles and it’s going to get frustrating. So this may seem trivial that this thin diameter, this whole leader set up, um, you know, that shouldn’t matter. And I’ve had discussions with friends who were not doing as well as I thought they could. And I said, well, let’s have a discussion about the leader. And they kind of blew it off. But I have been I remember one day, uh, in Manitoba years ago when I used to do schools and trips out there, two students in my boat, um, both fishing. It was, I think we were fishing about twelve feet down using Chironomids. The one student on in the bow seat is catching fish pretty regularly. He’s using the leader setup I just described. The angler who’s sitting in the stern of my boat is not catching. In fact, he hasn’t touched anything in over an hour, and I can hear the huffs and puffs and the sounds of frustration. So I know as the host guide, I’ve got to help figure this out. So we go through the usual, you know, thought processes, what fly, what color, what size, what depth, and still no joy. So eventually the, the angler wasn’t catching fish because I still don’t think I’m deep enough. Can we just put the two indicators together and stroke the leader from the indicator to the fly to make sure I’m at the right depth? So I went through this exercise. I grabbed both indicators carefully so they didn’t tangle up. The leaders didn’t tangle up, and I stroke from the indicator to the flies and to the millimeter. They were the same distance, but in that process, I could feel one leader was nice, thin and level from indicator to flies. The other was thick for a while and then became level. And I asked him, I said, what leader setup are you using? He said, well, I just put a twelve foot leader on. I said, I think it’s your leader. And he sort of got a, you know, after a few days together, You get a bit of a repertoire between you. He says, ah, that can’t be the difference. I says, well, let’s give it a try. Let’s go to the setup I’ve just described with the indicator leader, the midsection, all that stuff. Give it a try. What have you got to lose? You haven’t caught a fish anyway, so we changed them up. Did that whole indicator leader midsection, swivel flies, final two feet of section. Got them all set up. After about five ten minutes, he cast out there. Everything settled. First cast. He gets a fish kind of look. Looks at me. Land that fish. Next cast he gets a fish and so on and so on. And they went pretty well toe to toe. As long as those fish were in the area and feeding like they were that little subtle change in leader diameter. And having that level leader from indicator to fly makes all the difference. The only thing I’ll add to this that I’ve started doing in recent years, because I do fish, as I mentioned earlier in the podcast, I do fish deeper depths over that fifteen foot, you know, you could be fishing eighteen, nineteen, Nineteen twenty feet below the indicator with the system I just described, the greater the leader length, the more elasticity that gets into the leader. And when you’re using a quick release indicator for fishing deep, because it’s a necessity to do that, because you need that indicator release so you can catch land the fish with that built in elasticity. When you go to set the hook, that leader kind of expands and contracts absorbing your strike and the indicator doesn’t release consistently. This gets to be frustrating because the indicator is supposed to release. How come it’s not releasing anymore? So, you know, obviously you got two options. First of all, you start setting on fish like their marlin. That’s probably going to break some fish off and cause frustrations. Or your quick release indicator has now basically turned into a traditional toothpick and quirky setup. And you have to bring that indicator in close at some point in the fight and use your teeth or your fingers or a buddy to pop that peg out of the indicator so it can release and you can land the fish successfully. And so what you need to do in these scenarios is add a little bit of no stretch into your leader. So for many years and I learnt this fishing with a guy down in California, Ernie Gully on Crowley Lake, where they routinely fish deep depth, you know, deep, long distances between indicators and flies for some really good brown and rainbows down there. If you ever get a chance to go down, give Ernie a call. I’ll put his links to his, um, guide service in there as well. Along with I’ve been mentioning Pyramid Fly company as well, so we’ll do that if you ever want to go down and experience those lakes. Um, but what they were doing to compensate for that is they would integrate braided leader material into their leader setups. So when we’re talking like Fireline power pro spider wire, um, those braids, no stretch braids, um, that conventional anglers use for bass, walleye and other species, we would literally tie those in. I was tying those into that mid-section, that adjustment zone for fishing, um, these deep waters, because that added an element of no stretch into the leader, which then stopped my indicators from not releasing. They started releasing properly again because when I set the hook, the, the no stretch section kept the elasticity to a minimum, and I was able to successfully fish those deep waters and have my indicators released. The drawback with the braid is, um, it’s not always easy to connect nylon to braid. It is very, very supple. So it does not cast well. It’s not fun. It’s a definite role cast, short distance cast. Uh, try to avoid any kind of overhead casting with it. And if it got a knot in it, there was no undoing it. You just cut it and start it over again. Um, now again, sorry to apologize if you’re not a real person. But Rio has just come out with a new ticket called E.S.P. It only stretches at three percent. So the, um, the ambassador series of lines, for example, are a low stretch core as well. They only stretch to six percent. So this tippet has virtually no stretch in it. So it’s a lot easier to work with than braid. And I use this now for the midsection of my leader all the time regardless of depth. So that adjustment zone is always ESP. So it’s indicator leader section of ESP if needed. Swivel and final tippet section of fluorocarbon for reduced visibility a little more flexible. Um, this ESP falls between kind of falls between traditional nylon and fluorocarbon. It’s less visible than nylon, but not as invisible, if you will, if that’s the right term as fluorocarbon. Um, it has more density than traditional nylon, but less density than fluoro. It’s kind of this mid-range stuff, but I’ve been using it for a couple of years now and have been really impressed with what it offers, not only for indicator fishing, but any kind of, um, Stillwater situation where bite detection, where you want to have that more direct contact with your fly, um, can be, um, this stuff is really, really good. Um, okay, so swivels, I’ve mentioned those a couple of times. The reason we like to use barrel swivels. Uh, and we’re talking small barrel swivels, not the size of a marble. Um, we are using them and there’s really no consistency, but small size fourteen, sixteen, or twelve. Uh, again, like hooks, the bigger the number, the bigger the swivel. Um, first of all, they add weight to your system. Um, this is an option as opposed to trying to pinch split shot on your leader all the time. It’s tied in, it’s not going to fly off when you’re casting. It’s going to stay there all the time. The bigger, the larger the swivel. When there’s lots of surface chop and wind induced current, The. The larger swivels have more mass, more weight are going to hold everything vertically in the water and dampen the effect that those wind induced currents can do. When you’re connecting fluorocarbon to nylon or SP, sometimes you can, uh, the stiffer, harder fluorocarbon can cut into those materials, and when they come under tension, it can break. Or as I jokingly call it, separation anxiety. So they act as a buffer between the two because the two materials never talk to each other. They are connected to the swivel, each end of the swivel by a clinch or improved clinch knot. They spin and rotate so they reduce tangles. As I mentioned earlier, they can help reduce quick release indicator loss because if you use just a standard triple surgeon’s or blood knot to connect tippet um sections together and one breaks or it breaks at the fly, the tension of that hook set that breaks off the fish will cause that indicator to trip. And of course, that black peg being plastic slides off and sinks, and the indicator slides off the end of the leader and drifts downwind, and you’ll have a tough time going to get it. Um, and it also helps determine depth and color on your flies, particularly when we’re fishing chironomids. Because you can, uh, have a fish come up and try to eat the swivel. They’re curious creatures. They’re not sure what it is. They think it’s food. They put it in their mouth. They may think it’s a pupa. If you’re fishing in a corona situation. And what will typically happen is you’ll get a firm pull down, you’ll set the hook and get nothing, or you’ll accidentally foul hook the fish because when the fish grabs the swivel and you set, you pull the fly underneath of it up into its chin or its pectoral fin. If this consistently happens, the fish are telling you, eh, maybe they like that color a swivel. You should change your fly to that color. Or probably more. Um. I believe they’re telling you that they’re actually a little higher up in the water than you think they are. So you might want to just adjust your depth between indicator and fly to hang your flies in the same location that the swivel is. The other thing swivels do, especially in Chironomid hatch, is if you play around with the colors gold, silver, nickel, they attract and flash, and they can pull fish over. And when you’re fishing in a chironomid scenario where you may have thousands upon thousands of suspending pupa that are gassing up and getting shiny and bright, that flash of light is a trigger to a trout that tells it. That’s food, that’s a pupa and catches them. You can use that flash of the swivel to maybe pull some fish over and take your fly instead. So some of the reasons we like to use swivels, I most often use the smallest swivel I can get away with, just easier to cast less flash in the water, because there are times that you want to remove the swivel. I have had situations where you’re fishing shallow, clear water on a bright day. Fish see any kind of flash they are put off. You know, we’re using yarn indicators, as I mentioned earlier, perhaps a small Oros, uh, style indicator or it used to be able to, if you can find them, those clear thingamabobs that look more like a bubble on the water. Um, so they land gently. We don’t want any flash in our system, so there’s no swivel. Even the flies, no bead heads, no flash. Very subtle. Somber because I’ve had scenarios where trout just if there’s any flash, they won’t touch the fly. So that’s about the only scenario. I don’t use a swivel or use a very, very small one. Another thing we use now more and more are bobber stops. These are the rubberized stops used by conventional anglers to set slip bobber depth or when tossing um bass. Fishermen use tungsten weights to keep the weights at the end of their leader. We use these rubberized bobber stops and originally I only used one. So these come on a little plastic um disc. They are on wires that are looped wire. That’s what the bobber stop is, and the loop is open at the top. To add them to your leader, you push about an inch or so of leader through the loop. Grab that rubberized, stop, pull on it. It slides up the wire loop and eventually off the loop and folds your leader and that little tag you put through in half. And you just keep pulling and pulling and pulling on it. And eventually that tag pops out the other side and you’ve transferred your bobber stopper from that wire loop onto your leader. And then you, I moisten the leader to avoid any friction, and I slide it as far up when I’m building my indicator leader setups. The bobber stop or bobber stops. Now go on first and you could again, we’ve got these bobber stops. If you’re not familiar with them on my online store, or you can get them. Most conventional tackle shops carry them. If you’ve got any bass fishing, any slip bobbing, that kind of thing going on in your neighborhood, you can find them. And what we’re using them for, the primary purpose is purposes when we’re using releasing indicators. Once we get the depth set, and I’ll talk about some ways to set that in a second, we are going to put that indicator in place. And then I slide the bobber stop down to the indicator marking its spot. So when that indicator releases and I land and release that fish, I want to get back in the game. I just slide my quick release indicator back up to that bobber and then re-engage it, you know, pull the pin out, form the loop, lock it in place, and you’re ready to go again. So that was the first time we started using these things was to mark indicator depth. But in recent years we have started adding, I now put three bobber stops onto my, um leader. And again, these go on first. So the leader is built. You get your leader, your indicator leader on slide on your bobber stops, put on your quick release indicator. If you’re going to use it, put on that midsection, attach your barrel swivel final two feet of tippet. Then your point fly. That’s how I build it. So why the three rubberized bobber stops? Well, and this started from a good friend of mine who I fished with locally. Jack. I caught him doing it one day. He had two bobber stops on. I said, Jack, why the two bobber stops? So when he’s setting depth and you might as well talk about that right now when we set depth, you know, quite often you can just, um, you know, use a ruler, an arm width, an approximate depth can work, but sometimes you need to be really surgical. So if that’s the case on the gunnels of my boat, or when I’m fishing out of a pontoon boat or my float tube, they have, you know, typically the apron has a ruler on it. And I use that to accurately measure out my depth, my distance between my indicator and my fly. And once I’ve done that, then I would slide that bobber stop down and lock it in place. But when you want to be really surgical or you know, you’re not sure what depth, because typically when we’re setting depth, I’m trying to start about a foot off the bottom and work my way up in one foot increments. Typically when we’re using cast and retrieve techniques, sinking lines, leeches, that kind of thing, we start fishing from the surface down to find the feeding depth with indicators, because the fish typically feed at or near the bottom, where the food is and where it’s safe to feed. That’s why we start at the bottom and work our way up. And at least I do in one foot increments. All right. So sometimes that measurement works great if you’re using larger flies like a balanced leech. Those flies, I think the fish because they’re larger will move further for them up in the water, down on the water. But when they’re fish feeding on small stuff like chironomid, pupa, little scuds, things like that, lots of calories in those items, but they’re not going to waste calories to chase one around. If it’s at their level, they’ll certainly inhale it, feed it and move on, feed on it, and move on to the next one. So this is where the surgical depth comes into play. So what we do is once I’ve approximately set my depth is I attach a weight to my leader. It can be a pair of hemostats or these. What I use are these ice fishing depth locators. Again, we have those available on our store as well. And we clip these carefully to the fly and lowered over the side of the boat. And it’s going to pull down to the bottom. And of course it’s going to pull your indicator underneath the surface. So when I’m using this three bobber stop method, right at the junction of where the leader comes in contact to the surface, when that weight is holding it all vertically in the water, I slide at least one bobber stop to that point. So I know from the bobber stop to my fly how deep of the water I’m fishing in. If I want to fish a foot off the bottom, I’m going to adjust my indicator so it is one foot below the surface because when I take the weight off, the buoyancy of the indicator is going to pull it up to the surface. And now that one foot distance between the surface of my indicator translates down or transpires, or change or shows the distance my fly is going to hang off the bottom. Okay, so when we’re fishing indicators, we are typically fishing within relationship to the bottom or relationship to the surface. Now, most times we’re fishing in relationship to the bottom. When we’re fishing, balance leeches, chironomid larvae, scuds, mayfly nymphs, things like that. Underneath an indicator. We want to know where we are in relation to the surface. So if you remember when I set the weight, I would slide that bobber stop right to the junction of the surface and the um where the leader contacts the surface. And I know that distance from that bobber stop to my fly is how deep I’m fishing. If I’m fishing in relationship to the surface, I then slide the second bobber sorry, relationship to the bottom. My confusion. I slide the second bobber stop adjacent to that one I marked at the surface. Because when you put two barber stops together, they’ll bind and they won’t move. I want to keep that. Best I can keep that distance from the surface to the bottom constant. So I know where I am all the time in relation to that. The third um bobber stop. I then slide down adjacent to the indicator when I set the depth. So if I want to start a foot off the bottom and uh, after a few casts, I don’t get anything, I can then maybe go to two feet off the bottom. So the distance between the two bobber stops closest to my fly line, and my indicator is now two feet apart to the third bobber stop. Maybe I want to go three feet. So now I would have three feet of distance between the two bobber stops closest to the fly line and the bobber stop adjacent to the indicator. And if I’m staying in the same depth and everything else remains constant, I could fish one foot off the bottom, two feet off the bottom, three feet off the bottom, four feet off the bottom, and maybe I catch fish four feet off the bottom. And all of a sudden, for some reason, the fish start feeding deeper again and I can quickly adjust without having to go through that whole remeasurement process because I have those two barber stops set closest to the fly line so they don’t move and I can then ebb and flow my indicator a foot to two feet to three feet away from those two barber stops. That’s when you’re fishing. In relation to the bottom, I will have two bobber stops close to the fly line and then one bobber stop, one foot, two foot, three foot away from that is where I set my indicator. But there are times you could be fishing deep water. You could be fishing twenty five feet of water, but the fish are suspending twelve fifteen feet down. This can happen, you know, in a bad weather situation, the fish slide off the shoals and just stage in deep water. Or they’re out there fishing on zooplankton. And one of the tactics we use when they’re on zooplankton is to hang beadhead blobs ten feet, twelve feet, fifteen feet from the surface. So in that scenario, I am more concerned. I don’t really care in twenty five feet of water if I’m fishing twelve feet down, I don’t really care where I am in relation to the bottom. I do care where I am in relation to the surface. So in that scenario I would set my depth using a ruler, something like that. An arm width that you know, I always it’s always a good point. I like to know I’ve taken a tape measure from the middle of my chest to my fingertips and measured that distance. So I know one arm length in the middle of my chest in my case equals three feet. So I know if I want to go twelve feet down, I need to do four lengths of that and I’m at twelve feet. So I would set that indicator twelve feet from my fly. And in that scenario, I slide two bobber stops adjacent to the indicator. Because when I’m fishing in relation to the surface, I want to make sure if that indicator pops, that I can reset it back. So the flies hang at twelve feet below the surface again, because again, it’s all about two bobber stops together. These rubberized stops bind and they won’t slide a single bobber stop on a thin leader that’s wet going through the guides can slide and move out of the way. Another benefit to having the bobber stops. If you are using an oral style indicator that threads apart on a moist leader, they can slide. Especially if you’re an aggressive caster or, you know, make a hard roll cast, something like that. They can slide. So what I often do in those scenarios is I will set my indicator depth, and I will put the two bobber stops so they don’t slide between the indicator and the fly. And the other single bobber stop on the fly line side of the Oros to basically sandwich that indicator between the bobber stops so it doesn’t move or slide. I’m just sort of holding it in place, if you will. If you’re sliding around, that’s another benefit for those bobber stops. So hopefully that wasn’t too confusing. Again, just to summarize, if I am fishing in relationship to the bottom, I measure using a weight. Those depth locators I mentioned. I hang that weight to pull that indicator under the water. So when that weight hits the bottom, the distance from that weight to where the leader contacts the surface, that tells me how deep I am. I put two bobber stops adjacent to each other at that point so they don’t slide apart. Then I, when I set my indicator one feet, two feet above the bottom, I slide that third single bobber stop against the indicator. So when it pops, I know where it was and I can reset it. If I am fishing in relation to the surface over deep water where I want to fish ten feet down, twelve feet down, fifteen feet down, I don’t really care. I’m over thirty feet, forty feet, one hundred feet of water doesn’t matter. Then I would measure out. If I want to fish twelve feet down, I would measure out to ensure I am twelve feet from my indicator to my fly. And then I would slide the two bobber stops adjacent to the indicator. So when that indicator pops, those two bobber stops won’t move and I can quickly reset and have my fly at the correct depth again. So that’s the reason for the three barber stops. It works much better visually than it does me trying to explain it. So hopefully I did a good job. Um, another thing, um, we mentioned setting depth. You can get these depth locators in two weights. Most people gravitate towards the heavy one. I use the one appropriate for the bottom conditions. If my bottom is soft and muddy, rather than using a heavy three quarter ounce depth locator, I will use a half ounce. That’s enough weight to pull that indicator under, and it’s less likely to plunge into the mud and give you an inaccurate depth setting. Because if you allow the depth locator to plummet down there and plunge into the mud, it could go down six or eight inches into that mud. And now your depth is not going to be accurate because you’re not just touching the bottom, you’re actually in the bottom muck. So keep that in mind when you’re using these. That’s why I have two scenarios. If it’s a hard bottom, I might use the three quarter ounce one because it’s going to hit that bottom and stay there. But if it’s a soft gooey bottom, then I am going to probably use a lighter weight so it doesn’t plummet deep into the muck and give me an erroneous depth setting. Now setting depth like that is all great from a boat or a float tube or a pontoon boat. But what if you do? If you’re fishing onshore? I mentioned, you know, you could be fishing, Pyramid Lake, Jurassic Lake, or any body of water from the shore. How do you know what your depth is? There’s two ways I can do this. First of all is using trigonometry. Yeah. That stuff you took in school you vowed you’d never do again. You can read the shoreline, and this is basically a ballpark method in that you are using making a guesstimation of as that shoreline, the land slides into the lake. What degree is it? Is it ten degrees, fifteen degrees, twenty degrees, forty five degrees? And just sort of extend that out and with a little trigonometry hold soh-cah-toa what was that sine or whatever it was. Um, you can figure it out. Thankfully. You can go on Google and it’ll do it all for you. You don’t have to sit and figure this out. So for example, if you are, you estimate your shoreline to be fifteen degrees into the water, knowing twenty feet, thirty feet or forty feet out. Because forty feet in most scenarios is a long indicator cast with trigonometry. When I at a fifteen degree angle into the the short, the you know, the bottom goes fifteen degrees down, twenty feet out is five point four feet deep, thirty feet out, eight feet deep, forty feet out, ten point seven. Conversely, if it’s a thirty degree angle from shore, the shoreline in. At twenty feet out, you’re at eleven and a half feet to the bottom thirty feet. You’re seventeen point three feet to the bottom and forty feet. You’re twenty three feet out. So this you can use to, you know, and this is the kind of thing you could, you know, keep on your iPhone as a pitcher. That’s what I do. Or have some kind of note in your phone to help you with this. Of course, the drawback to this method is shorelines don’t typically go out at a fifteen degree angle forever. They often go out maybe ten twelve feet and then plummet off a drop or irregular or hit. Anyway, lots of reasons, but it gets you in the park. When I was fishing with the boys from Pyramid Fly Company, I learned a great way from then to really accurately do this using a rubber core sinker. You get one that’s, uh, castable not too big. Again, we’re mostly using in this scenario switch rods. So if you’re using a single hand rod, go with the lightest weight you can. And because we’re typically fishing under ten feet in depth, we’re using a lot of the oral style indicators that are lighter the cast than these, uh, um, Styrofoam based quick release indicators. What you do is you take your fly, you stab it through the core of the rubber core sinker, right? Make a best guess of how deep you think it is and make a big loopy roll cast and lob this thing out. And of course, that weight is going to land in the water, plummet down to the bottom and sit there and it’s going to drag your indicator under the water. And you keep experimenting with this until you make a cast. The weight hits the bottom and your indicator sits right at the surface. Now you know the distance from your indicator to that weight is how deep of water you’re fishing. And then with your bobber stops in place, you take the weight off, adjust it so your foot or two feet off the bottom and you know where you are all the time. With a single handed rod, I often use the smallest thingamabob I can find or I can find combined with the smallest weight, because that’s an easier system to cast. And once I got it set up, then I might change out that indicator for a larger style one, because maybe I’m fishing heavier flies, or it’s choppy conditions and I need to use the bigger indicator. So again, you attach the weight to the fly, make a best guess of how deep you think it is. Carefully roll, cast that weight and fly out. It might take you a few casts to experiment until you make a cast where that weight hits the bottom and your indicator is sitting right flush with the surface. So you know at that point, from your indicator to the weight and fly on the bottom is how deep the water you’re fishing. Then you’re going to bring it in, unhook the weight from the fly, you know, slide your bobber stop to where the depth of water was, and then slide your indicator down a foot or so. If you want to fish a foot off the bottom or two feet off the bottom, do the whole bobber stop setup. And now you know you are fishing appropriately at the right depth off the bottom. So very handy. Um, a few other things before we close up. Quick release indicator. Um, just a few things to extend their life or any indicator with a painted surface on it, they can get chipped and beat up. So what I often do is before I take them out, if I’ve got time is I will take Brushable super glue or Sally Hansen’s Hard as Nails. I’ll hold that indicator by the black peg and I will paint it and put a protective coating on it just to extend the life. These are not the most expensive things on the planet, and they are not the most durable. But anything you can do to add durability, having that Sally Hansen’s and Krazy Glue in your boat bag or on you is always a good thing too, particularly the super glue. If you don’t tie your own chironomid patterns and you’re not sure whether those flies have a coating on them, you can prolong their life with a little thin coating, allow it to dry a few seconds, or any other scenario you think you might want to glue something. The other thing you can do with the quick release indicators is over time, when you set and reset and set and reset, the peg in the hole in the indicator can become enlarged. I always joke this is usually a good thing, because that means that indicator has been releasing a lot because you’ve been catching a lot of fish, but you’re at some point in the day, you know you’re going to have to replace that indicator, but you want to keep fishing. You don’t want to have to rerig the whole time while the fishing is good. So what I do is I have a roll of black electrician’s tape with me in my boat bag, or in my pockets of my float tube or pontoon boat, and I pull off about an inch or so of the black electrician’s tape, and I wrap it around the peg to build up its outside diameter, so it better fits in that enlarged hole. Yes. At some point you are going to have to replace that indicator and retire it to the Indicator Hall of Fame. But at that moment, you need to be able to stay in the game and catch fish, and you can replace that indicator at a later time. So again, that black electrician’s tape wrapped around the peg a few times can certainly extend that quick release indicator life and keep you catching fish. So again, I talked about casting indicators, a few basic rules. This is just basic casting. Um, you know, we are fishing somewhat tangle prone systems with long level leaders, indicators, bobber stops, swivels, multiple flies. This can become problematic. So just remember your basic some basic guidelines here. First of all, indicator fishing is a short cast game, typically forty feet right where the your head section of your floating line meets the running line is often manufacturers have a color change there to identify that juncture in the line. That’s about as far as you want to cast. If I’m fishing shallow, if I’m fishing deep, I mentioned earlier, sometimes I have a rod length of line or less out of the rod so I can watch that indicator, and if it’s so much as quivers, I can hit it. The roll cast is your friend. With indicators. The less time you have these complex indicator rigs, airlines going back and forth above you, the less tangles you’re going to have. So just a good rule cast. Bring the that rod and reel up just above your your ear. Let that loop form good deep de loop a big de push to that stop. Do not lower the rod until the indicator and line, and everything else has rolled out and landed on the surface. Then lower. Avoid the temptation to lower the rod too soon, because you tend to move that tip in a circular path and it doesn’t cast very well. If you’re finding yourself punching out too much fly line, use smaller indicators if you can, because they’re harder to see. It keeps yourself honest, makes you keep those casts closer. Remember to keep the indicator close to the fly line for cast ability. Avoid situations where you have the indicator way out from the end of your fly line four, five, six, seven, eight, ten feet. Particularly with those heavier Styrofoam quick release indicators, everything just becomes awkward. You can break your wrist slightly if you’re going to overhead cast to for more open loops to keep everything from tangling up and only make because you’re not making a long distance cast. If you’ve got that, um, appropriate indicator line that I talked about earlier, you can just pick up, get that line false cast once and drop it down. That’s it. You’re done. Okay. Um, if you’re fishing heavy balanced flies, tungsten beads, Those flies, once they’ve sunk to depth, are tough to get out of the water. So you can do a series of roll pickups to cycle that fly up near the surface. And to be honest, a lot of times when I’m fishing those flies, I just do my roll cast. I cast the indicator. The fly doesn’t have enough momentum attached to it to come out of the water, but the indicator flops back out there. Settles. Of course, that flies going to settle underneath. Not the prettiest cast out there, but it definitely gets the job done. You’re fishing not necessarily in a casting competition or a casting demonstration. If you want to get that fly out of the water, when you do your roll cast, bring that rod back so that line moves quickly across the water. And what’s going to happen that causes or helps cause the indicator, sorry, not the indicator. The leader to come up near the surface and the fly will be up there too. As soon as that loop forms, it’s gone. There’s no prolonged weight, there’s no sort of checks of the D loop and all the other things. This is the rod and right position. You’re going to bring it up, bring that line back quickly. That swings the leader and fly up near the surface. As soon as the de loop forms, you push to a stop and flip it over, and then that fly will is more likely to come out of the water and cast properly for you. So you’re satisfied. Um, always. If you’re going to cast traditionally apply smooth power, don’t punch. These are not scenarios you want to have tailing loops form. Let that back cast lay out completely. So when you cast back, you almost want to look if you want or feel that whole system sort of tug at the rod tip, then you know that line is straightened out. Then you can smoothly power forward and lay that out. Remember, you’re using a weight forward line. You don’t need to make multiple false casts. Once you get that head aerolized, the mass of that line will pull the balance of the line and leader out and land. So understand? Shoot to the target. Don’t water slap. I see sometimes people lay their line out. That indicator slaps on the surface. As soon as it does, they pick it up and recast and continue to extend line. That way you’re making a lot of disturbance on the surface. You run the risk of spooking fish. You always want to. If you’re going to start out the day, you’re going to make a cast strip off line a little bit more than you think you can have. Make a cast, maybe a second false cast and shoot it to the target. Once you get your range dialed in, then you can reel the excess line up to the reel so it doesn’t get in the way when that line turns over. Sorry. When the line lands and your leader an indicator and swivel and flies turn over. Get in the habit of looking for distinct plops and splashes. You want to see separation between all those elements on your leader. If they all land within close proximity to each other, you want to check that out. You may have a tangle, and if you can identify that tangle early, you have a better chance of resolving it positively so you don’t end up with a big mess and have to cut everything apart. Um, those are the basic tricks for casting indicators. And most of those are common just to casting in general. Lastly, let’s talk about retrieves and we’ll let you get on your way. Um, I use four basic retrieves when I’m fishing. Indicators static a hand twist or pinch strip a six to twelve inch strip and an upwind presentation. The static is basically, as Gary Borger said, heave it and leave it right. You cast it out, let it sit, settle, and just leave it there. This is the kind of thing I do when water temperatures are really cool. Early spring or right before ice on when water temperatures are cool, the trouts metabolism has slowed or the fish’s metabolism has slowed, and they’re not going to want to chase that fly. They just let it hang there and taunt them as it bounces delicately by this any surface chop. You can also do this when you’re fishing obviously inactive food sources like a blob to suggest zooplankton or a chironomid or bloodworm that are just suspending their. Or if fish are off due to environmental conditions, weather, you know trout for can become aggressive or not aggressive. And of course, a static presentation is great when they’re in a non-aggressive frame of mind. When the indicator lands and sits and settles, fish have to come within, let’s say for math purposes. Ten feet of your fly. See the fly like it and eat it. Don’t get hung up on that ten feet. I’m using it as a point of reference. If you can move that little ten foot circle or that area of visibility around your fly, you cover more water, you catch more fish. So this is where you can use a hand twist or a pinch strip where literally you put your two your rod hand and then take your retrieve hand and touch your fingertips to the back of your hand on your rod hand. And just use your thumb and forefinger to pinch the line in in little one quarter or three quarter to one inch increments, you can’t go fast and or you can just use a figure eight hand twist or hand weave, retrieve and gather that line in and bring it back. And all you’re going to do is literally slowly track your fly from where it landed and settled to where you’re going to cast again. And of course, you track that fly through that area of water, you expose your fly to more fish, typically in an indicator presentation, I am going to quarter the cast to the left or the right because I’m right handed. It’s typically a left handed cast. I’m going to cast it out. I’m going to reach cast. I’m going to mend again. This is where another benefit of the long rod is. And I’m going to try and watch the fly line and just let it drift downwind, just like you were nymphing on a river and just let it drift down. You want to try and keep that fly line behind the indicator. You don’t want to let a big C form in the indicator because when that happens, what happens is that the accelerates your drift and in extreme circumstances can cause that leader to no longer hang vertically. But now, because it’s being pulled, it’s on more of an angle and your flies no longer needs to be. So we will cast out, let that swing around until it’s straight down below. And then I start that pinch strip or hand twist retrieve to track it back. I call that moving the strike zone. I am using the wind induced current to move that fly downwind, and then I’m going to retrieve it back towards me to cover all that water. Much better presentation than just pitching it straight down below you and hoping the fish move to the fly and find it. The other thing you can do is, um, a six to twelve inch strip. So when you take your fly line and you give it a long, slow pull, not a bass pop or pop, but a long, slow pull that causes your indicator to wake down below. Your fly rises up and when you stop the strip, the fly falls back down. That rise fall motion often induces a take. So that’s the time you do not want to take your eyes off the fly. Now, one of the criticisms of indicator fishing on lakes is it’s boring and I am no different than anybody else. I get bored to. The cure for boredom is move the fly. So if you. I quite often combine all three. The static hand twist, pinch strip and the strip all together I will cast out. Let that fly. Swing down below. Let it sit for a little bit. I get bored, move the fly. Maybe a three or four or five turn hand twist or pinch strip. Let it settle. Get bored again. Six to twelve inch pull. Nothing happens. And keep doing that until it’s time to cast again or you get a pull down. If you get a pull down, the indicator goes under. Try to remember what you were doing because that might be the trigger that day or that portion of the day that the fish want. So if you get bored with things, move the fly. No sense in becoming bored and staring around like this is one of the the bad parts of indicator fishing, I guess, is people just think it’s boring and it’s the only way to fish a lake. There’s more ways than indicator fishing to fish a lake, but if you have to fish indicators stay engaged, keep the fly moving. If you’re engaged, you’re not going to miss those takes and you’re going to get more enjoyment out of this. The last way to fish this works very well with leech and minnow patterns is on a light wind day is to cast upwind. Trout and lakes like to feed into wind induced currents, so they’re moving upwind. You’ve cast your fly upwind and just let it drift back towards you. Just gather line and now you’ve got this your fly, particularly if it’s a balanced fly, undulating in a horizontal manner down towards the fish. That can be a very good tactic to use. Obviously, if the wind is very strong, you can’t use that kind of approach because you’ll just be punching flies into the wind and getting frustrated and tangled. So upwind is great on a light wind day. So I know we’ve covered a lot. This is a podcast that is longer than my usual ones, but it’s one I get so many questions about indicators, what indicators to use, what lidar setups, what’s a bobber stop? How do I use it, why should I? What’s the best indicator to use? When should I all these different questions. How does rod line choices all come in? So we have talked about when you use indicators why you use indicators, the indicators that are out there, the dry dropper, your fixed position, your yarn style New Zealand style, quick release style. All these different types of indicators, when to use them, when not to use them, that kind of thing. Talked about rod choices, the long rods and the benefits of that for indicators. Choosing the right fly line to help you cast an indicator is critical as well. Look for those lines with aggressive short front tapers like, um, the Rio, uh, Bassador series, Stillwater floater or the regular Stillwater floater line. That’s a line I worked with Rio, um, specifically for using with indicators and long leader presentations. We talked in depth about leader. Remember the most important part of any indicator leader set up you decide to use is make sure from your indicator to your fly and flies is the same level consistency. So when you set your flies to sink at ten feet, they’re going to hang at ten feet. Avoid using a standard nine, twelve, or fifteen foot tapered leader. Your. They sink at a different rate along the length. You’re going to have a situation where you’re going to set your fly for ten feet, and it’s not going to get there because of the arc, the way that leader falls off the indicator, it’s not going to fish vertically. We talked about casting, just good basic casting strokes. Keep your false casts to a minimum. Shoot the line. The roll cast is your friend. If you can just use a roll cast, you’re going to have a much better time with indicators. We talked about setting depth, about using weights to set depth, and then once we did that, how we set the bobber stops, whether I’m fishing in relation to the bottom or relation to the surface. We also talked about how to set indicator depth from shore, either using trigonometry on a bit of a table or using a rubber core slip sinker with an and making a cast, and through a bit of experimentation, finding where the bottom is at the where you’re casting and then adjusting your setup from there. Once you know the depth of water you’re sitting in, um, other tricks and techniques using super glue or nail polish to protect the coating on a Styrofoam style indicator that’s painted. Or when that quick release indicator, the. The. The middle of the indicator gets worn out. Um, using black electrician’s tape to build up the outside diameter of that peg. So again, it, you can use it. You’re gonna have to replace that indicator at some point. But, uh, while the fish are biting, you want to keep fishing. So hopefully you found that useful. There’s a lot of information in there. I know a bit of a fire hose approach. Hopefully it made sense, especially the bobber stop discussion. Um, if you’ve got any questions at all, by all means reach out to me. But uh, if you haven’t given indicators a try, I suggest you do. They’re very rewarding. It’s a lot of fun and, uh, can be an excellent way to fly fish lakes. And remember, it’s not the only way to fly fish a lake. So until next time. Thanks for listening. I hope you enjoyed this podcast.
Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters with Phil Rowley

Conclusion with Phil Rowley on Strike Indicator Techniques for Stillwaters

Phil Rowley’s approach shows how much there is to indicator fishing beyond simply suspending a fly beneath a bobber. Choosing the right indicator, leader, depth, and presentation can make a big difference in keeping flies in the strike zone and detecting subtle takes.

These techniques give anglers more ways to adapt their indicator setup to different flies, water conditions, and fish behavior. With a thoughtful approach, indicator fishing becomes a versatile tool for targeting trout throughout the stillwater season.

     

982 | Keep Fish Wet with Sascha Clark Danylchuk: Better Catch-and-Release Practices and Water Temperature

Sascha-Keep-Fish-Wet-Catch-and-Release.

In this episode, Dave talks with Sascha Clark Danylchuk, executive director of Keep Fish Wet and a fisheries scientist, about simple ways anglers can improve the outcome for every fish they release. Catch-and-release is more than getting a fish back into the water. How long a fish stays out of the water, what it touches, how long it is handled, and the water temperature can all affect what happens after release.

The conservation moves from the familiar 68°F trout temperature rule to the idea of an angling threshold, then into the three Keep Fish Wet principles: minimize air exposure, eliminate contact with dry surfaces, and reduce handling time. Sascha also covers nets, barbless hooks, fish photography, and why a fish can swim and usually does not need to be held in the current for extra revival.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Sascha-Keep-Fish-Wet-Catch-and-Release

Show Notes with Sascha Clark Danylchuk on Catch and Release

Sascha Clark Danylchuk is the executive director of Keep Fish Wet and a fisheries scientist who spent years studying the effects of catch-and-release on fish. Dave and Sascha discuss the science behind catch-and-release and simple decisions anglers can make to reduce stress on fish. They discuss water temperature, the 68°F question, nets, wet hands, barbless hooks, fish photography, deep-hooked fish, revival, and catch-and-release from a boat.

Keep Fish Wet Started with Catch-and-Release

[00:02:08] Keep Fish Wet began as a social media movement during a time when more anglers were posting photos of nearly every fish they caught. Sascha explains that some of the early motivation came from seeing fish photographed on dry banks or covered in dirt, even though the anglers were doing catch-and-release. The goal was to change the conversation and show anglers that catch-and-release could be done in a more fish-friendly way.

The movement eventually grew into an official nonprofit in 2019, with Sascha taking over as executive director. What started with a hashtag became an organization focused on science, education, and practical catch-and-release advice.

Sascha-Keep-Fish-Wet-Catch-and-Release.

Catch-and-Release Changes with Different Fish Species

[00:05:57] One of the first important points in the conversation is that catch-and-release does not affect every fish species in the same way. Sascha’s fisheries work has included bonefish, and she explains that different species vary in their sensitivity to handling, air exposure, and temperature. Trout and bonefish can be more susceptible to air exposure than other species. That means catch-and-release decisions need to consider the fish, the water, and the conditions rather than relying on one rule in every situation.

For anglers, the takeaway is to learn what matters for the species being fished. Good catch-and-release starts before the fish reaches the net or your hands.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Bonefish.
Photo via https://www.keepfishwet.org/tips

Nets Can Make Catch-and-Release Easier

[00:08:53] Nets can be useful tools for catch-and-release, especially when they help an angler land a fish quickly. Sascha explains that keeping the net in the water can help reduce the time a fish spends out of the water. A soft rubber or silicone net can also make handling easier. But a net is not automatically better in every situation, because a fish can still flop around inside it.

The key to catch-and-release is using the tools you have effectively. If a net helps you land the fish quickly and keeps it supported in the water, it can be a valuable part of your catch-and-release setup.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Catch-and-Release.
Photo via https://www.keepfishwet.org/tips
Photo credit: Paul Moinester

Catch-and-Release and the 68°F Question

[00:12:50] Water temperature becomes one of the biggest topics in the episode. Anglers have heard the 68°F number for years, but Sascha explains that it should not necessarily be treated as a hard line between safe and unsafe catch-and-release. She introduces the idea of an “angling threshold” and explains that some trout may begin to struggle at temperatures closer to 68°F.

The exact threshold can change depending on the species, the river system, acclimation, and whether fish are wild or stocked. That means catch-and-release decisions should not be based on one number alone. A stream thermometer gives anglers information they can use throughout the day and helps them make better decisions as water temperature changes.

Warm Water Changes the Choices Anglers Make

[00:19:37] When water temperature rises, catch-and-release requires more attention. Sascha discusses how anglers can start changing their behavior before conditions become extreme, rather than waiting until the fishery reaches a commonly discussed temperature limit. That could mean fishing earlier in the morning, changing locations, targeting a more temperature-tolerant species, or deciding not to fish for trout at all.

The important point is that knowing the water temperature gives anglers more options. One advantage is treating catch-and-release as a decision-making process rather than a single rule. The earlier you pay attention, the more choices you have.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Temperature-taking-for-catch-and-release.
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/keep.fish.wet/

The Three Keep Fish Wet Principles

[00:27:37] Sascha explains three basic Keep Fish Wet principles that anglers can use during catch-and-release:

  • minimize air exposure
  • eliminate contact with dry surfaces
  • reduce handling time

These principles focus attention on the parts of catch-and-release that anglers can control. These three ideas make catch-and-release easier to understand. You don’t need complicated equipment to improve catch-and-release; you need to focus on what happens between landing the fish and putting it back in the water.

Why Wet Hands Make Catch-and-Release Better

[00:29:56] Wet hands are one of the simplest catch-and-release habits an angler can develop. Before touching a fish, wet your hands so you don’t remove as much of the protective mucus layer that covers the fish. Sascha explains that this protective layer helps defend fish against disease and fungal infections. Dry hands, rocks, sand, boat surfaces, and other rough surfaces can damage the protection.

Catch-and-release does not have to be complicated. Wet your hands, keep the fish close to the water, and avoid unnecessary handling.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Angler-Holding-A-Trout-for-Catch-and-Release
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/keep.fish.wet/

Barbless Hooks and Better Catch-and-Release Tools

[00:30:48] The right tools can make catch-and-release faster and easier. Sascha discusses barbless hooks, artificial flies, rubber nets, forceps, and hook removers as tools that can help anglers handle fish more efficiently. The best tool is not necessarily the most expensive. It is the tool you know how to use and can reach quickly when a fish is ready to be released.

Barbless hooks can also make catch-and-release easier when a fish needs to be released quickly. Having forceps or a hook remover within reach means you are less likely to spend extra time handling the fish.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Catch-and-Release-Barbless-Hooks.
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/keep.fish.wet/

Catch-and-Release Photography Can Be Quick

[00:32:26] Photography has become a major part of modern catch-and-release fishing. Sascha explains that fish photos can help educate other anglers, but the photo should never become more important than the fish. A good catch-and-release photo does not require a long photo session. Have the camera ready, communicate with the photographer, and take a quick photo.

When photographing fish out of water, the primary goal is to minimize their air exposure. Fish-friendly photography can still produce exceptional images without keeping fish out of the water for long.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Fish-Held-Above-water-catch-and-release.
Photo via https://www.keepfishwet.org/principles

Fish Pain and the Angler’s Role in Conservation

[00:34:40] The conversation then moves into a more complicated question: Do fish feel pain? Sascha explains that fish clearly respond to stimuli, but whether they experience pain the same way humans do remains debated. For anglers, the practical point is not to settle that debate before catching the fish. Catch-and-release has impacts, and anglers can work to reduce them while helping protect rivers, lakes, oceans, and the fish that live there.

Sascha points out that anglers also have an important role in conservation because fish cannot advocate for themselves. Responsible catch-and-release is one part of that larger relationship between fishing and conservation.

Deep Hooks Can Make Catch-and-Release More Difficult

[00:38:48] Deep-hooked fish can make catch-and-release much more difficult. Sascha explains that a fish can swallow a hook despite an angler’s efforts to avoid it. In those situations, removing the hook by force can cause more damage. Barbless hooks make removal easier, and Sascha discusses research showing that fish can work hooks out on their own.

The key is to avoid making a difficult situation worse. When catch-and-release cannot go perfectly, the goal is to minimize additional damage and get the fish back into the water quickly.

Better Catch-and-Release Photos Don’t Have to Take Minutes

[00:41:01] Sascha offers practical ideas for taking better catch-and-release photos without keeping the fish out of the water. One approach is to keep the fish submerged while the photographer gets ready, then lift it briefly for the photograph. Getting low can create a better angle, and a net can provide a good photo without requiring the fish to be held in the air.

Video can also be useful because anglers can pull still images from the footage later. Part of catch-and-release photography is preparation. When the camera, angler, and photographer are ready before lifting the fish, the photo can happen quickly.

Does Catch-and-Release Require Reviving a Fish?

[00:42:44] Many anglers have been taught to hold a fish in the current and move it back and forth to revive it. Sascha explains that this is not always necessary. If a fish can swim away on its own, the best thing may be to let it go.

The research discussed in the episode did not show a benefit to holding or moving a healthy fish in the current once it was ready to swim. If a fish is not swimming or is lying on its side, it may need additional support. In that case, the angler can hold the fish in the water and let water move through its mouth and over its gills.

Good catch-and-release means paying attention to the fish in front of you rather than automatically following the same revival routine every time.

Sascha Clark Danylchuk on Bonefish and Catch-and-Release

[00:45:25] After the main catch-and-release discussion, Dave asks Sascha about her favorite fish. She said bonefish, a species she has spent considerable time studying and pursuing. Sascha also talks about her years in the Bahamas and her move to Western Massachusetts. Her background helps explain why catch-and-release is such a large part of her work.

Her experience across different fisheries reinforces an important theme from the episode: catch-and-release is not one-size-fits-all. Fish species, water temperature, location, and fishing conditions all matter.

bonefish-as-catch-and-release.
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/keep.fish.wet/

Catch-and-Release from a Boat Takes Extra Planning

[00:48:10] Catch-and-release can become more complicated when fishing from a boat. Side height, stability, current, and the ability to pull over can all affect how quickly an angler can land and release a fish. Sascha explains that minimizing exposure is still the goal, but you still need to take a fish out of the water. The key is to plan and understand the conditions.

For fishing photography, Keep Fish Wet’s standard is that a fish held out of the water should be over the water and visibly dripping wet. Sascha says this can signal the fish hasn’t been out of the water for long. Boat fishing does not make catch-and-release impossible. It simply means anglers need to think ahead about the tools and setup that allow them to handle the fish safely.

Water Temperature Should Shape Catch-and-Release Decisions

[00:52:08] Dave brings the conversation back to the episode’s main takeaway near the end. A stream thermometer is a simple tool that can help anglers understand when conditions are changing and make better catch-and-release decisions.

The goal isn’t to memorize one temperature and assume everything is safe above it. Instead, anglers can use water temperature, fish behavior, species, and current conditions to decide whether to continue fishing, change tactics, or target another species.

Catch-and-release is ultimately what happens after the fish is hooked. Checking the temperature, wetting your hands, shortening handling time, and checking the fish’s condition can all make a difference.

Keep-Fish-Wet-Thermometer.
Photo via https://www.instagram.com/keep.fish.wet/

Connect with Sascha Clark Danylchuk here:

Facebook: @sascha.clarkdanylchuk

Instagram: @saschafish

Website: Keep Fish Wet

YouTube: @keepfishwet

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Catch-and-Release Resources Noted in the Show

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
00:00:00 Dave: For years. Sixty-eight degrees has been one of those numbers trout anglers hear over and over again. But what if the science is telling us we should start paying attention well before the thermometer gets to that level? Today we’re looking at what actually happens to fish during catch and release, including some surprisingly simple changes we can make on the water. My guest today is Sasha Clark Danylchuk, executive director of Keep Fish Wet and a fishery scientist who has spent decades studying catch-and-release impacts. Today, we’re going to find out about that sixty eight degree temperature and why this may not be the number trout anglers should be focused on all the time, and why, Sasha says. The point where some trout begin to get effective is closer to sixty-one degrees. We’re going to find out how carrying a stream thermometer can help you make better decisions throughout the day. We’re also going to talk about the three keep fish wet principles, including minimizing air exposure and eliminating contact with dry surfaces and reducing handling time. We’re also going to talk about fish photos and how this can add more stress in how you can actually take a great fish photo and get the fish released back to the water sooner. Plus, why the old practice of holding fish in the current and reviving it may not be the best move. I think some of us do that. You want to make sure that fish is is doing well before you let it go. But we’re going to talk about that today. The best catch and release practices. You can learn more about Sasha and find their science based resources at keep fish dot org. All right, let’s get into it. Here she is. Sasha Clark Danylchuk. How are you doing, Sasha? 00:01:34 Sascha: I’m great. How are you, Dave? 00:01:36 Dave: Great. Great to have you on here. We’ve we’ve heard a lot about keep fish wet over the years, and it seems like you’re out there. You’ve been leading for a while. This the concern of, you know, water catching fish and releasing them and water temperatures, it seems to be just getting more and more, maybe even more confusing. I think, you know, I think people talk about certain temperatures, but we’re going to dig into all that today, maybe talk a little fly fishing, you know, kind of jump around a little bit, but but start us off first. How did this keep fish wet? Maybe first talk about how the idea came to be and what your role is in the whole program. 00:02:08 Sascha: Yeah. So we started sort of as a social media movement. As you know, Instagram and Facebook were getting popular for anglers, and everybody was posting pictures of every single fish that they caught. And, you know, back in twenty fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, um, when like hashtags were still being used widely, you know, and, and there was a little, a little bit of it came out of frustration, to be honest, like seeing photos of fish that were like thrown up on the bank and covered in dirt. And then there was like hashtag catch and release and just realizing like, oh, that fish really isn’t looking so good. I’m not, I’m not sure he actually was gonna make it. So we started kind of as a hashtag, um, with using keep em wet and just trying to reframe the conversation around catch and release and what things anglers can do to make a difference for fish that you’re planning on releasing. And especially when it came to photos, like what are ways to take fish friendly photos and ones that look good to, you know, a fish covered in dirt? Like that’s not. 00:03:29 Dave: No, that’s not always. 00:03:30 Sascha: The greatest looking photo, right? So, so yeah, so sort of started as a social media movement for a while. Um, the hashtag keep em wet used a ton and then decided that like this had legs and there was more that we could do with it. And so started working to, to form an official nonprofit. 00:03:57 Dave: What year was that when you started the nonprofit or started? 00:04:00 Sascha: Twenty nineteen oh. 00:04:01 Dave: twenty nineteen okay. Yeah. It seems like that’s the other amazing thing about how the timeline too, because, you know, right now as we speak is twenty twenty six and it feels like you’ve been around for like twenty years, you know, at least, right? It feels like it’s been because you’ve just been out there everywhere, everybody you know. Right. I think it’s this movement, like you said, that’s probably why you started this movement. 00:04:19 Sascha: Yeah, yeah. I mean, and that was going for like four or five years before we actually officially became a nonprofit. So we were doing still doing a bunch of stuff still like digging into some of the science, but we didn’t actually have like the IRS five hundred one C3 status, um, until twenty nineteen. So, um, yeah, so when we got that, I took over as executive director and I’ve kind of running the organization ever since. 00:04:51 Dave: Wow. Did you just jump into this as like interested or do you have a background in kind of in that field, science or biology? 00:05:00 Sascha: Yeah, I’ve got a background in fisheries science and actually have done most of my scientific work on catch and release and the impacts of catch and release. 00:05:10 Dave: Oh, cool. 00:05:10 Sascha: I did my master’s on impacts of catch and release on bonefish in the Bahamas. So I’ve been I’ve been working on these type of issues for a couple of decades. 00:05:22 Dave: That was going to be my next question for you. Yeah. Because I feel like the salmonids get, you know, because they’re the ones that are probably more susceptible than some. Right? I mean, if you talk about a carp or some of the warm water fish, right? And even like we were up fishing, you know, at a lodge, it was pretty amazing up in northern Saskatchewan, fishing for pike, northern pike and, um, and out of boats and stuff. Right. And we were taking the fish out and getting photos of them out of the water. And I was kind of thinking, well, I guess they’re pike so they’re strong, you know, how do you look at that when you have all these? Are there some species. You have to be a lot more careful. How do you describe that? 00:05:57 Sascha: Yeah, there’s definitely some species that are just more susceptible to different aspects of an angling event. Right. So, you know, trout bonefish are like air exposure can be pretty rough on them. Jacks seem to be so permit, you know, Jack for all, like all those species tend to be a little more resilient to air exposure. Carp. So somebody gave me the great analogy once with carp, like, man, you could like catch that thing and throw it in the trunk of your car and drive around all weekend and release it Monday morning. 00:06:37 Dave: Right? 00:06:38 Sascha: Fine. 00:06:38 Dave: Yeah. Yeah. 00:06:40 Sascha: Yeah. And then like, you know, so different parts of angling, like some species are, you know, fight time really makes a difference for them. Some species, it’s things like slime removal, you know? So how how you’re handling what kind of net you use can make a big difference. So yeah. 00:07:04 Dave: Are there any species where we don’t have to, you know, keep them wet out there or there? Like we were saying, are there. Well, carp might be one, but you know, is there a list out there of the ones that maybe we, we can pull out of the water a little more and all that. 00:07:16 Sascha: So I’m just going to like make your question even more complicated. Um, so the other thing that plays into it is things like, like water temperature, right? 00:07:25 Dave: So yeah. 00:07:26 Sascha: There’s species that at like lower water temperatures are a little more resilient when it comes to water to when it comes to air exposure. Striped bass is one that comes to mind. But if as soon as you get like above sixty eight degrees for striped bass, then air exposure becomes even more detrimental. And in general, that’s the case for a lot of fish species. Um. High water temperatures can be rough on them. But yeah, so, so there’s other factors that can come into play. So it’s, it’s kind of hard to. 00:08:03 Dave: It’s not easy. Yeah. You can’t. 00:08:04 Sascha: Yeah. Give you a direct answer. 00:08:06 Dave: Totally. Just the movement of what you’ve done the keep. And it’s pretty cool. And I know there’s probably been other brands and groups involved along the way, but you know, it’s cool because it’s just, um, it’s tough. We were talking about this yesterday. You’ve got a brand new person. They just started fly fishing. They have no idea about keeping wet. They have no idea about anything. And they catch their trophy fish of their lifetime, you know, and they’re like so proud of it. And then they go out on social media and share it. And then they just get, you know, run over by everybody out there. And, and so that’s a tough one, right? Because it’s like, man, that person has no idea, right? But we’re trying to educate them. But then you bring on social media, which can be really negative sometimes. And so yeah, I think that’s the tough thing, right? How do you how do you take that person who’s brand new out there, who’s just getting started, you know, what’s the best way to get to them? 00:08:53 Sascha: Whether you’re brand new or like, you know, fished most of your life and you know, you’ve lost track of the number of fish you’ve caught, like we get it. Like people want photos of their catch, you know, if you’re on a trip of a lifetime, like, of course you want memories. So some of it’s just trying to think more like a fish and less, less like an angler, right? Like thinking about what their needs are. We’ve done a lot of work. We’ve done a lot of work with, like other nonprofits or groups that are working to teach fishing or introducing folks to fishing and, you know, so that they’ve started to, you know, you learn to cast, you learn to hook up, you learn to like bring the fish in and then like handling and best practices also becomes like one of the topics that anglers are learning about. So I think introducing it, the sooner you can do that, the better. But sometimes there’s just there’s some skill involved and that’s going to build over time, right? Like sometimes it’s hard to hold, especially if you’re talking about like kids with small hands, like trying to get their hands around a fish and hold it well can be challenging. So it’s just practice like any other part of angling is, you know, and we’ve all like, we’ve all had to go through that. So yeah. 00:10:20 Dave: The net is a good, I feel like I grew up not using a net in, you know, my whole life. And then eventually when I got into this, I started using nets, you know, more just because we were around a lot more, you know, people that had cool nets and stuff. But yeah, I feel like a net is a thing that definitely you almost have to have, right? Like you could land them without a net. What’s your take on that? Is a net a necessary item out there? 00:10:42 Sascha: I think it’s great for new anglers for sure just because of that, like trying to hold a fish. right? And you have like, you’re trying to think of a gazillion things when you’re learning. So once, if you can get a fish in a net, one thing anglers always want to do is then like pull the net out of the water and. 00:11:00 Dave: Oh, right. 00:11:01 Sascha: It’s just reminding folks like it’s in the net, you know, you can still keep the net in the water. 00:11:06 Dave: Exactly. 00:11:07 Sascha: So I think they’re super helpful just because you can then like calm down, figure out what needs to happen next. Some of the nets are so great that like, especially if you’re using barbless hooks, like the hook just comes out without you even having. 00:11:24 Dave: To like remove. 00:11:25 Sascha: The hook with a net. 00:11:26 Dave: Yeah. How does that happen? And I don’t even know that because it seems like when you land a fishing net, I mean, more times than not, the fly pops out and it’s amazing, right? Is that well, I guess we’re using Barbless too, but is that that’s part of the design of the net or what is that going on there? 00:11:40 Sascha: I actually don’t know. I haven’t talked to a net manufacturer to figure that out, but I think it’s some of that those silicone bags to like. Once you release the tension on the fly. Then the tip it like the silicone sticky enough that the tip, it kind of sticks to it and it just pulls it right out. Right. So it doesn’t work for you, which is fantastic. So like in terms of fish outcomes, net versus no net, it’s kind of mixed. Like you can obviously land a fish faster if you have a net. So the fish isn’t as exhausted, but then it’s also like greener. So there’s chances of it like flopping around in the net more. So we don’t for outcomes for the fish, we don’t see marked difference whether you bring it to hand or or in a net. So some of it’s just like ease of use, like what you’re accustomed to. And does the net enable you then to like release the fish quicker? 00:12:48 Dave: Yeah, that’s the whole thing. 00:12:49 Dave: Right, right. Yeah. 00:12:50 Dave: And for a, for a new angler, especially, it does, it usually does because they don’t have to touch it. Yeah. Get it out. You know, one of the other big parts of the discussion is water temperatures. You know, I think that that’s something that comes up a lot. I mean, you hear about the, I think sixty eight degrees Fahrenheit is kind of something you hear a lot about. Describe that. It sounds like you’re doing some work now on that. What is what should we know about water temperature? And I guess I’m always thinking again, we’re thinking maybe about trout because there’s a lot of different species, but maybe keep the focus on trout as we’re as we’re get. Unless you think it’s important to talk temperatures just overall. 00:13:24 Sascha: Yeah. No, I mean, trout I think is a good one because they’re so heavily fished in North America and there are cold water species. So, you know, we’re seeing the impacts of higher water temperatures on trout sooner than than we would for other species. So yeah, so there’s been this rule of thumb of sixty eight degrees out there for a long time, right? Like when the water hits sixty eight degrees, you should stop fishing. 00:13:51 Dave: Yeah. 00:13:52 Dave: Which is part of the law in a lot in some places. Right. Some states have. That’s just. 00:13:56 Sascha: Yeah. So if states have like a hoot owl regulation is what they called a lot of the times, you know, then it’s a little different state to state. Right. Not every state has one. But usually it’s like I think Montana is if it’s three consecutive days of over seventy three degree water. And so about two years ago, we started digging into kind of trying to figure out more about where this sixty eight degree rule came from. Right. And we looked at a lot of the science on water temperature for trout. And there is quite a bit out there. Right. We’ve been farming trout and hatcheries for a really long time. We know a lot about them, but then we started trying to dig in the literature around angling and water temperature. So what happens when you combine the two? And there was surprisingly little science that had been done, and most of it was pretty old. And so there’s definitely holes in the science that there needs to be more research done. But the other thing, what we found was really interesting. So usually I try to do this with visuals. 00:15:18 Dave: So all right. 00:15:20 Sascha: I’ll try to do an auditorium. 00:15:22 Dave: Maybe we could follow up with you at a later point and get some. Well, we could probably go to your site there. Just keep fish wet. Have some of this. 00:15:28 Sascha: Yes. Yeah, we’ve got a whole blog post on it. Um, on on temperatures. 00:15:33 Dave: What would that post be if we wanted to find it right now? How would. 00:15:35 Dave: We find. 00:15:36 Sascha: Uh, it’s under our blog series, which is called fin sites. And then I forget the actual title of the blog post, but it’s something like, you know, Trout and Warming Waters or it specifically says something about water temperature. 00:15:49 Dave: Yeah. Fishing for trout and warm warming waters. 00:15:52 Sascha: There you go. Fishing for trout and warming waters. Yeah. 00:15:55 Dave: Yeah. 00:15:55 Dave: All right, we got it. We got it now. Good. We’ll have a link in the show notes for that. 00:15:58 Sascha: Okay, great. Yeah. So what we found and so you can think about it like fish have a range. They’re cold blooded animals, right? So they have a range of temperatures that they can, they can survive. Right. You know, think about like, you know, a lower temperature below which they can’t survive in an upper threshold above which they can’t survive. And then smaller than that in there is like a range that they can survive angling. So when you get to either end, right close to the low or close to the high, even if they can survive in those water temperatures. The minute you start to add in angling, that’s an added stress, so they’re less likely to survive. So an analogy would be like, if you’ve got one hundred folks standing outside and it’s ninety degrees, they’re probably doing okay, right? Like you can keep those people outside for a while, but if you ask them all to go run a couple miles, like some of them aren’t going to do really well. And if you push them too hard, some of them might not make it. Um, so same for fish, right? Like even though they can survive those temperatures, you know, they’re probably like looking for cooler pockets of water or things like that. But when you start to add in angling, all of a sudden, like it changes their ability, their survival chances. So we call this kind of point, this where water temperature like it doesn’t it doesn’t really seem to affect survival from angling to all of a sudden, like it hits this threshold, it hits this point where then you start to see less fish surviving due to water temperature. We call this a angling threshold. And so this is the point at which something shifts for fish. They’re just they’re not as as they don’t tolerate the impacts of catch and release as well. So that is lower for most trout species than sixty eight degrees. So for like rainbow cutthroats and brook trout, that’s closer to sixty one degrees. So a little bit what we’re trying to do is reframe the messaging and try to get people to look at what temperature do trout start becoming affected by water temperature as opposed to like when you need to stop. So, and part of the reason for that is that like what? We don’t have enough science yet to figure out when that stopping point should be. And honestly, like it’s going to be different for different systems, like, you know, cut throat in like high mountain lakes. Maybe you should stop fishing at like sixty three degrees. But if you’re in a river that typically gets hot and those fish are acclimated to warmer temperatures, like maybe you can fish all the way up to sixty eight degrees, you know, or if it’s a like, you know, wild versus stocks, like there’s just all sorts of issues that come into this. So yeah, so we’re trying to reframe the discussion about like when you need to start paying attention to water temperature as opposed to when you should stop fishing. 00:19:37 Dave: Yeah, that makes sense. And like you said, the Montana seventy three degrees is even a little bit higher, right, than the sixty eight. How did that decision. I don’t know if you know how that got made. Why was it seventy three? Why not? Why isn’t it sixty eight over a three day period? 00:19:51 Sascha: Yeah. I’m not sure specifically the science that Montana is using for that. I know Colorado published dug into some of the water temperature stuff, and they published a paper like in two thousand and eight, I think it was where they were trying to figure out a little bit more about stress temperatures for the different species of freshwater fish they have all across the state. So I think what happened is, because we know there’s holes in the science, there isn’t enough about water temperature and angling. A lot of current hoot owl regulations are just are looking at like stress points for fish in general. 00:20:32 Dave: Yeah. 00:20:32 Dave: In general, they’re not getting as specific. That’s the interesting thing about the conversation because like you said it, it could depend regionally within the stream you’re in. Temp by day by, you know, there’s a lot of factors that. And that seems to be always the struggle, right? When you have a lot of factors that are involved. And now people, people can’t just say like, oh, it’s this one thing. It’s easy. It’s not, it sounds like this isn’t an easy thing. So now that brings in more confusion. And then you’ve got people out there, and then you also have the whole thing of people, their livelihoods, right? I mean, people fishing, there’s anglers, there’s people that like to fish, but then there’s guides. And if you, I imagine if you drop this down to sixty one degrees, you might be taking people out of being able to fish, right? Potentially. Like how do you, um, look at that, that concern where you’re dealing with people. And I’m sure you get pushback throughout the years from this sort of conversation. 00:21:20 Dave: Yeah. 00:21:21 Sascha: I mean, you know, and that’s the other piece of it is like, because there are so many variables, like if you start looking instead about what’s the water temperature at which fish become affected, right? Then, you know, let’s say you’re fishing for? I’m on the East Coast. Let’s say you’re fishing for brook trout on the east coast and the water is sixty two degrees. Then you can start. There’s other tools that you can use to start figuring out like, okay, are those fish actually being impacted? Um, you know, and what am I doing? So instead of just saying, oh, we hit the stopping point, we have to stop fishing for the day. You can like double down on using best practices. You can say like, okay, we’re not taking any more photos today because we know that any additional air exposure is going to be added stress to those fish. So you can start changing your behavior and not stop fishing necessarily, but to give those fish a better chance of survival and, and of, you know, to do well after they get released. So it, it also like gives people more options, right? Instead of like shutting things down when it reached a temperature. If even a little bit earlier, just people start paying more attention. It gives you more options for what you can do, right? 00:22:46 Dave: Oh that’s cool. So so what you’re saying here is that maybe, you know, the discussion has in the way I framed it is wrong. You know, it should be. Maybe we could frame this more as instead of shutting it down, there’s things we can do that actually might increase the chances of fishing, maybe fishing more if we change what we’re doing out there. Is that. 00:23:02 Dave: Exactly? 00:23:03 Dave: Yeah. That’s where you’re going to. That’s great. 00:23:05 Sascha: Yeah, absolutely. And there’s, you know, there’s other tools. There’s a set of reflex impairments that fisheries scientists have started using that can give some information about if a fish is stressed and they’re really easy to do. And so that’s even something that anglers and guides can use to make a more informed decision about when they need to stop fishing. So there’s a bunch of other pieces that you can like pull in to figure out what needs to happen and when you need to make that decision to get off the water or change to a warm water species. 00:23:43 Dave: Gotcha. 00:23:43 Dave: What would be if you had to, you know, if we’re listening now, what would be those things that say we’re out there, we’re heading to, you know, let’s just keep it on the brook trout. You’re going out there. What are the things we could do throughout the day to know, you know, to change our ways or, you know, like you talked about one maybe no photos. What are some of the other things we could do? 00:24:01 Sascha: Yeah. I mean, I still think carrying a thermometer is super important, right? Like knowing where the water temperature is. Like, I think that’s, that’s a great starting place, you know, doubling down on some of the other best practices, like how fast can you release the fish? Like if you’re not taking a photo, do you even need to net it? Do you even need to hold it? Like, can you just run your fingers down the leader and like, pop the hook out and release the fish without ever touching it? You know, those sorts of things make a huge difference. You know, if you’re pulling fish out of a big deep pool, which is probably colder water, like make sure you’re releasing the fish into the same big deep pool so that they can, they can recover faster in that, in that cold water. 00:24:54 Dave: Right, right. Yeah. Those are all pretty easy. So the thermometer could be just, you could have it there. I mean, even some of these thermometers, I know people have put it on their boots. So you can literally it’s kind of all it’s there. So you can just know right away what the temperature and then what the temperature is throughout the day. Right. That’s another. 00:25:08 Dave: Piece. Exactly. 00:25:09 Dave: Might warm up. Okay. Well, so that’s the, is that the big part of like, as you look ahead now with the temperature concerns, I mean, because it is a concern, you know, it’s not getting easier. We hear about these stories of brook trout. I’ve heard I’ve had guides on here talk about how, you know, it’s just it’s kind of the doom and gloom, right? Right. Things are things are it’s over. I mean, we got to get used to fishing for bass because things are. What’s your take on all that? It seems like it could be doom and gloom when you see what’s going on out there. 00:25:35 Sascha: Yeah, I mean, I do unfortunately, unfortunately, like I there’s a certain amount of that like, yeah, maybe, you know, we talk about sixty one for brook trout. Like maybe if it’s sixty three, sixty five, you can keep fishing. But if the water is seventy five, like you shouldn’t try and be trying to. Yeah, catch brook trout. So I do think finding other warm water species that you like to fish for is super important. I love smallies on a fly. Like that’s super fun. So I do think that’s going to be have to be part of it or, you know, being willing to shift your trip, being willing to like start your fishing day at five a m and being off the water by noon when those water temperatures heat up and, and supporting guides who make those choices because they’re doing it for what’s best for fish. So it’s super, it’s tough. And you know, I know some states this year, I think I’ve saw it more than I have in the past where, you know, states like Colorado, there were mandatory closures and then there were also voluntary closures on certain stretches of water where they’re saying like, okay, it hasn’t quite hit that mandated closure of the water, but we’re suggesting you don’t fish between, you know, noon and midnight or two p m and midnight on this stretch of the water because we know it’s getting really close. So paying attention to those things I think is helpful. 00:27:15 Dave: Well, you know, you got temperature. That’s obviously a huge part of the equation, but there’s some other things out there too, right? I mean, do you get into the other, you know, like barbless hooks, you know, hooking mortality, kind of all that, all the ends of this on catch and release and I mean, keep them wet is kind of, you know, focus, right? I mean, when you think about it, you’re thinking, okay, keep the fish wet, but are you involved in all the issues? 00:27:37 Sascha: Yeah. Yeah we are. Yeah. So we have a suite of best practices. They’re all science based. We have three principles. And those are the three things that anglers can do that make the most amount of difference to fish survival, and that are most within an angler’s control. So one of them is minimizing air exposure. Not surprising given our name. Um the other is to eliminate contact with dry surfaces. And so, you know, getting your hands wet before you hold on to a fish, like holding fish over the water, trying not to bring fish into a boat. Those sort of things are really important. And then the last principle is to reduce handling time. So anything you do between when you land a fish and release the fish, trying to make that time period as short as possible, whether that fish is in your hands or in a net, trying to get it back on its way and released as quickly as possible. So those are the three big ones. And then we have a lot of tips, and most of the tips are more specific actions either that support those three principles, or maybe there’s something that you don’t always encounter where you’re fishing. Like we recommend you don’t use lip gripping devices except on big toothy critters that you have no other choice. Right? So, um, you know, if you’re fishing for brook trout, you’re probably not thinking too much about using a lip gripper, right? 00:29:15 Dave: But you’re fishing for, like I said, northern Pike. 00:29:17 Sascha: Exactly. 00:29:18 Dave: five hundred they’ve got, we’ve been told, you know, the guide was, uh, Josh was like, hey, this fish has five hundred razor sharp teeth. And we’re like, damn, okay, I don’t want to touch that fish. 00:29:27 Dave: That’s. Yeah. You don’t want. 00:29:28 Sascha: To get near that mouth. So. Yeah. 00:29:31 Dave: Yeah. So you got a bunch. Yeah. This is great. So you got the three principles. Minimize air exposure, eliminate contact to dry surface. So that’s getting your hands wet. A big part of that. And then and then also reducing handling time. So just basically just getting it back in the water as soon as possible. What is the on the eliminating contact with dry surface? What does that do when you let’s just say you grab it with your dry hands. Is that like affect the scales? What is the impact that’s doing? 00:29:56 Sascha: Yeah. So, um, so all fish are covered with slime. Some species are slimier than others. And that slime has hydrodynamic properties, right. For to enable the fish to swim better, but also has a protection properties sort of like our skin, right. So if you get cut you’re more susceptible to getting an infection through that cut. Um, so same thing with fish slime. If you remove the slime. Fish are more susceptible to disease and infection, and fish can be particularly susceptible to fungal infections. So you’re just opening. When you’re removing that slime, you’re just increasing the chance of something. And just like our skin, like the slime will regrow. But it takes a little bit of time. 00:30:48 Dave: Yeah, yeah. That’s it. Okay. That’s awesome. And then some of the other tips here we talked about using barbless hooks. Uh, consider artificial baits, rubber nets. We talked about limit the use of the lip grip we talked about and carry the hook removers. I mean, I think that’s awesome, right? Having some sort of forceps because trying to go in with that fish and grab a fly, especially on a little trout with your hands is kind of crazy, right? So having a good. Do you have a list of, of gear types like forceps and things? Or do you just say, go get a pair of forceps because they’re not all equal, right. I mean, I’ve had forceps where I used it, but they didn’t even work. Right. I bought. 00:31:20 Dave: Them. 00:31:20 Sascha: Yeah, yeah. It’s so the, the, um, we’ve done a little bit of science are partnered with some scientists who are doing work on like hook removal tools. And it’s really interesting. A lot of what it comes down to is just personal preference and ease of use. So whatever tool you have practiced with and you like to use and makes things go faster is the best one for you to use. So whether it’s hemostats or pliers or forceps or, you know, like lamps and makes a catch and release tool, um, you know, there’s a lot of folks that I know that like make their own out of a coat hanger and wine cork. 00:32:05 Dave: Oh, wow. 00:32:05 Dave: Coat hanger. Okay. 00:32:06 Sascha: Yeah. 00:32:07 Sascha: Like whatever it is that works best for you, that’s the one you should be using. 00:32:12 Dave: Yeah. That’s awesome. 00:32:13 Sascha: Yeah. 00:32:13 Sascha: So, you know, testing some out and figuring out what you like is great. But yeah, when it comes to like tiny flies having something better than, than your fingers. Yeah. 00:32:25 Dave: Yeah. 00:32:26 Dave: You gotta have something. Yeah. Definitely. The grip and grin has always been, you know, especially social media. That’s why your social media movement works so well when you got going, because, you know, there was some negative stuff about people just getting just hammered out there. But I mean, it really gets people thinking. And now people are thinking, man, do you even show a fish out of the water? Right. A lot of I think there’s a lot of brands out there that aren’t even doing that. It’s like they have to keep them in the water because I think it’s part of it is just education. I think it’s been great because there’s probably some people that could take him out of the water and they know how to handle fish, and maybe they wouldn’t hurt him as much. But I think it’s just letting people know because there’s a lot of people still right now that don’t know about keep em wet, right? And they have to be educated. So that’s why social media is in a good way is powerful, right? 00:33:07 Sascha: Yeah, yeah. I mean, for us, it was like instrumental in getting things started. 00:33:13 Dave: How did you start that out initially when you got going? Did you did you have a plan? You were thinking, man, this Instagram is this is going to work. We gotta, we gotta let you know. We gotta people are gonna get hammered and it’s going to be part of the deal. Like, how did you look at that? Did you know what was going to happen when you started? 00:33:28 Sascha: No, not totally. I mean, you know, it came from like a place of I mentioned a little bit of frustration earlier, you know, but also like just wanting, you know, you can only look at so many Griffin grin photos. Like the fish doesn’t usually look good in those. 00:33:46 Sascha: Photos. 00:33:47 Sascha: Right? 00:33:48 Dave: Well, and the best photographers too. And I just saw a picture of Brian O’Keefe you had on there on one of your photos. I mean, the amazing ones when they when they tell you how to take a good photo, it’s really to take a different angle, something that people don’t see. And those are always the best. And the grip and grin is just like, man, we’ve seen them. We’ve seen the grip and grin, right? It’s like, it’s just kind of it’s been done too many times. 00:34:06 Sascha: Exactly, exactly. The fish isn’t going to look any better, you know, than the last eighty thousand fish. So yeah, so I mean, that’s the other piece of it. Like it’s been overdone. Like we’ve seen a gazillion of them. So I think there’s much more interesting ways that you can take a photo of a fish and make it be really beautiful and more representative of like, what that animal is like instead of being like, held in your hands. They look better when they’re in the water. They look better if they’re wet. 00:34:40 Dave: So I know it’s kind of crazy to think when you look at it, because it’s, it’s this kind of crazy thing about fishing, you know, especially with what we’re doing because we’re catching for the most part, we’re catching not to eat the fish. I mean, that makes sense because if you’re trying to put food on the table for your family, of course, that’s there’s nothing more visceral than that, right? But, but we’re literally catching fish and releasing them and we’re putting fish through pain. I mean, ultimately, right? We’re putting them through pain to have this. And it’s in a lot of ways, sometimes I think about that. It’s kind of it’s strange in a little in a lot of ways, right? Because it’s like, wow, we’re catching fish. And then you look at the fish like, well, they’re not really enjoying the whole thing. You know what I mean? So I don’t know, how do you do you think about that at all? The fish itself as a creature and what it’s feeling stuff like that. 00:35:21 Sascha: I do. 00:35:21 Sascha: Yeah. Um, I was talking to somebody this about this the other day, like, you know, with fisheries just be better off if we or fish just be better off if we stop fishing for them, you know, and I think, uh, so there’s two parts of it, like do fish feel pain is actually a hugely contentious and debated issue in fisheries science. Yeah. So there’s one faction that says like, yes, fish feel pain. And then there’s this other side that says like, so pain is hugely subjective, right? Even in humans, like what’s, you know, on a scale of one to ten, what’s like a six for me might be a two for you. 00:36:07 Dave: Totally. And like a bee sting, you know, you get stung by a bee. Some people that’s like, no big deal. Some people are going to swell up and maybe stop breathing. 00:36:14 Sascha: Right, right. So studying pain in general, even like with humans that can talk to you Is is hard. Like it’s challenging. And with fish, part of what we think is going on is that they don’t actually have the receptors in their brain to feel pain. The same way that we think of pain, like they’re feeling the stimulus for sure. Right? Like you’re hooking them in the mouth, like they’re feeling something, but it’s not necessarily pain the way we think of pain. So and we can’t ask fish so that. 00:36:51 Dave: No, no, we can’t. 00:36:52 Dave: That’s not yet. Not yet. 00:36:54 Dave: At least. Right. 00:36:55 Dave: Maybe the AI’s coming. Right? 00:36:57 Sascha: Right. 00:36:58 Sascha: Uh, yeah. So that’s one side of it is like what’s actually happening for the fish. And then the other is like, okay, so should we just should, should we all stop fishing? Like if it’s not for food, right? If we’re not trying to put dinner on the table, should we even be doing this? And I like the ducks unlimited example, write that, like Ducks Unlimited has done more to preserve wetlands in North America than any other organization. 00:37:28 Dave: That’s right. 00:37:28 Sascha: And they’re a hunting. 00:37:29 Dave: Organization. 00:37:30 Dave: And they’re killing and they’re killing the same birds that they’re protecting. 00:37:32 Dave: Yeah. 00:37:33 Sascha: And, you know, just like fish can’t tell us if they’re feeling pain. Like they can’t fight for the rivers. They can’t fight. They can’t advocate for themselves. And I think anglers are really important in advocating for wild spaces and rivers and lakes and oceans in this country. So I think there are a lot of like conservation benefits that come from allowing people to, to catch fish. I do think it’s naive to think we don’t have any impact on them. 00:38:05 Dave: Well, and. 00:38:05 Dave: That’s what’s great about having groups like yours out there is that you’re educating people so they’re understanding how to do it the right way and decrease. You know, there’s some impacts. You catch a fish, there’s going to be some mortality on that. 00:38:16 Dave: Oh yeah. 00:38:16 Dave: Right. You’re an angler, you’re going to kill some fish probably over the year. Right? And there’s and that’s a whole nother conversation. There is like, wow, what percentage of these fish that you don’t catch correctly are dying? That even though you release them and they go away, right. Some of them are going to die. 00:38:30 Sascha: Yeah, yeah. I mean, there’s like, you just it’s unavoidable, right? You know, think of it even like deep hooking a fish, like you can do everything, you know, and there’s ways that you can like decrease the chances of it. But like sometimes a fish is just going to swallow the hook and there’s nothing you can do about it. 00:38:48 Dave: Yeah. 00:38:48 Dave: He cut off the line. Well, and Barbless is another good thing that you have in your thing, right? I mean, you cut off the well, if it’s hooked deep, instead of ripping it out and making it bleed, you just cut it off and hope that maybe that barbless fly comes out eventually, right? That’s probably the best thing you could do in that situation. 00:39:02 Sascha: It is. 00:39:02 Sascha: Yep. Um, there’s been a couple cool studies done on like ability of fish to get hooks out on their own and it’s amazing. I mean, and you think about like what fish eat usually it’s like hard, crunchy, spiky bugs, right? 00:39:19 Dave: So totally. 00:39:20 Sascha: So they’re used to dealing with with spikes and thorns and, you know, stuff. And, and those hooks usually work their way out and either regurgitate them or like it actually just passes right through their digestive system. 00:39:34 Dave: That’s great. 00:39:35 Dave: Is barbless is another big issue. Right. I’m sure in some areas is that, um, it seems like that’s just pretty standard. Like why would you need to use a barbed hook? It seems like if you’re, you know, how again, educate, you know, how to land a fish. Barb. You can land just as many fish with barbless hook. Is there anything new on the Barbless kind of question there? 00:39:53 Sascha: Yeah, it’s. 00:39:54 Sascha: The science behind it, and there’s been quite a bit on that topic. The science behind it mostly comes down to it’s way faster to remove a barbless hook than a barbed hook. There are some benefits like it does do less damage. It changes mortality a little bit, but a lot of it is just ease of hook removal. And personally, like I would much rather dig a barbless hook out of my own hand when I hook myself than a barbed hook. 00:40:28 Dave: That’s right. That’s the biggest thing. 00:40:30 Dave: Yeah. Especially if you’re, I’m sure the guides, that’s what they say, right? That’s a huge part of it. 00:40:34 Sascha: Yeah. Yeah. 00:40:36 Sascha: I just don’t, I don’t want to try to because I’m gonna do it right. Like I’m gonna hook something that I don’t want to. And then it’s way. 00:40:44 Sascha: Easier. 00:40:45 Dave: To do it with. 00:40:45 Sascha: Barbless hook. 00:40:46 Sascha: So yeah. And whether you’re like pinching those barbs down is fine. There’s some companies making really great barbless hooks now as well, and barbless flies. So there’s definitely more and more options. 00:41:01 Dave: Definitely. 00:41:01 Dave: It’s all evolving, right? It’s and including the photos, the taking of the photos, what is your, you know, if somebody they’re fishing on their own solo, do you have any recommendations on if that person caught the fish of a lifetime and wanted to get a photo? How would they do that? 00:41:16 Sascha: Yeah. 00:41:17 Sascha: So some of the coolest photos I’ve seen when you don’t have a buddy to help you out is if you hold the fish by the base of the tail in one hand and kind of having it like pointing away from you, and then you take a photo kind of down the body of the fish. And so maybe its back is out of water a little bit. Those look cool. I’m not a fantastic photographer. So. So this like, this is not people like Brian O’Keefe are much better at explaining the technical side of this, but getting low in the water definitely helps. And then I’ve seen some really great net shots of even just a fish in a net. 00:41:59 Dave: Oh really? So net. Yeah, even a net shot can be cool. You can actually get it. 00:42:02 Sascha: Yeah, yeah. 00:42:03 Sascha: Um, or like tipping the net. So the fish is swimming out over the edge of the net. That makes. 00:42:08 Sascha: Really good video. 00:42:10 Dave: Right? 00:42:10 Dave: Yeah. That’s another cool thing you can do too nowadays, right? With the video, you can actually just video, start your video and then get photos off of that video later on. Right. 00:42:18 Sascha: Exactly, exactly. Or just, you know, like a quick three second clip. 00:42:23 Dave: Just hold on to it and go. Yeah, yeah. 00:42:26 Dave: But, but like you said, the key is to not sit there for minutes of trying to get the photo. It’s literally get your one photo and just, just go and let it go. And that’s why the video might be cool because you can just get a bunch of video, you know, in a few seconds and then just release. Because the sooner what you’re saying is, the more, the faster we can get that fish in the water, the better off the fish is going to be. 00:42:43 Sascha: Yep. 00:42:44 Sascha: Yeah. For sure. You know, there’s a lot of talk about like reviving fish. 00:42:49 Dave: Yeah. 00:42:49 Dave: Like, yeah, you get a fish that, that you, you played for a while. It was a massive fish. Right. And it took you forever. I mean, sometimes you hear these stories about, I mean, people taking, you know, whatever the extremes are tarpon, right? We spent eight hours fishing for tarpon landing this fish or something. That’s the extreme. But just just in general, fishing for trout. It takes you a while to get the fish in. Now it’s really tired. It seems like you want to make sure it’s, you know, good to go so you don’t let it go and it turns upside down, right? And you’re saying there’s a there’s a time where most of the time we should just let it go and fend for itself. 00:43:20 Sascha: Yeah. 00:43:20 Sascha: I mean, our rule of thumb is that if a fish can swim, it’s going to recover better on its own than whatever you’re going to do to it. And we have a little bit of science to back that up as well. Like there’s been some science done on actually, like trying to compare different ways of recovering fish, like just holding them into the current, moving them back and forth, trying that. Figure eight method. If you’ve ever seen somebody try to do that, where like swimming a fish in a figure eight in your hands. And really none of that made a difference. Like it wasn’t harming fish. But if a fish can swim. Yeah. Like it’s, it’s better off choosing where it wants to recover instead of you just holding on to it for longer. If it can’t swim, like if it does go belly up, then that’s a different situation, then it might be worth, you know, holding on to it and trying to get more water flowing through its mouth over its gills. But but if it can swim, just let it go. 00:44:23 Dave: Yeah. Just let it go. 00:44:24 Dave: Perfect. Awesome. Well, there’s a ton of I know there’s more. We could probably dig in. This is kind of a good high level. Um, I want to take it out of here in a little bit here with our rapid fire round, but. But I just want to check with you first before we start to take it out. Is there anything we’re missing here on any of the issues you want to make sure people are thinking about as we as we get out there? 00:44:43 Sascha: No, I think this has been a really good conversation. It was fun to dig into some of the water temperature stuff. And yeah, this is great. 00:44:51 Dave: Good. 00:44:52 Dave: Okay. Well, yeah, we’ve got a couple easy ones that we always love doing our rapid fire here. Um, and, and the cool thing is we’ve got a, you know, a boot camp or fly fishing boot camp, which is really cool. It’s basically like a summit where we’re bringing together some great speakers to cover a lot of issues in fly fishing. You know, talk about a lot of the great stuff. So we’re going to just talk about our fly fishing boot camp, which is coming up here in a couple of months to kick this off. But we mentioned it just for you, the fishing, like what do you what’s your species? Are you I know you’re on the east coast. Do you have a particular species? You really when you have time, you go for. 00:45:25 Sascha: Oh, so I lived in the Bahamas for almost ten years. Um, so a bonefish flat is my happy place. Like I a sandy flat that I can wade for hours like that is. That’s where I’d rather be than anywhere else in the world. 00:45:44 Dave: How do you describe it? 00:45:45 Dave: Because you’re in Massachusetts, right? You’re in an area that doesn’t have well, maybe you you have some flats up there, but is it quite different where you’re at now? 00:45:52 Sascha: Yeah. I mean, I’m, I’m Western mass. So like, I’m not even right on the ocean. Um, so I’ve got mostly like trout streams and then some warm water, you know, fishing as well. I do try to get out to the cape to fish for striped bass, and there’s some some decent flats on the Cape where you can fish for striped bass, which is fantastic as well. Um, but yeah, it’s a little, it’s a little further now for me to, to get on to a. 00:46:20 Dave: Bonefish. 00:46:20 Sascha: Flat than. 00:46:22 Dave: It used to be. Yeah. 00:46:23 Dave: You hear a lot about the, the striped yellow striped bass, how there’s this following of people. Right. It’s like just as hardcore as any of these species. And and you’re kind of there, but you’re in. What’s the closest city or what city are you in? 00:46:36 Sascha: I’m in Amherst, mass. 00:46:38 Dave: Oh, okay. 00:46:38 Sascha: Um, yeah. 00:46:39 Dave: Awesome. 00:46:40 Dave: And is that where you, uh, you grew up or where did you grow up? 00:46:43 Sascha: No, I grew up in California, in Northern California, and grew up fishing. Didn’t do a ton of fly fishing, actually, until I moved to the Caribbean and went out with somebody actually just to like hang out and watch fishing for bonefish for the first time. And I was like, oh, this is it. Like, this is, this is what I want to be doing. 00:47:06 Dave: That’s right. 00:47:07 Dave: So have you travel. So it sounds like starting in California. Did you follow your kind of the fisheries work? Is that what took you around to different locations? 00:47:15 Dave: Yep. 00:47:15 Sascha: Yeah. Um it was so yeah, ended up spending, as I said, like almost ten years in the Bahamas, um, working on bonefish and a bunch of other, uh, fisheries down there. Yeah. And then moved, moved to New England. Didn’t think I’d ever live in a place that was cold after after the Bahamas. 00:47:36 Dave: But, uh. Yeah. Is it is it still cold there? 00:47:38 Dave: You got climate change? Of course. But what are the winters like in where you’re at in Massachusetts? 00:47:42 Sascha: You know, it snows. So like that’s my. 00:47:45 Dave: That’s cold. 00:47:46 Sascha: Of cold. 00:47:47 Dave: That’s cold. Exactly. 00:47:49 Sascha: Yeah. 00:47:49 Dave: Cool. 00:47:50 Dave: That’s awesome. Good. Well, and you mentioned well, we mentioned I just want to ask that, you know, we talked about Pike, Northern Pike. Have you done much research on do you know much about Pike and maybe the muskie? The same. I guess it depends on whether you’re in cold or warm water. But are those fish pretty, pretty hardy fish? Are they more in the hardy or hardier, closer to carp than they are closer to salmon. Trout. 00:48:10 Sascha: Oh. Um. I’m trying to dig into my. So temperature is definitely big, right? Especially when you’re talking about muskie, for sure. Temperature is a big impact. I can’t remember all the details. 00:48:26 Dave: And we could follow up on this a little bit, but I kind of because I just got off this trip and I mean, we were at a place that it was unbelievable. I mean, we were catching like forty four trophy muskie, you know, all day long. Right. And so we that’s amazing. And we caught lots of them, you know, lots of. So we were and again, I didn’t touch the fish. The. Josh the guide was doing a great job getting him in. But you know, they were coming out of the water. We were in a boat, we were taking a picture and then putting them back. And he was really good at it. But I was just thinking like, wow, okay, would it be better if we were actually in the water? And again, I don’t think it would have been worse because we probably would have been handling the fish. And I don’t know, it just seemed like I was thinking about it. Like, you know, we definitely weren’t keeping them wet the whole time, you know? 00:49:02 Sascha: Yeah. I mean, when you’re fishing for a boat, Like there’s just an added layer of complexity, right? That you’re trying to figure out like how to deal with those fish, right? So it depends on like how stable the boat is, how high are the sides? Um, you know, all that stuff. 00:49:20 Dave: So the boat adds a whole nother level of complexity to this thing. Whether you’re, you could be on a Stillwater lake, right? Or anywhere with a boat and it makes it harder. 00:49:28 Sascha: Yeah. Yeah. And then like, if you’re in like a drift boat, like, can you even pull over, you know, like there’s all sorts of pieces of it. So I mean, that’s why it’s like minimize their exposure, right? You know, if you can keep it to like 10s or less, that’s usually best. But we get there are situations where like, you got to take the fish out of the water to do what needs to be done to a certain extent. So, and most species are tolerant of that to. 00:49:57 Sascha: A certain extent. 00:49:59 Dave: You probably see it. Do you think it’s good just because some brands out there are literally don’t take fish out of the water. There’s no photos on their Instagram of any fish. They’re all kind of in the water or near it, you know? Are there any good photos out there that are fish out of the water? Is that something? And how do you deal with that when you’re the person that sees that photo? How do you talk to people online or, you know, what’s your advice there? Because it seems like it’s messy. 00:50:20 Sascha: Yeah. So we have a, I mean, we have a internal like set of standards for fish photos. Um, and then a couple other, like a couple brands have kind of gone off our, used our standards for their stuff. Our standard for fish out of the water is that it has to be over the water. 00:50:39 Sascha: Okay. 00:50:40 Sascha: And visibly dripping wet. 00:50:42 Dave: And visibly dripping. Right. 00:50:44 Sascha: So you can, you can see the drips coming off of it, you know, that it’s been. 00:50:48 Sascha: It’s, it’s kind. 00:50:49 Sascha: Of a signal, right? 00:50:50 Sascha: That’s yeah, like. 00:50:51 Sascha: That’s probably been less than 10s. Um, if you’re holding right. 00:50:55 Dave: And you could do that on a boat too, you could literally, you could pull in a trout on a boat, you could have it above the water dripping and take the picture right on the side of the boat. You can do that. Although I think about again, back to our example with Pike at forty four inch Northern Pike. That would be tough to do. 00:51:09 Sascha: It’s tough. Yeah, yeah, there are definitely some cases where like it’s hard. 00:51:14 Dave: Yeah. I think that goes back to it’s like, and it was deep. So it’s not like we could jump out and we were in a place where, you know, we had doubles on, you know, and then we went down and we caught lake trout swinging for lake trout. And it was a similar deal where there’s no way we’re jumping out in the river there to, you know, so again, yeah, every it’s like you said, a case by case, right? Every, everything is you gotta, it’s not a one size fits all on any of this. 00:51:36 Sascha: Yeah. For sure. And so, you know, that’s where like figuring out what are the tools that you need to have that are going to enable you to do what you need to do with fish, you know, to use those best practices. So even though, like, I mean, we talked about nets, like, but, you know, most of these things like don’t require you to use even a net. Like you can do all the best practices without them. But, but for sure there’s some tools that’ll help you use the best practices and do a better job with how you’re handling those fish. 00:52:08 Dave: Awesome. Well, Sasha, I think we could leave it there. This has been a great conversation. Um, we will send everybody out to keep fish dot org if they want to follow up and learn more. And we’ve got a bunch of you got a bunch of great resources. So we’ll definitely be doing that today. And yeah, hopefully we can follow up with you and keep up with you and get some new science as, as you move ahead and, and talk to you on the next one. 00:52:28 Sascha: Sounds good. Thank you so much. It was great to be on your podcast. 00:52:32 Dave: All right. Big takeaway today is to grab your thermometer, wet your hands, shorten the handling time, and think about what happens after you let that fish go. Hope this episode helped you and, and would love for you to share this out. If you know anybody who might be interested, new to fishing, maybe could use a little bit of reminders on this, please share this episode this week. That’s the best way to support this podcast. If you want to take this conversation deeper, you can go to Web fly Swing Pro, that’s web flying dot com slash pro. Our group. were extending these conversations. We’re connecting with other nonprofits. The best chance to connect with the community is there. We got our big fly fishing boot camp coming up, uh, not too far away. We’re just building up right now. We’ve got some great speakers. We’re gonna have twenty of some of the best speakers in the country going live at our fly fishing boot camp. You can go to wet fly dot com slash bootcamp and you can get more information there. Uh, a couple other quick ones before we get out of here. Uh, we do have an amazing episode tomorrow. Phil Roy is back. He’s going to be going deep into strike indicator techniques. You don’t want to miss this one. This is an epic episode. I think Phil approaches two hours on this one. And you know, Phil’s solo episodes are the best. So stay tuned for that if you want your Stillwater goodness. And, uh, and we also have the dry fly school we’re launching later this month. Uh, we’re heading out to the Missouri again, if you’re interested in learning more about the dry fly school that’s coming up right away. Lots of good stuff as we approach the fall. Uh, if you haven’t checked in with me for a while, always love to hear from listeners. You can send me an email Dave at web dot com. It always makes my day when I see an email from somebody that’s new or I haven’t talked to in a while, just let me know maybe where you’re coming from and, and what you’re interested in learning about this year. And I’ll make sure to, uh, to put together that for you as we move forward. And I just want to thank you again for stopping in and listening all the way to the very end here. And I hope you’re having a great, a great morning afternoon. Maybe it’s evening and you’re, uh, you’re getting ready to, uh, get going for the evening. Maybe you’re settling down right now. Uh, listen to a podcast, taking some notes. Uh, if you are. I appreciate you for stopping in all the way till the end here, and we will look forward to seeing you on the next episode. Talk to you then. 00:54:42 Speaker 6: Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit Wet Fly swing dot com.

Conclusion with Sascha Clark Danylchuk on Catch-and-Release

Good catch-and-release comes down to a few simple habits: check the water temperature, wet your hands, minimize air exposure, and keep handling time short. Sascha Clark Danylchuk explains that anglers can improve catch-and-release by using appropriate tools, preparing for photos, and making decisions based on the fish conditions.

The goal isn’t to make catch-and-release perfect, but to give fish the best chance after the fight. It’s to reduce impacts we can control and think about what happens after the fish is released.

What can you do differently today to make my catch-and-release better?

     
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors       
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         

Support Our Podcast Sponsors

         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         

POPULAR ARTICLES